Infragistics4.Web.v12.2 Indicates an exposed type or member which was added as part of a new feature. Creates a new instance. Gets or sets the value indicating whether member or type should be excluded from the internal feature documentation. Gets or sets a short name description of the feature. Gets or sets a more granular sub-feature name description of the feature. Gets or sets the version in which the feature was added. The abstract base class for our license attribues Constructor The name of the component that will be displayed in the about dialog. Returns the display name of the component (read-only) Returns an array of UltraProductInfoBase objects. A property descriptor for data that was read from a data reader into a DataRecord It is not possible to reset the value Returns the value of the component based on the internal field name It is not possible to reset the value It is not possible to set the value Should not serialize the value Creates a new DataReaderItemPropertyDescriptor The name of the field in the schema The schema table for the data adaptor Returns null This returns true for read only Returns the type of the property Exposes a node of a hierarchical data structure, including the node object and some properties that describe characteristics of the node. Used specifically for data from a data reader Exposes a node of a hierarchical data structure, including the node object and some properties that describe characteristics of the node. Instantiates a new WebHierarchyData instance. Used internally by WebHierarchicalDataSource control. Instantiates a new WebHierarchyData instance from view path. Used internally by WebHierarchicalDataSource control. Check if two arrays contain equal values. Used by column matching algorithms while detecting relations in parent/child DataViews. Gets an enumeration object that represents all the child nodes of the current hierarchical node. An System.Web.UI.IHierarchicalEnumerable collection of child nodes of the current hierarchical node. This is used by consumer controls to denote the type of the item being databound. We need to override this to change the type from WebHierarchyData to the actual type of Item (for example DataRowView if bind to DataTable) Indicates whether the hierarchical data node that the Infragistics.Web.UI.DataSourceControls.WebHierarchyData object represents has any child nodes. Gets the hierarchical path of the node. Returns: A System.String that identifies the hierarchical path relative to the current node. Summary: Gets the hierarchical data node that the Infragistics.Web.UI.DataSourceControls.WebHierarchyData object represents. Returns: An System.Object hierarchical data node object. Summary: Gets the name of the type of System.Object contained in the System.Web.UI.IHierarchyData.Item property. Returns: The name of the type of object that the System.Web.UI.IHierarchyData object represents. Instantiates a new WebHierarchyData instance. Used internally by WebHierarchicalDataSource control. An enumeration of all the properties that WebProgressBar will send to the client. Represents the Orientation property. Represents the FillDirection property. Represents the LabelFormatString property. Represents the LabelFormatString with tokens. Represents the LabelAlignment property. Represents the Value property. Represents the Minimum property. Represents the Maximum property. Represents the SnapInterval property. Represents the FillMode property. Represents the AnimationThreshold property. Represents the AnimationType property. Represents the AnimationDuration property. Represents the AnimationDuration property. Represents the LabelFormatString with tokens. The number of properties that will be sent to the client for this control. Names of the css classes for the progress bar. The CSS Class that will be applied to the outer control. The CSS Class that is applied to the containing div. This should not be altered. The CSS Class applied to all divs inside the container. This should not be altered. The CSS Class that will be applied to all labels. This will ensure consistent behavior across the labels. The CSS Class that should contain the color of the foreground label (and probably nothing else). The CSS Class that should contain the color of the background label (and probably nothing else). The CSS Class that will be applied to the fill div. The background image will be the displayed filled region. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS Class that will be applied to the fill div. The background image will be the displayed filled region. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS Class that will be applied to the background div. The background image will be the displayed unfilled region. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS Class that will be applied to the background div. The background image will be the displayed unfilled region. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. Label alignments defined for the Progress Bar's css file. No label is displayed. Label is displayed on the left or top of the control. Label is displayed on the control. Label is displayed on the right or bottom of the control. Label is displayed in the middle vertically and if the control is horizontal it will run along the edge of the progress. If Vertical then it will appear as Center. Possible directions for the progress bar to fill. The setting for a progress bar that will fill from left to right (for a horizontal bar), or from top to bottom (for a vertical bar). The setting for a progress bar that will fill from right to left (for a horizontal bar), or from bottom to top (for a vertical bar). Label format settings String that will be used as a format for the progress bar labels. 6 different values may be inserted in C# style string formatting: {0} - Current Progress Value {1} - Current Percent Progress {2} - Remaining progress to be completed {3} - Percentage remaining {4} - Minimum value {5} - Maximum value Possible modes of fill for the progress bar. The fill image will remain stationary and will gradually be revealed as progress continues. The fill image will move across the bar as the progress proceeds. RunBot for the WebProgressBar control. The RunBot class is a companion to the main control class of a companion. It's primary function is to offload control functionality so that the main control is free to inherit from any other control class in the ASP.NET framework. Since the main control object is a rather heavy object, it is best to put as much functionality into base classes so that it can be shared and reused. But if the main control object must inherit from a base class other than one defined in the framework, then it would not be able to participate in the framework without duplicating a great deal of code. Therefore, by offloading the majority of functionality from the control object itself to a RunBot derivation class, the framework logic can be kept in the RunBot and the control can derive from any base class it needs to. The UIObject class implements basic functionality appropriate to an object that will be represented in the user interface and which the user may choose to interact with. This functionality closely parrallels that of the ControlObject class where the main difference is that the UIObject derives from ObjectBase and not from WebControl. This makes the UIObject class a light weight object that still possesses the necessary capabilities for rendering elements of the control such as collections of objects that need to have a low memory footprint and yet are still offer high performance. Foundation class from which many other classes within the framework are derived. ObjectBase can be considered a light-weight verion of the System.Web.UI.WebControls.WebControl class. It is used to represent various objects within the context of a larger WebControl. One of the primary responsibilities of ObjectBase is to maintain ViewState and provide methods for interacting with ViewState. The Property Get methods and Property Set method are used to simplfy and channel property access through a single mechanism. A variation of the ObjectBase class is the ControlObject. The ControlObject class provides similar functionality except that it is derived from the System.Web.UI.WebControls.WebControl base class and is used in situations where that is required. The GetValue() and SetValue() methods of this class provide access to ViewState and ClientState for derived classes to store properties that must persist between page postbacks. SetValue methods that use a string id are saved to ViewState while SetValue methods that use an integer index are saved to ClientState. Similarly, GetValue methods will retrieve from ViewState or ClientState according to the type of the first paramter: string for ViewState and integer for ClientState. Interface supported by basic objects to allow restricted access to various methods by other parts of the framework. Interface implemented by ObjectBase and ControlObject to serialize properties to the client. Directs an object to write its property values into clientState using methods of the passed in StateBot object. Sets a property value for the object based on an integer index of the property. integer index of the property to be set. The value of the property being set. Sets a property value based on a string identifier for the property. The string id of the property to be set The value of the property being set. Returns a string representing and identifying the address of the object within the data model. Constructor creates an object array to hold clientstate properties for the object Create ObjectBase with required value of isTrackingViewState True if the object should track viewstate. Create ObjectBase with required value of isTrackingViewState True if the object should track viewstate. The number of objects to be tracked in clientState. Checks if specific property value is present in ViewState based on the string id. The Id of the property. Obtains a generic object property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default property value if none has been set. Obtains a string property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default string property value if none has been set. Obtains an integer property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default integer property value if none has been set. Obtains a Double property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default double property value if none has been set. Obtains a boolean property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default boolean property value if none has been set. Obtains a DefaultableBoolean property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default DefaultableBoolean property value if none has been set. Obtains a DateTime property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default DateTime property value if none has been set. Obtains a TimeSpan property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default TimeSpan property value if none has been set. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default Color property value if none has been set. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default Guid property value if none has been set. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default Unit property value if none has been set. Sets an object value so that it is maintained in viewstate The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The value of the property to be stored into ViewState. Sets an object value so that it is maintained in viewstate The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The value of the property to be stored into ViewState. The default value of the property. Virtual method that is called whenever a server state property within the object has been changed. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The new value for the property that has changed. Virtual method that is called whenever a client state property within the object has been changed. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The new value for the property that has changed. This method determines if the property with the specified Id within the ViewState bag is dirty and needs to be sent to and from the client. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). true if the property has been altered after ViewStateTracking has been turned on. False otherwise. Public method to check if the overall object has had any data changes. True if any items within ViewState are dirty. Interface method for loading ViewState. This method calls the virtual method of the same name to carry out the operation. Interface method for saving ViewState. This method calls the virtual method of the same name to carry out the operation. Interface method for tracking ViewState. This method calls the virtual method of the same name to carry out the operation. This method loads the data contained in the state parameter into the ViewState bag for the object. An object reference containing the contents of the ViewState bag. This method saves the property settings in the ViewState bag to the ViewState hidden field on the page for roundtripping between the server and client. An object reference containing the ViewState of the object. This method turns on ViewState tracking for the object Once this method is called by the ASP.NET framework, all subsequence property set operations will result in the data being serialized to the page ViewState hidden field and round tripped to the server on postback. This method takes the state from the client and loads the control's Properties, Objects, and Collections, that were sent down to the client on the last post. It also stores the TransactionLists for the Properties, Objects, and Collections. Data from the clientside that needs to be loaded back into the control. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. Number of objects that was loaded by the instance of the class. The objects to reload. Loads client state properties from the client The values returned from the client Load positional property at index This method is called when additional information is passed from the client, via the _saveAdditionalClientState javascript method Any additional information that an object may need to pass to the server. Virtual method that serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. A reference to the StateBot object that manages the serialization process. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Write's the object's clientState to the stringbuilder. The object of whose clientstate should be saved. The StringBuilder in which to write the clientstate to. Responsible for rendering javascript array of all client properties, events, objects and collections Calls helper methods to render each in turn. That method is called to render parameter for initialization (constructor) java-script function. To modify default logic, an extended class should Append its initialization variables to buffer. If an object needs to render additional information that needs to be accessed on the client, this is where they can add this information. Note that each object that they need to render should be prefixed with a Comma because the information is being rendered inside of a javascript array. This method is called by WriteClientProperties The StringBuilder in which additional properties should be appended to. Obtains a generic object property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The object property value for the specified index. Obtains a string property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The string property value for the specified index. Obtains an int property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The integer property value for the specified index. Obtains a double property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The double property value for the specified index. Obtains a bool property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The boolean property value for the specified index. Obtains a DefaultableBoolean property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The DefaultableBoolean property value for the specified index. Obtains a Unit property value from ClientState using int (enum). The index of the subobject (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The property value for the specified index. True: allow negative values Obtains a Unit property value from ClientState using int (enum). The index of the subobject (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The property value for the specified index. Sets an object value into ClientState based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). An object reference containing the value for the property to be stored in ClientState. Sets an object value into ClientState based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). An object reference containing the value for the property to be stored in ClientState. Sets an object value into ClientState based on the property name. The name of the property. This name, will be used on the cilent to access the value as well. An object reference containing the value for the property to be stored in ClientState. Default value of the property. If the value that is being set equals to its default value it is simply removed from the client state bag. Obtains a generic object property value from ClientState Props based on the property name. The name of the property. The object property value for the specified property name. Obtains a string property value from ClientState Props based on the property name. The name of the property. The object property value for the specified property name. Obtains an int property value from ClientState Props based on the property name. The name of the property. The object property value for the specified property name. Obtains a double property value from ClientState Props based on the property name. The name of the property. The object property value for the specified property name. Obtains a bool property value from ClientState Props based on the property name. The name of the property. The object property value for the specified property name. Obtains a DefaultableBoolean property value from ClientState Props based on the property name. The name of the property. The object property value for the specified property name. Obtains a Unit property value from ClientState Props based on the property name. The name of the property. The object property value for the specified property name. True: allow negative values Loads the transaction list. if set to true [defer load post data processing]. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the properties of the control. A list of properties that were modified on the clientside. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. Reads the TransactionList and repopulates the collections of the control. A list of collections that were modified on the clientside Writes the passed in property value at the current position of the ClientState serialization. The property is serialized to the positional properties string of the ClientState string. An object reference to be serialized to ClientState. Stores the property in hashtable, that will be rendered down to the client. Client only properties only get sent down to the client, they do not get sent back to the server. The name used to identify the client only property. This name will be used to retrieve the property on the clientside. The property that will be sent down the client. Resets the positional and occasional property stringBuffers to initial empty values. Empties the positional and occasional property stringBuffers and converts them to a string representation that can be written to the response stream. The string representation of the positional and occasional properties. If the control is not visible, we don't want to loose our ClientState during the next postback, so lets store it in ViewState. Checks to see if ClientState was saved into Viewstate, if so, then it loads. Saves the client collections state as string into the view state. This way we can skip the expensive serialization on the client side and not send them at all. Loads the saved into view state client collections and deserializes the string as it came from the client side. Clones the object New instance of the object Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties Creates a new instance of the current type using the default constructor. Derived classes may override the method if there is no parameterless constructor or any other custom logic applies. Fetch a positional property from the transaction list before the properties are loaded. Property index to search for. Returns the value of the property from the transaction list. The FullAddress property returns a string value containing a complete description of the object within the object model of the control. Derived class must override this property if the object will be sent to the client. Property to return the ViewState bag for the object. If none exist, then one is created. This property should not be accessed to check for the existance of ViewState since ViewState will be created if none exists. Instead, use IsDataPossible() or IsDirty() to check if there are items in ViewState. Interface method for testing if tracking ViewState. This method calls the virtual method of the same name to carry out the operation. This method returns a boolean value which indicates whether ViewState is being tracked for the object. Once viewstate is being tracked, all property changes are roundtripped from server to client and back within the ViewState hidden field. Checks if ViewState has any property with not a default value. This property should be overriden by extended class when additional subobjects are supported. IsEmpty will then check each subobject and return a value based on the check of those objects plus itself. Customizes the rendering of UI objects props array. If true, the props that are null will be stored as "null", instead of just writing comma for them. This is used when the collections state is stored into view state. Because we need the data in specific format that will be easy to deserialize later. This property is used to track the number of properties this object is sending to ClientState. Each derived class overrides this property to indicate the new total of properties. The number consists of the PropCount value of the base class plus the number of ClientState properties utilized by each derived class. Customizes the client collections loading. If true the collections will be loaded after view state has been loaded. If false the collections will be loaded in RunBot.HandleOnInit. Parameterless protected constructor used for creating UIObjects. Constructor for creating UIObjects that need to track ViewState. If true, ViewState for the object begins tracking immediately. Gets or Sets a reference to an ITemplate object that determines a specific template instantiation for this particular UIObject. This method searches for a locates control objects within the TemplateContainer associated with this UIObject by using the Id parameter to match against control Ids. The string Id value for the control to be located. If a control is located within the TemplateContainer of this UIObject that matches the passed in Id, the control reference is returned. Otherwise null is returned. The TemplateContainer is tagged with the INamingContainer interface. So the Id passed to this method must match the Id of a control within that NamingContainer. This method takes a reference to a control and potentially, the children of the control, and adds them to the TemplateContainer for this UIObject, and thereby, to the control tree of the page. A reference to a Control object which may also contain children that will be added to the page control tree in the same manner as an instantiated template. Using this method, a UserControl can be loaded from an .acx file and instantiated similarly to a template for the UIObject. This method ensures that the template for this UIObject is instantiated. This method removes any template that has been instantiated for this UIObject. Calling EnsureTemplate() on the object will re-instantiate the template once again. Public shortcut to check if object has had data changes Derived classes must override this method if they conain subobjects in addition to Style or Attributes so that the item will be saved to ViewState if the subobject is dirty. True: ViewState.Count > 0 This method overrides the base SaveViewState implementation to add ViewState processing for the ControlStyle and Attributes collections. Returns a ViewState object saved to the client hidden ViewState field. IStateManager implementation for tracking ViewState changes This method overrides the base LoadViewState implementation to add LoadViewState processing for the ControlStyle and Attributes collections. This method implements TrackViewState for the ControlStyle and Attributes subobjects of the UIObject. Overrides the SaveClientProperties method to add the UI Flags to the ClientState properties. A reference to the StateBot object responsible for the ClientState serialization process. Looks at the private Flags Hashtable and retrieves the value for the specified flag. The ClientUIFlag that should be retrieved. If the Hashtable does not contain an entry for that flag, it returns false, otherwise it returns the value from the hashtable. Looks at the private Flags Hashtable and retrieves the value for the specified flag. The ClientUIFlag that should be retrieved. If the Hashtable does not contain an entry for that flag, it returns DefaultableBoolean.False, otherwise it returns the value from the hashtable. If the Flags value hasn't been set yet, it calls EnsureFlags and then Calculates the flags based off of the values in the private flags Hashtable. To be overriden by base controls. This is where each control can set the default values for each ClientUIFlag that should be set. TO register a flag they should call EnsureFlag(ClientUIFlags, value). To be used in EnsureFlags. This method stores the ClientUIFlag in the private flags Hashtable. Returns a boolean value for the specified ClientUIFlags. If the Value is DefautableBoolean.NotSet, it returns the defaultVal. The ClientUIFlag whose value should be retrieved. If no value is set, or the Value is set to NotSet, this value is returned. A boolean value set for the ClientUIFlag or the defaultVal if no value is set. Sets the ClientUIFlag to the specified value. First this property checks to see if a value has already been set for this Flag. If so, then it removes the value from the Flags property, and appends the new Calculated value. The flag to be set. A DefaultableBoolean that should be set on the specified flag. Sets the ClientUIFlag to the specified value. First this property checks to see if a value has already been set for this Flag. If so, then it removes the value from the Flags property, and appends the new Calculated value. The flag to be set. A bool that should be set on the specified flag. Sets or Gets a reference for accessing the ControlMain that owns this UIObject. Sets or Gets a boolean value which indicates if a template is applied and instantiated for this item. This property is checked during the EnsureTemplate call to see if any applicable template has already been applied for this object. If HasTemplate returns false and a template applies to this item, then EnsureTemplate will instantiate the appropriate template. This property serves as a holding container for the instantiated template of this UIObject. Since UIObjects are not derived from WebControl, the TemplateContainer parent is set to the TemplateContainerControl property of the the ControlMain associated with this UIObject. All TemplateContainers for the Control are thereby made children of the TemplateContainerControl so that their ViewState and page lifecycle events can be handled normally. AttributeCollection property that can be used to add Html markup attributes to the UIObject which will be rendered to the Html stream during the rendering phase. Returns a boolean value which indicates if the UIObject currently has any Attributes. Use this method to determine if Attributes are present rather than the Attributes property because the Attributes property will create a collection if none exists. This property is used primarily by Control developers. Stores all the ClientUIFlags into one integer, that will be passed down to the client in the Client Property Array. Implements the FullAddress interface member for the IUIObject interface. This method defers to the base class FullAddress property of the ObjectBase object. This interface is implemented by controls that support Application Styling.

Infragistics ASP.NET controls implement this interface to interoperate with the Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) that provides application developers and graphic designers an easy way of collaborating to bring a consistent appearance to the user interface elements of their Web applications.

This interface features a single defaultable boolean property allowing a control to participate in or opt-out of the ASF.

The consistent appearance is defined by a set of cascading style sheets (CSS) files, and graphic images, created by graphic designers. The collection of these files are referred to as a style set. The , and properties of this interface enable ASF to locate and resolve these files.

Controls participating in ASF must initialize their Style objects when the framework calls their control back by implementing the method.

Application styles rendered at design-time must be loaded from the external style sheet (*.css) files, otherwise the control may not appear properly styled within the Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The property contains these design-time style definitions, and the method is called by the ASF to indicate when cached style definitions have become invalid and must be reparsed.

The class is provided by ASF to simplify many requirements of implementing the IProvideAppStyling interface. Controls implementing this interface should keep an instance of WebAgent internally, and use it to register themselves with ASF, and to store the properties of this interface. Proper use ensures a control will receive appropriate callbacks notifying it when to initialize styles and invalidate cached values.

 Application Styling Framework(tm) calls this method to notify a control it must refresh its appearance at design-time. Flag signifying whether Application Styling has been turned on or off for this control. Names the ASF style set defining the control's new appearance. Specifies what the path to the CSS style sheet file is in the new style set for controls of this Type.

The Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) calls this method on controls to notify them of a change in one or more Application Styling properties affecting their appearance. This is an opportunity for the control to invalidate any data it may have cached based on the arguments it receives in this notice.

For example, ASF may call this method to notify a control of a modification having been made to the "web.config" configuration file, or in the style definitions of the Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) file for this control and style set.

This property applies at design-time only.

 Resolves an image URL at render-time. Raw image URL property value to be resolved. Resolved image URL.

The resolution process for image URLs takes into account the , image directory overrides set for the application in the "web.config" file, and style set paths.

 Application Styling Framework(tm) calls this method to notify a control that it should add it's styles into the style repository.

Name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set defining the themed appearance for this control.

The name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) style set which has been designed to give this control a consistent appearance with other controls in your application.

This property may return the empty string ("") to imply that the default style set (named "Default") should be used.

Web sites can configure a single, consistent, application-wide style set through the styleSetName attribute in their "web.config" file. Alternately, they can define the style set to apply Application Styling to all controls on a Page by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetName property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the style set applied to a single instance of a control.

Normally, graphics designers will furnish you with a style set containing one or more style sheet files (one for each type of control) and image files. The name of the style set (with the exception of the "Default" style set) must appear in each Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class name defined by this control's style sheet file. For example, two WebTree controls that each use a different style set, "Aqua" and "Onyx", would expect their CSS class names for the ASF Node role to be "igdt_AquaNode" and "igdt_OnyxNode", respectively. This allows the uniqueness of CSS class names necessary to distinguish multiple style sets for the same type of control, without there being any naming collisions.

Changing the style set name should invalidate any style definitions being cached by at design-time.

 Path containing the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set files for this type of control.

Web sites can configure the directory path containing their style set files application-wide by using the styleSetPath attribute of their "web.config" file. It is also possible to configure the style set path applicable to all controls on a Page that are subject to Application Styling by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetPath property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the location of the style set being applied to a single instance of a control.

Changing the style set path should invalidate any style definitions being cached by at design-time.

Be aware that customizing the style set path at the control level will not allow you to copy a style set's files to this new location, changing a few style property values in them, and then use it successfully with separate instances of the control referencing the original style set of the same name. This is because there would be naming collisions in the Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class names, which will produce an undefined appearance. You must ensure the CSS class names defined by style sheets in the new style set path are unique from those CSS class names being used by other style sheets that may continue to be referenced. The recommended guidance in this scenario is to create a new style set having a new style set name, that contains your modifications.

 Gets the resolved path to the current Application Styling Framework(tm) style set.

The property always provides the path the control is using, regardless of whether that path was set at the application-, page- or control-levels.

 Default style sheet filename used by the implementing control. Filename of the cascading style sheet (CSS) file, with the ".css" extension.

The set method (mutator) of this property is included only for backwards compatibility. Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) does not recognize changes made to this property.

A non-default style sheet filename may be specified if it is done in a fully-qualified .

May be thrown by implementations that do not support setting this property.

Implementations are allowed to ignore assignments to this property without throwing an exception.

 Short prefix prepended to each CSS class name associated with controls of this Type. String containing the prefix. Conventionally, this prefix ends with an underscore to distinguish it from the ASF style set and role names that are also concatenated into the CSS class name.

The CSS class names that define the style information for each Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) role are made unique by Type of control because every control provides a unique StylePrefix string.

For example, the UltraWebToolbar control specifies it's prefix as "igtb" therefore all CSS class names appearing in the CSS style sheet of it's style sets must start with "igtb_". This allows Application Styling to work on toolbars appearing on the same Web forms with other types of controls (like grids) without CSS class naming collisions for common ASF roles (like the Item role.)

 A path to the image files for the current style set.

Normally this location will default to the directory containing the style sheet file for the current style set. If assigned independently, the method consults the path you set in ImageDirectory (along with other settings which may override your ImageDirectory) when it returns it's resolved image URLs at render-time.

Cascading Style Sheets (CSS) mandate image URLs appearing as an url() must be inside or beneath the site and directory from which the CSS file was loaded. The browser resolves these url() values in accordance with the CSS specification requirements when it requests the images from the server. This means certain CSS style properties like background-image may not resolve according to your ImageDirectory setting.

 Keeps a collection of parsed style definitions loaded from external style sheets at design-time. A collection of style information parsed from this control's external CSS style sheet file.

The integrated development environment (IDE) does not resolve styles for using Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) files which are linked external from the Web form. Application Styling can only be seen fully at design-time when the control manages for itself the style definitions contained by the style set's CSS style sheet files.

The Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) provides the class to collect style definitions loaded from a CSS style sheet file that has been loaded and parsed by the class.

When a control supporting Application Styling renders at design-time, it must replace the CSS class names that appear in it's design-time markup with their corresponding inline HTML style attributes.

This property applies at design-time only.

 Requests the AppStyleInfo block for the control. This object defines the style roles that can be applied to the control. Private constructor to prevent unwarranted object creations. Creates a RunBot derived object and stores a reference to the ControlMain object that is associated. The IControlMain object associated with this bot Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Creates a new instance of ScriptReference object with correct info regarding the scripts that are being registered. Reference to the owner object. Resource folder for the debug mode. Resource folder for the release mode. Name of the java script resource. ScriptReference for the requested JS resource. The resource Name/Path can differ depending on the CDN and/or web.config settings. Creates a new instance of ScriptReference object with correct info regarding the scripts that are being registered. Resource folder for the debug mode. Resource folder for the release mode. Name of the java script resource. ScriptReference for the requested JS resource. The resource Name/Path can differ depending on the CDN and/or web.config settings. Registers script descriptors of the control the run bot is associated with. The method can be overriden to do custom descriptor registration. This is where a template container can be modified. The template is already instantiated and the controls are created. The template container, which contains the instance of the template controls. If any properties, objects, or collections were modified on the client, their transacation lists are loaded here. Also, if this is a Callback, it is where CallbackCreated is called from. The key identifier for the control. The collection of all incoming name values. true if the server control's state changes as a result of the postback; otherwise false. This method allows client data to be loaded at any time necessary and sets a flag so that it does not get loaded twice. Use this if there is some additonal client state that should be loaded regardless of whether _deferLoadPostDataProcessing is true Any additional information that an object may need to pass to the server. Called from ControlMain to handle RaisePostDatachangedEvent. Used as the place where the Response can be terminated for a Callback. Occurrs after SaveViewState, and before any control has a chance to render. If a control requires that it can only be rendered in a form, this is how we get around this issue. We allow our Callback controls to render during the rendering of the form. Called durring LoadPostData. Recursively goes through the callbackobject and calls CallbackCreated on it's Control. The CallbackObject that should be traversed recursivily and have CallbackCreated called on it's Control. Called during the Page's Render. Recursively goes through the callbackobject and calls CallbackRender on it's Control. The CallbackObject ath should be traversed recursively and have CallbackRender called on it's Control. Called during the Page's Render, when the Page's EnableEventValidation is true and currently in a Callback. Goes through each control in the collection and calls Page.ClientScript.RegisterForEventValidation on the control. This is done so that the Page's EventValidation Hidden input field is properly filled. The collection of controls that should be registered for event validation. Called by Application Styling Framework(tm) to refresh the control rendering after a change. The EnableAppStyling setting for the AppStylingManager The StyleSet setting for the AppStylingManager The StyleSetPath setting for the AppStylingManager Obtains a generic object property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default property value if none has been set. Obtains a string property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default string property value if none has been set. Obtains an integer property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default integer property value if none has been set. Obtains a Double property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default double property value if none has been set. Obtains a boolean property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default boolean property value if none has been set. Obtains a DefaultableBoolean property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default DefaultableBoolean property value if none has been set. Obtains a DateTime property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default DateTime property value if none has been set. Obtains a TimeSpan property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default TimeSpan property value if none has been set. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default Color property value if none has been set. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default Guid property value if none has been set. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id defined as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The default Unit property value if none has been set. Sets an object value so that it is maintained in viewstate The Id of the property (defined as a constant in the derived class). The value of the property to be stored into ViewState. Obtains a generic object property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The object property value for the specified index. Obtains a Unit property value from ClientState using int (enum). The index of the subobject (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The property value for the specified index. True: allow negative values Obtains a string property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The string property value for the specified index. Obtains a string property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The integer property value for the specified index. Obtains a string property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The double property value for the specified index. Obtains a string property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The boolean property value for the specified index. Obtains a string property value from ClientState Props based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The DefaultableBoolean property value for the specified index. Sets an object value into ClientState based on the integer index defined as an enumeration in the derived class. The index of the property (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). An object reference containing the value for the property to be stored in ClientState. Used by Control Developers only. Allows callers in external assemblies to initialize internal references for collections The ObjectCollection to be initialized The ControlMain object associated with the collection The owner object of the collection Write class to writer with extra attribute. That method can be used only for the html element of main control which has normal id. Writer used to output class (and id) attribute for html element Original value for class attribute used by control Attribute/value pairs to add to the marker Returns the value of XAttribute. Internal attribute/value pairs name to encode in XAttribute. Must have even number of parameters. Encoded value of XAttribute. Empty string if XAttributes are not supported. Write id to writer with one attribute. Before call to that method owner of this RunBot should call InitializeXAttributes() if not DesignMode. Writer used to output id attribute for html element Attribute/value pairs to add. Returns full XAttribute string which includes XAttribute name and its encoded value. Internal attribute/value pairs to encode in XAttribute String representation of XAttribute and encoded value of XAttribute. Regular attribute - name pair if XAttributes are not supported. Initialize builder of XAttributes. That should be called for not DesignMode before every painting. Write class to writer with extra attribute. That method can be used only for the html element of main control which has normal id. Writer used to output class (and id) attribute for html element Original value for class attribute used by control Attribute marker Value for attribute marker Write id to writer with one attribute. Before call to that method owner of this RunBot should call InitializeXAttributes() if not DesignMode. Writer used to output id attribute for html element Attribute marker Value for attribute marker Saves basic control client properties like UniqueID, OptimizeCollectionsState, ViewStateEnabled, AjaxIndicator. Most of them are sent as client only properties. Called when control view state is saved. Here RunBot may save any additional data to the view state. Called when control view state is loaded. Here RunBot may load any additional data that was saved to the view state. Request to recalculate width and height of control. Request to update property value in aspx. Name of property. See example: SlideFadeAnimation.UpdateDesigner() Provides the Control with access to style support services provided by the StyleBot class. By separating these services from the control itself, there is no requirement that a particular control must inherit from a specific base class in order to benefit from the services provided. Reference to the control that owns this RunBot. We need to have a reference to the control owning the RunBot, when we override WriteClientCollections in the RunBot Information about client that is making the request. Returns whether the view state has been loaded yet The EventList manages the list of events that need to be fired to the application during the RaisePostDataChangedEvent processing. The list is created during the LoadPostData processing phase. Derived RunBots populate the list as the transactionlists from the client are processed. Derived RunBots iterate the list in the RaiseServerEvents virtual override to fire the actual events. Determines if the loading of postback data should be deferred until a later point when the object model is properly restored. This situaion occurs when no ViewState is present and the control must databind first in order to populate the object model. Name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set defining the themed appearance for this control.

The name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) style set which has been designed to give this control a consistent appearance with other controls in your application.

This property may return the empty string ("") to imply that the default style set (named "Default") should be used.

Web sites can configure a single, consistent, application-wide style set through the styleSetName attribute in their "web.config" file. Alternately, they can define the style set to apply Application Styling to all controls on a Page by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetName property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the style set applied to a single instance of a control.

Normally, graphics designers will furnish you with a style set containing one or more style sheet files (one for each type of control) and image files. The name of the style set (with the exception of the "Default" style set) must appear in each Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class name defined by this control's style sheet file. For example, two WebTree controls that each use a different style set, "Aqua" and "Onyx", would expect their CSS class names for the ASF Node role to be "igdt_AquaNode" and "igdt_OnyxNode", respectively. This allows the uniqueness of CSS class names necessary to distinguish multiple style sets for the same type of control, without there being any naming collisions.

 File name and path to the CSS stylesheet for this WebControl. Contains the ParsedStyleCollection consisting of CSS class definitions read from external sources. The ParsedStyleCollection after external CSS class definitions have been parsed, or null (Nothing in Visual Basic .NET) if parsing hasn't been performed yet.

Enables support on WebTree for the Application Styling Framework(tm). True indicates Application Styling is enabled, False indicates Application Styling is disabled, and NotSet indicates support for Application Styling should default to page- or application-level settings.

Turn on support for Application Styling of WebTree when using the Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) by setting the EnableAppStyling property to True.

When EnableAppStyling has it's default value of NotSet, this control will defer the determination of whether to use Application Styling to settings you make at the page- or application-level. Place the WebPage control on the same Web form as this control to configure ASF support for all controls on that Page. ASF support can also be turned on application-wide with the enableAppStyling attribute in your "web.config" file.

Turn off support for the ASF in WebTree (even though it may have been enabled at a higher level) by setting the EnableAppStyling property to False.

 Path containing the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set files for this type of control.

Web sites can configure the directory path containing their style set files application-wide by using the styleSetPath attribute of their "web.config" file. It is also possible to configure the style set path applicable to all controls on a Page that are subject to Application Styling by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetPath property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the location of the style set being applied to a single instance of a control.

Be aware that customizing the style set path at the control level will not allow you to copy a style set's files to this new location, changing a few style property values in them, and then use it successfully with separate instances of the control referencing the original style set of the same name. This is because there would be naming collisions in the Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class names, which will produce an undefined appearance. You must ensure the CSS class names defined by style sheets in the new style set path are unique from those CSS class names being used by other style sheets that may continue to be referenced. The recommended guidance in this scenario is to create a new style set having a new style set name, that contains your modifications.

 Returns a string prefix value that is used within the CSS file to prefix each style class name. Can be overridden to change the prefix used for this control. The number of properties that should be sent down to the client. This value should come from the Object's Props Enumeration "Count"; Indicates which attribute should be used for XAttribute. Returns true if control wants to support ajax indicator Container for values passed to client within AJAX response. The collections client state will be stored in the view state and the client collections will not be sent from the client on postback. This is possible because client collections contain static data that does not change on the client. This data is used by the client API and when something is updated it is stored in the transactions list. If false the collections from the client side will be uploaded as before. Setting this to true, will increase page size in terms of view state, but will decrease the postback time numerously, because the collections state will not be uploaded from the client. If true will delay the client collections loading in LoadPostData, after the view state has been loaded. If false the client collections will be loaded in HandleOnInit, when LoadClientState is called. Width of control which includes Width and Attributes.CssStyle["width"] Height of control which includes Height and Attributes.CssStyle["height"] Instructs the control to load its embedded Java Script. When the controls Java Script is explicitly disabled, it must be loaded via the ScriptManager instance on the page. Checks whether the parent controls is enabled or not. Returns false if any of its parent controls is disabled. Creates an instance of the ProgressBarBot The WebControl that the ProgressBarBot should help. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Virtual method that serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Provides Css class information for AppStyling The component, its Css class, the tag prefix, and all of the roles. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Client events used by the WebProgressBar control. Base class for ClientSideEvents properties exposed by controls. This object handles the persistence and rendering of client events on behalf of a control. This object also enables the developer to determine if a client event will cause a postback to the server when fired. The GetClientEventNameList method is called by the base class to allow derived classes to add their client events to the list which will be processed at render time. Returns the number of properties for this object Create WebObjectBase with required value of isTrackingViewState Reference to owner control (optional) Add additional properties the base ClientEvents. Names of properties which will be appended to the base list. They should start with the base.NumberOfProperties. Get list of property names which should be used on client. Items in that list should match with ids used to get/set properties. That method can be overriden only if control modifies/hides properties of base class. Note: that method is called multiple time on any get/set property value. Array of names of all properties. Return postback action if client event with a particular name should be posted to server. Index of event at which it appears in the GetClientEventNameList() Postback action. Default implementation returns Off. Get value of a property. Id of property. That is a constant defined by control which is used as index of property within array returned by GetClientEventNameList(). Value of property. Set value of a property with validation for illegal characters. Id of property. That is a constant defined by control which is used as index of property within array returned by GetClientEventNameList(). New value for a property String formatted for visual designer. Get reference to owner. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after javascript object was created and initialized. That event may fire after a control was resized and painted. Event fired when control gets AJAX response from the server. Second param in handler is instance of AJAXResponseEventArgs class, which provides information about response objects. Event fired when control gets AJAX response from the server. Default alert message can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of AJAXResponseErrorEventArgs class, which provides information about response objects. Checks if all properties have default values. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of ProgressBarClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Event fired when the value of the progressbar is changing. Event fired when the value of the progressbar has changed. Event fired when the progressbar is clicked. Event fired when the mouse leaves the progressbar. Event fired when the mouse enters the progressbar. Event fired when the progressbar is double clicked. Inherits from RendererBase. This is the renderer for the WebProgressBar. Note that it does not render the label in the proper position. That has to happen client side. The principle base class for implementation of the Visitor pattern for rendering markup. This base class contains context information and utility methods to support rendering methods that output markup to the HtmlTextWriter. This class is used by control developers only as a base class for specific rendering implementations. Attribute-name for html element used on client to create item by this._createItem(elem, adr) Attribute-name for html element used on client to create object by this._createObject(elem, obj) Attribute-name for html element used on client to fill this._elements[mkr]=elem Attribute-name for html element used on client to stop __walkThrough: processing adr, obj and mkr. Attribute-name for html element used on client to stop __walkThrough: processing adr, obj and mkr. That attribute also is used as identifier of main html element used by control. Attribute-value for ClientAttributeMain attribute-name to mark layout-manager control, which can have dependant child controls. Suffix for id/name of input field used to store client state of control. The prefix of id is Control.ClientID. The main entry point for the Renderer. Derived renderers create the primary markup for the control and then walk the object model to create the remaining markup. Renders a hidden data field where clientState can be stored for the page submit and sent back to the server The HtmlTextWriter that will be used to write the hidden field. Writes a newline character combination to the output stream when DEBUG is defined. Performs a no-op otherwise. Writes multiple attribute string to the HtmlTextWriter The HtmlTextWriter where the attribute will be added. a string containing attribute settings of the form Writes an attribute string to the specified HtmlTextWriter. The string is initially encoded into the id atttribute and to conform to XHTML standards, and is then decoded on the client and applied as an attribute to the corresponding element. Note: If not DesignMode, then before call to that method owner of this RunBot should call InitializeXAttributes() before every Render. The HtmlTextWriter where the attribute will be added. The string name of the attribute. The value of the attribute to be written. Write class to writer with extra attribute. That method can be used only for the html element of main control which has normal id. Writer used to output class (and id) attribute for html element Original value for class attribute used by control Attribute marker Value for attribute marker Adds all of the standard attributes to the writer. Writer to render attributes into. The method invokes all of the following methods: , , . Adds standard properties of a WebControl to the writer. Writer to render attributes into. Standard properties include: ID, AccessKey, Enabled, TabIndex, ToolTip. Adds style attribute to the writer. Writer to render the attribute into. Adds styles off the control itself such as BackColor, Font etc., as well as off the STYLE attribute. The STYLE attribute settings will take precedence over the control's settings. Adds attributes from the Attributes collection of the control to the writer. Writer to render attributes into. The method adds all of the attributes from the Attributes collection of the control except STYLE and CLASS. Adds attributes from any Attributes collection to the writer. Writer to render attributes into. The attribute collection that you would like to render. The method adds all of the attributes from the Attributes collection of specified by the developer Provides access to the RunBot object for the Control Provides access to the StyleBot object for the Control Provides access to the Control or ControlMain that the object is associated with. Most derived rendering classes add a more type specific member that provides access to the most derived Control type. Provides access to the Page object of the Control Provides access to the clientID for the Control Provides access to the UniqueID for the Control Returns true if the Control is currently in Design Mode. False is returned otherwise. Main entry point for the renderer. The writer in which all HTML is written for the control. Calculates the percentage of the bar region that should be displayed as unfilled based on the SnapInterval property. String percentage representing the unfilled bar region. Main class for the WebProgressBar control. The base class for controls in the Framework. This class communicates and coordinates with other classes in the framework such as RendererBase, ExtenderBase and DesignerBase to perform tasks on behalf of the control. Interface implemented by ControlMain class which abstracts various methods so that a control can still function within the framework even if it does not inherit from ControlMain. A property on the Control object which end-users can use to create and store a custom renderer. Provides access to the one and only Container for Templates. This Control is used as a collection manager for all templates created for objects that are not part of the control tree. In order to be more light weight, many collection objects do not inherit from WebControl and do not get added to the control tree. Therefore, they need a place to store templates so that they are contained in the control tree. The TemplateContainerControl is the place where they are maintained. Obtains a reference to the RunBot associated with this ControlMain Interface implemented by Infragistics licensed componenents and controls. Returns the component's license object (read-only) Default constructor Creates a run bot for this control A RunBot Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase Control which exposes ClientEvents should return that method within its ClientEvents property with a proper typecast. Check if ClientEvents has data. Clears the ClientEvents A virtual method called by the framework base when a renderer is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide specific rendering markup. Many of the rendering methods within the Renderer class may also be overridable in order to customize specific aspects of the rendering. Overrides CreateChildControls and calls EnsureTemplates Process OnInit Process OnPreRender Renders this control The HtmlTextWriter to use Override the WebControl RenderContents method to redirect rendering to the appropriate renderer. The HtmlTextWriter where the rendered markup will be written. Method to override to ensure that templates have been created Method to override to ensure that templates are cleared Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Save ViewStates of additional objects used by extended classes. Data of additional objects Load ViewStates of additional objects used by extended classes. Modified data If any properties, objects, or collections were modified on the client, their transacation lists are loaded here. Also, if this is a Callback, it is where CallbackCreated is called from. The key identifier for the control. The collection of all incoming name values. true if the server control's state changes as a result of the postback; otherwise false. Used to notify the ASP.Net application that the state of the control has changed. Called during LoadPostData during a Callback. This method should be used perform any operations neccessary for the callback. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Called during the Page's Render during a Callback. This method should be used to render any html or objects that need to be sent down in the Callback's response. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Disposes of this control Provides the Control with access to runtime support services provided by the RunBot class. By separating these services from the control itself, there is no requirement that a particular control must inherit from a specific base class in order to benefit from the services provided. Provides the Control with access to style support services provided by the StyleBot class. By separating these services from the control itself, there is no requirement that a particular control must inherit from a specific base class in order to benefit from the services provided. Sets or Gets a rendering object derived from RendererBase that serves to emit html markup that is appropriate to the control. This property can be set by an application to a Renderer other than the one normally provided by the Control. The Custom Renderer can override any of the virtual methods exposed or can implement an entirely new set of rendering logic if desired. Name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set defining the themed appearance for this control.

The name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) style set which has been designed to give this control a consistent appearance with other controls in your application.

This property may return the empty string ("") to imply that the default style set (named "Default") should be used.

Web sites can configure a single, consistent, application-wide style set through the styleSetName attribute in their "web.config" file. Alternately, they can define the style set to apply Application Styling to all controls on a Page by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetName property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the style set applied to a single instance of a control.

Normally, graphics designers will furnish you with a style set containing one or more style sheet files (one for each type of control) and image files. The name of the style set (with the exception of the "Default" style set) must appear in each Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class name defined by this control's style sheet file. For example, two WebTree controls that each use a different style set, "Aqua" and "Onyx", would expect their CSS class names for the ASF Node role to be "igdt_AquaNode" and "igdt_OnyxNode", respectively. This allows the uniqueness of CSS class names necessary to distinguish multiple style sets for the same type of control, without there being any naming collisions.

 Path containing the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set files for this type of control.

Web sites can configure the directory path containing their style set files application-wide by using the styleSetPath attribute of their "web.config" file. It is also possible to configure the style set path applicable to all controls on a Page that are subject to Application Styling by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetPath property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the location of the style set being applied to a single instance of a control.

Be aware that customizing the style set path at the control level will not allow you to copy a style set's files to this new location, changing a few style property values in them, and then use it successfully with separate instances of the control referencing the original style set of the same name. This is because there would be naming collisions in the Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class names, which will produce an undefined appearance. You must ensure the CSS class names defined by style sheets in the new style set path are unique from those CSS class names being used by other style sheets that may continue to be referenced. The recommended guidance in this scenario is to create a new style set having a new style set name, that contains your modifications.

 A control to hold templates in its child collection Gets sets ability to maintain view state of controls on page if their properties were modified while asynchronous postback of this control.

That property has effect only when asynchronous postback is triggered by this control. Those can be postbacks triggered by AutoPostBackFlags with value "Async", or internal postbacks such as sorting of grid.

If that property is disabled, then properties of any control on page modified while that async postback will be lost after a full postback. Value false will also reduce size of response stream. If that property is enabled, then in some applications the server exception related to EventValidation is possible. If it happens, then application should disable that property or set EnableEventValidation attribute of page to false.

Container for values passed to client within AJAX response. Width of control which includes Width and Attributes.CssStyle["width"] Height of control which includes Height and Attributes.CssStyle["height"] A.T. we need this property because in WebControl it is protected, so we cannot check the "real" design mode. HttpContext is not good, because in the Unit test context it still returns true, which is incorrect. The collections client state will be stored in the view state and the client collections will not be sent from the client on postback. This will increase page size in terms of view state, but will decrease the postback time numerously, because the collections state will not be uploaded from the client. Not all of the existing controls follow the design principles of Aikido and OptimizeCollectionsState can break some of their functionality. So this property will be overriden from the controls that support this feature and return true. Instructs the control to load its embedded Java Script. When the controls Java Script is explicitly disabled, it must be loaded via the ScriptManager instance on the page. Gets or sets a value whether the Aikido control is enabled. Gets sets list of insecure strings separated by the "|" character.

That property is designed to protect application from scripting vulnerability. When request comes from client and the value of the hidden field contains insecure tokens, then all changes on client are discarded.

Note: In order to set the "|" character in token, the flag "&pipe;" should be used.

 Gets sets list of insecure strings as array.

That property is designed to protect application from scripting vulnerability. When request comes from client and the value of the hidden field contains insecure tokens, then all changes on client are discarded.

Note: In order to set the "|" character in token, the flag "&pipe;" should be used.

 Initializes a new instance of the WebProgressBar Class. Returns a string for the label based upon the given token format string The format string to use A string with the tokenized label Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the ProgressBarClientEvents. object. A virtual method called by the framework base when the RunBot is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide extra functionality to the RunBot. Many of the methods within the RunBot class may also be overridable in order to add additional logic to the control. Returns a new ProgressBarBot. object A virtual method called by the framework base when a renderer is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide specific rendering markup. Many of the rendering methods within the Renderer class may also be overridable in order to customize specific aspects of the rendering. Returns a new ProgressBarRenderer. object Gets or sets the orientation of the WebProgressBar. Horizontal - Bar will fill either Left to Right or Right to Left, depending on FillDirection. Vertical - Bar will fill either Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top, depending on FillDirection. Gets or sets the direction that the progress bar will fill. String that will be used as a format for the progress bar labels. six different values may be inserted in C# style string formatting: {0} or {ProgressValue} - Current Progress Value {1} or {PercentProgress}- Current Percent Progress {2} or {RemainingProgress}- Remaining progress to be completed {3} or {PercentageRemaining}- Percentage remaining {4} or {Min}- Minimum value {5} or {Max}- Maximum value Returns Tokenized Label Format String String that will be used as a format for the progress bar labels. six different values may be inserted in C# style string formatting: {0} or {ProgressValue} - Current Progress Value {1} or {PercentProgress}- Current Percent Progress {2} or {RemainingProgress}- Remaining progress to be completed {3} or {PercentageRemaining}- Percentage remaining {4} or {Min}- Minimum value {5} or {Max}- Maximum value Returns Tokenized Tooltip Format String Positioning of the label within the progress bar. Note: When the orientation is set to Vertical the various values of LabelAlignment will not take effect at design time. Current progress of the bar Start value of the bar. Corresponds to 0%. End value of the bar. Corresponds to 100% fill. Height of the component. Width of the component Separation between displayed progresses. Ex. A snap of 10% would display 38% as 40%. Mode of displaying the fill image. Cutoff value for the minimum change that will trigger an animation. A value of -1 will result in no animation. The equation used to animate the progress bar. Duration of each animation in milliseconds. Get reference to the ProgressBarClientEvents.. This class merges a couple of WAV files into one WAV file Default constructor merges several wave file byte arrays into a single one, and generates a new header for it. a list of byte arrays containing binary wave file data a byte array of merged files, along with generated new header extract the data length and the total length for the specified WAV file byte array holding all of the WAV file contents will store the total length here will store the data length here generates a header for the resulting WAV file that will be streamed reference to the memory stream the total length (bytes) of the resulting WAV file the data length (without the header) of the resulting WAV file RunBot for the WebCaptcha control. Default constructor infragistics control instance Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Save client only properties Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Provides Css class information for AppStyling The component, its Css class, the tag prefix, and all of the roles. properties count - that will be sent to the client ClientEvents used by the WebCaptcha class Create instance of CaptchaClientEvents. Create instance of CaptchaClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) class that is responsible for generating the captcha image Creates a CaptchaImage with the given settings The settings to use applies warping transformation for a rectangle where a single character will be drawn Returns the Bitmap for this image Class for a CaptchaImageButton that overrides some properties Represents an Image Button capable of display in several visual states including a Disabled state.. Represents an Image Button capable of display in several visual states. Represents an Image object capable of display in several visual states. Constructor with trackViewState. True: request to call TrackViewState Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Render image as img tag. Reference to writer The url that will be used for the image. The url that will be used for the image when the button is hovered. The alternate text that will be displayed when the image can't be rendered. The default value is [Default]. This means that a Default value will be used unless otherwise specified. Determines if the image is rendered. The tooltip that will be displayed when the image is hovered over. Checks if all properties have default values. Constructor with trackViewState. True: request to call TrackViewState The url that will be used for the image when the button is pressed. Checks if all properties have default values. Constructor with trackViewState. True: request to call TrackViewState The url that will be used for the image when the button is disabled. Checks if all properties have default values. Creates a new CaptchaImageButton Not supported Not supported Not supported Default Constructor Generates captcha image or audio file depending on request parameter reference to the current HttpContext instance IHttpHandler.IsReusable Configuration settings for WebCaptcha Default Constructor Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Random generator Width of the Captcha image Height of the Captcha image noise for the generated Captcha Image Warping applied to the text on the generated image Lines that will be added to the generated Captcha image Lines that will be added to the letters on the generated Captcha image color of image text color of the background Captcha image Text Captcha image ALT Text Captcha image Tooltip Character Set for text Fixed Length of Text if enabled, only unique characters will be generated Captcha Image Settings Font Family Font size Font style Font style Case sensitivty for the image contents (letters) Checks if all properties have default values. Inherits from RendererBase. This is the renderer for the WebCaptcha. renders the WebCaptcha reference to HtmlTextWriter renders a captcha image if form is submitted faster than the specified timeout, validation fails it assumes that a spam bot has submitted the form an invisible field will be rendered on the form, and if it is filled, validation fails it assumes that a spam bot has submitted the form no dictionary will be used= default mode words will be loaded from dictionary, and image will be generated based on them no image will be generated, and the captcha will be in the format of logical question => answer Captcha image noise level: used for background noise, font warping, and lines noise Roles defined for the ig_captcha.css file. Main class for the WebCaptcha control. Default Constructor Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the CaptchaClientEvents. object. A virtual method called by the framework base when the RunBot is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide extra functionality to the RunBot. Many of the methods within the RunBot class may also be overridable in order to add additional logic to the control. Returns a new CaptchaBot. object A virtual method called by the framework base when a renderer is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide specific rendering markup. Many of the rendering methods within the Renderer class may also be overridable in order to customize specific aspects of the rendering. Returns a new CaptchaRenderer. object Generates a random string to be used for Captcha image generation number of characters if the generated text should be lower or upper case Performs validation on the Captcha image against the entered text Enable ControlState. EventArgs reference Load's the control's state Saves the control's state Get reference to the CaptchaClientEvents. allows captcha image to be generated (manually), if it is not readable by the user defines after how many seconds the captcha image will get automatically regenerated (refreshed) path from where the Dictionary will be loaded, if CaptchaDictionaryMode is "Words" or "LogocalQuestionAnswer" the dictionary format is : when CaptchaDictionaryMode is Words, every line represents some word(s) when CaptchaDictionaryMode is LogicalQuestionAnswer, then first line is question, second line is answer, and so on two lines each sets the mode of the captcha Off - random text generated on an image Words - words loaded from dictionary and generated on an image LogicalQuestionAnswer - question that will be not generated on the image but will be plain text stores captcha words stores captcha words stores captcha words ImageSettings Object Current Captcha Value (server-side only!) Previous value - to compare on postback against back-button security This is only supported and used when CaptchaDictionaryMode = LogicalQuestionAnswer this basically represents the key (captcha challenge question) Protection mode - Captcha, FormSubmissionTimeout, and InvisibleInputField Reference to WebTextEditor control Value that was entered by the user ID of server-side control on the form that we are going to use as an editor for the captcha (where the end user will enter text) the editor must implement ITextControl internal value indicating the actual time for form submission, calculated onb the server we store this guid in the session, and it is used to retrieve the current submission timeout value the maximum form submission timeout allowed, to which we compare the value of CurrentFormSubmissionTimeoutSeconds Path from where the Captcha audio files will be loaded - so that we can support different languages Path from where predefined images will be loaded, and an image from the list will be randomly chosen this is sort-of logical captchas, but instead of text (question), an image will be displayed and the end user will type what he sees on the image ID of server-side control on the form that we are going to use to visualize the error message it must implement ITextControl Label that will be rendered below the captcha image (text used for informative purposes about what the end user should do ASP:Button that will be rendered below image and input refresh button for captcha image audio button for captcha image ASP.NET 2.0 validation groups support - if this is specified, validation will be performed by calling Page.Validate(ValidationGroup) error message in case IsValid is false value indicating whether validation has succeeded or failed Container of properties which define auto postback options used by WebMonthCalendar. Constructor for CalendarAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets auto postback options applied to selection change event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to visible month change event. Checks if all properties have default values. ClientEvents used by the WebMonthCalendar class Returns the number of properties Create instance of CalendarClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Returns postback action for a particular event. Index of event at which it appears in the GetClientEventNameList() Postback action. Default implementation returns Off. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before visible month is changed.

Action can be canceled.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after visible month was changed. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before selected date is changed.

Action can be canceled.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after selected date was changed. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when a day in month is rendered.

Rendering can be modified using properties of eventArgs. Default rendering can be canceled and application can implement custom rendering.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets focus event of browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets blur event (lost focus) of browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called on keydown event of a browser.

Action triggered by that event can be canceled.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called on mousedown event of a browser.

The returned value by sender.idFromMouse(eventArgs.get_browserEvent()) can be used to check id of element under mouse.

Action triggered by that event can be canceled.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when active element in calendar gets mouse-over event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when active element in calendar gets mouse-out event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before list of months, years or year groups is opened or list of years is updated with next range.

Open-list action can be canceled.

Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after list of months, years or year groups was opened or list of years was updated with next range.

Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before list of months, years or year groups is closed.

Close-list action can be canceled only if item was selected in list of months or years.

Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after list of months, years or year groups was closed.

Update action from list-selection can be canceled.

Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after animation of list of months, years or year groups was stopped.

Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.

 Custom css classed used by WebMonthCalendar. Constructor for CalendarCssClasses Owner of this class. Reset all properties. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders title. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a footer. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a footer while mouse-over. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a footer in pressed state. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a day header. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a day of the month. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a day of the month while mouse-over. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a weekend day. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a day which belongs to next or previous month. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders the today day. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a selected day. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a selected day when control has focus. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a day which is outside of minimum or maximum dates or a disabled custom day. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a week number. Gets sets the custom css class applied to buttons which allow navigation to next and previous months. Gets sets the custom css class applied to buttons which allow navigation to next and previous months while mouse-over. Gets sets the custom css class applied to pressed buttons which allow navigation to next and previous months. Gets sets the custom css class applied to month and year labels. Gets sets the custom css class applied to month and year labels while mouse over. Gets sets the custom css class applied to pressed month and year labels. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders area of drop-down list of years and months. Gets sets the custom css class applied to an item in drop-down list of months or years. Gets sets the custom css class applied to an item in drop-down list of months or years while mouse over. Gets sets the custom css class applied to selected item in drop-down list of months or years. Checks if all properties have default values. Custom days used by WebMonthCalendar. Constructor for CalendarCustomDays Owner of this class. Creates new custom day and adds it to collection. Reference to custom day. Creates new custom day and adds it to collection. Reference to custom day. Removes custom day from collection. Reference to custom day. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets reference to custom day at particular index. Index of custom day. Reference to custom day. Custom day used by CalendarCustomDays of WebMonthCalendar. Creates default CalendarCustomDay Creates CalendarCustomDay and sets values for Day, Month and Year properties. Date for custom day. String representation of custom day. String formatted for visual designer. Gets sets css class for custom day. Gets sets text for custom day.

If value may contains the "{0}", then that substring is replaced by the day of the month. Value may contain html tags.

 Gets set for disabled state of custom day.

The day is rendered as disabled and it can not be selected.

 Gets sets year of custom day.

If value is set to 0, then custom day is applied for all years.

 Gets sets month of custom day.

If value is set to 0, then custom day is applied for all months.

 Gets sets day of month of custom day.

If value is set to 0, then custom day is applied for all days in month.

 Gets sets day of the week of custom day.

If value is set to None, then custom day is applied for all days of week.

 Checks if all properties have default values. Hot keys used by WebMonthCalendar. Constructor for CalendarHotKeys Owner of this class. Reset all properties. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets list of key actions which will open drop-down list of months. Gets sets list of key actions which will open drop-down list of years. Gets sets list of key actions which will open drop-down list of year groups. Gets sets list of key actions which will open next drop-down list.

If there was no list opened, then the list of months will be opened. If list of months was opened, then list of years will be opened. If list of years was opened, then list of year groups will be opened.

 Gets sets list of key actions which will open previous drop-down list.

If list of year groups was opened, then the list of years will be opened. If list of years was opened, then list of months will be opened. If list of months was opened, then list is closed.

 Gets sets list of key actions which will display next range of years or year groups.

If list of year groups was opened, then the next page of year groups will be displayed. If list of years was opened, then the next page of years will be displayed. If list of months was opened, then the year will be incremented.

 Gets sets list of key actions which will display previous range of years or year groups.

If list of year groups was opened, then the previous page of year groups will be displayed. If list of years was opened, then the previous page of years will be displayed. If list of months was opened, then the year will be decremented.

 Gets sets list of key actions which will select today date. Gets sets list of key actions which will show month with today date. Checks if all properties have default values. Class used to render WebMonthCalendar. Render all html tags related to control, including hidden fields. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Pass server properties to client. Process latest state of control. Ensure that additional client state is updated. This method is called when additional information is passed from the client, via the _saveAdditionalClientState javascript method. Value and SecondaryValue separated by |. Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier Returns data for appstyling. Returns false. Selected dates used by WebMonthCalendar. Allows a control/object to control its own serialization and deserialization. Serializes the state of a control/object to a ControlData object Restores the state of a control/object from a ControlData object Adds date to collection in sorted order.

Added date keeps values only its Year, Month and Day fields.

After call to that method IndividualDates, RangeMin and RangeMax properties are reset.

 Reference to date Removes date from collection.

After call to that method IndividualDates, RangeMin and RangeMax properties are reset.

 Reference to date. Sets individually selected dates and range selection.

That method allows to set individually selected dates and range of selected dates.

 Array of individually selected dates or null. Items should be instances of DateTime objects sorted in ascending order. Minimum date in range of selected dates. Maximum date in range of selected dates. Gets reference to selected day at particular index.

If value of item is set, then IndividualDates, RangeMin and RangeMax properties are reset.

 Index of selected date Selected date at index Gets sets minimum date of the range of selected in the calendar.

Notes:

Change of that property resets all selected dates.

That property is reset on any change of items in CalendarSelectedDates.

When that property is set, then it is equivalent to the following: SetIndividualDatesAndRange(null, value, RangeMax)

 Gets sets maximum date of the range of selected in the calendar.

Notes:

Change of that property resets all selected dates.

That property is reset on any change of items in CalendarSelectedDates.

When that property is set, then it is equivalent to the following: SetIndividualDatesAndRange(null, RangeMin, value)

 Gets array of individually selected dates as DateTime objects or null.

Notes:

Items in returned array should not be modified, but SetIndividualDatesAndRange should be used.

That property is reset to null on any change of items in CalendarSelectedDates or any change of RangeMin or RangeMax properties.

 Checks if range of selected dates is set. Days which are rendered by WebMonthCalendar with WeekendDay css style. Constructor for CalendarWeekendDays Owner of this class. Reset all properties. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets day of the week which is rendered with WeekendDay css class.

Default value of that property is set to Sunday.

 Gets sets day of the week which is rendered with WeekendDay css class.

Default value of that property is set to Saturday.

 Checks if all properties have default values. Visibility of the text strings that represent names of the days of the week in WebMonthCalendar. Show all days. Do not show weekends. Hide all days. Type of month and year buttons located in the title of WebMonthCalendar. Show only month button. Show month and year as a single button. Show month and year as 2 separate buttons. Value which represent a day of the week in WebMonthCalendar. Value represents Sunday. Value represents Monday. Value represents Tuesday. Value represents Wednesday. Value represents Thursday. Value represents Friday. Value represents Saturday. Value represents no day of the week. Type of selection of WebMonthCalendar. Single date selection. Week selection. All days in one week can selected or unselected. Multiple dates selection. Roles defined for the ig_calendar.css file. Css for control. Css for header area. Css for footer area. Css for footer area while mouse-over. Css for footer area while mouse-over. Css for day of the week area. Css for next and previous month buttons. Css for next and previous month buttons while mouse-over. Css for pressed next and previous month buttons. Css for month and year (drop-down buttons). Css for month and year labels while mouse-over. Css for pressed month and year labels. Css for day in calendar. Css for week number. Css for weekend days. Css for days which belong to previous and next months. Css for today day. Css for day in calendar while mouse-over. Css for selected day. Css for selected day when calendar has focus. Css for day which outside minimum or maximum dates. Css for drop-down list. Css for drop-down list item. Css for drop-down list item while mouse-over. Css for selected drop-down list item. Argument used for event which is raised by WebCalendar when selected date was changed. Gets old value. Gets new value. Argument used for event which is raised by WebCalendar when visible month was changed. Gets old value. Gets new value. Event delegate used by WebCalendar when value was changed. Event delegate used by WebCalendar when visible month was changed. Control which implements the functionality of one month calendar. Check if FooterContent has data. Clears the FooterContent. Check if CssClasses has data. Clears the CssClasses Check if HotKeys has data. Clears the HotKeys Check if ListAnimation has data. Clears the ListAnimation Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase Check if NextMonthButton has data. Clears the NextMonthButton Check if PreviousMonthButton has data. Clears the PreviousMonthButton Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Clears the AutoPostBackFlags Check if CustomDays has data. Clears the CustomDays Used to enable persistence of selected dates Check if WeekendDays has data. Clears the WeekendDays Check if Culture should be serialized. Reset Culture. Set focus to control on initialization of the page. Creates new instance of CalendarRunBot. Creates new instance of CalendarRenderer. Save data of subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Load data for subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Load view state. Raise event when value was changed. Instance of CalendarSelectedDateChangedEventArgs created by CalendarRunBot Raise event when visible month was changed. Instance of CalendarSelectedDateChangedEventArgs created by CalendarRunBot Enable ControlState. EventArgs reference Restore values after postback. Array of 2 objects: [Value(as double), SecondaryValue(as double)] Save values before postback. Array of 2 objects: [Value(as double), SecondaryValue(as double)] Gets sets selected date in the calendar. Gets sets maximum date that can be selected in the calendar. Gets sets minimum date that can be selected in the calendar. Gets sets currently displayed month and year in the calendar. Gets sets spacing between cells of days in the calendar. Gets sets number of rows in the drop-down list of years.

Range of values: 1-30.

 Gets sets number of columns in the drop-down list of years.

Range of values: 1-8.

 Gets sets number of columns in the drop-down list of months.

Range of values: 1-4.

 Gets sets content of footer.

If value contains format string like "{0:d}", then that value formatted to today-date.

Value may contain html tags.

 Gets sets a label which is displayed in column header of week numbers. Gets sets validation group.

That property is similar to the corresponding property of asp:TextBox.

 Gets sets visibility of the active areas in the calendar that allow you to increment and decrement the displayed month. Gets sets visibility of the text string in the calendar that shows the displayed month and year. Gets sets ability to show drop-down list of months on month-label click or on hot keys.

If ShowHeader is false, then list can be opened by hot keys. If ShowHeader is false and VisibleDayNames is None, then drop-down list is not supported.

 Gets sets ability to show drop-down list of years on year-label click or on hot keys.

If ShowHeader is false, then list can be opened by hot keys. If ShowHeader is false and VisibleDayNames is None, then drop-down list is not supported.

 Gets sets ability to show drop-down list of year groups.

Size of group is defined by number of years in drop-down list of years.

List of year groups may appear only on corresponding hot key actions.

 Gets sets visibility of the footer area in the calendar. Gets sets ability to change the selected date in the calendar. Gets sets ability to unselect a date in the calendar.

Note: selection can be toggled by mouse-down with combination of Ctrl key.

 Gets sets ability to change the displayed month when a day located on the next or previous month was selected. Gets sets an option to hide day numbers in day-cells that belong to previous and next months.

If that property is enabled, then the ChangeMonthToDateClicked has no effect.

 Gets sets an option to show week numbers.

If that property is enabled, then week rule is defined by WeekRule property.

 Gets sets selection type such as single day, single week, multiple days.

If that property is set to Week or Multi and the EnableWeekNumbers is enabled, then mouse click on week number will select all days in week.

 Gets sets an ability to get focus.

Note: If header, footer and days of the week are hidden, then focus and keyboard are not supported.

 Gets sets an option to fire validation before postback.

That property is similar to the corresponding property of asp:TextBox.

 Gets sets format of text strings that represent days of the week: full, short, 2 letters, 1 letter. Gets sets visibility of the text strings that represent days of the week: all, only week-days, none. Gets sets first day of the week: Sunday, Monday, etc. Gets sets format of text strings that appear on the active areas of the calendar that allow to increment and decrement the displayed month.

Note: If value is set to CustomText, then the Text property of Next/PreviousMonthButton is used. If the Text property is not set, then the default images igmc_prev*.gif and igmc_next*.gif are used.

 Gets sets configuration of month and year labels/buttons located in the title of WebMonthCalendar.

Notes: In case of MonthAndYear the month and year will appear as 2 separate labels, otherwise, a single label is used. If drop-down lists are enabled, then corresponding month and year labels will behave as buttons with support of different states: normal, mouse-over and pressed. Appearance of labels is defined by css classes.

 Gets sets rule for week numbers.

Note: If the EnableWeekNumbers is disabled, then that property has no effect.

 Background color of control Foreground color of control Border color of control Border width of control Border style of control Gets sets css class applied to html element which represents this control on client Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes. Gets reference to container of properties related to hot keys used by WebMonthCalendar.

A key should contain an English letter, or a digit, or 2/3-digit key-code used by browser's keydown events, or a predifined flag such as HOME, DOWN, UPARROW, etc. Example, the "065" or "65" is the same as "A", the "040" is down-arrow key, and the "113" is "F2" key. In case of multiple keys, values should be separated by the "," (coma) character. Example: "B,2,191" means that "B", "2" and "?" keyboard keys will trigger action. Each value may contain optional modifiers such as Shift, Ctrl or Alt with optional + or space separator. Example: "Shift+A,Up Ctrl,Shift+Space,F2".

All entries are case insensitive and suffix "Arrow" is optional for "Up/Down/Left/Right" arrow keys.

Notes: If Focusable is false, then that property is not supported.

Hot keys will trigger action regardless if ShowHeader or ShowFooter are enabled or not, though in this case the days of week should be visible.

In case of modifiers and some of F# keys, a browser may override key event and drop-down action may fail.

Different browsers may have different codes for same keys. For example: key-code of "+" in IE is 181, but in Firefox it is 107.

 Gets reference to container of properties related to animation used for drop-down lists of WebMonthCalendar. Gets reference to reference to the CalendarClientEvents. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the next-month button of calendar. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the previous-month button of calendar. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebMonthCalendar. Gets reference to collection of custom days. Gets reference to collection of custom days. Gets reference to container of properties related to days of the week which are rendered with WeekendDay css style. Gets sets the object used by the control.

If value is not set, then the is used.

Adds removes event handler which is fired when selected date in calendar was changed on client. Adds removes event handler which is fired when visible month was changed on client. An enumeration of all the properties that WebRating will send to the client. Represents the Value property. Represents the ReadOnly property. Represents the Average property. Represents the VoteCount property. Represents the Precision property. Represents the EnableContinuousSelection property. Represents the EnableShowSelectionOnHover property. Total number of positional properties for WebRating An enumeration of all the properties that RatingBaseImage will send to the client. Represents the ImageCssClass property. Represents the SelectedImageCssClass property. Represents the HoveredImageCssClass property. Represents the DisabledImageCssClass property. Represents the DisabledSelectedImageCssClass property. Total number of positional properties for RatingBaseImage Names of the css classes for the progress bar. The CSS Class that will be applied to the outer control. The CSS Class that is applied to the div showing non-filled images. The CSS Class that is applied to the div showing filled images. The CSS Class that is applied to the div showing hovered images. The CSS Class that is applied to the spans when the rating orientation is horizontal. The CSS Class that is applied to the spans when the rating orientation is vertical. The CSS Class that will be applied the main div when it has keyboard focus. The CSS Class that will be applied to empty image spans to give default image and size. The CSS Class that will be applied to selected image spans to give default image and size. The CSS Class that will be applied to hovered image spans to give default image and size. The CSS Class that will be applied to empty image spans when rating is disabled to give default image and size. The CSS Class that will be applied to selected image when rating is disabled spans to give default image and size. The CSS Class that will be applied the main div when the rating is disabled. Represents the direction from which the WebRating will fill from The rating will start from the left or the top depending on orientation. The rating will start from the right or the bottom depending on orientation. Represents the degree of precision with which image objects are hovered and selected Selection is made in whole item increments Selection is made in half item increments Selection is made as exactly as possible Class used to hold autopostback flags for WebRating Constructor for RatingAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Overrides the toString to indicate whether this set of flags is empty or not. Gets or sets auto postback options applied to rated client event Checks if all properties have default values. RunBot for the WebRating control. Creates an instance of the RatingBot The WebControl that the RatingBot should help. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Virtual method that serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The objects to reload. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. This method is called when additional information is passed from the client, via the _saveAdditionalClientState javascript method. Old Value and SecondaryValue separated by |. Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier Provides Css class information for AppStyling The component, its Css class, the tag prefix, and all of the roles. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. ClientEvents used by the WebRating class The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of RatingClientEvents. Create instance of RatingClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. This event is fired, when a key is pressed down. This event is fired, after mouse hovers over control This event is fired after the mouse leaves the control This event is fired as the mouses moves while on the control This event is fired before the user rates via the UI. This event is fired after the user rates via the UI. This event is when the rating receives focus. This event is fired after the rating loses focus The class used to define the custom css classes of a base item. Creates an empty RatingBaseImage object Returns whether the object has non-default values. Returns/sets a css class that will be used for the empty image. This should contain the image a background image url. Returns/sets a css class that will be used for the selected image. This should contain the image a background image url. Returns/sets a css class that will be used for the empty image. This should contain the image a background image url. Returns/sets a css class that will be used for the selected image. This should contain the image a background image url. Returns/sets a css class that will be used for the hovered image. This should contain the image a background image url. Returns/sets a tooltip format that will be used for the image. {0} will display the value (selected or hovered). {1} will display the Average value property. {2} will display the VoteCount value property. {3} will display the Minimum value property. {4} will display the Maximum value property. {5} will display the the number of items. For internal use. The class used for setting custom objects in a WebRating Interface used by sub objects that will be part of a keyed collection (where each item can be accessed either through a zero based index or a string key) Called during ViewState operations to determine an index value that represents the type of a CollectionObject. Used only in situations where a collection can contain multipe types within it, where all the types still derive from CollectionObject. In the default case where there is only one type in the collection, the base implementation returns 0. Called when this object is being removed from the passed in collection. Called when this object is being added to the passed in collection. /// Marks all properties of the object for saving to ViewState returns an integer Index of the item within its collection Returns class name Returns the Value that is calculated and used for the custom image if none was specified. Gets/sets a custom value for the image. If none is set, NaN is returned until set by the rating when rendering. Inherits from RendererBase. This is the renderer for the WebRating. Main entry point for the renderer. The writer in which all HTML is written for the control. Writes out the divs holding the images along with the inner spans The html writer rendering the rating The state of the images: 0-empty, 1-selected, 2-hovered Calculates the largest number that is a whole number less than a given value. So 3 returns 2. 3.5 returns 3. The value to calculate the amount under for Returns resolved item count of the rating minus given value The value to calculate opposite for Main class for the WebRating control. Default image name for empty item Default image name for selected item Default image name for hovered item Initializes a new instance of the WebRating Class. Enables persistence for CustomImages. Enables persistence for AutoPostBackFlags. Raises the Rated Event. An instance of the RatingRatedEventArgs Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the RatingClientEvents. object. A virtual method called by the framework base when the RunBot is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide extra functionality to the RunBot. Many of the methods within the RunBot class may also be overridable in order to add additional logic to the control. Returns a new RatingBot. object A virtual method called by the framework base when a renderer is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide specific rendering markup. Many of the rendering methods within the Renderer class may also be overridable in order to customize specific aspects of the rendering. Returns a new RatingRenderer. object This is called during an async postback to re-render the rating. Object to send back to the client Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Gets or sets the orientation of the WebRating. Horizontal - Rating will fill either Left to Right or Right to Left, depending on FillDirection. Vertical - Rating will fill either Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top, depending on FillDirection. Gets or sets the number of items in the rating if the custom collection is empty Gets or sets the current value of the rating. Gets or sets the average that the rating is storing. Gets or sets the vote count that the rating is storing. Returns the value converted into a number suitable to calculate length Gets or sets the precision with which a star is shown. Gets or sets the selection mode of the rating control. True- up to and including current value is selected/hovered. False- only current value is selected/hovered Gets or sets whether to show the current selected value when hovering over the rating Gets or sets whether to apply browser focus to the rating when it is clicked Gets or sets whether the rating is read only Gets or sets whether the rating uses animation Gets or sets the minimum value of the rating. This corresponds to the number if the rating were empty. Returns the calculated maximum value of the control. Gets or sets the height of the span for the images. It should match the height of the image set as a background url for RatingImage css classes. Gets or sets the width of the span for the images. It should match the width of the image set as a background url for RatingImage css classes. Gets or sets the direction that the rating will fill from. Object to customize the image urls used by non custom images The collection of custom images in the WebRating. Returns the number of items in the collection if it is not null or empty. Otherwise return the ItemCount property. Returns whether the rating is using custom images or not. Height of the component. Width of the component Auto postback flags allow the developer to configure automatic postbacks when some client side events are invoked. Gets or sets whether the rating is rendered with HTML 5 elements. If IE 8 or below is used, this will be ignored if true. This property is a preview as Html 5 is not fully supported in all browsers. Gets or sets part of vote-size, which is considered as zero value. It has effect only when precision is set to "half" or "whole" and this is greater than 0. If user clicks between edge of the first vote and (ImageSize * PrecisionZeroVote), then value is set to 0. Same is applied for mouseover as well. Occurs when the rating has been rated upon on the client Get reference to the RatingClientEvents. Event Delegate for Rated event. Provides data for the events of a WebRating control. Creates a new set of arguments for WebRating Rated event The previous value of the rating The new value of the rating The previous value of the rating The new value of the rating Used to hold a collection of custom images for a WebRating ObjectCollection Protected parameterless constructor for the ObjectCollection class Initializes needed references for the ObjectCollection class. The ControlMain object to which this object collection belongs. The immediate owner of this objectCollection. (May be the same as controlMain). This method is required in addition to the constructor because at design time and when loading the initial aspx page, objects are pushed onto a deserialization stack and do not have immediate access to their parent and owning objects. Therefore, these references must be established after the objects themselves have been created. Writes out the view state tracking journal as the collection currently is, if the collection if currently tracking the journal. This function needs to be called when the collection does not live off of the control and the view state tracking is turned on after the collection already has items in it. Marks the ViewState of every object in the collection as Dirty so that it gets stored for round tripping to the client and back. Virtual method that returns the object at the specified index The object at the index Returns the index of the object in the collection Returns true if the collection contains this item Item to check for. True if item exists, false if item does not exist. Appends the object to the collection to add to the collection. Index of the added item. Inserts the object to the underlying collection ArrayList Item insertion index. to insert into the collection. Recreates the Ids of CollectionControlObjects and the TemplateContainers of UIObjects. This is necessary whenever an object is inserted in the middle or removed from the collection so that the Ids of Controls will be sequential and can thereby be matched during ViewState processing. Clears the ObjectCollection of its contents and removes any associated Controls from the control tree. Clears the internal collection data structure Clears associated Templates when the collection is cleared. Clears associated Template when an object is removed from the collection. Removes an item from the collection Item to remove Moves an item from one index to another within the collection to insert into the collection. Index of destination Removes an item from the collection Index of the item to remove. Removes the specified collectionObject if found in the collection. Validates that the value is not null. Value to check The owner to which this ObjectCollection belongs. The Owner property is required when ObjectCollections are nested within a tree structure. The Control to which this ObjectCollection belongs. ControlMain is required so that objects within the collection can gain access to the main control object. The parent owner to which this object belongs. Returns true if the collection is read-only Creates a new WebRatingImageCollection Creates a new WebRatingImageCollection The WebRating this collection belongs to Appends the RatingImageItem to the collection. Returns the index of the RatingImageItem in the collection. Inserts the RatingImageItem to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the RatingImageItem. Removes the RatingImageItem from the collection. This will calculate all values for the collection based on the rating minimum and any specified values. The items will no longer have NaN for their value afterwards. For internal use. Not used. For internal use. A '|' delimeted list that contains all the tooltip formats of the images in the list. The fill direction of the rating that owns the collection. A '|' delimeted string that contains all the css classes of the images according to the given state. The state of the images: 0-empty, 1-selected, 2-hovered Whether the rating is enabeld or disabled Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the RatingImageItem to retrieve from the collection. Tells whether the values are only increasing A '|' delimeted string that contains all the values of the images in the list. Custom css classed related to track of WebSlider. Constructor for SliderTrackCssClasses Owner of this class. Reset all properties. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders track bar.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TrackH or igsli_TrackV depending on orientation of slider.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders part of track bar located between edge of track and main thumb.

In case of horizontal orientation that is part of track located on the left side from the thumb.

In case of vertical orientation that is part of track located below the thumb.

In case of both thumbs that is part of track located between thumbs.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TrackValueH or igsli_TrackValueV depending on orientation of slider.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders left edge of track bar for horizontal slider or bottom edge of track bar for vertical slider when FillValueMode is set to All and EnableSecondaryValue of WebSlider is enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TrackValue2H or igsli_TrackValue2V depending on orientation of slider.

Gets sets the custom css class responsible for margins between increment/decrement buttons and slider track.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_MarginH or igsli_MarginV depending on orientation of slider.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders track bar when mouse is moved over track bar.

That class is merged with CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_TrackHover.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders track bar when slider has focus.

That class is merged with CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_TrackFocus.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders track bar when slider is disabled.

That class is merged with CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_TrackDisabled.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders left edge of track bar for horizontal slider or top edge of track bar for vertical slider.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TrackEdgeL or igsli_TrackEdgeT depending on orientation of slider.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders left edge of track bar for horizontal slider or bottom edge of track bar for vertical slider when FillValueMode is set to MainValue or All.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TrackValueEdgeL or igsli_TrackValueEdgeB depending on orientation of slider.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders right edge of track bar for horizontal slider or bottom edge of track bar for vertical slider.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TrackEdgeR or igsli_TrackEdgeB depending on orientation of slider.

Checks if all properties have default values. ClientEvents used by the WebDatePicker class ClientEvents used by the WebTextEditor class Create instance of TextEditorClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Returns postback action for a particular event. Index of event at which it appears in the GetClientEventNameList() Postback action. Default implementation returns Off. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before value is changed.

Action can be canceled.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after value was changed. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after text was changed. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before keydown event.

Action can be canceled or key can be modified.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before keypress event.

Action can be canceled or key can be modified.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before keyup event. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets focus event of browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets blur event (lost focus) of browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when value is incremented or decremented by a spin button or by up/down arrow key.

Action can be canceled.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control loses the input focus and has an invalid value.

Notes: That event was designed for extended editors.

In case of numeric editor the eventArgs is instance of NumericEditorInvalidValueEventArgs, date-time editors: DateTimeEditorInvalidValueEventArgs and mask editor: MaskEditorInvalidValueEventArgs.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when input field or spin button gets mousedown event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when input field or spin button gets mouseup event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when input field or spin button gets mousemove event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when input field or spin button gets mouseout event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called on custom button click or on CustomButtonHotKeys. Create instance of TextEditorClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before drop-down calendar is opened.

This action can be canceled.

Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after drop-down calendar was opened.

Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after drop-down calendar was closed.

Update of WebDatePicker from selected date in calendar can be canceled and value can be modified.

Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.

 Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after animation of close or open action for drop-down calendar was stopped.

Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.

 Location and visibility of spin buttons. Button is not displayed. Button is displayed on the right side of the control. Button is displayed on the left side of the control. Type of selection on start of edit mode. Select all text.

Note In some browsers, this setting may lead to losing the edit-mode mouse pointer until the first keyboard entry.

 Destroy the selection and move the caret to the beginning of text. Destroy the selection and move the caret to the end of text. Do not adjust selection on focus. That value is availiable for WebTextEditor only. The approach that used to build the display string when there is no data in the WebMaskEdit control. The literal characters and not-filled required mask positions are displayed. The blank string is displayed when there is no data. The approach that used to build string for the Value property of the WebMaskEdit control. Raw text. No empty prompt-mask positions and no literal-mask characters. Raw text with empty required prompt-mask positions replaced by the EmptyPositionChar characters. No empty optional prompt-mask positions and no literal-mask characters. Raw text with all empty prompt-mask positions replaced by the EmptyPositionChar characters. No literal-mask characters. Raw text with literal-mask characters. No empty prompt-mask positions. Raw text with empty required prompt-mask positions replaced by the EmptyPositionChar characters. Literal-mask characters are included. No empty optional prompt-mask positions. Text with all empty prompt-mask positions replaced by the EmptyPositionChar characters and literal-mask characters. Type of object that is used to get and set the Value property by the WebDateTimeEdit control. The Date property is used. The EditModeText property is used. The Text property is used.

The set property for month will recognize only integer value and days of the week is ignored.

 The Date property is used. If the value is equal to DateTime.MinValue, then null is returned. The Date property is used. If the value is equal to DateTime.MinValue, then DBNull.Value is returned. Type of object that is used to get and set the Value property by the WebDateTimeEdit control. Allows changing value in editor by keyboard and drop-down calendar. Allows changing value in editor only by drop-down calendar. Type of object that is used to get and set the Value property by WebNumericEdit control. The Text property is used. The ValueDouble property is used. The float is used. The decimal is used. The long is used. The ulong is used. The int is used. The uint is used. The short is used. The ushort is used. The sbyte is used. The byte is used. Type of error that is raised when invalid-value event was fired. Invalid string which could not be converted to a valid value. Entered value was beyond minimum or maximum limits. Null was entered when Nullable is false. Roles defined for the ig_textEditor.css file. Css for control with buttons. Css for control without buttons. Css for edit field when buttons are enabled. Css for control with enabled multiline. Css for control when it has focus. Css for control when mouse is moved over it. Css for width and height of buttons. Css for buttons. Css for button when it has mouse. Css for button when it is pressed. Css for disable button. Css for button when control has focus. Css for inner part of control with buttons. Css for inner part of control when it has focus. Css for inner part of control when mouse is moved over control. Css for IMG element used by spin and custom buttons. It has no effect if button shows text. Css for INPUT which is used when control has no Value, no focus and NullText is set. Argument used for event which is raised by WebTextEditor when value of a thumb was changed. Gets old value. Gets new value. Event that is fired when invalid date was entered. Value of year field that was entered in the control.

Valid range of values: 1-9999.

If value is -1, then it means that year field is not in input mask or value was not entered.

Value of month field that was entered in the control.

Valid range of values: 1-12.

If value is -1, then it means that month field is not in input mask or value was not entered.

Value of day field that was entered in the control.

Valid range of values: 1-31.

If value is -1, then it means that day field is not in input mask or value was not entered.

Value of hour field that was entered in the control.

Valid range of values: 0-23.

If value is -1, then it means that hour field is not in input mask or value was not entered.

Value of minute field that was entered in the control.

Valid range of values: 0-59.

If value is -1, then it means that minute field is not in input mask or value was not entered.

Value of second field that was entered in the control.

Valid range of values: 0-59.

If value is -1, then it means that second field is not in input mask or value was not entered.

Value of millisecond field that was entered in the control.

Valid range of values: 0-999.

If value is -1, then it means that millisecond field is not in input mask or value was not entered.

Suggested value of the date. Type of invalid entry. Event that is fired when invalid number was entered. Value of text that was entered in the control. Suggested value of a number. Type of invalid entry. Event delegate used by WebTextEditor when value was changed. Event delegate used by WebTextEditor when postback was triggered by Enter key was pressed. Handler for invalid value event of WebTextEditor. Handler for invalid value event of WebNumericEditor. Handler for invalid value event of WebDateTimeEditor. Collection of properties related to multiline used by WebTextEditor control. String formatted for visual designer. Gets sets overflow style attribute of TEXTAREA.

The value Visible means that overflow attribute is not rendered and browser-default is used. Some browsers may not support that attribute.

 Gets sets the rows attribute of TEXTAREA.

The Height of WebTextEditor may have priority over that property.

 Gets sets the cols attribute of TEXTAREA.

The Width of WebTextEditor may have priority over that property.

 Gets sets the wrap attribute of TEXTAREA. Checks if all properties have default values. Container of properties which define auto postback options used by WebTextEditor. Constructor for TextEditorAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets auto postback options applied to value change event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to enter key press. Gets sets auto postback options applied to custom button click. Checks if all properties have default values. Collection of properties related to buttons that are used by WebTextEditor control. Check if CustomButtonDisplay should be serialized. Resets the CustomButtonDisplay to default value. Check if UpperSpinButton has data. Clears the UpperSpinButton Check if LowerSpinButton has data. Clears the LowerSpinButton Check if CustomButton has data. Clears the CustomButton Get item from ListOfValues at particular index. Index of item. Item. If index is negative or larger than count of items, then null is returned. Set item from ListOfValues at particular index. Index of item. New value for item. True: item was set, false: failure, index is negative or larger than count of items. Insert item into ListOfValues at particular index. Index at which item will be inserted. If that value is negative or larger than count of items, then new item is appended to list. New item. Remove item from ListOfValues at particular index. Index of item to remove. True: item was removed, false: failure, index is negative or larger than count of items. Remove items from ListOfValues which match with particular value. Value to remove. Number of removed items. String formatted for visual designer. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to spin buttons in normal state. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to spin buttons when control has focus. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to spin buttons in mouse-over state. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to spin buttons in pressed state. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to spin buttons in disabled state. Gets sets custom css class which defines width and height of spin buttons. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to inner area (container of edit field) when control is in normal state. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to inner area (container of edit field) when control has focus. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to inner area (container of edit field) when mouse is moved over control. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to IMG element used by spin and custom buttons.

Notes:

It can be used to stretch image to size of button (which is TD element) by width:100%;height:100%;

It has no effect if button shows text.

 Gets sets list of strings that will be used to set value of editor on spin events.

If list is set, then default increment/decrement actions are disabled and list-items are used.

Items in list should be separated by the "|" character.

In order to use the "|" character in item, the flag "&pipe;" should be used.

At run time the Get/Set/Insert/RemoveListValueAtIndex methods can be used.

On client the set_value(listItem) is used to process items.

In case of numeric editor, an item should have javascript format, because the parseFloat(item) is used.

In case of date-time editor, an item should have format "yyyy-MM-dd-hh-mm-ss-tt" (year-month-day-hours-minutes-seconds-milliseconds).

 Gets sets list of key actions which will trigger CustomButton click-event.

A key should contain an English letter, or a digit, or 2/3-digit key-code used by browser's keydown events, or a predifined flag such as HOME, DOWN, UPARROW, etc. Example, the "065" or "65" is the same as "A", the "040" is down-arrow key, and the "113" is "F2" key. In case of multiple keys, values should be separated by the "," (coma) character. Example: "B,2,191" means that "B", "2" and "?" keyboard keys will trigger drop down action. Each value may contain optional modifiers such as Shift, Ctrl or Alt with optional + or space separator. Example: "Shift+A,Up Ctrl,Shift+Space,F2".

All entries are case insensitive and suffix "Arrow" is optional for "Up/Down/Left/Right" arrow keys.

Notes: This property has effect regardless of visibility of custom button.

In case of modifiers and some of F# keys, a browser may override key event and drop-down action may fail.

Different browsers may have different codes for same keys. For example: key-code of "+" in IE is 181, but in Firefox it is 107.

 Gets sets visibility and location of spin buttons.

Note: If TextMode of editor is set to MultiLine, then buttons are not supported and that property has no effect.

 Gets sets visibility and location of custom button.

WebTextEditor raises client and server events related to CustomButton. Those events can be used by application to implement custom actions like showing alert, dialog or drop-down, performing validations, raising postback, etc.

Note: If TextMode of editor is set to MultiLine, then buttons are not supported and that property has no effect.

 Gets sets initial delay in milliseconds between increment/decrement spin events.

Default value is set to 200.

 Gets sets ability to automatically increase/decrease the delay with spin events while mouse is pressed on a spin button.

This property allows to increase, decrease or keep permanent delay between spin events.

Positive values will gradually decrease delay (increase speed) until the value of the (Delay / 2 ^ value) is reached.

Negative values will increase delay (decrease speed) until the value of the (Delay * 2 ^ value) is reached.

Value of zero will keep permanent delay between spin events.

Range of values is -3..0..+6. The value of -3 will slow down initial delay in 8 times. The value of 6 will speed up initial delay in 64 times.

Default value is set to 3.

 Gets sets ability to increment/decrement a value on the Up/Down arrow keys.

This property has effect regardless of visibility of spin buttons.

 Gets sets ability to increment/decrement a value when ReadOnly is true.

This property has no effect, when ReadOnly is false. Default value is set to false.

 Gets sets ability to ensure input focus on spin events.

Notes:

If that property is false and a spin-button is pressed, then value is incremented/decremented, though, focus remains at the control which had input focus before a spin-button was pressed.

If the NullText property of WebTextEditor is set, then editor gets focus on spin event regardless of that property.

Default value is set to false.

 Gets sets option to add "display:inline" attribute to the main TABLE html-element of control.

Note: that feature is supported only for IE browser.

 Gets sets option to automatically "roll-over" to the minimum/maximum value when the maximum/minimum limit was exceeded while pressing on a spin button or on an arrow key.

That property has effect only for Numeric and DateTime controls that modified both MinValue and MaxValue properties.

Default value is false.

 Gets sets option to use spacing between inner elements: input field and buttons.

Note: if the background of buttons is not set then light gray color is used.

 Gets reference to object which contains properties of upper spin button. Gets reference to object which contains properties of lower spin button. Gets reference to object which contains properties of custom button.

WebTextEditor raises client and server events related to CustomButton. Those events can be used by application to implement custom actions like showing alert, dialog or drop-down, performing validations, raising postback, etc.

 Checks if all properties have default values. Class used for buttons which may have text instead of image. Constructor for TextImageButton Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Gets sets text displayed on button.

If value is set, then instead of image the text is dislayed on button.

Not available. Checks if all properties have default values. Class used to render WebTextEditor. Render all html tags related to control, including hidden fields. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Pass server properties to client. Process latest state of control. Ensure that additional client state is updated. This method is called when additional information is passed from the client, via the _saveAdditionalClientState javascript method. Value and SecondaryValue separated by |. Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier Returns data for appstyling. Returns false. Control that renders number editor.

The number pattern and other aspects of number string are defined by the values found in the NumberFormat property.

Control that renders number editor.

The number pattern and other aspects of number string are defined by the values found in the NumberFormat property.

Control which implements the functionality of a text editor. Interface to make a control compatible with the Infragistics.WebUI.WebSpellChecker Indicates whether the spell checking is supported by the implementing object. A string value of the ClientSide function to be called to retrieve the ClientSide object from it's ClientId. A string value of the ClientSide function to be called from the ClientSide object to retrieve the text to be checked. A string value of the ClientSide function to be called from the ClientSide object to set the text that was checked. Interface for controls which can be used to store text as password Determines whether the control is in password mode Rerurns the properties which hold the password, could be multiple, for example Text and Value The control's default constructor. Check if Value has data. Clears the Text Check if Text has data. Clears the Text. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Clears the AutoPostBackFlags Check if Buttons has data. Clears the Buttons Check if MultiLine has data. Clears the MultiLine Creates new instance of TextEditorRunBot. Creates new instance of TextEditorRenderer. Save data of subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Load data for subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Raise event after value was changed. Instance of TextEditorValueChangedEventArgs created by TextEditorRunBot Raise event after value was changed. Instance of EventArgs created by TextEditorRunBot Raise event when postback was triggered by Enter key press. Instance of EventArgs created by TextEditorRunBot Raise event when postback was triggered by custom button. Instance of EventArgs created by TextEditorRunBot Set focus to control on initialization of the page. Render control Enable ControlState. EventArgs reference Restore values after postback. Array of 2 objects: [Value(as double), SecondaryValue(as double)] Save values before postback. Array of 2 objects: [Value(as double), SecondaryValue(as double)] Convert post value to the Value object. Append specific client-side properties. List of properties which should be updated in designer when Value is changed. Get sets ability for the user to edit the text of the control. Gets sets ability for user to enter characters by using the ALT key + numeric keypad digits method.

Default value is true.

 Gets sets ability to hide the Enter key.

Setting this property to true disables the default response of the browser to an Enter key press.

Default value is false.

 Gets sets maximum length of a text string that can be entered into a control.

Default value is 0 and default value of browser is used.

 Gets sets an attempt to set input focus to the control on the initialization of a page. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to control when it has focus. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to control when mouse is moved over it. Gets sets custom css class which is applied to INPUT when control has no focus, has no Value and NullText property is set.

If NullText is not set, then that property has no effect.

Note: It is recommended to set the Width property of editor. Otherwise, visible width of control may jump on focus and blur events, due to italic, bold and other attributes of NullTextCssClass.

 Gets sets text displayed in the control when it has no focus and the Value is not set (Value is empty string or null).

If that property is set, then NullTextCssClass is used for the INPUT element.

Notes:

It is recommended to set the Width property of editor. Otherwise, visible width of control may jump on focus and blur events, due to italic, bold and other attributes of NullTextCssClass.

If that property is set and control has no focus, then edit actions like paste and spin are not supported.

Gets sets an option to fire validation before postback.

That property is similar to the corresponding property of asp:TextBox.

 Gets sets validation group.

That property is similar to the corresponding property of asp:TextBox.

 Gets sets ability to support null value and use System.Nullable for the Value property. Gets sets css class applied to html element which represents this control on client. Gets sets text mode of editor such as single line, multiline or password.

Setting this property to MultiLine creates TEXTAREA html element. Spin buttons and custom button in that mode are not supported.

Setting this property to Password creates INPUT with type=password and browser defines how text string is displayed.

Default value is SingleLine.

 Gets sets horizontal alignment of the text. Gets sets type of selection on the start of edit mode.

Default value is set to the NotSet.

The value of NotSet is supported by WebTextEditor only, but none of its extensions.

 Gets sets the tooltip of control.

In order to specify tooltip which includes the current value of control, the "{0}" flag should be used. In this case that flag will be replaced by the text in editor.

Note: If TextMode is set to Password, then empty string is used as the default value of ToolTip.

 Background color of control Foreground color of control Border color of control Border width of control Border style of control Gets sets value in control.

In the WebTextEdit control, this property is simply a wrapper for the property.

This virtual property is overriden by every extended class. The type of value (structure in case of string) depends on the value of property. For example, in case of WebDateTimeEdit, Value can be DateTime, focus string or no-focus string.

 Gets sets text displayed in control. Text that persists between sessions. Gets reference to reference to the TextEditorClientEvents. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebTextEditor. Gets reference to container of properties which are related to custom and spin buttons. Gets reference to container of properties which are related to multiline text mode. Adds removes event handler which is fired when value in editor was changed on client. Adds removes event handler which is fired when text in editor was changed on client and its value after postback became different from value before postback.

That is event required by IEditableTextControl and it is identical to ValueChanged event. It is raised before ValueChanged.

 Adds removes event handler which is fired when postback was triggered by Enter key press.

Event is raised when AutoPostBackFlags.EnterKeyDown is set to "On".

 Adds removes event handler which is fired when postback was triggered by custom button click. Creates WebNumericEditor control. Check if NullValue has data. Clears the NullValue. Check if Value has data. Clears the Value. Check if Text has data. Check if Culture should be serialized. Reset Culture. Convert dirty number-text to clean-number. Dirty number-text Clean number-text Append specific client-side properties for an UpLevel renderer. List of properties which should be updated in designer when Value is changed. Convert post value to the Value object. Raise event when invalid value was entered. Instance of InvalidNumberEventArgs Gets sets type of object that is used to wrap the Value property.

Default value is set to the Double.

That property is designed to be used when this editor is embedded into grid or other control.

 Gets sets number that is returned by the Value property when Nullable is disabled and value is not set.

If property is set to the NaN, then NaN is used for Double and Float types defined by DataMode, and 0 is used for integer types.

 Gets sets css class which is applied to the INPUT element when Value is negative. Gets sets minimum number of decimal places used for text in control when it has no focus.

Note: in case of null, the setting for NumberDecimalDigits of NumberFormat property of Culture is used.

 Gets sets maximum number of decimal places used for text in control when it has no focus.

Notes:

In case of null, the setting for decimal places of Culture is used.

If MinDecimalPlaces is set to the larger value than that property, then MinDecimalPlaces has priority.

 Get sets multiplier applied to Value for displayed text.

List of supported values: 1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000. Default value is set to 1.

Notes:

That property affects text displayed to end user: number appears larger than actual value in editor. The Min/MaxValue are not affected by this property.

That property should not be modified after Value or Text was set, because format of Value which persists in ViewState is based on Text property.

Gets sets value that is used to increment/decrement the editing value on spin events.

That value is also used when increment/decrement happens on the up/down arrow keys.

If Buttons.ListOfValues is set, then that property has no effect.

 Gets sets maximum value.

Value is validated on lost focus or spin events only.

 Gets sets minimum value.

Value is validated on lost focus or spin events only.

 Value that specifies the style of selection on the start of edit mode.

Default value is set to the SelectAll.

 Value that specifies the horizontal alignment of the text. Ability to use null when the value is not set. This property is disabled and returns false. This property is not supported. This property is not supported. Value in the editor as a double. Value in the editor as a float. Value in the editor as a long. Value in the editor as an int. Value in the editor as a short. Value in the editor as a byte. Value in the editor as a decimal. Value in the editor as text. Gets the Value in the editor as text for MSValidators. Value defined by the DataMode property. Text displayed in the control. Gets sets the object used by the control.

The Culture property allows to customize all aspects of format that is applied to numeric value while converting it to string. If value is not set, then the is used.

The WebNumericEditoror uses the properties of the NumberFormatInfo that starts with the "Number", for example, NumberDecimalDigits.

The WebCurrencyEditor uses the properties of the NumberFormatInfo that starts with the "Currency", for example, CurrencyDecimalDigits.

The WebPercentEditor uses the properties of the NumberFormatInfo that starts with the "Percent", for example, PercentDecimalDigits.

Adds removes event handler which is fired when invalid value was entered. Creates a WebCurrencyEditor control. Build text from a value. value string Gets sets minimum number of decimal places used for text in control when it has no focus.

Note: in case of null, the setting for CurrencyDecimalDigits of NumberFormat property of Culture is used.

 Control that renders date editor with drop-down calendar.

In order to use custom calendar the property should set.

 Control that renders date editor.

The date pattern and other aspects of date string are defined by the values found in the property.

Appearance of strings and particular types of date formats at edit and display modes are defined by the and properties.

Note The ValidationProperty attribute is linked to the property for this control.

 Creates WebDateTimeEditor control Check if Value has data. Clears the Text Check if Text has data. Check if Culture should be serialized Reset Culture Returns empty string. Empty string Append specific client-side properties for UpLevel renderer. List of properties which should be updated in designer when Value is changed. Build input mask. Fields replace by the explicit int with lengths of 2. True: mask for edit mode, false: mask for display mode Mask Return display/edit date string. false - display date, true - edit date DateTime Request to adjust year for current culture Display date or edit date as string Convert string to date using edit-mode(short) mask or display-mode(long) mask Request to adjust year for current culture Date Get numeric value from string, and move current index i source string current index int or -1 (no digit found) Get numeric value from month-name string, and move current index i source string current index day of the week int or -1 (no month found) Build mask for edit-mode(short) or for display-mode(long) and set AM/PM That method should be called before any access to "masks". DateFormatPattern true: build edit-mode mask Convert post value to the Value object. Raise event when invalid value was entered. Instance of InvalidNumberEventArgs Gets sets format of date used for edit mode when control has input focus.

Default value is set to the "d". If value has length of 1 (single flag-character such as: d, f, g, s, etc.), then the System.Threading.Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture is used to obtain date pattern. Otherwise, this property is treated as explicit date pattern.

Example of explicit pattern: "dd-MM-yyyy" To learn about format flags and patterns, see documentation for the System.Globalization.DateTimeFormatInfo class.

Note The "z" and "g" characters and "%c" style in pattern are ignored. Possible day of the week field is ignored, and abbriviated month name is converted to digit.

 Gets sets format of date used for display mode when control does not have input focus.

Default value is set to the empty string. If value is empty, then the value of is used. If value has a length of 1 (single flag-character such as: d, f, g, s, etc.), then the System.Threading.Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture is used to obtain date pattern. Otherwise, this property is treated as explicit date pattern.

Example of an explicit pattern: "dd-MM-yyyy" To learn about format flags and patterns, see documentation for the System.Globalization.DateTimeFormatInfo class.

Note The "z" and "g" characters and "%c" style in pattern are ignored.

 Gets sets character that is used to fill missing date fields while control has focus. Default value is set to the underscore '_' character. Gets sets name of property used to wrap the property.

Default value is set to the .

That property is designed to be used when this editor is embedded into grid or other control.

 Gets sets minimum number of valid fields in the date string which must be present to consider the date valid.

Range of values: 0-7. If this property is set to 0, all fields are validated. Default value is 3.

Missing hour, minute, second, millisecond fields are replaced by 0, and missing year, month, day fields are replaced by the fields of the today date. Date fields are counted from the left to right as they appear in the pattern of date format.

When validating, the day-of-week and AM-PM fields are skipped and not included for the purposes of this property. For example, if the pattern of date format is "M-d-yy H:mm:ss" and the MinimumNumberOfValidFields is 4, then strings are validated as indicated below:

  • "10-20-2 5:20:__" - represents valid date "10-20-02 5:20:00".
  • "10-20-2 5:__:__" - represents valid date "10-20-02 5:00:00".
  • "10-20-2 _:__:__" - represents an invalid date.
  • "10-20-_ 5:20:30" - represents an invalid date.

 Gets sets ability to automatically use the last good date value when control loses focus and entered value cannot be converted to a date.

Notes: If entered date can be converted to a date, but it is outside of minimum or maximum limits, or value of day field is larger than maximum day for a particular month, then that property is not applied to that date.

If Nullable property is enabled and all fields were erased by user, then that entry is considered as valid and null is used.

 Gets sets value that is used to autofill year field to the 20th or 21st century if only 1 or 2 digits are entered by user.

Range of values: from -1 to 99.

If value is set to -1, then autofill is disabled.

If entered year is less or equal to the value of that property, then 2000 is added to the year field.

If entered year is larger than the value of that property and less than 100, then 1900 is added to the year field.

Default value is 29.

 Gets sets ability to reduce day of month, when maximum day of entered month-field is smaller than entered value of day-field. Gets sets option to show all pattern characters while control has focus.

Default value is set to true.

If that property is set to false, then text displayed in focus state is cut off by the last filled character and part of pattern on the right side is hidden.

 This property is disabled and has no effect. Value that specifies the style of selection when entering edit mode.

Default value is set to 'SelectAll'.

 Ability to use null when value is not set. This property is not supported. This property is not supported. This property is not supported. Gets sets value that is used to increment/decrement the editing value on spin events.

If Buttons.ListOfValues is set, then that property has no effect.

That value is also used when increment/decrement happens on the up/down arrow keys.

If value is set to 0, then the value of 1 is used to increment/decrement a field where caret is located.

Default value is set to 1. For editor with date-format 1 day is used and for edtor with time-format: 1 minute.

 Gets sets ability to increment/decrement the value of one field only.

If value is true, then only one current field is incremented/decremented and all other fieds remain unchanged.

If value is false, then other date fields can be affected too.

Default value is set to false.

 Date fields. Gets sets value in control as DateTime object. Gets sets maximum date.

Note Value is validated on lost focus or spin events only.

 Gets sets minimum date.

Note Value is validated on lost focus or spin events only.

 Value defined by the property. Text displayed in the control. This property allows you to retrieve the text that is displayed in the WebDateTimeEditor control during edit mode. Gets sets the System.Globalization.CultureInfo object is used by control.

The Culture property allows to customize all aspects of format that is applied to a DateTime object while converting it to string. Those format properties include field separators, date/time patterns, names of months, etc.

If value is not set, then the System.Threading.Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture.DateTimeFormat object is used.

Abbriviated month names for short-date pattern are not supported and months are converted to digits.

 Adds removes event handler which is fired when invalid date was entered. Creates WebDatePicker control Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase Check if ClientSideEvents has data. Clears the ClientSideEvents Check if CalendarAnimation has data. Clears the CalendarAnimation Set calendar which will be used as drop-down.

That method is equivalent to setting value of DropDownCalendarID to the ClientID of calendar.

That method can be used only after calendar was added to its container and Page, otherwise, the ClientID and drop-down functionality may fail.

It is not recommended to set that property after the Page.OnLoad event.

 Reference to calendar. This method attempts to find reference to shared drop-down calendar. Reference to WebMonthCalendar or null Returns ClientID of drop-down calendar. Empty string or ClientID of WebMonthCalendar Append specific client-side properties for UpLevel renderer. Find custom calendar and hide it. Ensure default drop-down calendar. Ensure that shared default calendar is created and added to form.

That method can be used when WebDatePicker is located in FormView or some other containers, which block access to Page.LoadComplete event or if shared calendar is not created for other reasons.

That method can be called within Page.OnLoad event.

Ensure that shared default calendar is created and added to form.

That method can be used when WebDatePicker is located in FormView or some other containers, which block access to Page.LoadComplete event or if shared calendar is not created for other reasons.

That method can be called within Page.OnLoad event.

Reference to Page Gets sets the ID of WebMonthCalendar which will be used as drop-down calendar.

If that property is not set, then default calendar is used. That default calendar is shared between all WebDatePickers on page.

Notes:

The drop-down calendar on client cannot be used for actions which will conflict with default behavior of WebDatePicker. For example, set_selectedDate(date), setFocus() and similar actions are not supported.

If calendar is located directly in the Form, or in the same container(s) where the WebDatePicker is, then the ID property of calendar can be used. Otherwise, WebDatePicker will not be able to find calendar on server. Therefore, application should use ClientID property of calendar and it should ensure following style attributes

display:none;

visibility:hidden;

It is not recommended to set that property after the Page.OnLoad event. Also to ensure shared calendar the local EnsureSharedCalendar() and static WebDatePicker.EnsureSharedCalendar(page) methods can be used.

 Gets sets ability to modify value in editor by keyboard while drop-down calendar is opened.

Note: only digits, backspace and delete keys are supported.

 Gets sets ability to automatically open drop-down calendar when editor gets focus. Gets sets value that allows to enable or disable ability to edit value by keyboard.

Note: In order to disable ability to edit value by drop-down calendar, the ReadOnly property should be used.

 Hides base class property. Gets reference to reference to the DatePickerClientEvents. Gets reference to container of properties related to animation used for drop-down WebMonthCalendar. Control that renders mask editor.

The property that defines the keyboard filter and appearance of displayed string has name the .

The properties and define character that is used to replace empty mask positions for no-focus and focus states. The is used to build string returned by the property.

The structure of string used by the property is defined by the .

 Creates WebMaskEdit control Check if Text has data. Clears the Text Check if RealText has data. Clears the RealText Append specific client-side properties for UpLevel renderer. Check if all required positions in the input mask are filled by data. True: all required positions are filled. List of properties which should be updated in designer when Value is changed. Convert post value to the Value object. Raise event when invalid value was entered. Instance of EventArgs Load saved state. Saved state. Gets sets input mask used to filter keyboard entries.

Default value is set to "CCCCCCCCCCCC".

The mask may contain literal characters and input-mask-flags such as

  • & - any keyboard character (entry is required)
  • L - letter (entry is required)
  • 0 - digit (entry is required)
  • A - letter or digit (entry is required)
  • C - any keyboard character (entry is optional)
  • ? - letter (entry is optional)
  • # - digit or +/- (entry is optional with replacement by EmptyPositionChar or PadChar)
  • 9 - digit (entry is optional)
  • a - letter or digit (entry is optional)
  • > - all letters to the right are converted to the upper case
  • < - all letters to the right are converted to the lower case

For information on how to customize input masks, see the following topic section of the help: Developer's Guide > The Toolset > Controls and Components > WebMaskEdit.

Notes:

  • If in front of any flag-character appears the "\" (escape) character, then that character becomes the literal part of mask. For example, if mask is set to the "A\A\BB\\##\99" and control has no data, then text in edit mode will appear as "_A\BB\#_9_". Where the "_" are available positions for entry.
  • To cancel upper/lower case convertion which was set by the > or < flag, that flag should be used one more time. For example, if mask is set to the ">CC->CC->CC" and user entered the "XxXxXx", then resulting text should appear as "XX-Xx-XX".
  • While control has no input focus, the optional empty mask positions are not displayed.

 Gets sets character that is used to fill required empty mask positions in the display text while the control does not have focus.

Default value is set to the Space character.

While control has no input focus, the optional empty mask positions are not displayed.

 Gets sets character that is used to fill empty mask positions in the display text while the control has focus.

Default value is set to the '_' (underscore) character.

 Gets sets character that is used to replace empty (not filled) positions in the while building string returned by the and properties.

Default value is set to the Space character.

This property is designed for situation when empty position characters expected by application (database) would be confusing if used as prompts. For example '?' or '0' characters.

 Gets sets rules that are used to get/set the property.

Those rules define various combinations of the following conditions:

  • Whether or not the literal characters (not editable part of mask) should be included.
  • Whether or not the required empty mask positions should be included.
  • Whether or not the optional empty mask positions should be included.
Default value is set to 'RawTextWithRequiredPrompts'. This property is designed to be used when this editor is embedded into grid or other control.

Note: When literal characters are included and the value is set, then characters in that new value which positions match with the positions of the literal characters in mask are ignored. Though, those "dummy" characters should be present in the value, otherwise, the "data" characters will be lost and may appear shifted to wrong positions.

 Gets sets options for displayed text when control has no focus and has no data. Gets sets option to show all mask characters while control has focus.

Default value is set to true.

If that property is set to false, then text displayed in focus state is cut off by the last filled character and part of mask on right side is hidden.

 This property is not supported. Value that specifies the style of selection when entering edit mode.

Default value is set to the SelectAll.

 This property is not supported. This property is not supported. Gets sets string that represents the current contents of the control without literal characters and empty mask positions.

This text represents only the characters entered into the control by the user.

 Value as defined by the property. Text displayed in the control. Text that is displayed in control.

This text represents the text displayed in the control when it loses focus, including any literal and pad characters.

 Adds removes event handler which is fired when not all required positions in input mask were filled by user. Control that renders number editor.

The number pattern and other aspects of number string are defined by the values found in the NumberFormat property.

Creates a WebPercentEditor control. Build text from a value. value string Gets sets minimum number of decimal places used for text in control when it has no focus.

Note: in case of null, the setting for PercentDecimalDigits of NumberFormat property of Culture is used.

 Gets sets multiplier applied to Value for displayed text.

Default value is set to 100.

Notes:

That property affects text displayed to end user: number appears larger than actual value in editor. The Min/MaxValue are not affected by this property.

That property should not be modified after Value or Text was set, because format of Value which persists in ViewState is based on Text property.

Class used for AjaxIndicator of asynchronous postbacks used by Infragistics.Web.UI controls. Check if Enabled has data. Clears the Enabled Check if AltText has data. Clears the AltText. Reset all properties to defaults. String representation of AjaxIndicator. String formatted for visual designer. Gets sets option to enable or disable indicator.

Default value of that property for local indicator is NotSet and default value of that property for shared indicator is True.

If value is NotSet, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. If both shared and local properties are NotSet, then indicator is disabled.

That property does not affect BlockType.

 Gets sets alt attribute for image. Gets sets css class for indicator.

If value is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. If both shared and local properties are not set, then ig_AjaxIndicator or similar class of current AppStyling is used.

 Gets sets css class for blocking element which is used when BlockArea property is enabled.

If value is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. If both shared and local properties are not set, then ig_AjaxIndicatorBlock or similar class of current AppStyling is used.

 Gets sets innerHTML for indicator.

That may include any kinds of html tags and optional {0} flag which will be replaced on client by IMG with ImageUrl.

If value is set, then it has priority over ImageUrl.

If value is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used.

 Gets sets image url for indicator.

If Text is set, then that property has no effect, though it has priority over Text property of shared indicator.

If value is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used.

If shared and local properties of ImageUrl and Text are not set, then ig_ajaxIndicator.gif from current AppStyling is used.

 Gets sets option to set position of indicator relative to bounds of control or to browser's window.

If value is NotSet, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. If both shared and local properties are not set, then indicator is aligned relative to control.

Gets sets option to create half transparent shell which blocks control or browser's window.

That property does not depend on Enabled.

If value is NotSet, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. If both shared and local properties are NotSet, then block element is disabled.

 Gets sets extra horizontal offset of indicator from Location in pixels.

If value is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used.

 Gets sets extra vertical offset of indicator from Location in pixels.

If value is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used.

 Gets sets location of indicator relative to the bounds of target element.

If value is set to NotSet, then location is defined by the corresponding property of shared AjaxIndicator. If that property of shared AjaxIndicator is NotSet, then MiddleCenter is used.

 Gets sets equation type of fade animation for show action. Gets sets equation type of fade animation for hide action. Gets sets duration of fade animation for show action.

If value is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. If both shared and local properties are not set or value is less than 2, then animation is disabled.

 Gets sets duration of fade animation for hide action.

If value is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. If both shared and local properties are not set or value is less than 2, then animation is disabled.

 Gets reference to shared AjaxIndicator or null. Checks if all properties have default values. This static class contains settings related to Infragistics Web AJAX framework. The examples of thesttings are: Application Styling Management, Script Combining, AJAX Post Back flag etc. Boolean flag, that is currently used to control whether the ObjectCollection clearing should be saved in a ViewStatJournal. Enables or disables script combining for certain page. Whether the script combining should be enabled. Page to enable script combining for. Returns script combining flag for requested. Page to return script combining flag for. Indicates whether Infragistics CDN is available for specified page. Reference to the page, or null for the global application setting value. True if Infragistics CDN is enabled. Enables or disables script combining for the whole application. Enables or disables Persistence for the whole application. Enables or disables Password fields persistence for the whole application. Enables or disables loading from PersistenceManager on Postback Indicates whether the page is inside of an Ajax post back cycle caused by the Infragistics Web AJAX framework. Reference to the Application manager. Same as Infragistics.Web.UI.Framework.AppStyling.AppStylingManager.Settings; Reference to the PersistenceManager associated with current request. Gets reference to shared AjaxIndicator or null. Information about client that is making the request. Indicates whether the embedded Java Script for all AJAX controls has been disabled through the web.config file. Path to Infragistics CDN. Path to Infragistics JavaScript CDN resources. Path to Infragistics styles CDN resources. Path to Infragistics CDN. Path to Infragistics JavaScript CDN resources. Path to Infragistics styles CDN resources. Returns the name of the file for combined IG JavaScript Returns the name of the file for combined IG JQuery JavaScript Returns the name of the file for combined IG css files Enumeration used to identify StyleInfo objects within the AppStyleInfoCatolog. There is on StyleInfo objects for each css file used by the WebControls. A WebControl may utilized more than one css file or StyleInfo object. The one which it uses at runtime depends upon the particular property settings on the control. Summary description for StyleInfoCatalog. Get css-class name for base role name The appropriate enum with typecast to (int) must be used. A valid value of the StyleInfoNames enum must be used. Roles defined for the ig_shared.css file. Array of Roles that are defined for this application style or control. Name of AppStyle. Css filename. Prefix used for each style class name in the css file. Obtain a RoleInfo object by role name. The name of the role to be retrieved. A RoleInfo object corresponding to the name supplied. Creates and returns a new RoleInfo object with property values copied from the current object. New instance of RoleInfo object with same property values. Name of the role. Name of the base role this role overrides. Priority of the role on the page. Role info's selector Indicates if the role is supported by the control. Contains index of the role in the control's style catalog. The property is used by controls that support the extensibility model such as the . Summary description for AppStyleSetsImport. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Full path to the wsl file. Editor for the style set names. Public constructor. Overrides EditValue. Called whenever a value is edited. Defines edit style No rendering supported Whenever changed - update and close Sender Event's arguments List box that manages the values in the drop down. The list box is used as a drop down for design time style set selector. Public constructor Selects an item in the list box. Item's value to select. Defines input key. Maps return key down event woth OnClick Resources directory to enumerate style sets off Summary description for AppStylingManager. The main purpose of this method is to resolve "~" into the applicationPath. This method is not needed for ASP.Net 2.0, since there is already a ResolveUrl method available at the Control level. A relative url, which may or may not contain "~" A reference to a valid control - used to get application specific settings. A relative url with no special characters. Contains path to the application styling resources for the application. The property is mapped to web.config setting. This property setting should be removed from web.config if Infragistics CDN is the resources repository of choice. This registry gathers dynamically created styles and converts them into a single <style> block in the header of the rendered page. Serializes application styling options into an isolated storage Summary description for ConfirmCopyStyleSets. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Break stylesString into class names and their values Nested exception thrown by the CSSParser when it could not parse the CSS contents specified by the StyleSheetFileName property. Creates a CannotParseCssException that can be thrown. The error message text displayed to the developer in the IDE. The exception that was caught and is believed to be the cause of the error. A flag based on the developer's feedback in the IDE as to whether the StyleSheet- FileName should be reset to it's original value. Indicates whether the StyleSheetFileName property should be result to it's previous value. This registry gathers dynamically created styles and converts them into a single <style> block in the header of the rendered page. Adds a style to the CSS registry. Style to register. Selector format that should be rendered for the style. Example: TBODY.{0} TR TD Automatically generated css class name. Adds a style to the CSS registry. Style to register. CSS class name to register the style under. Selector format that should be rendered for the style. Example: TBODY.{0} TR TD Adds custom string of style rules to the CSS registry. Custom string of style rules. Selector format that should be rendered for the style. Example: TBODY.{0} TR TD Automatically generated css class name. Adds custom string of style rules to the CSS registry. Custom string of style rules. Selector format that should be rendered for the style. Example: TBODY.{0} TR TD Forces the registry to generate churn for the new CSS class regardless of whether it was registered in previous post backs. Automatically generated css class name. Adds custom string of style rules to the CSS registry. Custom string of style rules. CSS class name to register the style under. Selector format that should be rendered for the style. Example: TBODY.{0} TR TD Copies a directory. Overwrites existing one. Source directory to copy. Destination directory to copy to. Copies a directory. Source directory to copy. Destination directory to copy to. Method to be called if directory exists. If the method returns False copying is aborted. Method to be called if file is read only. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Performs much of the Application Styling Framework(tm) logic for individual controls.

An instance of the StyleBot object will be created inside of controls that support Application Styling. It facilitates a control's implementation of the interface.

 The constructor accepts the control reference it should register with. Control to register with. The constructor accepts the control reference it should register with. Control to register with. Registers the proxy with a control that supports style repository and/or app styling. Control reference to register with. Separate method for registering the appropriate css files so it can be called even if EnableAppStyling is false, (WebSchedule); Called by the registered control when its rendering starts. The method lets the style repository know that it's time to render the styles if it was not done before. Convert name of style to the name of CSS defined in resource file. Name of style used by control. It is better to be a constant defined in CssNames which starts with prefix "YourControl_" CSS class name defined in resource file. Convert name of styles to the name of CSS defined in resource files. Designed to be used by rendering logic of control without any Style. Name of local style used by control. It is better to be a constant defined in CssNames which starts with prefix "YourControl_" Name of shared style. It should be a constant defined in CssNames which starts with prefix "Shared_" CSS class name defined in resource files. Get css class name for a role Returns css class string depending on the app styling setting and appends a custom css class to it. Role index of the css class role to return. Custom css class name to append. Combined css class name of the role and a custom class. Include appstyling css into output html When converting CSS files into styles that can be placed in a style block, we need to update all image urls, b/c they are no longer relative to the stylesheet The css markup that needs to be updated The new absolute url to where the style sheet is actually located The updated css with all image url's pointing to absolute paths Call this method to cause your control to be rerendered at design-time. Any new property settings will be reflected in the updated HTML. Call this method to cause all controls to be refreshed at design-time. Reference to the control represented by this StyleBot object. Used to maintain compatible rendering for WebSchedule prior to the institution of the Application Styling Framework(tm). Determines whether the control represented by this StyleBot supports Application Styling. True if Application Styling is enabled; False if it is not.

This property resolves the EnableAppStyling value at the control-, page- and application-levels to identify whether the associated reference should be styled.

 Resolved name of the current Application Styling Framework(tm) style set applied to this StyleBot's control. Returns the current StyleSetName from the AppStyleManager.

If the current StyleSetName is "Default", this method returns the empty string so that CSS class names can be resolved correctly. Only non-default style sets interject their name before the role in the CSS class names generated by the Application Styling Framework(tm).

 Resolves the style set path for the control. Does not convert it to URL unlike . Returns the current StyleSheetDirectory from the AppStyleManager. Returns the current ImageDirectory from the AppStyleManager Notification method which should be called by a control within its OnPreRender. Reference to WebControl which implements IProvideAppStyling, and/or IGlobalCssRegistration Creates the object and loads a web styleset library. Web styleset library to load. Loads specified web style library file. Full name of the web style library to load True if the file exists and loaded successfully. False otherwise. A single client binding that's related to a single field , which defines the type of binding (one or two way) and whether there are any client-side converter functions or pure expression strings associated with the binding field name (such as name of the column, or name of the property) denotes the type of binding - one-way, two-way, etc. name of the converter function to use in the expression binding, if any if the expression is specified here, it will replace the auto generated expression So if this property is set, the Converter function, BindingType, and FieldName will not be taken into account Implements HTTP module to compress AJAX response data sent by ISS. Dispose any unmanaged resources used by the HTTP module. Initialize the HTTP module. The module will subscribe to useful events: AcquireRequestState, PostAcquireRequestState, PreRequestHandlerExecute Checks whether the request is AJAX request Compresses AJAX response data of the request Checks whether the request is available for compression. Http request object True if response will be compressed, false otherwise Checks whether the requesting browser supports compression. Browser capabilities object Returns true if browser supports compression, false otherwise. Handle several application events and try to compress the response. HttpApplication object EventArgs object Returns whether requests' AJAX response is compressed Container for values passed to client within AJAX response. Returns true if all properties are default. Message for client. While process ClientEvents.AJAXResponse, it can be obtain as eventArgs.get_gridResponseObject().Message. Tag for client. While process ClientEvents.AJAXResponse, it can be obtain as eventArgs.get_gridResponseObject().Tag. Additional properties for client. While process ClientEvents.AJAXResponse, it can be obtain as eventArgs.get_gridResponseObject().AdditionalProperties. ClientSideEventArgumentsAttribute class is used to provide a standart way of passing event arguments for client side event handlers. Default constructor. Gets the event data /// SwitchToDesignViewAttribute class is used to determine whether automatically switching to Design View is allowed. Default constructor. Gets a value indicating whether automatically switching to Design View is allowed. This class will be used to store WebService related settings for the client-side rendering and binding functionality in controls http://www.asp.net/ajaxlibrary/Reference.Sys-Data-DataContext-Class.ashx ServiceUri (Example: http://www.example.com/MyService) Operation Name for the WebService (Example: GetNames) will fetch the data into the data view automatically (true by default) Fetch Pameters (example: {orderBy: 'Name'} ) Main object to work with diverse data source. The class implements and sets common rules for working with diverse data sources. Derived classes alter the methods that provide structural information about the data sources. Provides access to the data structure and records of a data source. The interface must be implemented by a data source adapter to expose underlying data in a common way for the to consume. The interface is implemented by the object. Selects data from the source and returns it in a DataRecordCollection Method that is called to update the data source. Reference to the original data item of the record. Data key of the record to update. New values. Old values. Callback method to call with the result of the update. Method used to delete records from the source Returns a DataField from the schema or the UnboundFields if not found in the schema. null if not in either collection The name of the field Reflects structure of the original data source. Reflects any unbound fields as part of the data bound control. Contains primary key fields. The primary key must be set by the data adapter implementation. For the data sources when the key cannot be determined a new object must be created and added to the . The new field must contain a unique value in every record of the undelying data source. Generally an original index inside of the records collection can be used to fill the field. A ParameterCollection used for updates A ParameterCollection used for deletes The filtering information for the source Default constructor Constructs the object and initializes the original data source reference. Reference to the owner view. Reference to the original data source. Specifies whether data summarization analysis needs to be turned on. Creates the Records collection for this source Called from within the method to initialize the schema. The derived class must add the objects into the in the method implementation. It is also required that the method was called to set the original schema reference. Select arguments for the records. Called from within the method to initialize the records. The derived class must set the original data enumerator to the collection in the method implementation. Select arguments for the records. The internal record count that derived classes can access Provides the number of records in the data source. This is the total number of records in the data source. Default implementation always returns -1. If a derived class is able to quickly determine number of records the method must be overriden and the number returned. Otherwise there is no need to override the method as the will determine the number on its own. Number of records in the data source. Initializes the record count with the given value The value to set record count to Provides the number of records that are currently requested. This number takes into account paged data. Default implementation always returns -1. If a derived class is able to quickly determine number of records the method must be overriden and the number returned. Otherwise there is no need to override the method as the will determine the number on its own. Number of records in the current view. Returns a value out of the given record for the given field The record to find the value in The name of the field to retrieve the value by Saves any extra information int the view state for a DataRecord The record being saved The records view state Sets a value in the given record for the given field The record to set the value in The name of the field to set the value of The value to set Returns a DataField from the schema or the UnboundFields if not found in the schema. null if not in either collection The name of the field Internal reference to the fields collection. Sets the datasourve schema Internal reference to the records collection. Adds a field to summary calculations. Name of the field to calculate summaries off. Sets the records collection to the one given The new DataRecordCollection Creates a FilterRecord based upon the row filter Updates the given data item The item to update The keys of the fields that will change The new values for the fields The old values Deletes records from the source The data keys of the records to delete Inserts the given values as a new record The values of the new record Initializes schema from a binding list The IBindingList to init the schema from True if successful Initializes schema from a binding list The IEnumerable to init the schema from True if successful Load data modified at run time. Modified data Save data modified at run time. Modified data Enables view state tracking for underlying objects. Keeps reference to the owner object. Reference to the original data source. In the setter of the property the data source is evaluated and the and Records collections are initialized. Filter expression. Gets the row filter that is provided off the owner . A ParameterCollection used for updates A ParameterCollection used for deletes A ParameterCollection used for inserts Returns a string used to format old values Returns a boolean for whether summaries should be calculated for this control Returns a boolean for whether the Records collection should be created as a SortableRecordsCollection Returns a boolean for whether the Records collection should be created as a FilterableRecordsCollection Returns a boolean for whether custom binding is occuring Returns a Hashtable of unbound values. The keys are datakey. The values are string/object Dictionary. Returns a DataFieldCollection representing any UnboundFields on this control Implements the property. Keeps a reference to the schema of the data source. Implements the Records property. Keeps a reference to the records collection of the data source. Indicates whether a field has been added to summary calculations. Gets/sets a value that if true, summaries are calculated only on the filtered data Implements primary key fields. The primary key must be set inside of the method by the derived class implementation. For the data sources when the key cannot be determined or it is not set inside of the method a new object is created and added to the . The records will contain a unique value that equals to the index inside of the records collection. FilterRecord representing the filtering to be done on the source A state bag for the ViewState Called from within the method to initialize the schema. The derived class must add the objects into the Schema in the method implementation. It is also required that the method was called to set the original schema reference. Select arguments for the records. Saves the actual data of the item array for a data reader The record being saved The records view state Interface used to mark Linq based data source control adapters Abstract base class for managing the databinding process for controls. Derived classes must override the DataBind method and will most likely need to override both PerformDataSelection and PerformDataBinding methods to carry out the necessary tasks. The EnumDataBot derivation contains the logic for enumerating the data source and populating control objects with data. Changes a value to any type, including Nullable ones and the Guid type. Value to convert. Type to convert to. Converted value. Changes a value to any type, including Nullable ones and the Guid type. Value to convert. Type to convert to. The culture that the value is formated in. Converted value. Compares two values. Takes into account the Guid type. First value to compare. Second value to compare. The EnumDataBot class is the workhorse class for databinding. This is due to the fact that all .NET databinding operations come down to enumerating a collection of data objects and extracting the values from the properties of each object. So this class inherits from DataBot to implement the basic databinding behavior. Returns empty data for this object that can have schema parsed Selects the appropriate binding for a node based on the DataMemeber value and Level of the node being bound. Returns an empty data table with the same columns as the real tables. The entire data path. The last part will be the table name Represents a data field an a data source. Constructs the DataField object. Name of the field. Type of the field Original descriptor of the field. Whether to track view state This function takes a string value and parses it to an object of the same type as the DataField's Type using the current culture format. String value Parsed object This function takes a string value and parses it to an object of the same type as the DataField's Type using the specified culture format. String value Parsed object Name of the field. The string to use when this field is displayed Type of the field. Original field descriptor. Indicates if the DataField is an data key field. Indicates whether the source database allows setting null values to the filed cells. Returns the ViewState Represents a data field an a data source that is an unbound checkbox. Constructs the DataField object. Constructs the DataField object. Name of the field. Type of the field Original descriptor of the field. Whether to track view state Indicates the header checked state of the unbound checkbox Indicates the header checkbox mode Indicates whether the header checkbox had been set null Represents a collection of the objects. Constructs the collection. Constructs the collection. Original collection of the field descriptors. Returns a object from the collection by its name. Name of the . Indicates whether the case of the name should be ignored. The object that has the name. Null if no object is found. Sets up the original schema reference and initializes the fields collection. Reference to the original schema. Original collection of the field descriptors. Returns a object from the collection by its name. Name of the . The object that has the name. Null if no object is found. Searches the collection using case sensitive search. Represents a data record in a data source. Constructs the DataRecord object. Reference to the owner collection. Constructs the DataRecord object. Reference to the owner collection. Original data item from the data source. Retrives a values from the data record by its data field. The object to retrieve the value by. Requested value from the data record. Retrives a values from the data record by its data field. The name of the field to retrieve the value by Requested value from the data record. Returns an array of values for the given field names The names of the fields to retrieve the values by Returns an array of string names representing the properties of the DataItem and the UnboundFields of the owner adaptor. Compares this record to another The object to compare to -1 if less, 0 if equal, 1 if greater Load data modified at run time. Modified data Save data modified at run time. Modified data Enables view state tracking for underlying objects. The DataRecordCollection that owns this record Original data item from the data source. Provides access to the record's data key. The data key is reflected off the original data source when available, or it is automatically generated by the data adapter. Holds an index inside of the original pdata source. Returns a StateBag for the ViewState Returns true if ViewState has been initialized Creates a new DataRecordPropertDescriptor Enumerates through the records of a data source. Constructs the enumerator. Reference to the owner collection. Final method to be called before the object is destroyed. Moves the reference to the next item in the enumeration. True if the operation succeeded. False if the end of the enumeration is reached. Resets the enumerator to the original state. Calling afterwards will start walking the enumeration from the beginning. Reference to the owner collection. Keeps reference to the current record in the enumeration. Collection of the objects. The objects wrap up original data records and provide a convenient way of getting the data and enumerating though them. The simplest of the data records collections implemented in the namespace. Assumes that all data manipulation is done by the data source. It simply iterates through available records and provides acces to those via an enumerator. Costructs the collection and initializes its owner data adapter reference. Reference to the object that owns the collection. Returns the original enumerator of the records in the data source. The original enumerator of the records in the data source. The method can be used to get original enumerator and do a quick walk through of the data records without invloving more complicated mechanism of data management implemented by the object. The order of records in the enumerator always corresponds to the order of records in the original data source. Using the enumerator returned by this method will help to improve performance and save memory. Should be called by an adapter to provide a reference to the original enumerator. Reference to the original enumerator. Returns the enumerator of the records in the data source with RowFilter being set to "", this way we can calculate all the summaries. The enumerator of the records in the data source with RowFilter being set to "", this way we can calculate all the summaries. Should be called by an adapter to provide a reference to the original enumerator for the datasource with RowFilter being set to "", this way we can calculate all the summaries . Reference to the enumerator, when the RowFilter property is set to "". Returns reference to the next record after the provided one. The method takes into account current order of records, so the sorting and any other order alteration are taken into account. Current record to get the next one after. Following record after provided one. Null if the end of the collection is reached. Indicates whether a field is marked for collecting summaries. Field name. True if the field is marked for collecting summaries. Adds a field to the summaries calculation operation. name of the field to calculate summary for. Recalculates summaries for the new value. Field to recalc summaries for. New value to add to the summaries calculations.> Calculates summaries for all marked for calculation fields in the record. Record to calculate summaries for. Gets count of all cell values in the field. Name of the field to get count for. Gets sum of all cell values in the field. Type to convert returned value to. Name of the field to get sum for. Gets average value of all cells in the field. Field name to get average for. Gets minimum value of all cell values in the field. Type to convert returned value to. Name of the field to get minimum for. Gets maximum value of all cell values in the field. Type to convert returned value to. Name of the field to get maximum for. Implements the method off the IEnumerator<DataRecord> interface. Enumerator for the collection of the objects. Load data modified at run time. Modified data Save data modified at run time. Modified data Reference to the object that owns the collection. Number of records in the collection. Keeps a reference to the requested select arguments. The current DataRecord as enumerating through it Indicates whether the record collection has any summaries set up. A hashtable storing calculated summaries Collection of the objects. Supports paging capability. Assumes that sorting and filtering is done by the data source. It iterates through the page of data that is requested by the . Costructs the collection and initializes its owner data adapter reference. Reference to the object that owns the collection. Returns the next available record according to the data window that is requested by the . Current record. Null if iteration should start from the beginning. Next record. Null if end of the collection or end of the requested data window is reached. A class for filter conditions Parses a filter string into an array of filter conditions The row filter The string to split by Splits a pair inside text into an array of string The char to split by The text to split Extracts a column name out of [] The column name surrounded by [] Parses provided string, converts the condition values to the types of the fields. Filter condition to parse. Compares the filter record to a . object to compare to. 0 if the matches all of the filter record conditions. Non-zero otherwise. Collection of the objects. Supports paging/filtering capability. Assumes sorting is handled by source. Costructs the collection and initializes its owner data adapter reference. Reference to the object that owns the collection. Ensures that the unique data values are gathered from the datasource If this is true it will reset the unique data value collection and rewalk the records to collect the values Returns the next available record according to the data window that is requested by the and taking into account the setting. Current record. Null if iteration should start from the beginning. Next record. Null if the end of the collection or end of the requested data window is reached. Number of records in the collection. Returns the total number of unfiltered records Indicates whether filter is accounted for when summaries are calculated. A class representing a sorted record in a data source Creates a new sorted record for the given field and sort direction The name of the field The direction of the sorting Returns the name of the field Returns the direction of the sorting Collection of the objects. Supports paging/filtering/sorting capability. Costructs the collection and initializes its owner data adapter reference. Reference to the object that owns the collection. Costructs the collection and initializes its owner data adapter reference. Reference to the object that owns the collection. The string that will be set to the sort expression of the DataSource Returns the next available record according to the data window that is requested by the and taking into account the setting. It also sorts the collection before walking it. Current record. Null if iteration should start from the beginning. Next record. Null if the end of the collection or end of the requested data window is reached. The string representing the sort expression Returns an array of SortedRecord Automatically creates hierarchy of a DataSet using the data relations between tables. Supports multiple sibling tables and self-referencing tables. This class does not automatically detect loops, for example if Table1 is related to Table2 and then Table2 is related back to Table1. If rootTableName is specified returns a List containing that table, throws an Exception if such table is not found in the DataSet. Otherwise returns a List of all root tables in the DataSet. Search for a self-reference relation of a given table and return it. Return null if such relation is not found. Initialize root level data Represents a single Node (Row) in a DataSet hierarchy. Used to map properties from DataSetNode to the actual item being bound. Contains main logic of working with different types of data sources as well as tools to manipulate these data sources. Default constructor. Accepts a data source at its creation point. Owner control of the data source object Data source to work with. Accepts a data source and data member at its creation point. Data source to work with. Data member name in the data source. Data key field names. In case of a compound data key the names are separated by a comma. Called from within the DataSource property setter to fire the event about the data source change. Returns a view assotiated with the object. A object that represents the data in the DataSourceObject. Returns a view assotiated with the object. Name of the view to return in case where the object contains multiple views. A object that represents the data in the DataSourceObject. Returns a collection of the names of the views which are contained in the object. A collection of the views which are contained in the object. Reference to the owner data bound control. Returns a boolean for whether summaries should be calculated for this control Returns a boolean for whether the Records collection should be created as a SortableRecordsCollection Returns a boolean for whether the Records collection should be created as a FilterableRecordsCollection Returns a boolean for whether custom binding is occuring Original data source the object is working with. Filter expression. Determins wether filtering will be case sensitive or not. The default value is false. Sort expression. Indicates start row index. Indicates number of rows to request. Event that is fired whenever the DataSource property is changed i.e. another data source is assigned. Serves as a view for the . Defines capabilities of the object. Default constructor. Constructs the view. Accepts an owner object, name of the view, and the adapter of an original data source. The object that owns the view. Name of the view. Data key fields. Should be separated by a comma in case of a compound data key. Indicator if the data source should be analyzed and adaptor assigned. Indicator if the view state should be tracked. Specifies whether data summarization analysis needs to be turned on. Analyzes the original data source and returns a new instance of an appropriate data adapter. Original data source. Specifies whether data summarization analysis needs to be turned on. Data adapter that corresponds to the data source. Reanalyzes the datasource to reset the DataAdapter Gets a list of data from the underlying data storage. A that is used to request operations on the data beyond basic data retrieval. An list of data from the underlying data storage. Performs an update on the given keys with the given values Performs an update on the given keys with the given values for the given dataItem Deletes the given keys from the datasource Inserts the given values into the datasource Fills the given select arguments Outputs the data source object's data as JSON into a StringBuider. Output stream. Array of field names to return JSON for. Null signifies all available fields. Outputs the data source object's data as JSON into a StringBuider. Output stream. Array of field names to return JSON for. Null signifies all available fields. If this is true the DateTime objects get passed down as a string seperated by ~ . Outputs the data source object's data for the given record as JSON into a StringBuider. The record whose data to create a JSON from. Output stream Array of field names to return JSON for. Null signifies all available fields. Whether to encode dates like the WDG does Returns the data source object's data as JSON string. Array of field names to return JSON for. Null signifies all available fields. JSON string representing the data source's data. Reference to the owner . Reference to the adapter of the original data. Gets a value indicating whether the object associated with the current object supports retrieving the total number of data rows, instead of the data. The overrides default behavior by always providing the ability to retrieve the total number of rows. Therefore this property always returns True. Keeps a data key field name. In the case of compound data key the fieled names must be comma delimited. Returns a boolean for whether summaries should be calculated for this control Returns a boolean for whether the Records collection should be created as a SortableRecordsCollection Returns a boolean for whether the Records collection should be created as a FilterableRecordsCollection Returns a boolean for whether custom binding is occuring Returns a Hashtable of unbound values. The keys are datakey. The values are string/object Dictionary. Returns a DataFieldCollection representing any UnboundFields on this control Automatically creates hierarchy of a flat list (IEnumerable). Supports multiple sibling collections. This class does not automatically detect loops, for example if object1 is descendant of object2 and object2 is descendant of object1. This class enumerates through the items of a given collection (IEnumerable). If an item is also a collection then ListHierarchicalEnumerator steps through its items and that way it combines all nested data items. The MoveNext() method goes only one level deep, further nested collections won't be processed. Represents a single Node (Object) in the hierarchy. Represents an Image CheckBox capable of display in tri-state or bi-state mode. In bi-state the checkbox offers two states - checked and unchecked. In tri-state the checkbox offers three states - checked, unchecked and partial. Constructor with trackViewState. True: request to call TrackViewState The current check box state. Represents an object for customizing the checkboxes inside a BoundCheckBoxField column. Creates a GridCheckBox with the given runbot Runbot for the control Constructor with trackViewState. True: request to call TrackViewState Returns the image url for a given check box state The state of the checkbox The image url for that state The url that will be used for the image when it is checked. The url that will be used for the image when it is unchecked. The url that will be used for the image when it is partial. The url that will be used for the image. The url that will be used for the image when the button is hovered. The alternate text that will be displayed when the image can't be rendered. The default value is [Default]. This means that a Default value will be used unless otherwise specified. Determines if the image is rendered. The tooltip that will be displayed when the image is hovered over. The license object for Infragistics components and controls Disposes the object Returns the product info object Returns the display name of the component (read-only) returns the license key (read-only) Base class for licensing Overriden to return a beta license object The BetaLicense object An enumerator that describes the status of the license The license verification logic hasn't run yet The license file could not be located. Unable to determine license status due to security permission restrictions. Couldn't find the necessary registry keys Found an invalid CDkey The beta period has expired The beta period has not expired The trial period has expired The activation grace period has expired. A valid CDKey was found The trial period has not expired The activation grace period has not expired. The component is fully licensed An enumeration that describes the product type. The product is a WinForms component. The product is a WebForms component. Abstract base class that holds product info. Returns resolved Key text Checks the validaity of the key True if the key is valid Returns the expiration description. Returns the expiration date. Returns the product name Returns true if the license has expired (read-only) Returns the statuc of the license Returns the Key Returns the company name Returns the user name Returns the product type ProductInfo used when a product is in beta. Constructor The product name to display in the about dialog The expiration date of the beta. Constructor The product name to display in the about dialog The expiration date of the beta. The productType of the product Checks the validity of the key True if the key is valid Returns the expiration description. Returns the expiration date. Returns the statuc of the license Returns the Key Returns the company name Returns the user name Returns true if the license has expired (read-only) ProductInfo used when after a product has been released. Contructor The product name for the about dialog The reg key root product name must be 4 characters long the id True if activation is required. Major version of the product. Minor version of the product. Contructor The product name for the about dialog The reg key root product name must be 4 characters long the id True if activation is required. The type of product Major version of the product. Minor version of the product. Checks the validity of the key True if the key is valid Returns the string used to represent the product key in a UI, taking into account localized values. A string used to represent the product key. Returns the expiration date based on the number of usage days remaining. Number of usage days remaining. Expiration date for the product. Returns the expiration description. Returns the expiration date. Returns the statuc of the license Returns the Key Returns the company name Returns the user name Returns true if the license has expired (read-only) ProductInfo used for non-licensed products. Constructor The product name to display in the about dialog Constructor The product name to display in the about dialog The type of product. Checks the validity of the key True if the key is valid Returns the expiration. Returns the expiration date. Returns the statuc of the license Returns the Key Returns the company name Returns the user name Returns true if the license has expired (read-only) ID of the string from the resources. Gets resolved string from the resources. Application level PersistenceManager. PersistenceManager is the main class responsible for persisting and loading objects. This class is singelton, which is why it constructor is not visible from the outside. Returns predefined list of control types which should not be persisted. Returns predefined list of property types which should not be persisted. Returns predefined list of property names which should not be persisted. Determines whether the specified type should be ignored. Asures that the PersistenceManager could have only once instance. Loads the persistence data for the specified page. Determines if a property is string, enum, struct or primitive, i.e. int, bool, etc. Loads the persistence data for the specified object. Sets a value to a property specified in the propertyData param. Loads an object from the data in the controlData param. Restores a collection of items from ControlData. Saves persistence data for the specified page. Creates ControlData for the specified object. Creates ControlData for the specified object by saving simple properties to Properties and complex objects to ChildControls Creates PropertyData for the specified property. Creates ControlData for the specified collection. Creates ControlData for the specified complex property. Decides if a property should be persisted. Decides if a complex property should be persisted. If true, if properties and child objects are both null, the current objects is not persisted at all. Exception is a Behavior, since it can have only default values which will not be persisted, thought the behavior should be persisted Obtains the single instance of this class. Handles persistence for a whole page. This method should be called before or during page Init. Occurs before page controls are saved. Occurs after all controls are saved. Occurs before all controls are loaded. Occurs after all controls are loaded. PersistenceSaving event arguments class. Gets a reference to the page to be persisted. Persistence event arguments class. PersistenceData for the current page. Gets a reference to the persisted page. Gets a reference to Exception being thrown during the Save/Load operation. Returns null if no exceptions has been thrown. PersistenceLoading event arguments class. PersistenceData for the current page. Gets a reference to the page to be loaded. Contains information for a single persistable control. Base class for all persistable objects. Serializes the PersistenceObject to a MemoryStream. Serializes the PersistenceObject to the specified Stream. The stream to which data will be written. Serializes the PersistenceObject to XML string. Serializes the PersistenceObject to JSON string. Deserializes the PersistenceObject from a Stream. Deserializes the PersistenceObject from a XML string. Deserializes the PersistenceObject from a JSON string. Deserializes the PersistenceObject from a PersistenceDataXml instance. Returns an array of types that should be serialized by XmlSerializer. Register all custom types that should be serialized by XmlSerializer. Deserializes the ControlData from a Stream. Deserializes the ControlData from a XML string. Deserializes the ControlData from a JSON string. Gets or sets Control Type name. Gets or sets Control ID. Gets or sets a list of PropertyData objects for the current control. Determines if the current control contains any child controls. Gets or sets a list of child ControlData objects for the current control. Contains information for a list of persistable controls. Deserializes the PersistenceObject from a Stream. Deserializes the PersistenceObject from a XML string. Deserializes the PersistenceData from a JSON string. Gets or sets a list of root level ControlData objects. Creation Date of the current object. This class contains the XML data of the persisted objects and list of AssemblyQualifiedNames used by XmlSerializer to deserialize custom types. The xml that contains all the information for serializing and deserializing an object. A list of AssemblyQualifiedNames that make up all value types that are stored by their actual values instead of a string representation. Instructs PersistenceManager not to persist the specified property. Instructs PersistenceManager not to persist the specified property if the property has no inner properties to persist. Public default constructor Public constructor which sets the IgnoreEmpty flag A flag to determine wheather or not to persist an object if its properties and child controls length is 0 Contains information for a single persistable property. Deserializes the PropertyData from a Stream. Deserializes the PropertyData from a XML string. Deserializes the PropertyData from a JSON string. Gets or sets the Name of the property. Gets or sets the Value of the property. Base class for rounded corners. Constructor Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Set appstyling or default images. Those images are used, when corresponding properties are empty. Image for corners Image for left and top edges Image for top and bottom edges Image for center area Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Get rendered image for a particular area. Render rounded corners. Target writer Render rounded corners for vertical or horizontal bar. Target writer True: vertical bar, false: horizontal Image for corners Image for top and bottom edges if bar is horizontal, or left and right edges if bar is vertical. Size of corner in pixels. It depends on size of image. It also limits minimum width of horizontal bar and max width of vertical bar. Recommended value is 8-14. True: render only left edge of vertical bar, or top edge of horizontal bar. False: render only right edge of vertical bar, or bottom edge of horizontal bar. Render rounded corners for vertical or horizontal bar. Target writer True: vertical bar, false: horizontal Image for corners Image for top and bottom edges if bar is horizontal, or left and right edges if bar is vertical. Size of corner in pixels. It depends on size of image. It also limits minimum width of horizontal bar and max width of vertical bar. Recommended value is 8-14. Render rounded corners for area. Target writer Image for corners Image for top and bottom edges. Image for left and right edges. Image for center area Size of corner in pixels. It depends on size of image. It also limits minimum width of horizontal bar and max width of vertical bar. Recommended value is 8-14. Render main container which should hold html for rounded corners and content of control. After done, control should call writer.RenderEndTag(); Render rounded background. Target writer Image for corners Image for top and bottom edges. Image for left and right edges. Image for center area Size of corner in pixels. It depends on size of image. It also limits minimum width of horizontal bar and max width of vertical bar. Recommended value is 8-14. Gets sets the url for custom image which is used to render corners. Gets sets the url for custom image which is used to render center area. Gets sets the url for custom image which is used to render left and right edges. Gets sets the url for custom image which is used to render top and bottom edges. Gets sets the flag to render or not to render rounded corners. Gets sets the size of corner edges. Rendering type. Render only half of vertical or horizontal image (appearance like a tab). It RenderingType is full then that property has no effect. If RenderingType is vertical and property is True, then only left side of image is rendered. If RenderingType is vertical and property is False, then only right side of image is rendered. If RenderingType is horizontal and property is True, then only top side of image is rendered. If RenderingType is horizontal and property is False, then only botom side of image is rendered. Checks if all properties have default values. Contains CDN options for the ASP.NET controls String representation of the object. Empty string by default. Directs all Infragistics controls on the page to use CDN as the source for the JavaScript files. When the property is NotSet, the global CDN setting is always taken. Setting the property to True or False overrides application level setting. When CDN is enabled all of the Infragistics JavaScript files can be downloaded as one combined file. This property enables combining CDN JavaScript files. When the property is NotSet, the global CDN setting is always taken. Setting the property to True or False overrides application level setting. Gets a list of strings object that contains the script referece paths for each file rendered to the client in desig mode for the needs of the IntelliSense. Animation for close and open actions. Constructor for SlideFadeAnimation Owner of this class. Name of property which shoul be updated in designer, when XxxDuration was reset. Constructor for SlideFadeAnimation Owner of this class. Name of property, which should be updated in designer, when XxxDuration was reset Default value for fade open duration Default value for fade close duration Default value for slide open duration Default value for slide close duration Check if FadeOpenDuration has data. Clears the FadeOpenDuration Check if FadeCloseDuration has data. Clears the FadeCloseDuration Check if SlideOpenDuration has data. Clears the SlideOpenDuration Check if SlideCloseDuration has data. Clears the SlideCloseDuration Reset all properties. Returns value for the WriteClientOnlyProperty used by RunBot.SaveClientProperties() String which contains array of properties. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets duration of fade animation for open action.

Duration is measured in milliseconds.

Value of 0 will disable fade animation for open action.

 Gets sets duration of fade animation for close action.

Duration is measured in milliseconds.

Value of 0 will disable fade animation for close action.

 Gets sets duration of slide animation for open action.

Duration is measured in milliseconds.

Value of 0 will disable slide animation for open action.

 Gets sets duration of slide animation for close action.

Duration is measured in milliseconds.

Value of 0 will disable slide animation for close action.

 Gets sets equation type of fade animation for open action. Gets sets equation type of fade animation for close action. Gets sets equation type of slide animation for open action. Gets sets equation type of slide animation for close action. Gets sets direction of slide animation for open action. Gets sets direction of slide animation for close action. Checks if all properties have default values. Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. Name of the string resource to return. Null if the name is null; otherwise a string from the resource for the default culture. Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. Name of the string resource to return. Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. Null if the name is null; otherwise a formatted string using the resource specified. Returns the resource string using the culture and name specified. Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. Name of the string resource to return. Null if the name is null; otherwise a localized string for specified culture. Returns the resource string using the name and culture specified. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. Name of the string resource to return. Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. Null if the name is null; otherwise a formatted string using the resource specified. Returns the localized category name. Name of the category to retreive. The localized string value. Keeps track of changes to the collection once viewstate tracking is on Changes are then played back on PostBack prior to loading ViewState Base abstract class for the grid controls. Base class for data bound controls. Has built in logic to work with the object. Interface implemented by Controls that support the DataBindingFx. The methods of this interface allow Controls to interact with the Data Binding framework in a type agnostic manner. Called during the databind operation to determine DataSourceSelectArguments to be applied to the DataSource. An object of type DataSourceSelectArguments. Called during the databind operation to notify the Control that the Items collection that is being data bound should be cleared of any existing items so that data binding can repopulate the items. A derived Control class can override the ClearDataItems virtual method so that items do not get cleared prior to a databind operation. This results in the newly bound items being appended to the existing items. Constructs the object. This resets this private variables storing unbound column information to null. Called by DataBinding Fx to tell a control to clear its data items in preparation for databinding. Derived controls override the ClearDataItems virtual method to carry out the clearing of their items according to its needs. Called by DataBinding Fx to tell a control to clear its data items in preparation for databinding. Derived controls override the ClearDataItems virtual method to carry out the clearing of their items according to its needs. Creates DataSourceSelectArguments specific to the control. A new instance of the DataSourceSelectArguments object. Since FlatDataBoundControl is an abstract class, derived classes must override this method to create ItemsCollections of the type appropriate to the Control. All ObjectCollections for the FlatDataBoundControl are created using this virtual method. This allows derived classes to modify and enhance the ListItem class without disturbing the base classes and framework. The parent Item which will own the collection created. If this parameter is null, the Control itself should be the owner of the collection. Returns a collection object derived from ObjectCollection. Since FlatDataBoundControl is an abstract class, derived classes must override this method to create CollectionUIObjects of the type appropriate to the Control. All CollectionUIObjects for the FlatDataBoundControl are created using this virtual method. This allows derived classes to modify and enhance the UIObject class without disturbing the base classes and framework. Returns an object derived from UIObject. Alters base class' method to provide a reference to the object that wraps the original data source. Override the WebControl RenderContents method to redirect rendering to the appropriate renderer. The HtmlTextWriter where the rendered markup will be written. Removes the TemplateContainerControl from the Controls collection if it has been added and sets it back to null Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. Control which exposes ClientEvents that must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase. Control which exposes ClientEvents should return the method within its ClientEvents property with a proper typecast. Check if ClientEvents has data. Clears the ClientEvents. Sets or Gets a rendering object derived from RendererBase that serves to emit html markup that is appropriate to the control. This property can be set by an application to a Renderer other than the one normally provided by the Control. The Custom Renderer can override any of the virtual methods exposed or can implement an entirely new set of rendering logic if desired. A virtual method called by the framework base when a renderer is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide specific rendering markup. Many of the rendering methods within the Renderer class may also be overridable in order to customize specific aspects of the rendering. If any properties, objects, or collections were modified on the client, their transacation lists are loaded here. Also, if this is a Callback, it is where CallbackCreated is called from. The key identifier for the control. The collection of all incoming name values. True if the server control's state changes as a result of the postback; otherwise false. Used to notify the ASP.Net application that the state of the control has changed. Called during LoadPostData during a Callback. This method should be used to perform any operations neccessary for the callback. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Called during the Page's Render during a Callback. This method should be used to render any html or objects that needs to be sent down in the Callback's response. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set defining the themed appearance for this control.

The name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) style set which has been designed to give this control a consistent appearance with other controls in your application.

This property may return the empty string ("") to imply that the default style set (named "Default") should be used.

Web sites can configure a single, consistent, application-wide style set through the styleSetName attribute in their "web.config" file. Alternately, they can define the style set to apply Application Styling to all controls on a Page by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetName property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the style set applied to a single instance of a control.

Normally, graphics designers will furnish you with a style set containing one or more style sheet files (one for each type of control) and image files. The name of the style set (with the exception of the "Default" style set) must appear in each Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class name defined by this control's style sheet file. For example, two WebTree controls that each use a different style set, "Aqua" and "Onyx", would expect their CSS class names for the ASF Node role to be "igdt_AquaNode" and "igdt_OnyxNode", respectively. This allows the uniqueness of CSS class names necessary to distinguish multiple style sets for the same type of control, without there being any naming collisions.

 Path containing the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set files for this type of control.

Web sites can configure the directory path containing their style set files application-wide by using the styleSetPath attribute of their "web.config" file. It is also possible to configure the style set path applicable to all controls on a Page that are subject to Application Styling by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetPath property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the location of the style set being applied to a single instance of a control.

Be aware that customizing the style set path at the control level will not allow you to copy a style set's files to this new location, changing a few style property values in them, and then use it successfully with separate instances of the control referencing the original style set of the same name. This is because there would be naming collisions in the Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class names, which will produce an undefined appearance. You must ensure the CSS class names defined by style sheets in the new style set path are unique from those CSS class names being used by other style sheets that may continue to be referenced. The recommended guidance in this scenario is to create a new style set having a new style set name, that contains your modifications.

 Returns a boolean for whether summaries should be calculated for this control Returns a boolean for whether the Records collection should be created as a SortableRecordsCollection Returns a boolean for whether the Records collection should be created as a FilterableRecordsCollection Returns a boolean for whether custom binding is occuring Returns a Hashtable of unbound values. The keys are datakey. The values are string/object Dictionary. Indicates if the control has unbound values Returns a DataFieldCollection representing any UnboundFields on this control Gets or sets the object from which the data-bound control retrieves its list of data items. Gets or sets the ID of the control from which the data-bound control retrieves its list of data items. Contains datakeys of the shown data. In case of a compound data key the field keys must be separated by a comma. Holds child template objects for this control Provides the Control with access to style support services provided by the StyleBot class. By separating these services from the control itself, there is no requirement that a particular control must inherit from a specific base class in order to benefit from the services provided. Gets sets ability to maintain view state of controls on page if their properties were modified while asynchronous postback of this control.

That property has effect only when asynchronous postback is triggered by this control. Those can be postbacks triggered by AutoPostBackFlags with value "Async", or internal postbacks such as sorting of grid.

If that property is disabled, then properties of any control on page modified while that async postback will be lost after a full postback. Value false will also reduce size of response stream. If that property is enabled, then in some applications the server exception related to EventValidation is possible. If it happens, then application should disable that property or set EnableEventValidation attribute of page to false.

Container for values passed to client within AJAX response. Width of control which includes Width and Attributes.CssStyle["width"] Height of control which includes Height and Attributes.CssStyle["height"] A.T. we need this property because in WebControl it is protected, so we cannot check the "real" design mode. HttpContext is not good, because in the Unit test context it still returns true, which is incorrect. The collections client state will be stored in the view state and the client collections will not be sent from the client on postback. This will increase page size in terms of view state, but will decrease the postback time numerously, because the collections state will not be uploaded from the client. Not all of the existing controls follow the design principles of Aikido and OptimizeCollectionsState can break some of their functionality. So this property will be overriden from the controls that support this feature and return true. Instructs the control to load its embedded Java Script. When the controls Java Script is explicitly disabled, it must be loaded via the ScriptManager instance on the page. Gets or sets a value whether the Aikido control is enabled. Gets sets list of insecure strings separated by the "|" character.

That property is designed to protect application from scripting vulnerability. When request comes from client and the value of the hidden field contains insecure tokens, then all changes on client are discarded.

Note: In order to set the "|" character in token, the flag "&pipe;" should be used.

 Gets sets list of insecure strings as array.

That property is designed to protect application from scripting vulnerability. When request comes from client and the value of the hidden field contains insecure tokens, then all changes on client are discarded.

Note: In order to set the "|" character in token, the flag "&pipe;" should be used.

 Interface that is implemented by the parent XML rendering nodes. Enables an object to be a part of the rendered XML of the grid. Resets the objects relations to its parent and children. XML node definition of the object. Gets first child of the parent node. First child of the parent node. Gets next sibling of the child that is passed in. Child node to determine next sibling of. Next sibling of the passed in child, or null if no sibling follows the child node. Gets previous sibling of the child that is passed in. Child node to determine previous sibling of. Previous sibling of the passed in child, or null if no sibling precedes the child node. Default constructor. Ensures that the header xml is set up Ensures that the footer xml is set up The method returns a new object of type . The method is called to create an actual row collection in the grid. It can be used in an inherited grid to alter the row collection object. The method returns a new object of type . The method is called to create an actual row in the grid. It can be used in an inherited grid to alter the row object. The method returns a new object of type . The method is called to create an actual column collection in the grid. It can be used in an inherited grid to alter the column collection object. The method creates a new instance of the header caption collection. The method is called to create an actual header caption collection in the grid. It can be used in an inherited grid to alter the header caption collection object. The method creates a new instance of the footer caption collection. The method is called to create an actual footer caption collection in the grid. It can be used in an inherited grid to alter the footer caption collection object. Resets this grid's xml Implements the IXPathNavigable interface's single method. The method returns a reference to the root XPath navigable object in the grid. Enusre the grid xml is set up Searches the collection and returns a reference to the first one that matches the templateId passed in. The Id of the Template to look for. Template whose Id matches the templateId passed in. Returns null if none is found. Overrides the framework invocation to instantiate all templates for the control that are needed. This method is called automatically by the framework during the page lifecycle to ensure that all templates are created. Called from the EnsureTemplates override to walk the control's items collection and instantiate the necessary templates on each object within it. Instantiates any specified templates for a if they have not already been instantiated. Templates for a ControlDataItem can be instantiated in any one of three ways: 1. The ControlDataItem has a non-null Template property set. 2. The ControlDataItem has a non-empty TemplateId property set. 3. The ControlDataItem belongs to a and it has a non-null ItemTemplate property set. The order and priority of resolution is as described. The particular ControlDataItem for template instantiation. A reference to a default template. If the item has no individual templates this template is used instead. The id Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Enables view state tracking for underlying objects. This will iterate through the data keys and check if the field for any is a date Converting string date parts (seperated by ~) to a DateTime object to avoid timezone and daylight savings times issues */ String date Actual Date Converting string date parts (seperated by ~) to a DateTime object to avoid timezone and daylight savings times issues */ actual date string representation of the date Indicates whether the grid has its field created. Indicates whether the grid has its header caption collection created. Indicates whether the grid has its records collection created. Indicates whether the grid has its footer captions collection created. Indicates whether the grid has a data source assigned to it. Gets/sets if this grid is currently rendering Determines number of pixels between the cells of the grid. Holds a reference to the root xml node of the grid. Holds a reference to the grid's xml element in the XPath navigable structure. Returns a list of XPath children Gets a ControlCollection that contains instances of ItemTemplate objects which can be shared among items within the derived Control by seting the Item.TemplateId property to the Id of an ItemTemplate. The item template map provides access to the templates in the templates collection by an ID of a cell. Contains datakeys of the shown data. In case of a compound data key the field keys must be separated by a comma. Unique identifier for the grid's fields and records. Public constructor. Initializes the id pair from a key and an index. A key that identifies an object. If null the index is used to identify. An index of an object. Public constructor. Initializes the id pair from a raw deserialized from JSON Dictionary<string, object>. Desirialized from JSON id pair representation. A key that identifies an object. If null the index is used to identify. An index of an object. Uniquely identiufies a record item. Parameterless constructor is required for serialization. Public constructor. Initializes the id pair from a key and an index. Id pair of the item's record. Id pair of the item's field. Public constructor. Initializes the id pair from a raw deserialized from JSON Dictionary<string, object>. Desirialized from JSON id pair representation. Id pair of the item's record. Id pair of the item's field. The object is used as a storage of the 's and template Ids. Actuale templates can be located by an item's ID object. Adds an entry to the map. ID of an item that is associated with a template. Template ID that is associated with the item. Removes an entry from the map by the item's ID. ID of the item to remove. true if the entry was successfully removed. Finds and returns a template ID in the map by an item ID. Item ID to find a template associated with it. Template ID associated with the item. Null if no template can be found. Abstract base class for grid behavior event classes that hides AJAXResponse and AJAXResponseError Create ClientEventsBase with required value of isTrackingViewState Reference to owner control (optional) Whether to track the view state Event fired when control gets AJAX response from the server. Second param in handler is instance of AJAXResponseEventArgs class, which provides information about response objects. Event fired when control gets AJAX response from the server. Default alert message can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of AJAXResponseErrorEventArgs class, which provides information about response objects. Delegate for the event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Event arguments for the field's KeyChanged event. Initializes the object with the originating event arguments. The ControlDataField whose key is changing. The old key of the column for comparison. The original key for the column. The ColumnDataField which is changing it's key value. A delegate that defines a method to format a value of a record item. Reference to the data field. Value to format. Formatted string representation of the value. The class represents base object for the grid's fields. Marks an XML node as a child node in the grid's rendering structure. Reference to the parent object. Index of the child in the parent's children collection. Default constructor of the field object. Initializes the field with tracking the view state. Directs the field to track its view state. Fires the key changed event The old key of this field Indicates how many rows a header should span. This is used with Multi-Column headers. Creates a new FieldCaption referencing this field for the header Creates a new FieldCaption referencing this field for the footer Ensures that certain attributes are rendered on the ControlDataField A Hashtable of attributes that should be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Is called when an object is added to collection. This was refactored a bit so that the objects which inherite from this class can overwrite this method and their own logic. The collection the object is being added to Ovierrdies the base method. Adds client side properties from the field. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Enables view state tracking for underlying objects. String representation of the field. Copies the field's properties to another field. Target field to copy properties to. Copies the field's properties to another field. Target field to copy properties to. Creates a clone of this object Creates a clone of this object An EventHandlerList holding events for this field The KeyChanged event is raised when the field's Key property has been changed. Key that identifies the field. Reference back to the owner collection of the field. A field caption for the header Returns true if the header caption has been created A field caption for the footer Returns true if the footer caption has been created Type of the items in the field. Returns whether the data for this column is nullable Visble index of field. Makes the field to be rendered hidden to the browser. The field's visibility can be triggered from both server and client side. Indicates what level of header this caption field will belong to. This is for the multi-level header so they know what level they will be rendering on and this will help to calculate the rowspan. Returns the number of client properties for this object Indeax of the field inside of its parent collection. Holds a reference to the GroupField that this data field belongs too. The moving region that the field is in. Unique identifier of the field. If assigned formats the values of the field. A class representing a data item Implemented by every templateable object in the grid. Id of the template associated with the object. Reference to the template of the object. Creates a new ControlDataItem The collection that owns this item This notifies the Record that a property has changed Generates xml attributes for this item Attributes to add Returns an IXPathDataNavigableObject for the text node of this item in xml This method ensures that the template for this item is instantiated. This method searches for a locates control objects within the TemplateContainer associated with this UIObject by using the Id parameter to match against control Ids. The string Id value for the control to be located. If a control is located within the TemplateContainer of this UIObject that matches the passed in Id, the control reference is returned. Otherwise null is returned. The TemplateContainer is tagged with the INamingContainer interface. So the Id passed to this method must match the Id of a control within that NamingContainer. Returns the owner collection Returns the record this item belongs to Returns the index of this item in the owner collection Returns an ItemIDPair identifying this item Returns the value of the item ID of Template within the TemplateCollection. Identifies the template to use for this ControlDataItem. Gets or Sets a reference to an ITemplate object that determines a specific template instantiation for this particular ControlDataItem. Sets or Gets a boolean value which indicates if a template is applied and instantiated for this item. This property is checked during the EnsureTemplate call to see if any applicable template has already been applied for this object. If HasTemplate returns false and a template applies to this item, then EnsureTemplate will instantiate the appropriate template. This property serves as a holding container for the instantiated template of this UIObject. Since UIObjects are not derived from WebControl, the TemplateContainer parent is set to the TemplateContainerControl property of the the ControlMain associated with this UIObject. All TemplateContainers for the Control are thereby made children of the TemplateContainerControl so that their ViewState and page lifecycle events can be handled normally. Returns a StateBag for saving ViewState Collection of record items. Initializes the items collection witha reference to its owning record. Gets value of an item by its index. Index of the item to get the value of. Value of the requested item. Thrown if index is out of bounds. Gets value of an item. Item to get the value of. Value of the requested item. Creates and returns an instance of an item that can be added to the collection. Item of type the collection supports. Can be overriden in a derived class to substitute items in the collection. Creates and returns an instance of an item that can be added to the collection. Item of type the collection supports. Can be overriden in a derived class to substitute items in the collection. Locates and returns index of an item. Item to get the index of. Index of the item. -1 if item does not belong to the collection. Notifies the record of a property change in the collection Clears the collection if not null Load data modified at run time. Modified data Save data modified at run time. Modified data The record the items belong to. Reference to the grid the items belong to. Number of items in the collection. Keeping the items in an array list and fill it on demand. The items never go to view state; they are here for rendering only. Provides indexed access to the items in the collection. Index of an item to return. Item that corresponds to the provided index. Null if index is out of bounds. The class represents base object for the grid's records. This class represents an object that is a member of a collection of objects. The collection of objects is normally derived from the ObjectCollection base class so the two classes work together to carry out collection related tasks. For the CollectionObject, these tasks include providing and maintaining the Owner ObjectCollection as well as calling the OnAddedToCollection and OnRemovedFromCollection overrides to notify the object when these events occur. This class derives from UIObject so that base class maintains ViewState for the object. Collection objects should normally be created with an owner parameter in the constructor. CollectionObject constructor that provides an Owner object that can be tracked. CollectionObject constructor that provides an Owner object that can be tracked as well as a flag for setting the TrackViewState flag in WebObject. The owner of this object Called when this ICollectionObject is being removed from the supplied collection. Collection that this object has been removed from.

The default implementation of this method nulls out the if the supplied owner matches the Owner of this object.

Inheritors overriding this method should always call this base implementation to assure the object has only one distinct owner.

 Called when this object is being added to the supplied collection. Collection that this object has been added to.

The default implementation sets the reference to the supplied owner argument, if it hasn't already been set (either the base constructor, or a prior call to should have nullified Owner from any former collection's claim to ownership of this object.)

Inheritors overriding this method should always call this base implementation to assure the object has only one distinct owner.

 Called when this ICollectionObject has been added to a new collection. Collection that this object has been added to. Called when this ICollectionObject has been removed from an old collection. Collection that this object has been removed from. The primary collection or parent object to which this object belongs.

An ICollectionObject can belong to only one at a time, this is their owner.

Customarily, the base class implementations of the and methods are responsible for detaching this object from its old collection, and attaching it to its new collection.

 Sets or gets an object value that contains a reference to the object in the data source that supplied the data for this item. The method creates the items collection. Can be overriden by a derived class to return customized collection. Collection of the items of the record. Sets the internal index member to the given number The index to set for this record Binds the record to the data source's data record. Binds the record to the data source's record. Indicates the index of the record if it is being bound after its successors. Returns the value for a given field The field to get the value Informs the owner that the record at this index has a property changed Resets all the properties of this record Implements . The method fills the XML node's attributes for the record rendering. Attributes to fill. Load data modified at run time. Modified data Save data modified at run time. Modified data Items of the record, that is the cell objects related to the data source items. Returns true if the items has been initialized Index of the record inside of its collection. Overrides the base class property. Provides a string address for the record. Reference back to the owner collection. Unique data key of the record. If the data source record does not provide one, the data key is generated out of the record's index. Unique identifier of the record. Returns a string that is the DataKey array delimited with ~$~ Returns the DataRecord that this record represents Reference to the data source's original record. Index used during rendering. Holds cached of the record. Gets the XmlAttributes that will be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Implements . Represents the record's XML node. Base class for the records collection of the grid. Default constructor. Initializes the collection with a reference to the main control. Reference to the grid the collection belongs to. Creates an instance of the collection item. Type of the item that is requested to be created. The item of requested type. Adds a record to the collection. Record to add. Overrides parent class implementetion. Returns a collection item by its index. Index of the item to return. Item that corresponds to the index provided. Null if the index is out of bounds. Marks the record at the given index The index to mark at Inserts a collection object internally. No events are fire when thins method is used. The index the new object must be inserted at. The new object to insert into the collection. The index the object was inserted at. This value might be different from the requested index if it is not possible to insert at that spot due to insufficient numer if items in the collection. Returns a record from the collection by its key. Data key of the record to locate and return. Record with data key provided. Null if no record with such a key exists in the collection. Returns a record from the collection by its . The IDPair of the record to locate and return. Record with IDPair provided. Null if no record with such an IDPair exists in the collection. Gets an item from the collection using its ID pair. The method would search for the record first and then for actual record item with requested ID pair. ID pair of the item to locate. Item of a record in the collection with provided ID pair. Null if no such an item can be located. Creates the temporary record Returns an enumerator for this collection of records All of the attributes needed for XML rendering are generated in this method. Attribute collection to fill. Number of items in the collection. Returns a record from the collection by its index. Index of the record to return. Record that corresponds to the index provided. Null if no record can be found by the index. Reference to the main control . Gets/sets a temporary record Indicates base class for items of a heterogeneous collection. Constructs the attribute with the element type. Base type of all items in the collection. Base type of all items in the collection. This class encapsulates common base logic for exporting WebDataGrid and WebHierarchicalDataGrid to various formats. Interface implemented by ExcelExporter and DocumentExporter to provide exporting functionlity to various format. Exports the given WebDataGrid Grid to export Exports the given WebHierarchicalDataGrid Grid to export Exports the given grids Grids to export The control's default constructor. A WebDataGrid to export a WebHierarchicalDataGrid to export an list of web controls - only WDGs and WHDGs are accepted streams the file to the browser as attachment Resolves application styling stylesheets. Resolves Page styles. Searches in the head tag of the Page for stylesheet links. Searches in the head tag of the Page for style tags. Restores the orignal enabled values of virtual scrolling and paging on a grid Will disable virtual scrolling and paging if all of the data should be shown Disposes of the BaseExporter The type of export mode - Download exports the file as attachment from the browser, InBrowser tries to open it inside the browser while Custom assumes that the developer would like to save /publish the exported file to a custom stream, object or location Returns the MimeType that should be used for the file that's being exported. Returns the download extension for the file that is being exported. Filename given to the document downloaded to the browser during export.

Use this property to customize the filename given to the document file when it is downloaded by the browser. If no filename is provided, the filename will be set to a default filename like document.pdf.

The filename must be a legal file name on the client's operating system and must end with the right file extension for the type of file that is being exported. If no file extension is provided, one will be automatically added based on the Format of the document.

The filename should not contain any path information because the place where the user will be prompted to save the file will depend on the browser. Path characters like slashes will be removed from the filename.

It is recommended that the download filename be dynamically determined by developers' web applications, because some versions of the Microsoft Internet Explorer browser may fail to open the spreadsheet as expected if a file of the same name already exists within the end user's Temporary Internet Files cache.

 Resolved download name.

If a suggested name was set through the property, it is returned. Otherwise a default file name like document.pdf is generated and will be used.

If the suggested download name doesn't end with the right file extension for the document type (.pdf, .xps, .txt) then the file extension will be automatically added.

 Determines whether the grid will export the entire set of data. Determines whether grid styles will be exported. This option is turned-on by default. Returns a user agent Base class for ReportElement objects that are used to apply styling to the Table, Row, Cell and Text objects that make up the grid. Walks through the MasterClass and applies all possible styles to the PDFElement. The parent of the current PDFElement. Returns null if there is no parent. Creates and returns a new PDFTable. The CssClasses that should be applied to the Table The CssStyles that should be applied to the Table The ReportRenderer class traverses the grid and exports all of the required grid elements to the document section that is provided to the constructor.

The ReportRenderer uses the grid's internal ability to be traversed as an Xml document to export the grid to a document provided by the DocumentExporter object that is using it.

It uses the Xml representation of the grid so that grid features like column moving, filtering, data editors and sorting will automatically be applied. The elements of the grid automatically take most of the important grid settings into account when creating the XML document.

The ReportRendered exports the grid as closely to the way it appears in the browser as possible. It exports grid features like hierarchy, grouping, filtering, column moving and sorting. Styles that are set directly on the grid or through application styling will also be applied.

The way it works internally is very simple. It has Walk methods for traversing the Xml document and Export methods for creating elements in the document that is being generated. Each different element in the grid is created using an Export method and collections of objects like Rows, Cells and Footers are traversed using the Walk methods. Elements in the document are created using a ReportWrapper object that knows how to create report elements.

Creates a ReportRenderer object that can export the specified grid object to the ISection report section that has been provided. A reference to the DocumentExporter object that has has triggered the export. This is necessary so the events can be fired as the grid elements are exported. The grid object that is to be exported. This will be exported as it is configured when the method is called. The section of the report that the grid should be exported to. The object containing all the stylesheet information. Triggers the export of the grid to the section that was provided to the constructor. Exports a WebHierarchicalDataGrid control to the section provide to the constructor. WebHierarchicalDataGrid being exported Exports a WebDataGrid control to the section provide to the constructor. /// WebDataGrid cotrol being exported Exports the header of a WebDataGrid control to the document that's being generated. The fields collection of grid being exported Header row CssClass Inherited class Headr cell CssClass Determines whether a selector cell should be exported Determines whether an expandor cell should be exported Exports the footer to the document that's being generated. The fields collection of grid being exported Whether to show the row selector Iterates through the rows to the document that's being generated. Grid being exported Exports a cell to the document that's being generated. The cell object that's being exported Style of the cell being exported Renders the specified TemplateContainer to string and returns the value. Exports a row selector to the document. Will also export expansion area if hierarchy is enabled. The row that the row selector belongs to. This is optional. Pass true if the row that the selector is for is a header row to get the header row selector style. An inline style being exported. The behaviors collection of the grid who owns the row parameter. Exports a header cell to the document that's being generated. The column that the header belongs to. Inherited css class. The css class of the header cell being exported. Whether this a multi-column header being exported Exports a footer row to the document that's being generated. The GridField object that the footer belongs to The css style of the footer cell Exports a ContainerGrid to the document that's being generated. The ContainerGrid being exported Exports a ContainerGridRecord to the document that's being generated. The ContainerGridRecord being exported Css style class for the row cells Determines whether an expandor cell should be exported Determines whether a selector cell should be exported Determines whether a group area cell should be exported Determines the transperent color for a given image. Exports a ContainerGridRecord to the document that's being generated. GroupedRecordCollection being exported Determines whether an expandor cell should be exported Determines whether a selector cell should be exported Determines whether a group area cell should be exported Exports the header of a WebHieararchicalDataGrid control to the document that's being generated. The ContainerGrid being exported Determines whether an expandor cell should be exported Determines whether a selector cell should be exported Determines whether a group area cell should be exported Exports the footer of a WebHieararchicalDataGrid control to the document that's being generated. The ContainerGrid being exported Determines whether an expandor cell should be exported Determines whether a selector cell should be exported Determines whether a group area cell should be exported Exports grid SummaryRow to the document that's being generated. The WebDataGrid being exported Determines whether a selector cell should be exported Determines whether a group area cell should be exported Removes selectors from a style string so that just the class name is left. The style string to clean up The classes as they will be applied from left to right. The first class will be applied first and the last class will be applied last. The classes as they will be applied from left to right. The first class will be applied first and the last class will be applied last. Returns a reference to the object that creates graphics objects like colors, brushes and backgrounds. The cache object usually takes a drawing or style object like a color and returns Infragistis Document paint objects.

You need to assign a GraphicsCache object to the style before you try to call any of the Apply methods (like ApplyBackground()).

 Returns the image name Use the graphics cache to get Infragistics.Documents.Reports graphics objects like Backgrounds, Borders and Fonts.

The graphics class will translate from native .NET objects like System.Drawing.Color, font names and line widths to objects that can be used with the Document generating framework.

It will also cache the objects that it creates to improve the performance of the framwork's drawing. When an object is requested for the first time it's created and any requests after that for a drawing object with the same properties will return the existing objects.

Returns an Infragistics.Documents.Reports Font graphic object from a font family name and a font size.

Checks whether the font already exists and returns the existing font rather than creating a new one where possible.

A space seperated list of font names that are installed on the system. For example "Arial Verdana" Font size in points A Font object that can be used with the Document generator. Searches the font resource directory for a possible font file match.

Pass the name of the font and it will return the name of the file that contains the font. Will return null if the font's file isn't in the FontDirectory.

Only loads the fonts from the directory the first time the method is called so any changes that are made to the directory won't be automatically picked up.

The name of the font you are searching for ("Comic Sans MS") The full filepath of the font file if the file is found or null if no matching file is found. Returns a Border object that can be used in the Document generator that's the specified color and width.

Checks whether the object already exists and returns the existing object rather than creating a new one where possible.

A color object that is the color you want the border to be. The width in pixels you want the line to be. A CSS border style. A Border object that can be used with the Document generator. Returns a Pen object that can be used in the Document generator that's the specified color and width.

Checks whether the object already exists and returns the existing object rather than creating a new one where possible.

The System.Drawing.Color object containing the color of the pen. The width of the line the pen will draw. A CSS border style. A Pen object that can be used with the Document generator. Returns a Background object that can be used in the Document generator that's uses an image at a particular path.

Checks whether the object already exists and returns the existing object rather than creating a new one where possible.

The complete path to the image on the file system The css background repeat setting A Background object that can be used with the Document generator. Returns a Background object that can be used in the Document generator that's uses an image at a particular path.

Checks whether the object already exists and returns the existing object rather than creating a new one where possible.

The complete path to the image on the file system A Background object that can be used with the Document generator. Returns an image object of an image that's at a particular path.

Checks whether the object already exists and returns the existing object rather than creating a new one where possible.

The complete filesystem path to the image. An image object that can be used with the Document generator. Returns a Background object that can be used in the Document generator that's the specified color.

Checks whether the object already exists and returns the existing object rather than creating a new one where possible.

A solid color to use as the background A Background object that can be used with the Document generator. Returns a SolidColorBrush object that can be used in the Document generator that's the specified color.

Checks whether the object already exists and returns the existing object rather than creating a new one where possible.

The solid color that the brush should be. A SolidColorBrush object that can be used with the Document generator. Returns a Color object that can be used in the Document generator that's the specified color.

Checks whether the object already exists and returns the existing object rather than creating a new one where possible.

A System.Drawing.Color object that you want translated to a Infragistics.Documents.Reports.Graphics.Color A Color object that can be used with the Document generator. Listing of export modes that control the behavior of the export as it is experienced by end users. Launches Microsoft Excel within the end user's browser window Downloads the exported spreadsheet to a file on the end user's local file system. Export must be handled by the developer in a custom manner. Determines how the fonts used by the elements created by the will be embedded in the document. This is used by the property. Embed all fonts, even fonts that aren't loaded from the see cref="ExportResources.FontDirectory"/>. This will increase the size of the document that is generated. Will embed fonts that are loaded from the but won't embed any other fonts that are used. Any other fonts must be present on the end user's machine to be displayed. This is the default option. Won't embed any fonts in the documents. All fonts will be loaded from the end user's system. Not recommended if fonts are being loaded from the . Determines how the export will handle grids with paging and load on demand enabled. Used by the property. Only export the rows that are currently visible in the grid. Don't make any attempt to rebind to the data. Useful for when custom logic is needed to decide which rows should be exported. Bind the grid to the entire data source before exporting and create a document that contains all of the rows that would be displayed if paging or LoadOnDemand were not enabled. This is the default option. Determines document file format. Document will be exported as a PDF document Document will be exported as an XPS document Returns the row in the grid, if any, being exported Returns true if this is the header row Returns true if this is the footer row Returns true if this is a summary row The grid cell object that is currently being exported.

Changes to the GridCell won't be reflected in the exported document. To change the style or contents of the cell in the report use the property.

Returns true if this cell is in the grid header. Returns true if this cell is in the grid footer. Returns true if this cell holds a summary for the grid. Returns the summary for the summary cell, if there is one. Returns the column of the summary The column of the caption that is being exported The caption that is being exported Returns true if this cell is in the grid header. Returns true if this cell is in the grid footer. The grid data cell that is being exported Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. Name of the string resource to return. Null if the name is null; otherwise a string from the resource for the default culture. Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. Name of the string resource to return. Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. Null if the name is null; otherwise a formatted string using the resource specified. Returns the resource string using the culture and name specified. Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. Name of the string resource to return. Null if the name is null; otherwise a localized string for specified culture. Returns the resource string using the name and culture specified. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. Name of the string resource to return. Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. Null if the name is null; otherwise a formatted string using the resource specified. Returns the localized category name. Name of the category to retreive. The localized string value. Provides PDF and XPS document exporting functionality to the and . Used to trigger the export of the grid. The WebDataGrid control that is to be exported to the document. The Infragistics.Documents.Reports.Report.Report object that will be used during the export Used to trigger the export of the grid. The WebDataGrid control that is to be exported to the document. The predefined Infragistics.Documents.Reports.Report.Report object that will be used during the export The Infragistics.Documents.Reports.Report.Section.ISection object that will be used during the export Used to trigger the export of the grid. The WebHierarchicalDataGrid control that is to be exported to the document. The predefined Infragistics.Documents.Reports.Report.Report object that will be used during the export Used to trigger the export of the grid. The WebHierarchicalDataGrid control that is to be exported to the document. The predefined Infragistics.Documents.Reports.Report.Report object that will be used during the export The Infragistics.Documents.Reports.Report.Section.ISection object that will be used during the export Used to trigger the export of the grid. The predefined Infragistics.Documents.Reports.Report.Report object that will be used during the export An array containing controls of both types WebDataGrid and WebHierarchicalDataGrid Used to trigger the export of the grid. The predefined Infragistics.Documents.Reports.Report.Report object that will be used during the export The Infragistics.Documents.Reports.Report.Section.ISection object that will be used during the export An array containing controls of both types WebDataGrid and WebHierarchicalDataGrid Used to trigger the export of the grid. The WebDataGrid control that is to be exported to the document. Used to trigger the export of the grid. The WebHierarchicalDataGrid control that is to be exported to the document. Used to trigger the export of multiple controls. An array containing controls of both types WebDataGrid and WebHierarchicalDataGrid Returns true if all column widths are percentage The columsn to check Invoked before a document is exported. Invoked after a document is exported. Invoked before a cell is exported.

This method generates the CellExporting event.

 CellExportingEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked after a cell is exported.

This method generates the CellExported event.

 CellExportedEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked before a data cell is exported.

This method generates the GridRecordItemExporting event.

 DocumentGridRecordItemExportingEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked after a data cell is exported.

This method generates the GridRecordItemExported event.

 DocumentGridRecordItemExportedEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked before a grid field caption is exported.

This method generates the GridFieldCaptionExporting event.

 DocumentGridFieldCaptionExportingEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked after a grid field caption is exported.

This method generates the GridFieldCaptionExported event.

 DocumentGridFieldCaptionExportedEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked before a cell is exported.

This method generates the SummaryCellExporting event.

 DocumentSummaryCellExportingEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked after a cell is exported.

This method generates the SummaryCellExported event.

 DocumentSummaryCellExportedEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked after a row is exported.

This method generates the RowExported event.

 DocumentRowExportedEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked before a row is exported.

This method generates the RowExporting event.

 DocumentRowExportingEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked after a row is exported.

This method generates the DocumentRowExported event.

 DocumentGridRowExportedEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked before a row is exported.

This method generates the DocumentRowExporting event.

 DocumentGridRowExportingEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Sets whether the section that the grid is exported to should have landscape or portrait paper orientation.

Use this to customize the page orientation for the pages that the grid will be exported to. This will only affect the grid's section. Other sections in the document can have different page orientations.

 Sets the size of the page that the grid will be exported to.

Use this to customize the size of the pages for the section that the grid will be exported to. This will only affect the grid's section. Other sections in the document can have different page sizes.

The page size is measured in points.

You can either use a predefined size like A3, A4 or A5 from the enumeration or create a new object with a custom width and height.

 Returns the height and width of the page in points.

It automatically takes page orientation into account so you don't need to worry about whether the page is in landscape or portrait mode. It also automatically adds any margins.

 Determines whether to save the report as a PDF or XPS or plain text document. Returns the MimeType that should be used for the that's being exported.

The mimetype that is used currently can not be changed.

The mimetype will be "application/pdf" for PDF documents, "application/vnd.ms-xpsdocument" for XPS documents and "text/plain" for PlainText documents. If Format is not recognised, the propery will return null.

 Returns the default download extension for the that is being exported.

Used by the GetDownloadName() method when it generates the download name from provided by the user and when it creates a default download name.

Returns "pdf" for PDF documents, "xps" for XPS documents and "txt" for PlainText documents. Returns an empty string if the FileFormat isn't recognised.

 When set, overrides the calculated Font from styles , and uses this one in order to style all text in the report. Sets the size of the margins of the section that the grid is being exported to.

Use this to customize the margin widths for the pages for the section that the grid will be exported to. This will only affect the grid's section. Other sections in the document can have different margin settings.

The margin sizes are measured in points.

You can either use a predefined size like Narrow, Normal or Wide from the object or create a new PageMargins object with a custom size for each edge.

 Fires before a document is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the document export. Fires after a document is exported. Fired after the cell has finished exporting.

Use this event to customize the way the cell is exported. Extra elements that appear after the cell's text can be added to the generated cell using the property of the event argument. Style properties of the ReportCell like Alignment, Background and Borders can also be modified.

This event will only be fired for data cells in the grid. Handle the and events for header and footer cells.

This event will not be fired if the event was cancelled.

Fires before a cell is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the cell being exported.

Use this to customize the way the cell is exported.

Set the event argument property to change the value of the exported cell. The value can be set to any type of object and the result of the ToString() method will be displayed in the cell. If ExportValue isn't set, the cell's formatted text will be displayed instead.

Use the property to customize the contents of the cell. You can use this to add new items to the exported cell or to completely override the way that the cell exports. If you want to completely override the cell's rendering, set the property to true to cancel the default export logic.

Styling set on the event argument property won't be applied to the exported cell. Apply any style changes that you want to make directly to the ReportCell.

This event can be cancelled by setting the property of the event argument to true. When the event is cancelled, the logic to export the contents of the cell won't be run but the cell element itself will still be created.

This event will only be fired for data cells in the grid. Handle the and events for header and footer cells.

Fires after a GridRecordItem (a cell) has finished exporting. Fires before a GridRecordItem (a cell) is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the cell from being exported. Fires after a GridFieldCaption has finished exporting. Fires before a GridFieldCaption is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the caption from being exported. Fires after a Summary cell has finished exporting. Fires before a Summary cell is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the cell from being exported. Fires before the row elements in the document are created. This event can be cancelled to stop the row being exported. Invoked after a row is exported. Fires before the row elements in the document are created. This event can be cancelled to stop the row being exported. Invoked after a row is exported. Event arguments that are passed to event handlers for the event. Creates a new DocumentCellExportedEventArgs object. The cell from the grid that is being exported. Whether the row is the footer Whether the row is the header Whether the row is a summary row Creates the DocumentCellExportedEventArgs object. The cell from the grid that is being exported. The cell that is added to the report. Whether the row is the footer Whether the row is the header Whether the row is a summary row The cell object in the report created to display the grid cell object.

Use this property if you want to alter the cell in the report while the grid cell is being exported. Styling can be changed and extra elements can be added.

Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the event. Create a new DocumentCellExportingEventArgs object. The cell from the grid that is being exported. The value of the cell that's going to be exported. Whether the row is the footer Whether the row is the header Whether the row is a summary row Create a new DocumentCellExportingEventArgs object. The cell from the grid that is being exported. The cell element from the report cell that is being exported. The value of the cell that's going to be exported. Whether the row is the footer Whether the row is the header Whether the row is a summary row Use to cancel the export of the cell.

If the cell export is cancelled, the text value of the cell will not be added to the grid but the table cell will still be added. This is necessary to make the columns line up.

Use this to override the default export with custom logic by manipulating the object yourself. Extra elements like images or extra text can be added to the export or the report cell itself can be manipulated.

This is only necessary when the structure of the cell needs to be changed. To just change the text that's being exported, use the property. To change the style of the cell set the style properties of the .

The value that will be exported to the cell in the report. Tracks whether the ExportValue property has been changed during the event.

Returns true if the ExportValue property was changed and false if it's still the same as the value of the cell.

Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the Creates a new DocumentRowExportedEventArgs object. The row in the grid that has just been exported. The row object in the report created to display the grid's row object. The table in the report that the exported row will belong to. Whether the row is the footer Whether the row is the header Whether the row is a summary row The row object in the report created to display the grid's row object.

Use this property to alter the row in the report after the grid row has been exported. Useful for setting style properties on the row.

The table in the report that the exported row will belong to.

Use this property to customize the export as the rows are being exported. It can be used to add extra elements to the exported document or to change the styling of the table element in the report.

Creates a new DocumentRowExportingEventArgs object. The row in the grid that is currently being exported. The table in the report that the exported row will belong to. Whether the row is the footer Whether the row is the header Whether the row is a summary row Document exporting event arguments class. Creates a new instance of DocumentExportingEventArgs The report that the grid belongs to The Report object for the exported document. Document exported event arguments class. Creates a new instance of DocumentExportedEventArgs The report object for the exported document The Report object for the exported document. Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentRowExporting event Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentRowExported Creates a new DocumentRowExportedEventArgs object. The row in the grid that has just been exported. The row object in the report created to display the grid's row object. The grid in the report that the exported row will belong to. Whether the row is the footer Whether the row is the header Whether the row is a summary row The row object in the report created to display the grid's row object.

Use this property to alter the row in the report after the grid row has been exported. Useful for setting style properties on the row.

The IGrid in the report that the exported row will belong to.

Use this property to customize the export as the rows are being exported. It can be used to add extra elements to the exported document or to change the styling of the table element in the report.

Creates a new DocumentGridRowExportingEventArgs object. The row in the grid that is currently being exported. The grid in the report that the exported row will belong to. Whether the row is the footer Whether the row is the header Whether the row is a summary row Use to cancel the export of the row. Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentGridRecordItemExporting event Creates a new instance of DocumentGridRecordItemExportedEventArgs The grid data cell being exported The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to The IGridCell in the report that the exported cell will belong to.

Use this property to customize the export as the cells are being exported. It can be used to add extra elements to the exported document or to change the styling of the grid element in the report.

Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentGridRecordItemExporting event Creates a new instance of DocumentGridRecordItemExportedEventArgs The grid data cell being exported The value of the cell that's going to be exported. The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. The value that will be exported to the cell in the report. Tracks whether the ExportValue property has been changed during the event.

Returns true if the ExportValue property was changed and false if it's still the same as the value of the cell.

Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentGridFieldCaptionExporting event Creates a new instance of DocumentGridRecordItemExportedEventArgs The grid column of the caption that is being exported The caption that is being exported The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to Whether the row is the header Whether the row is the footer The IGridCell in the report that the exported cell will belong to.

Use this property to customize the export as the cells are being exported. It can be used to add extra elements to the exported document or to change the styling of the grid element in the report.

Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentGridFieldCaptionExporting event Creates a new instance of DocumentGridFieldCaptionExportingEventArgs The grid column of the caption that is being exported The caption that is being exported The value of the caption that's going to be exported. The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to Whether the row is the header Whether the row is the footer Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. The value that will be exported to the cell in the report. Tracks whether the ExportValue property has been changed during the event.

Returns true if the ExportValue property was changed and false if it's still the same as the value of the cell.

Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentSummaryCellCaptionExported event Creates a new DocumentSummaryCellExportedEventArgs object. The column that the summary belongs to The summary that is being exported The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to The IGridCell in the report that the exported cell will belong to.

Use this property to customize the export as the cells are being exported. It can be used to add extra elements to the exported document or to change the styling of the grid element in the report.

Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentSummaryCellCaptionExporting event Creates a new DocumentSummaryCellExportedEventArgs object. The column that the summary belongs to The summary that is being exported The value of the caption that's going to be exported. The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. The value that will be exported to the cell in the report. Tracks whether the ExportValue property has been changed during the event.

Returns true if the ExportValue property was changed and false if it's still the same as the value of the cell.

Provides Excel document exporting functionality to the and . Exports a single flat grid. Exports a single hierarchical grid. Exports a single hierarchical grid to the specified workbook. Exports a single hierarchical grid to the specified worksheet. Exports a single hierarchical grid to the specified worksheet. Exporting starts from the defined row and column offsets. Exports a single hierarchical grid to the specified worksheet. Exporting starts from the defined rowIndex and columnOffset. The rowIndex is updated to point after the last exported row. Exports multiple grids to a single worksheet. Exports multiple grids. Depending on the exportSingleGridPerSheet parameter the grids are exported to a single worksheet or each grid on a separate sheet. Exports multiple grids on a separate worksheets in the specified workbook. Exports multiple grids on a single worksheet. Exports a set of row islands to the specified worksheet. Exports a single flat grid to the specified workbook. Exports a single flat grid to the specified worksheet. Exports a single flat grid to the specified worksheet. Exporting starts from the defined row and column offsets. Exports a single flat grid to the specified worksheet. Exporting starts from the defined rowIndex and columnOffset. The rowIndex is updated to point after the last exported row. Exports a single grid row to the specified worksheet. Exports a grid field caption (header or footer) to the specified worksheet cell. Exports a grid record item to its corresponding worksheet cell. Renders the specified TemplateContainer to string and returns the value. Exports set of grouped rows to the specified worksheet. Exports grid SummaryRow to the specified worksheet. Takes a SummaryType as an argument and returns the corresponding Excel function name. Returns null for SummaryType.Custom. Downloads the work book to the browser The workbook to be downloaded Raises the Exporting Event. Raises the Exported Event. Raises the Row Exporting Event. Raises the Row Exported Event. Raises the Cell Exporting Event. Raises the Cell Exported Event. Raises the GridFieldCaptionExporting Event. Raises the GridFieldCaptionExported Event. Raises the GridRecordItemExporting Event. Raises the GridRecordItemExported Event. Raises the SummaryCellExporting Event. Raises the SummaryCellExported Event. Converts a Web BorderStyle into an Excel BorderStyle. Sets the width of the columns in the exported document. If the contents of the current cell are wider than the contents of previous cells in the same column, then the column's width is expanded to accomodate the widest cell. Gets the width in characters of a multi-line cell's value. The number of characters in the longest line of text within a multi-line cell. Determines how many rows will be inserted between multiple grids when they are exported on a single worksheet. The default value is 1. Determines the format of the exported excel file. Returns the MimeType that should be used for the file that's being exported. Returns the download extension for the workbook format being used Disables formatting of the cell value when grid BoundDataField or UnboundField has DataFormatString specified. Occurs before the exporting start. Occurs when exporting is complete. Occurs before row exporting start. Occurs when row exporting is complete. Occurs before grid field caption item exporting starts. Occurs when grid field caption exporting is complete. Occurs before grid record item exporting starts. Occurs when grid record item exporting is complete. Occurs before summary cell exporting starts. Occurs when summary cell exporting is complete. Occurs before cell exporting start. Occurs when cell exporting is complete. Delegate for Exporting event. Delegate for Exported event. Delegate for Row Exporting event. Delegate for Row Exported event. Delegate for GridFieldCaptionExporting event. Delegate for GridFieldCaptionExported event. Delegate for GridRecordItemExporting event. Delegate for GridRecordItemExported event. Delegate for SummaryCellExporting event. Delegate for SummaryCellExported event. Delegate for Cell Exporting event. Delegate for Cell Exported event. Excel document exporting event arguments class. Creates a new ExcelExportingEventArgs instance The worksheet being exported The row index to start at The column index to start at The outline level Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. Current exporting worksheet. Index of the current exporting row in excel worksheet. Index of the current exporting column in excel worksheet. Current outline level used for grouping. Excel document exported event arguments class. Index of the current exporting row in excel worksheet. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. Excel row exported event arguments class. Returns reference to WorkSheetRow just exported Current exporting worksheet. Index of the current exporting row in excel worksheet. Index of the current exporting column in excel worksheet. Current outline level used for grouping. Excel row exporting event arguments class. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. Excel GridFieldCaption exporting event arguments class. Excel cell exporting event arguments class. Excel cell exported event arguments class. Reference to the WorksheetCell that was just exported Current exporting worksheet. Index of the current exporting row in excel worksheet. Index of the current exporting column in excel worksheet. Current outline level used for grouping. Excel GridFieldCaption exported event arguments class. Excel GridRecordItem exporting event arguments class. Excel GridRecordItem exported event arguments class. Excel SummaryCellExporting exporting event arguments class. Excel SummaryCellExporting exported event arguments class. Provides Word document exporting functionality to the and . Exports a data grid to the given Document object The grid to export The document object the exported grid should appear in Exports a WebDataGrid to current Document object The grid to export Exports a WebHierarchicalDataGrid to the current Document object The grid to export The document object the exported grid should appear in Exports a WebHierarchicalDataGrid to the current Document object The grid to export Exports a collection of grids to the given Document object The document object the grids should appear in The grids to export Exports a collection of grids to the given Document object The grids to export Exports a WebDataGrid to the Document The grid to export Exports a WebHierarchicalDataGrid to the Document The grid to export Renders the specified TemplateContainer to string and returns the value. Invoked before a document is exported. Invoked after a document is exported. Raises the Row Exporting Event. Raises the Row Exported Event. Raises the Cell Exporting Event. Raises the Cell Exported Event. Raises the Summary Cell Exporting Event. Raises the Summary Cell Exported Event. Invoked before a grid field caption is exported.

This method generates the GridFieldCaptionExporting event.

 DocumentGridFieldCaptionExportingEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked after a grid field caption is exported.

This method generates the GridFieldCaptionExported event.

 DocumentGridFieldCaptionExportedEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked before a data cell is exported.

This method generates the GridRecordItemExporting event.

 DocumentGridRecordItemExportingEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Invoked after a data cell is exported.

This method generates the GridRecordItemExported event.

 DocumentGridRecordItemExportedEventArgs event argument containing information to be passed to the event. Returns the MimeType that should be used for the file that's being exported. Returns the download extension for the file that is being exported. Returns the Document object that the grid will be exported to. Sets whether the document that the grid is exported to should have landscape or portrait paper orientation. Sets the size of the page that the grid will be exported to.

Use this to customize the size of the document the grid is exported to.

The page size is measured in points.

You can either use a predefined size like A3, A4 or A5 from the enumeration or create a new object with a custom width and height.

 Sets the size of the margins of the section that the grid is being exported to.

Use this to customize the margin widths for the pages for the section that the grid will be exported to. This will only affect the grid's section. Other sections in the document can have different margin settings.

The margin sizes are measured in points.

You can either use a predefined size like Narrow, Normal or Wide from the object or create a new PageMargins object with a custom size for each edge.

 Sets the maximum child level that will be exported for a WebHierarchicalDataGrid. -1 will export all levels (as DataExportMode allows) Fires before a document is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the document export. Fires after a document is exported. Fires before a table row has finished exporting. Fires after a table row has finished exporting. Fires before a cell is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the cell from being exported. Fires after a cell has finished exporting. Fires after a GridRecordItem (a cell) has finished exporting. Fires before a GridRecordItem (a cell) is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the cell from being exported. Fires after a GridFieldCaption has finished exporting. Fires before a GridFieldCaption is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the caption from being exported. Fires after a Summary cell has finished exporting. Fires before a Summary cell is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the cell from being exported. Word exporting event arguments class. Creates a new instance of WordExportingEventArgs The document that will be used for exporting Returns the Document that the grid will be exported to Word exported event arguments class. Creates a new instance of WordExportingEventArgs The document that was used for exporting Returns the Document that the grid was exported to Word row exporting event arguments class. Word row exported event arguments class. Creates a new instance of WordRowExportedEventArgs The row in the document that is being exported The grid row that is being exported, if one Whether the row is for the header Whether the row is for the footer Whether the row is for a summary Returns the table row in the document that will be exported Creates a new instance of WordRowExportingEventArgs The row in the document that is being exported The grid row that is being exported, if one Whether the row is for the header Whether the row is for the footer Whether the row is for a summary Event args for the cell exporting event Event args for the cell exported event Creates a new instance of WordCellExportedEventArgs The cell in the document that is being exported The grid cell that is being exported, if one Whether the cell is for the header Whether the cell is for the footer Whether the cell is for a summary The table cell in the document that will have data exported to it Creates a new instance of WordCellExportingEventArgs The cell in the document that is being exported The grid cell that is being exported, if one The object being exported Whether the cell is for the header Whether the cell is for the footer Whether the cell is for a summary The value that will be exported to the cell in the report. Tracks whether the ExportValue property has been changed during the event.

Returns true if the ExportValue property was changed and false if it's still the same as the value of the cell.

Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentSummaryCellCaptionExported event Creates a new DocumentSummaryCellExportedEventArgs object. The column that the summary belongs to The summary that is being exported The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to The table cell in the document that will have data exported to it Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentSummaryCellCaptionExporting event Creates a new DocumentSummaryCellExportedEventArgs object. The column that the summary belongs to The summary that is being exported The value of the caption that's going to be exported. The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. The value that will be exported to the cell in the report. Tracks whether the ExportValue property has been changed during the event.

Returns true if the ExportValue property was changed and false if it's still the same as the value of the cell.

Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentGridFieldCaptionExporting event Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentGridFieldCaptionExporting event Creates a new instance of DocumentGridRecordItemExportedEventArgs The grid column of the caption that is being exported The caption that is being exported The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to Whether the row is the header Whether the row is the footer The table cell in the document that will have data exported to it Creates a new instance of DocumentGridFieldCaptionExportingEventArgs The grid column of the caption that is being exported The caption that is being exported The value of the caption that's going to be exported. The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to Whether the row is the header Whether the row is the footer Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. The value that will be exported to the cell in the report. Tracks whether the ExportValue property has been changed during the event.

Returns true if the ExportValue property was changed and false if it's still the same as the value of the cell.

The table cell in the document that will have data exported to it Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentGridRecordItemExporting event Event argument that is passed to event handlers for the DocumentGridRecordItemExporting event Creates a new instance of DocumentGridRecordItemExportedEventArgs The grid data cell being exported The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to The table cell in the document that had data exported to it Creates a new instance of DocumentGridRecordItemExportedEventArgs The grid data cell being exported The value of the cell that's going to be exported. The cell in the document that the grid cell was exported to Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be canceled. The value that will be exported to the cell in the report. Tracks whether the ExportValue property has been changed during the event.

Returns true if the ExportValue property was changed and false if it's still the same as the value of the cell.

The class contains methods and properties of the grid's field caption. The field captions appear in both header and footer for every column of the grid. Creates a new FieldCaption Creates a new FieldCaption The owner field Copies the properties of this FieldCaption to given one The FieldCaption to copy properties to Returns text node of the field caption. Text node if it has any, null otherwise. Text representation of the object. Text representation of the object. If the template container is not null, clears its controls and sets it to null This method searches for a locates control objects within the TemplateContainer associated with this UIObject by using the Id parameter to match against control Ids. The string Id value for the control to be located. If a control is located within the TemplateContainer of this UIObject that matches the passed in Id, the control reference is returned. Otherwise null is returned. The TemplateContainer is tagged with the INamingContainer interface. So the Id passed to this method must match the Id of a control within that NamingContainer. Returns the Field that owns this caption Key of the field the caption belongs to. Text of the field caption. The text is displayed in the caption when it's rendered to the client. Tooltip for the field caption. The tooltip text is displayed on the client once the caption gets the mouse cursor over it. Index of the caption inside of its owner collection. Xml attributes to render into the XML rendering for the field caption node. Indicates whether the caption has any predefined Xml attributes. Id of the template from the collection associated with the caption. Reference to the template associated with the caption. Container control of the template associated with the caption. Indicates whether the caption has a template associated with it. Field caption collection. Defines both header and footer captions of the grid's columns. Creates a new FieldCaptionCollection The field collection Returns the FieldCaption at the given index The index Returns the index of the given item The item to find The index or -1 if not found Returns the colleciton of fields Returns the owner Grid Rrturns the FieldCaption at the given index Returns the number of fields Returns the name of the nodes Gets the XmlAttributes that will be used in the XML rendering of the grid. A collection for storing fields in a grid control Provides reference to the visible items enumerator. Visible items enumerator. Creates a new FieldCollection Creates a new FieldCollection The grid that this field collection belongs to Creates a new FieldCollection The grouped filed (multi-column header) that this collection belongs to Creates a new FieldCollection The grouped filed (multi-column header) that this collection belongs to The grid that this field collection belongs to Creates an object for the collection from the string version of its type The string representation of the object's type Adds the given field to the end of the collection Field to add Inserts the item at the specified index Index to insert the item at Field to insert Returns a field based upon its key The key of the field to match ControlDataField with matching key Returns a field based upon its IDPair IDPair of the desired field ControlDataField with matchin IDPair Returns a field based upon its visible index The visible index of the field Returns a unique key for this collection based upon the given key. Desired key The unique key Returns the first visible column GetFirstVisbleColumn is obsolete. Left for backward compatibility. It simply refers to GetFirstVisibleColumn. Please change your logic to refer to GetFirstVisibleColumn. Returns the first visible column Called when clearing the collection Returns the grouped field (multi-column header) that owns this collection Returns reference to the Grid who owns this collection Returns reference to the Band who owns this collection Returns the ControlDataField at the specified index The index into the collection Returns false Returns true if a column in the collection is an UnboundField This is set during databinding when we have multi-column headers to indicate which columns belong to the same group. Gets the XmlAttributes that will be used in the XML rendering of the grid. A collection of FooterCaption Creates a new FooterCaptionCollection The FieldCollection Returns the FieldCaption at the given index The index Returns Footer A collection of HeaderCaption Creates a new HeaderCaptionCollection The FieldCollection Returns the FieldCaption at the given index The index Returns Header Marks an object with its parent class type. Used to render templates to string. Scans the visible items and adjusts the indices if any of the item changed its visible index. New visible index of the item. Visible order of the items. Represents a column or field that was generated from the DataSource of the WebDataGrid control. Represents a column or field in the WebDataGrid control. A grid field for WebDataGrid that has a DataFormatString A grid field for WebDataGrid Creates an instance of the GridField class. Creates an instance of the GridField class. True if the object should be added to the viewstate. Determines if Header property should be serialized. Determines if Footer property should be serialized. Returns bool indicating if the Width is empty This creates a new GridFieldCaption as the header for this field A FieldCaption This creates a new GridFieldCaption as the footer for this field A FieldCaption Formats the given value according to this field's formatting. The value to format Formats the given value according to this field's formatting. The value to format Copies the fields properties to another ControlDataField Field to copy props to Copies the fields properties to another ControlDataField Field to copy props to Whether to track the journal state Saves extra properties to send to the client. Event fired when a property changes on this field Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Ensures that certain attributes are rendered on the GridField A Hashtable of attributes that should be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Is called when an object is added to collection. This was refactored a bit so that the objects which inherite from this class can overwrite this method and their own logic. The collection the object is being added to Gets the GridFieldCaption object that is assigned to the header. Returns true if there is a header caption object. Gets the GridFieldCaption object that contains the footer information. Returns true if there is a FooterCaption object Gets/sets the css class name that will be set to the grid field. Gets/sets the width of the GridField. Returns the resolved column width, using default column width if this is empty Gets the XmlAttributes that will be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Visible index of field. Key that identifies the field. Returns number of properties for the client state supported by the sorting behavior. Returns the Grid that owns this field Event handlers for property changed event Creates an instance of the FormattedGridField class. Creates an instance of the FormattedGridField class. True if the object should be added to the viewstate. Copies the properties of this FormattedGridField to the given field The field who will have the properties copied to Copies the properties of this FormattedGridField to the given field The field who will have the properties copied to Whether to track the journal state Returns the string value respecting the formatting information. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. The formatting that is applied to the field's values. For example, "{0:d} or {0:c}". Whether the \n occurances in the text of this field will be replaced with <BR />. Whether the field is HTML encoded when displayed to the user. Initializes a new instance of the BoundDataField class with default settings. Initializes a new instance of the BoundDataField class. Whether viewstate should be tracked fro the column/field Copies the properties of this BoundDataField to the given field The field who will have the properties copied to Copies the properties of this BoundDataField to the given field The field who will have the properties copied to Whether to track the journal state Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Formats the given value according to the fields DataFormatString The value to format Saves the view state of the BoundDataField, calls base and added the DataSourceField object if it has been set to viewstate as well. Saved view state object. Loads the view state after returning from the client. Calls base and recreats the the DataSourceField object if it has been saved. Previously saved view state object. Name of the field in the data source the BoundDataField is bound to. Gets/Sets the DataField associated with he column/filed. Full type name, for example System.Int32, System.DateTime, etc., that should be used for the field in case the field original type is not available for the grid. Setting this property will ensure that correct editor is used for the columns which are bound to empty data sources as some of the data source do not provide any data field type information if no rows are present in the table. Type of the items in the field. If not set explicitly returns the data source's field type. Returns whether the database column has AllowDBNull set to true Returns whether the data for this column is nullable Initializes a new instance of the AutoGeneratedDataField class with default settings. Initializes a new instance of the AutoGeneratedDataField class. Whether viewstate should be tracked fro the column/field An object containing information on when the server events will be called. Constructor for ActivationAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets auto postback options applied to ActiveCellChanged event. Checks if all properties have default values. ClientEvents used by the Activation behavior. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of ActivationClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Whether to track view state The activation behavior This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Event fired before a cell becomes Active. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a cell becomes active. Represests the method that will handle the event of a conrol. The event arguments Represests the method that will handle the event of a conrol. The event arguments Server editing events for WebDataGrid AJAX enabled Grid Control which is capable of displaying tabular information from a variety of datasources. Implemented by a behavior container. Reference to the child behaviors of the container. Interface is implemented by controls that support client templates rendering. Enables client templates generation and rendering of final HTML on the client. Gets or sets the client rendering template. The client rendering template. The control's default constructor. Allows the Columns to be persisted. Ensures that the header xml is set up Ensures that the footer xml is set up Overrides the record collection creation so it participates in the rendering of the grid. A new instance of the object. Overrides creating of the record so it participates in the grid rendering. A new instance of the object. Enables persistence for AutoPostBackFlags. Allows the EditorProviders to be persisted. Check if AjaxIndicator has data. Clears the AjaxIndicator Adds a column and corresponding header and footer into appropriate collections: , . Column object to add to the collection. A unique key that identifies the column. The header that should be used for the corresponding header. Clears following collections: , Rows, Fields, and ColumnSettings of behaviors. Creates a new FieldCollection referencing this grid. Overrides base class' method. Ensures that the grid's child controls are properly created. Clears internal layouts of columns, headers, and footers. Clears internal layouts of columns, headers, and footers. Located the column in the columns collection. Searches through all the GoupedFields and its columns is multi-headers are used The column key for the column which should be found The column Copies columns. headers, and footers from the developer set public collections: , to the internal layouts of those objects. Reinitializes the fields as they've already been created. Fills the internal layout with pre-set columns from the aspx and depending on the property setting adds automatically generated columns. Adds a field to the Fields collection and if multi-column headers are present its also added to the ColumnsInternal collection. The field to add The field's key The header text for the field Data binds specified column to current data source. Row to data bind. Index of the row. Creates DataSourceSelectArguments specific to the grid. A new instance of the DataSourceSelectArguments object. This is used to set this.RequireRecordsClear = true when the DataSouce or DataSourceID property is set. Data binds the grid to currently assigned data source. If is set to True all of the columns available off the data source will be added to the columns set up in the collection. Clear the grid's DataSource and DataSourceID properties, as well all objects that are depening on the DataSource. This function should be called, right before a new data source is assigned to the grid. Fires the initialize row server event for all rows. Creates a DataSourceObject from the given data source The data source Creates an instance of the object Overrides the rendering object creation for the grid. A new instance of the object. Resets the grid's xml Enusre the grid xml is set up Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase. Creates a new Behaviors collection referencing this grid. Overrides base class' OnInit method. Adds behaviors initialization for the grid. Event arguments related to the OnInit method. Initialized Behaviors and connects editor providers is needed. Called when the data grid unlodads. Unloads the behaviors and disconnects the editor providers. Calls base.EnsureChildControls if there is a datasource or data view state is on or a postback Calls EnsureDataBound() Overrides parent class method. Ads logic related to the grid. Overrides base class' OnLoad method. Adds loading logic for the grid. Event arguments related to the OnLoad method. Overrides the base class' prerender to generate hidden css classes PreRender event args Determines when the hidden class to be regenerated. True to re-register the class, false otherwise Determines when the hidden class for the field needs to be regenerated. Field to consider True to re-register the class, false otherwise Generates the hidden css classes for hidden columns Saves the view state of the grid when rendering down to the client. Saved view state object. Loads the view state after returning from the client. Previously saved view state object. Enables view state tracking for underlying objects. The OnItemCommand method calls the delegate for the ItemCommand event The grid from where the event was fired. The EventArgs which contains the original event args. A boolean value indicating whether the item command was handled. The OnInitializeRow method calls the delegate for the InitializeRow event The grid from where the event was fired. The EventArgs which contains the original event args. Fires the CustomDataBinding event This creates DataBindingEventArgs for DataBinding event This handles custom binding arguments after CustomDataBinding has fired The grid's datasource object view to modify The event args from the CustomDataBinding Event The OnInitializeRow method calls the delegate for the InitializeRow event The grid from where the event was fired. The EventArgs which contains the original event args. Resets an internal flag to require data binding. Called during LoadPostData during a Callback. This method should be used perform any operations neccessary for the callback. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. In addition to the base class functionality the method handles asynchronous requests from a behavior. During internal async post back the method will enable the grid to rerender itself as a whole. Usually internal async post backs are initiated to update only part of the grid. Calling this method during an async post back will enforce the grid to update its HTML and reinitialize itself entirely as if the page was just loaded. Called during the Page's Render during a Callback. This method should be used to render any html or objects that need to be sent down in the Callback's response. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. In addition to the base class functionality the method handles asynchronous requests from a behavior. Resets the grid to its default view as if it was just loaded for the first time with no selection, sorted columns etc. Paritally resets the grid to its default view. Does not clear selection. Overriden. Instantiates templates of the grid if any are assigned. Returns a JSON strings that represents the current records in the data source This processes actions on the grid not asscociate with a particular behavior. Occurs when the ActiveCell changes between posts to the server. Occurs when a column is fixed/unfixed by a user. Occurs when a column is moved by a user. Occurs when a column is resized by a user. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be updated in the database. Event that is fired every time a row has been updated. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be deleted. Event that is fired every time a row is deleted. Event that is fired every time a row about to be added. Event that is fired every time a row has been added. Event that is fired whenever each custom summary needs to be calculated Event that is fired whenever each normal summary type needs to be calculated because the grid is doing custom binding Event that is fired whenever a standard summary is calculated (any summary which is not a custom summary). Occurs when a filters are about to be applied to the grid's data. Occurs when a filters have be applied to the grid's data. Occurs when a filters have be applied to the grid's data. Occurs when a page has changed by a user. Occurs when the SelectedCells collection changes between posts to the server. Occurs when the SelectedRows collection changes between posts to the server. Occurs when the SelectedColumns collection changes between posts to the server. Occurs when a column is sorted by a user. The default column width that will be applied to all columns, for whom the width has not been set. Defines whether the grid generates columns automatically during the data binding process. The grid can automatically generate a column for every field in the data source. If the property is set to True the automatically created columns will be added to the ones set up in the aspx file. If the property is set to False the grid will use only the columns that set up in the aspx file. Contains definition of the grid's columns. The property is available to be used publicly and is serialized into the aspx file. When the property is set to False all of the columns in the grid are taken from this collection, there is no additionally generated columns in this case. Indicates if the columns collection was created. Indicates if one of the columns in the collection (or a group field's collumns) is templated. Determines if the column headers will be visible on the WebDataGrid. Determines if the column footers will be visible in the WebDataGrid. Collection of rows for the grid. The collection is being filled on demand. If any of the rows is requested the grid will bind this row to the data at this moment and return requested information. The rows are not being stored into the view state unless any of the properties are altered from its default values. Reference to the grid's data bot. Determines number of pixels between the cells of the grid. Indicates if the grid was loaded. Indicates if the View State for the grid was loaded. Indicates if the grid was initialized. The total number of header rows. (Used only if we have multi-column headers) Contains an error message if any is occured. Available from the error template to display. Contains a stack trace of the error if any is occured. Available from the error template to display. The property is not supported by the grid. Returns the DataGridAutoPostBackFlags for the grid Editor providers collection. Indicates whether the behavior has any aditor providers. Gets reference to container of properties related to ajax indicator.

If value of a sub-property is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. Shared indicator can be accessed on server using Infragistics.Web.UI.Framework.AppSettings.SharedAjaxIndicator and on client: $util.get_ajaxIndicator().

Gets or sets the object from which the data-bound control retrieves its list of data items. Gets or sets the ID of the control from which the data-bound control retrieves its list of data items. Indicates if the grid has multi-column headers. This is a list that is used to generate the XML for multi-column headrs. Indicates if the grid is currently databinding. Created this as a property so ContainerGrid can access this. Returns whether Initialize Row is not handled by the developer Enables optimization for collections client state during postback CSS class name that should be used for the headers. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. CSS class name that should be used for the footers. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. CSS class name that should be used for the cells. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. The CSS class name is rendered on the TBODY element and therefore any custom CSS class must have a selector as following: TBODY.[ClassName] > TR > TD CSS class name that should be used for alternative (the ones with even index) rows. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. The CSS class name is rendered on the TR element of the alternate rows and therefore any custom CSS class must have a selector as following: TBODY > TR.[ClassName] > TD Gets reference to the GridClientEvents. Contains definition of all client event handlers that are available on the level of the control. Contains all of the behaviors of the grid. Reference to the internal behaviors collection Returns whether behaviors collection has been initialized not null Set of events that fired for the behaviors consumption. Determines whether the grid should do Ajax posts when a server side operation is required. Adds position:relative to the style of the grid's scrollable element. This setting enables the grid's templates to host controls that use position:relative in their HTML elements. Obsolete. Number of pixels the grid is scrolled vertically. Number of pixels the grid is scrolled horizontally. Returns true if the EditorProviders should be treated as if the control is currently processing a callback. Turns on separation of data and view of the grid. If the property is False the grid is requesting data from its data source on every post back. That applies to the paged grid as well, so if a page is switched the grid will query the data source twice: once for the current page and once for the new page. If the property is True the data is requested once on initial load. Only current page is placed in the view state if paging is enabled, meaning the grid will be requesting new page anyway of data if the page is switched. Exposes the WebControl's Events object. The ItemCommand event is raised when a WebControl inside of the grid emits an event which would cause a postback. The InitializeRow event is raised when the grid binds to the records in the data source. The event that fires right before the grid is data bound. If this is cancelled, then the grid will perform binding directly to the DataSource supplied to the event args. This is to accomplish custom sorting or filtering. The HeaderCheckBoxClicked event is raised when the header checkbox in an UnboundCheckBoxField has been clicked. The InitializeDefaultEditors event is raised when default shared editors for grids were created and passed to client. Reference to the ErrorTemplate. The ErrorTemplate allows for a customizable visual if an unhandled error is detected on the server. The WebDataGrid will show the template if the error occurs during initial rendering or if it happens via a full postback. Container control of the error template. Initialized during the template instantiation. Indicates whether the grid has an error template and it is instantiated. Reference to the empty grid template. Container control of the empty grid template. Initialized during the template instantiation. Indicates whether the grid has an emoty template and it is instantiated. Enables client templates generation and rendering of final HTML on the client. Gets or sets the client rendering template. (The project wouldn't build if I don't define it here as well) The client rendering template. ClientBinding settings include One-Way or Two-way binding mode for every field as well as convertor function / special expression that can be set directly in the generated client-side template This property should be used when binding to WebServices, in order to set the Service URI, the Operation Name, as well as the actual path to the web service definition Control used for representing a row island of the WebHierarchicalDataGrid. Interface which should be implemented for all objects which represents a single level of a hierarchical record set for . CSS class name that should be used for alternative (the ones with even index) rows. CSS class name that should be used for the footers. CSS class name that should be used for the headers. CSS class name that should be used for the cells. The name of the css class that will be used to style the TD in which the RowIslands appear. The name of the css class that will be used to style the column in which the Expand/Collapse buttons appear. Determines number of pixels between the cells of the grid. Determines if the column footers will be visible in the Grid. Determines if the column headers will be visible on the Grid. Enables the band to render empty row islands and their parent row plus signs. Indicates if any of the child bands have the propery set to True. The button object that will be displayed when a grid's row is collapsed and the row has child row islands. It can be clicked to expand the row to show the child row islands. The button object that will be displayed when a grid's row is expanded and can be clicked to collapse the row. The height of the row islands that will be generated from the band. The width of the row islands that will be generated from the band. The default column width that will be applied to all columns, for whom the width has not been set. The Key of the Band Gets or sets a string value that identifies a particular data member of the DataSource property that is to be used to enumerate the data during a DataBind operation. Contains datakeys of the shown data. Determines if the current Band is representing a self reference relationship. Defines whether the grid generates columns automatically during the data binding process. Indicates whether the Bands property was instantiated. A collection of child Bands of this band. Indicates whether the Columns property was instantiated. Contains definition of the band's columns. Band behaviors. Indicates whether the band has one or more behaviors. Contains settings for column grouping. Returns a string of indecies contcatinaned by _ which provided a way to navigate to this band from WebHierarchicalDataGrid Gets the instance of the parent collection of the Band Returns the AutoPostBackFlags object which will be applied to this band's grids Interface which changes default priority of appstyling css file. That is used by StyleBot->CssBuilder.AddCssLink method. Currently if that interface is defined, then css file is inserted at the top of list and it has lowest priority. In future that can be inhenced with priority index, check for particular css of parent, etc. Creates an instance of ContainerGrid Creates an instance of ContainerGrid The WebHierarchicalDataGrid to which the row island belongs. The ContainerGridCollection which the row island is a part of. The band from which the row island is created from. Checks if the current row island has any child row islands. Attaches ContainerGrid's event handlers, calls base. Overrides WebDataGrid's class' OnLoad method. Calls base and ensures the footer and header caption XML Event arguments related to the OnLoad method. Determines when the hidden class to be regenerated. True to re-register the class, false otherwise Determines when the hidden class for the field needs to be regenerated. Field to consider True to re-register the class, false otherwise Initializes and attaches GridBehaviorEvents Event Delegates. Event handler for the ShowHeaderChanged event. Calls the EnsureHeaderCaptions method, so the header xml will be generated for the grid. The IBand object whose ShowHeader property changed Event handler for the ShowFooterChanged event. Calls the EnsureFooterCaptions method, so the footer xml will be generated for the grid. The IBand object whose ShowHeader property changed Overrides WebDataGrid's class' OnUnload method. Calls base and disconnects GridBehaviorEvents Event Delegates.. An System.EventArgs object that contains event data. The OnInitializeRow method calls the delegate for the InitializeRow event The grid from where the event was fired. The EventArgs which contains the original event args. Determines if the RowIsland rows should be persisted. Gets the grouped row collection. Creates a collection of ContainerGridRecord objects. A new instance of the object. Creates a ContainerGridRecord object. A new instance of the object. The OnItemCommand method calls the delegate for the ItemCommand event The grid from where the event was fired. The EventArgs which contains the original event args. A boolean value indicating whether the item command was handled. The OnInitializeRow method calls the delegate for the InitializeRow event The grid from where the event was fired. The EventArgs which contains the original event args. Fires the DataBinding event Fires the PreRender event Original event args from the web control Loads the view state after returning from the client. Previously saved view state object. Saves the view state of the grid when rendering down to the client. aved view state object. Data binds the grid to currently assigned data source. If is set to True all of the columns available off the data source will be added to the columns set up in the collection. This is used to set this.RequireRecordsClear = true when the DataSouce or DataSourceID property is set. Overrides parent class method. Adds logic related to the row island. Enusre the grid xml is set up Resets the grid's xml Overrides the rendering object creation for the grid. A new instance of the object. Creates an instance of the object If any properties, objects, or collections were modified on the client, their transacation lists are loaded here. Also, if this is a Callback, it is where CallbackCreated is called from. The key identifier for the control. The collection of all incoming name values. true if the server control's state changes as a result of the postback; otherwise false. DataBinds the control if needed and calls RunBot's HandleRaisePostDataChangedEvent Creates a DescriptorObject object for each ContainerGrid in the Controls collection of this row island and adds it to the ChildDescriptors list of this control to be sent down as client state. Will return the index as the string if data key is null or empty. Otherwise concactenates the data key string objects (serialized) with a comma Called during the Page's Render during a Callback. This method should be used to render any html or objects that need to be sent down in the Callback's response. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. In addition to the base class functionality the method handles asynchronous requests from a behavior. Called during LoadPostData during a Callback. This method should be used perform any operations neccessary for the callback. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. In addition to the base class functionality the method handles asynchronous requests from a behavior. If row islands exit for the any rows of this row island, this method will ensure that they are created on postback. Creates the row islands of for the given row. The row whose row islands need to be created Indicates whether the RowIslandsPopulating and RowIslandsPopulated events need to be fired. If true the events will be fired True if one or more row islands were created, false otherwise. Creates an instance of ContainerGridClientEvents object for the row island. ContainerGridClientEvents Reinitializes the fields as they've already been created. Copies Band columns to Grid and then into Fields. Occurs when the ActiveGroupedRow changes between posts to the server. Reference to WebHierarchicalDataGrid to which the row island belongs. The parent ContainerGridRecord of the grid. The level in the hierarchy the row island is on. Contains datakeys of the shown data. In case of a compound data key the field keys must be separated by a comma. Defines whether the row island generates columns automatically during the data binding process. If the property has not been set the row island resolves it against the band's AutoGenerateColumns property. The row island can automatically generate a column for every field in the data source. If the property is set to True the automatically created columns will be added to the ones set up in the aspx file. If the property is set to False the grid will use only the columns that set up in the aspx file. Indicates whether the grid has a data source assigned to it. Indicates whether the container grid operates in a manual load on demand mode. To enter this mode the container grid instance needs to be explicitly created with a default parameterless constructor and added to the row island collection of a row. Name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set defining the themed appearance for this control.

The name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) style set which has been designed to give this control a consistent appearance with other controls in your application.

This property may return the empty string ("") to imply that the default style set (named "Default") should be used.

Web sites can configure a single, consistent, application-wide style set through the styleSetName attribute in their "web.config" file. Alternately, they can define the style set to apply Application Styling to all controls on a Page by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetName property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the style set applied to a single instance of a control.

Normally, graphics designers will furnish you with a style set containing one or more style sheet files (one for each type of control) and image files. The name of the style set (with the exception of the "Default" style set) must appear in each Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class name defined by this control's style sheet file. For example, two WebTree controls that each use a different style set, "Aqua" and "Onyx", would expect their CSS class names for the ASF Node role to be "igdt_AquaNode" and "igdt_OnyxNode", respectively. This allows the uniqueness of CSS class names necessary to distinguish multiple style sets for the same type of control, without there being any naming collisions.

 Path containing the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set files for this type of control.

Web sites can configure the directory path containing their style set files application-wide by using the styleSetPath attribute of their "web.config" file. It is also possible to configure the style set path applicable to all controls on a Page that are subject to Application Styling by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetPath property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the location of the style set being applied to a single instance of a control.

Be aware that customizing the style set path at the control level will not allow you to copy a style set's files to this new location, changing a few style property values in them, and then use it successfully with separate instances of the control referencing the original style set of the same name. This is because there would be naming collisions in the Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class names, which will produce an undefined appearance. You must ensure the CSS class names defined by style sheets in the new style set path are unique from those CSS class names being used by other style sheets that may continue to be referenced. The recommended guidance in this scenario is to create a new style set having a new style set name, that contains your modifications.

 The collections client state will be stored in the view state and the client collections will not be sent from the client on postback. This will increase page size in terms of view state, but will decrease the postback time numerously, because the collections state will not be uploaded from the client. The band that the grid was generated from. Determines whether to skip initialization of a row. Collection of rows for the grid. Indicates whether the GroupedRows collection was instantiated. Indicates if EnableDataViewState is enabled. Gets a string value that identifies a particular data member of the DataSource property that was used to enumerate the data during a DataBind operation. Determines if the current RowIsland is part of a self reference relationship. Contains definition of the row islands columns. CSS class name that should be used for alternative (the ones with even index) rows. CSS class name that should be used for the footers. CSS class name that should be used for the headers. CSS class name that should be used for the cells. Gets or Sets the height of the row island Gets or Sets the width of the row island The default column width that will be applied to all columns, for whom the width has not been set. The name of the css class that will be used to style the column in which the Expand/Collapse buttons appear. If this property is not set, it will be resolved from the band hierarchy. The name of the css class that will be used to style the TD in which the row islands appear. If this property is not set, it will be resolved from the band hierarchy. Determines number of pixels between the cells of the row island. If this property is not set it will be resolved from the band hierarchy. Determines if the column footers will be visible in the row island. If this property is not set it will be resolved from the band hierarchy. Determines if the column headers will be visible on the row island. If this property is not set it will be resolved from the band hierarchy. A collection of child Bands of this band. Indicates whether the Bands property was instantiated. The Key of the Band Returns the AutoPostBackFlags object which will be applied to this band's grids The button object that will be displayed when a grid's row is collapsed and the row has child row islands. It can be clicked to expand the row to show the child row islands. This property is not set it will be resolved from the band hierarchy. The button object that will be displayed when a grid's row is expanded and can be clicked to collapse the row. This property is not set it will be resolved from the band hierarchy. Returns true is the band has one or more behaviors. Otherwise false. Contains settings for column grouping. Hides WebDataGrid 's EnableEmbeddedJavaScript property getter, instead returns the value of WebHierarchicalDataGrid's EnableEmbeddedJavaScript. Hides WebDataGrid 's EnableViewState property getter, instead returns the value of WebHierarchicalDataGrid's EnableViewState. Hides WebDataGrid'sEnableAjax property getter, instead returns the value of WebHierarchicalDataGrid's EnableAjax property. Hides WebDataGrid's Enabled property getter, instead returns the value of WebHierarchicalDataGrid's Enabled property. Hides WebDataGrid'sEnableDataViewState property getter, instead returns the value of WebHierarchicalDataGrid's EnableDataViewState property. This property is always true in manual loadOnDemand mode. Hides WebDataGrid'sEnableRelativeLayout property getter, instead returns the value of WebHierarchicalDataGrid's EnableRelativeLayout property. Not used by this control. Initializes behaviors, copies behaviors from the band and/or parent band(s) into the behaviors collection. Returns whether the container grid's parent row (if any) is in its grid Rows collection Indicates if we are try to populate the parent grid through manual load on demand at this time Returns true if the EditorProviders should be treated as if the control is currently processing a callback. Gets reference to the HierarchicalClientEvents. Contains definition of all client event handlers that are available on the level of the control. Extending the WebHierarchicalDataGrid class so Activation events handlers can be attached to it Server editing events for WebHierarchicalDataGrid Extending the WebHierarchicalDataGrid class so Selection events handlers can be attached to it Extending the WebHierarchicalDataGrid class so Sorting events handlers can be attached to it AJAX enabled Hierarchical Grid Control which is capable of displaying hierarchical data. This class serves to abstract databinding functionality for datasources that are arranged in a data hierarchy. The base class of HerarchicalDataBoundControl is defined by the ASP.NET base framework and provides designtime and runtime support for binding to hierarchcal, (XML) data sources. Since HierarchicalDataBoundControlMain is an abstract class, derived classes must override this method to create ItemsCollections of the type appropriate to the Control All HierarchicalObjectCollections for the HierarchicalDataBoundControlMain are created using this virtual method. This allows derived classes to modify and enhance the NavItem class without disturbing the base classes and framework. The parent Item which will own the collection created. If this parameter is null, the Control itself should be the owner of the collection. Returns a collection object derived from HierarchicalObjectCollections. Since HierarchicalDataBoundControlMain is an abstract class, derived classes must override this method to create HierarchicalUIObject of the type appropriate to the Control. All HierarchicalUIObjects for the HierarchicalDataBoundControlMain are created using this virtual method. This allows derived classes to modify and enhance the HierarchicalUIObject class without disturbing the base classes and framework. Returns an object derived from HierarchicalUIObject. This method is used mainly by control developers. This method uses the OnInit override to carry out initialization logic for AppStyling as well as Templating and runtime checks. EventArgs reference containing additional information. This method is implemented to override base HierarchicalDataBound control functionality which does not permit non-hierarchical datasource IDs. Binds a data source to the invoked server control and all its child controls. Control which exposes ClientEvents that must override that method and return an instance of a ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase. Control which exposes ClientEvents that should return that method within its ClientEvents property with a proper typecast. Check if ClientEvents has data. Clears the ClientEvents. Sets or Gets a rendering object derived from RendererBase that serves to emit html markup that is appropriate to the control. This property can be set by an application to a Renderer other than the one normally provided by the Control. The Custom Renderer can override any of the virtual methods exposed or can implement an entirely new set of rendering logic if desired. A virtual method called by the framework base when a renderer is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide specific rendering markup. Many of the rendering methods within the Renderer class may also be overridable in order to customize specific aspects of the rendering. Override the WebControl RenderContents method to redirect rendering to the appropriate renderer. The HtmlTextWriter where the rendered markup will be written. Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. If any properties, objects, or collections were modified on the client, their transacation lists are loaded here. Also, if this is a Callback, it is where CallbackCreated is called from. The key identifier for the control. The collection of all incoming name values. true if the server control's state changes as a result of the postback; otherwise false. Used to notify the ASP.Net application that the state of the control has changed. Called during LoadPostData during a Callback. This method should be used to perform any operations neccessary for the callback. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Called during the Page's Render during a Callback. This method should be used to render any html or objects that need to be sent down in the Callback's response. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Called by DataBinding Fx to tell a control to clear its data items in preparation for databinding. Derived controls override the ClearDataItems virtual method to carry out the clearing of their items according to its needs. Called by DataBinding Fx to tell a control to clear its data items in preparation for databinding. Derived controls override the ClearDataItems virtual method to carry out the clearing of their items according to its needs. Gets a reference to the DataBindingManager for this control. The Control will normally instantiate a derived DataBindingManager class from within the CreateDataBindingManager virtual override which is called by this Property the first time the DataBindingManaber is referenced. The collection of DataBinding objects that control how each type of xml node is mapped to an item in the control. Each DataBinding object in the DataBindings collection controls one type of xml node based on the DataMember property. The DataMember property identifies the Tag name within the xml datasource to which the DataBinding is applied. Sets or gets the name of the root data member. The root item for the toplevel collection of items in a tree oriented item structure. From a data structural point of view, trees should always be single rooted, even though trees in a UI often appear to be multi-rooted. Therefore, the RootItem of the NavControl is hidden from the user and API, but can be utilized when the tree needs to be treated as a single rooted tree. Sets or gets the ID of the DataSource control to which this control is connected. If this property is set to null, then the DataSource property will be checked during DataBind. If the DataSource property is set, that object will be used to enumerate data for populating the control. Sets or gets an object reference that can be used to enumerate data and populate the control. This property is checked during a DataBind operation only if the DataSourceID property is null or empty. Gets or sets a string value that identifies a particular data member of the DataSource property that is to be used to enumerate the data during a DataBind operation. Container for values passed to client within AJAX response. Provides the Control with access to runtime support services provided by the RunBot class. By separating these services from the control itself, there is no requirement that a particular control must inherit from a specific base class in order to benefit from the services provided. Provides the Control with access to style support services provided by the StyleBot class. By separating these services from the control itself, there is no requirement that a particular control must inherit from a specific base class in order to benefit from the services provided. Name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set defining the themed appearance for this control.

The name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) (ASF) style set which has been designed to give this control a consistent appearance with other controls in your application.

This property may return the empty string ("") to imply that the default style set (named "Default") should be used.

Web sites can configure a single, consistent, application-wide style set through the styleSetName attribute in their "web.config" file. Alternately, they can define the style set to apply Application Styling to all controls on a Page by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetName property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the style set applied to a single instance of a control.

Normally, graphics designers will furnish you with a style set containing one or more style sheet files (one for each type of control) and image files. The name of the style set (with the exception of the "Default" style set) must appear in each Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class name defined by this control's style sheet file. For example, two WebTree controls that each use a different style set, "Aqua" and "Onyx", would expect their CSS class names for the ASF Node role to be "igdt_AquaNode" and "igdt_OnyxNode", respectively. This allows the uniqueness of CSS class names necessary to distinguish multiple style sets for the same type of control, without there being any naming collisions.

 Path containing the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set files for this type of control.

Web sites can configure the directory path containing their style set files application-wide by using the styleSetPath attribute of their "web.config" file. It is also possible to configure the style set path applicable to all controls on a Page that are subject to Application Styling by placing a WebPage control on that Page and setting it's StyleSetPath property.

At the control level this property allows an application developer to customize the location of the style set being applied to a single instance of a control.

Be aware that customizing the style set path at the control level will not allow you to copy a style set's files to this new location, changing a few style property values in them, and then use it successfully with separate instances of the control referencing the original style set of the same name. This is because there would be naming collisions in the Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class names, which will produce an undefined appearance. You must ensure the CSS class names defined by style sheets in the new style set path are unique from those CSS class names being used by other style sheets that may continue to be referenced. The recommended guidance in this scenario is to create a new style set having a new style set name, that contains your modifications.

 Gets sets ability to maintain view state of controls on page if their properties were modified while asynchronous postback of this control.

That property has effect only when asynchronous postback is triggered by this control. Those can be postbacks triggered by AutoPostBackFlags with value "Async", or internal postbacks such as sorting of grid.

If that property is disabled, then properties of any control on page modified while that async postback will be lost after a full postback. Value false will also reduce size of response stream. If that property is enabled, then in some applications the server exception related to EventValidation is possible. If it happens, then application should disable that property or set EnableEventValidation attribute of page to false.

Width of control which includes Width and Attributes.CssStyle["width"] Height of control which includes Height and Attributes.CssStyle["height"] A.T. we need this property because in WebControl it is protected, so we cannot check the "real" design mode. HttpContext is not good, because in the Unit test context it still returns true, which is incorrect. The collections client state will be stored in the view state and the client collections will not be sent from the client on postback. This will increase page size in terms of view state, but will decrease the postback time numerously, because the collections state will not be uploaded from the client. Not all of the existing controls follow the design principles of Aikido and OptimizeCollectionsState can break some of their functionality. So this property will be overriden from the controls that support this feature and return true. Instructs the control to load its embedded Java Script. When the controls Java Script is explicitly disabled, it must be loaded via the ScriptManager instance on the page. Gets or sets a value whether the Aikido control is enabled. Gets sets list of insecure strings separated by the "|" character.

That property is designed to protect application from scripting vulnerability. When request comes from client and the value of the hidden field contains insecure tokens, then all changes on client are discarded.

Note: In order to set the "|" character in token, the flag "&pipe;" should be used.

 Gets sets list of insecure strings as array.

That property is designed to protect application from scripting vulnerability. When request comes from client and the value of the hidden field contains insecure tokens, then all changes on client are discarded.

Note: In order to set the "|" character in token, the flag "&pipe;" should be used.

 Expand button image URL Expand button hover image URL Expand button press image URL Collapse button image URL Collapse button hover image URL Collapse button press image URL Determines if the Bands should be persisted. Determines wheather to serialize GridView. Ensure shared editor providers. Initialize control. Unloads grid's behaviors and disconnects editor providers. An System.EventArgs object that contains event data. Invoked during prerender phase. Event arguments Recreated the GridView and re-databinds WebHierarchicalDataGrid so the behaviors of the ContainerGrids and the GridView will be refreshed to reflect changes made to the Bands behaviors. Data binds the grid to currently assigned data source. If is set to True all of the columns available off the data source will be added to the columns set up in the collection. Creates a datasource object for the control based on the DataMember DataMemember of the band DataSourceObject DataBinds the control if needed and calls RunBot's HandleRaisePostDataChangedEvent Depending on the property setting adds automatically generated bands. Depending on the property setting adds automatically generated bands. Band for which to create child bands Datasource schema from which to extract bands Creates a IHierarchicalSchemaProvider for the given datasouce The datasource for which to create the IHierarchicalSchemaProvider IHierarchicalSchemaProvider for the datasource Clears the grid's columns, column settings and the bands collections. Instantiates a databiding manager for the given control. For which to create a databiding manager Databiding manager for the given control Creates an instance of the object Creates an instance of the object Determines if ClientEvents should be persisted Enables persistence for AutoPostBackFlags. Check if ExpandCollapseAnimation has data. Clears the ExpandCollapseAnimation Allows the Columns to be persisted. Check if AjaxIndicator has data. Clears the AjaxIndicator Determines whether the server control contains child controls. If it does not, it creates child controls. Raises the GroupedColumnsChanging event. The band whose GroupedColumns collection will be changing. The type of change that will occur. The grouped columns that will participate in the change. True is the event was canceled otherwise false. Raises the GroupedColumnsChanging event. The band whose GroupedColumns collection will be changing. The type of change that will occur. The grouped columns that will participate in the change. The new index that the column is moving to. True is the event was canceled otherwise false. Raises the GroupedColumnsChanged event. The band whose GroupedColumns collection has changed. The type of change that has occured. The OnRowIslandCreated method calls the delegate for the RowIslandCreated event. The RowIslandEventArgs for the event. The OnRowIslandDataBinding method calls the delegate for the RowIslandDataBinding event. The RowIslandEventArgs for the event. The OnRowIslandDataBound method calls the delegate for the RowIslandDataBound event. The RowIslandEventArgs for the event. The OnRowIslandsPopulating method calls the delegate for the RowIslandsPopulating event. The ContainerRowCancelEventArgs for the event. The OnRowIslandsPopulated method calls the delegate for the RowIslandsPopulated event. The ContainerRowEventArgs for the event. The OnInitializeBand method calls the delegate for the InitializeBand event. The BandEventArgs for the event. The OnInitializeRow method calls the delegate for the InitializeRow event The RowEventArgs for the event. The OnItemCommand method calls the delegate for the ItemCommand event The EventArgs which contains the original event args. A boolean value indicating whether the item command was handled. The OnInitializeRow method calls the delegate for the InitializeRow event The EventArgs which contains the original event args. The OnRecreateBandTemplates method calls the delegate for the RecreateBandTemplates event The band for which templates can be supplied. The OnInitializeRow method calls the delegate for the InitializeRow event The DataBindingEventArgs for the event. The OnEventRowExpanded method calls the delegate for the RowExpanded event. The row for which to raise the event. The OnEventRowCollapsed method calls the delegate for the RowCollapsed event. The row for which to raise the event. The OnEventGroupedRowInitialized method calls the delegate for the GroupedRowInitialized event. The grid for which to raise the event. The row for which to raise the event. Fires column moved event if the move was affecting an entire band The band for which to raise the event. The event args for the event Fires column resized event if the resize was affecting an entire band The band for which to raise the event. The event args for the event If any properties, objects, or collections were modified on the client, their transacation lists are loaded here. Also, if this is a Callback, it is where CallbackCreated is called from. The key identifier for the control. The collection of all incoming name values. true if the server control's state changes as a result of the postback; otherwise false. Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Load data modified at run time. Modified data Save data modified at run time. Modified data Called during the Page's Render during a Callback. This method should be used to render any html or objects that need to be sent down in the Callback's response. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Process the callback information for the WebHierarchicalDataGrid that has to do with grouping The name of the action to process Parameters for the action Information on whether the callback was processed, if it wasn't null is returned. This info is needed for WebHierarchicalDataGrid to render on callback. Expands all rows out to what the grid is currently bound to. Collapses all rows out to what the grid is currently bound to. Occurs when the ActiveCell changes between posts to the server. Occurs when the ActiveGroupedRow changes between posts to the server. Occurs when a column is moved by a user. Occurs when a column is resized by a user. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be updated in the database. Event that is fired every time a row has been updated. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be deleted. Event that is fired every time a row is deleted. Event that is fired every time a row about to be added. Event that is fired every time a row has been added. Event that is fired whenever each custom summary needs to be calculated Event that is fired whenever each normal summary type needs to be calculated because the grid is doing custom binding Event that is fired whenever a standard summary is calculated (any summary which is not a custom summary). Occurs when a filters are about to be applied to the grid's data. Occurs when a filters have be applied to the grid's data. Occurs when a filters have be applied to the grid's data. Occurs when a page has changed by a user. Occurs when the SelectedCells collection changes between posts to the server. Occurs when the SelectedRows collection changes between posts to the server. Occurs when the SelectedColumns collection changes between posts to the server. Occurs when a column is sorted by a user. Gets a value indicating whether WebHierarchicalDataGrid is being used on a design surface. A collection of child Bands of this band. Indicates whether the Bands property was instantiated. Gets reference to container grid. Sets or gets the name of the root data member. Gets a reference to the DataBindingManager for this control. The Control will normally instantiate a derived DataBindingManager class from within the CreateDataBindingManager virtual override which is called by this Property the first time the DataBindingManaber is referenced. Sets or Gets a rendering object derived from RendererBase that serves to emit html markup that is appropriate to the control. This property can be set by an application to a Renderer other than the one normally provided by the Control. The Custom Renderer can override any of the virtual methods exposed or can implement an entirely new set of rendering logic if desired. Determines whether the grid should do Ajax posts when a server side operation is required. Defines whether the grid generates columns automatically during the data binding process. The grid can automatically generate a column for every field in the data source. If the property is set to True the automatically created columns will be added to the ones set up in the aspx file. If the property is set to False the grid will use only the columns that set up in the aspx file. Defines whether the grid generates Bands automatically before the data binding process. The grid can automatically generate a Band for every data member in the data source. If the property is set to True the automatically created bands will be added to the ones set up in the aspx file. If the property is set to False the grid will use only the bands that set up in the aspx file. Sets or gets an integer value which determines how deep into the DataSource hierarchy DataBinding will proceed. The default value is -1 which signifies that databinding will proceed as deep as the datasource hierarchy. A value of 2 specifies that databinding should proceed two levels below the root level. Sets or gets an integer value which determines how deep into the DataSource hierarchy DataBinding will proceed when the grid is first displayed. The rest of the hierarchy is loaded on demand. -1 directs the grid to be fully bound. The default value is 0 which signifies that the grid is set up for load on demand from the top level. Sets or gets an integer value that determines how many levels of rows will be expanded when the grid is first displayed. The default value is 0 which signifies that no rows will be expanded. This value of this property has to be less than or equal to the value of InitialDataBindDepth A value or -1 means that all levels will be expanded, InitialExpandDepth should be set to -1 only when InitialDataBindDepth will also be set to -1. Gets reference to the HierarchicalClientEvents. Contains definition of all client event handlers that are available on the level of the control. Returns the AutoPostBackFlags object which will be applied to this band's grids The button object that will be displayed when a grid's row is collapsed and the row has child row islands. It can be clicked to expand the row to show the child row islands. The button object that will be displayed when a grid's row is expanded and can be clicked to collapse the row. Contains settings for column grouping. Set of events that fired for the behaviors consumption. Gets editor providers collection. Indicates whether the behavior has any aditor providers. Gets reference to container of properties related to animation used for expanding or collapsing a row. CSS class name that should be used for alternative (the ones with even index) rows. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. The CSS class name is rendered on the TR element of the alternate rows and therefore any custom CSS class must have a selector as following: TBODY > TR.[ClassName] > TD CSS class name that should be used for the footers. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. CSS class name that should be used for the headers. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. CSS class name that should be used for the cells. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. The CSS class name is rendered on the TBODY element and therefore any custom CSS class must have a selector as following: TBODY.[ClassName] > TR > TD The name of the css class that will be used to style the TD in which the row islands appear. The name of the css class that will be used to style the column in which the Expand/Collapse buttons appear. The default column width that will be applied to all columns, for whom the width has not been set. Determines number of pixels between the cells of the grid. Determines if the column footers will be visible in the Grid. Determines if the column headers will be visible on the Grid. Turns on separation of data and view of the grid. If the property is False the grid is requesting data from its data source on every post back. That applies to the paged grid as well, so if a page is switched the grid will query the data source twice: once for the current page and once for the new page. If the property is True the data is requested once on initial load. Only current page is placed in the view state if paging is enabled, meaning the grid will be requesting new page anyway of data if the page is switched. Adds position:relative to the style of the grid's scrollable element. This setting enables the grid's templates to host controls that use position:relative in their HTML elements. Width of WebHierarchicalDataGrid Height of WebHierarchicalDataGrid Gets or sets the access key that allows you to quickly navigate to the Web server control. Gets or sets the background color of the control. Gets or sets the border color of the Web control. Gets or sets the border style of the Web server control. Gets or sets the border width of the Web server control. Gets or sets the Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) class rendered by the Web server control on the client. Gets the font properties associated with the Web server control. Gets or sets the foreground color (typically the color of the text) of the Web server control. Gets or sets the skin to apply to the control. Gets or sets the tab index of the Web server control. The property is not supported by the grid. Contains datakeys of the shown data. In case of a compound data key the field keys must be separated by a comma. Indicates if the current Band is representing a self reference relationship. Indicates whether the Columns property was instantiated. Contains definition of the band's columns. The property is available to be used publicly and is serialized into the aspx file. When the property is set to False all of the columns in the grid are taken from this collection, there is no additionally generated columns in this case. Collection of rows for the grid. Contains all of the behaviors of the grid. Returns true is the grid has one or more behaviors. Otherwise false. Indicates whether the grid has a data source assigned to it. The Key of the Band Gets reference to container of properties related to ajax indicator.

If value of a sub-property is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. Shared indicator can be accessed on server using Infragistics.Web.UI.Framework.AppSettings.SharedAjaxIndicator and on client: $util.get_ajaxIndicator().

The collection of DataBinding objects that control how each type of xml node is mapped to an item in the control. Each DataBinding object in the DataBindings collection controls one type of xml node based on the DataMember property. The DataMember property identifies the Tag name within the xml datasource to which the DataBinding is applied. The GroupedColumnsChanging event is raised before a change to the GroupedColumns collection occurs for the band. The GroupedColumnsChanged event is raised after a change to the GroupedColumns collection occurs for the band. The RowIslandCreated event is raised after a row island is created. The RowIslandDataBinding event is raised before a row island is data bound. The RowIslandDataBound event is raised after a row island is data bound. The RowIslandsPopulating event is raised before a row's child grids are populated in the load on demand mode. The RowIslandsPopulated event is raised after a row's child grids are populated in the load on demand mode. The InitializeBand event is raised for every Band in the hierarchical grid. The InitializeRow event is raised when the grid binds to the records in the data source. The ItemCommand event is raised when a WebControl inside of the grid emits an event which would cause a postback. The HeaderCheckBoxClicked event is raised when the header checkbox in an UnboundCheckBoxField has been clicked. The event that fires as WebHeirarchicalDataGrid processes the Load Event. This event is meant to be used to repopulate templates that are defined on the band or a band column in code behind, since templates cannot be stored in viewstate The event that fires right before the ContainerGrid is data bound. If this is cancelled, then the ContainerGrid will perform binding directly to the DataSource supplied to the event args. This is to accomplish custom sorting or filtering. This will fire when the ContainerGrid's DataBinding event does, not before as RowIslandDataBinding does. The RowExpanded event is raised after a row is expanded on the client. The RowCollapsed event is raised after a row is collapsed on the client. The GroupedRowInitialized event is raised after a GroupedRecord is created. Gets a ControlCollection that contains instances of ItemTemplate objects which can be shared among items within the derived Control by seting the Item.TemplateId property to the Id of an ItemTemplate. Reference to the empty grid template. Reference to the ErrorTemplate. The ErrorTemplate allows for a customizable visual if an unhandled error is detected on the server. The WebDataGrid will show the template if the error occurs during initial rendering or if it happens via a full postback. Enables optimization for collections client state during postback Provides data for the event of a control. Initializes a new instance of the ActiveCellEventArgs. The cell that was previously active The new active cell. The cell that was active prior to the last post to the server. The cell that was active on the client after the last post. Provides data for the event of a control. Initializes a new instance of the ActiveGroupedRowEventArgs. The groupedRow that was previously active The new active groupedRow. The groupedRow that was active prior to the last post to the server. The groupedRow that was active on the client after the last post. Marks the activation behavior of the grid. The interface can be used to get a hold of the activation behavior in the behavior collection using GridBehaviorCollection.GetBehaviorInterface. Parent interface of all public behavior interfaces. A public interface can be used to retrieve and use certain known behaviors from the behavior collection using GridBehaviorCollection.GetBehaviorInterface<TInterface>. Currently active cell in the grid. A behavior that allows the WebDataGrid to have an Active Cell. Abstract class that defines a skeleton of the grid behavior. Every behavior of the grid must be inheriting the class. Interface marks a behavior of the grid. External object can communicate with the behaviors via properties and methods of the interface. Called when a behavior is being loaded. This is usually a good place to wire behavior events. Called when a behavior is being unloaded. This is usually a good place to disconnect behavior events. Called when a client side action is being passed unto the grid. Type of the action occurred on the lient. Id of an object associated with the action. A value associated with the action. A tag associated with the action. Any additional info about the action can be provided here. Called when a command event is being bubbled. Gives a behavior opportunity to handle the command. Object-source of the command event. Arguments associated with the command event. true if the event is handled by the behavior. false otherwise. Invoked to allow a behavior to register its JavaScript references. List of reference to append the behavior script references to. The method indicates if multiple instances of the behavior are allowed by its parent. true if multiple instances are allowed. The methtod indicates how many application style roles a behavior supports. Number of roles supported by the behavior. Gets an application styling role info by its index. Index of the role info to return. Role info corresponding to the index provided. Called when a partial callback is being initialized. Callback object for the reference. Called during rendering of the callback object. Callback object to reference and make changes during rendering. JSON string that can be used by the behavior to pass extra information to the client. Called when a collection is being partially cleared. Indicates if the behavior requires data binding when added or removed from grid's behavior collection. true if data binding is required. Default constructor. Called whenever the behavior is being loaded. This is usually a good place to hook up to all of the internal events. Called when the behavior is being unloaded. This is usually a good place to unhook all of the internal event handlers. Called when the behaviors collection is being partially cleared. This is where the behavior will have to remove any controls it added to the grid's controls collection. Called in a response to an action that happened on the client. Type of the action. Identification of the object the action is happened to. A value assotiated with the action. A tag associated with the action. Called for every behavior to give it a chance to handle the command bubbled from inside of the child controls collection of the grid. Reference to the object that initiated the command event. Event arguments. True if the command was handled Called by the framework for the behavior to provide its script references if it has any. The script reference collection to add the behavior's script references to. Called when an asynchrohous request is initiated by the behavior. that contains information related to the asynchronous request. Called when the behavior needs to returns its response to an asynchrohous request. that contains information related to the asynchronous request. JSON string that can be used by the behavior to pass extra information to the client. Indicates whether functionality can be added into the functionality collection multiple times. Returns string representation of the object. String representation of the object. Resolves the CssClass that should be rendered. The property value of the CssClass The actual role index. A CssClass that should be rendered. Indicates how many app styling roles the functionality supports. Gets reference to a role info by its index. Index of the role to provide. Reference to a role info corresponding to the index. If the functionality supports app styling this method would return all objects via their inices. The method provides information about number of roles supported by the functionality. Called whenever the behavior is removed from its owner collection. The behavior collection of type . Called whenever the behavior is added to its owner collection. The behavior collection of type . The method is called by the framework whenever it's time to raise server events - after loading of the controls in the page life cycle. Creates client events object. The method must be implemented by the derived behavior if it has client side events and return an instance of a client side events object derived from . A new instance of the behavior's client side events object derived from . Called by the framework for the behavior to add its additional client roperties. The properties must be appended to the StringBuilder parameter following the JSON string format. The string builder to add extra properties to. Overrides base class' method. Loads the view state of the behavior. Previously saved view state object. Overrides base class' method. Saves the view state of the behavior. Saved view state object. Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. Gets the Type of the parent object Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties This parameter is used by WebHierarchicalDataGrid to copy behavior properties. If deep is set to true then the behavior properties are copied as if it was defined on the grid's band. If deep is set to false then the behavior's properties are copied as if it was defined on a parent grid or parent band. A reference to the grid behavior collection. A reference to the grid the behavior belongs to. Returns number of properties for the client state supported by the behavior. Name of the behavior. Displayed at the design time in the expandable collection. Determines if the behavior is enabled. If the behavior is present in the behaviors collection but the property is set to False the behavior is being ignored by the framework. Indicates if the behavior requires data binding when added or removed from grid's behavior collection. true if data binding is required. false by default. Index of the behavior inside of the behavior collection. The EventList manages the list of events that need to be fired to the application during the RaisePostDataChangedEvent processing. The list is created during the LoadPostData processing phase. Derived behaviors iterate the list in the RaiseServerEvents virtual override to fire the actual events. The clientside events holder object. Usually a particular behavior will have a similar property of its own and this property is used by the framework to get access to the client events using a common mechanism. Returns reference to the Grid's runbot All behaviors that can be inherited by WebHierarchicalDataGrid grids should implement this interface Called when the Activation behavior is enabled. Called when the Activation behavior is disabled. The amount of Stylable roles on the behavior. Gets the RoleInfo object at the specified index. The index of the role. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. The Activation behavior, overrides this method to update the ActiveCell to the state it was in on the clientside. This is also where it builds it's EventList so that it knows which server events need to fire. The Activation behavior, overrides this method to load the cell that was active prior to the last postback. The method is called by the framework to register any script references. List of script references to add the behavior script references to. Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the ActivationClientEvents. object. Raises the ActiveCellChanged Event. An instance of the ActiveCellEventArgs Raises the ActiveGroupedRowChanged Event. An instance of the ActiveCellEventArgs Called by GridBot during RaisePostDataChangedEvent. This is where the Selection behavior raises it's server events. Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties Returns true is the cell is hidden due to a collapsed data row or grouped row. The cell whose visibility to check for. Returns true is the cell is hidden. Returns true is a row is not visible because a parent data row is collapsed or a grouped row is collapsed. Otherwise false. The grid to which the row belongs to The data row for which to check the visibility True is the row is not visible otherwise false Returns true is the given data row is hidden because the given grouped row is collapese or one of the child grouped rows is collapsed and is hiding the data row. The grouped row to which the data row belongs to The data row for which to check the visibility True is the row is not visible otherwise false Custom persistence logic for saving activation settings Custom persistence logic for loading activation settings Returns the name of the object. This name is used on client to create the object. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Get/Sets the Cell that is currently active. If set to null, no cell will be active. Get/Sets the Grouped Row that is currently active. If set to null, no Grouped Row will be active. This property is only relavent to the WebHierarchicalDataGrid when data is grouped by a column. The CSS Class that will be applied to a cell when it becomes Active. The CSS Class that will be applied to the Row of the ActiveCell. The CSS Class taht will be applied to the Column Header of the ActiveCell. The CSS Class that will be applied to the ImageArea of the RowSelector of the ActiveCell. This class is available for setting the BackgroundImage of the RowSelector. The CSS Class that will be applied to the RowSelector. List of events which are fired on client side. Returns the ActivationAutoPostBackFlags for the Activation behavior Occurs when the ActiveCell changes between posts to the server. Occurs when the ActiveGroupedRow changes between posts to the server. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The CSS class that will be applied to the Active cell. The CSS class that will be applied to the Active row. The CSS class that will be applied to the column with the Active Cell. The CSS class that will be applied to the row selector image of the row with the Active cell. The CSS class that will be applied to the row selector of the row with the Active cell. The amount of roles defined on the object. An enumeration of all the properties that the Activation behavior will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the Activation and needs to send down additional properties. Active cell property index. Active grouped row indecies. Number of properties in the behavior. Should be implemented by every behavior that supports templating. Array of template names of the behavior. The array must have even number of members. Every odd member is the property name, every even member is the template display name. Array of template names of the behavior. Called into the behavior to instantiate templates. Should be implemented by behaviors that have a collection of settings per column Returns a collection of column settings Returns the name of the items in the column setting collection Interface defined to allow behaviors to clear settings that might be column specific but that do not have column settings. Clears collection that are column specific Should be implemented by the behaviors that add extra styling points to the intersection of the vertical scrollbar and header and/or footer. Indicates whether the behavior has intersection with vertical scrollbar on the top. Contains css class name for the top scrollbar intersection. Indicates whether the behavior has intersection with vertical scrollbar on the bottom. Contains css class name for the bottom scrollbar intersection. The HTML that needs to be displayed for the intersection with vertical scrollbar on the bottom. The HTML that needs to be displayed for the intersection with vertical scrollbar on the top. Implemented by behaviors that alternate top offset index of the records. New top offset record. A behavior must implement the interface when it influences creation of empty row islands in a WebHierarchicalDataGrid. Indicates whether empty row islands must be created when the behavior is added. Behaviors collection of the Base class for the grid's behaviors. Default contructor of the collection. Throws a NullReferenceException with a custom message about the behavior not being added. Behavior name to report that it does not exist yet. Calls the OnLoad function of all enabled behaviors. Called when the behavior collection is being unloaded Called when the behavior collection is being partially cleared Adds a new behavior to the collection. Behavior to add. Index inside of the collection. -1 in case of an error. The item whose owner to validate Removes a behavior from the collection The behavior to remove. Gets a behavior by its name. Name of the behavior. Casing is ignored. The behavior with the name provided. Null if no such behavior in the collection. Gets a behavior by its interface. Interface that the requested behavior supports. Must be inherited from . First match of the behavior with the interface in the collection. The method can be used to retrieve a behavior that implements a certain interface. Default behaviors in the grid assembly implement their corresponding interfaces. It is possible to create a substitute behavior that implements an interface that the default behavior use. That way the grid's behaviors can be extended without impacting the core logic of the control. Gets a behavior by its type. Type of behavior to retrieve. Reference to the behavior if found. Null otherwise. Implements overriden method to return an instance of the collection. Type of the collection member to create. An instance of the collection member requested. Gets total number of the application styling roles implemented by the behaviors in the collection. Total number of the roles. Unloads the behaviors without calling Clear on the collection Clears the Behaviors collection Looks for the behavior of provided type in the collection. If found a reference to the behavior is returned, otherwise the behavior is created and added to the collection. Type of the behavior to create. Reference to an instance of requested behavior. Looks for the behavior of provided type in the collection. If found a reference to the behavior is returned, otherwise null is returned. Type of the behavior to seek. Reference to an instance of requested behavior or null if the behavior is not present in the collection. Override. String representstion of the object. String representstion of the object. Returns the record offset induced by the behaviors in the collection Implements SaveSettings of ISupportPersistence. SkipEmptyChild should be set to false in order to persist a behavior even if the behavior has nothing to persist except itself. Nothing to persist means that all of its props are having their defalts. Implements LoadSettings of ISupportPersistence. Behaviors are theated as a complex object, not as collection. The WebDataGrid that these behaviors belong to. Indexer of the collection. Index of the behavior to return. A behavior with the index provided. Null if the index is out of bounds. Defualt constructor. Initializes the collection with the reference of the grid the collection belongs to. Reference to the grid the collection belongs to. Allows the Paging behavior to be persisted. Allows the Selection behavior to be persisted. Allows the Activation behavior to be persisted. Allows the RowSelectors behavior to be persisted. Allows the ColumnMoving behavior to be persisted. Allows the ColumnResizing behavior to be persisted. Allows the EditingCore behavior to be persisted. Allows the Sorting behavior to be persisted. Allows the Filtering behavior to be persisted. Allows the ColumnFixing behavior to be persisted. Allows the VirtualScrolling behavior to be persisted. Allows the SummaryRow behavior to be persisted. Allows the Clipboard behavior to be persisted. Initalizes the collection. Handles the event. Registers base java script files to support the collection on the client. Reference to the object that fires the event. Event arguments. Inserts the given object at the given index. Inits this if the count is 0 to start. The index to insert at The object to insert The index it was inserted at Called when the behaviors are being unloaded from the grid. Reference to the grid the collection belongs to. Top offset record of the record collection. Reference to the paging behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the selection behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the activation behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the row selectors behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the columnMoving behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the columnResizing behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the updating behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the sorting behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the filtering behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the column fixing behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the virtual scrolling behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the summary row behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the clipboard behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . A behavior that allows data from the WebDataGrid to interact with clipboard. The format in which data is placed into the cliboard is similar to the Microsoft Excel one, so that cell values can be easily copied between WebDataGrid and Excel. Called when the Clipboard behavior is enabled. Called when the Clipboard behavior is disabled. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. The method is called by the framework to register any script references. List of script references to add the behavior script references to. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the ClipboardClientEvents. object. Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties Returns the name of the object. This name is used on client to create the object. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Controls whether copying is allowed on the client. Controls whether cutting is allowed on the client. Controls whether pasting is allowed. Pasting may be allowed on the client or server. Controls whether formatted or raw cell values should be placed into the clipboard. Controls whether hidden columns are ignored during copy/paste operations. Controls whether selected columns' header text is also copied into clipboard. List of events which are fired on client side. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The amount of roles defined on the object. An enumeration of all the properties that the Clipboard behavior will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the Clipboard and needs to send down additional properties. Number of properties in the behavior. Clientside events that the Clipboard behavior will fire in the browser. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of ClipboardClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Event fired before data is copied from clipboard into the grid. This event is cancelable. Event fired after data is copied from clipboard into the grid. Event fired before data is being cut from the grid into clipboard. This event is cancelable. Event fired after data is cut from the grid into clipboard. Event fired before data is being pasted into the grid from clipboard. This event is cancelable. Event fired after data is pasted into the grid from clipboard. Interface which every Column Fixing behavior of WebDataGrid should implement. Returns a FixedColumnInfoCollection collection, which contains the columns which are currently fixed Fixed columns behavior. Enables the grid to fix columns on either left or right side. Default constructor for the ColumnFixing Behavior Determines if the ColumnSettings should be serialized. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the ColumnFixingClientEvents. object. The method is called by the framework to register any script references. List of script references to add the behavior script references twriter. Called when the ColumnFixing behavior is enabled. Called when the behavior is being unloaded. This is usually a good place to unhook all of the internal event handlers. Adds xml attributes to filter cells when column fixing is on The sender of the event The filter cell to adjust Overrides base class' method. Handles processing of filtering. Type of the action. Identification of the object the action is happened to. A value assotiated with the action. A tag associated with the action. Overrides base class' method. Called when an asynchronous request is initiated by the filtering that contains information related to the asynchronous request. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Reads the TransactionList and repopulates the collections of the control. A list of collections that were modified on the clientside Overrides the base class' method. Loads transactions specific to the column fixing behavior. List of transactions. Saves extra properties to send to the client. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. Fires the event. Called by the column fixing whenever a column is fixed or unfixed. List of affected columns by the fixing action Whether the columns are now fixed Returns A RoleInfo corresponding to an item in the enumeration. The amount of Stylable roles on the behavior. Custom persistence logic for saving column fixing settings Custom persistence logic for loading column fixing settings Overriden. Keeps the behavior name. The button object that will be displayed in the grid's column header for unfixed column, which are allowed to be fixed through the UI. The button object that will be displayed in the grid's column header for fixed column, which are allowed to be unfixed through the UI. Boolean property which controls whether the separator line is shown between the columns that are fixed on the left hand-side of the grid and the rest of the grid columns. True - show the separator (Default) False - do not show the separator Boolean property which controls whether the separator line is shown between the columns that are fixed on the right hand-side of the grid and the rest of the grid columns. True - show the separator (Default) False - do not show the separator Returns the ColumnFixingSettings collection. Returns a FixedColumnInfoCollection collection, which contains the columns which are currently fixed The direction to which all columns are fixed to unless otherwise specified in the ColumnSetting object for the column Left - the columns will be fixed to the left edge of the grid Right - the columns will be fixed to the right edge of the grid Boolean property, which determines if the pin buttons for fixing columns are shown next to the header caption. True - the buttons are shown, this is the default False - the buttons are not shown and columns can be fixed only programmatically. Controls whether the cell height of the unfixed columns needs to be kept in sync with the cell height of the fixed columns. If this property is not turned on then the cell style may not be applied to the whole cell area of the cells of unfixed columns. However, turning this property on, will significantly slow down the grid and this property should only be turned on for grid which do not have many rows. True - adjust cell height. False - do not adjust cell height (Default). Indicate whether the fix button/pin is located to the left or to the right of the header caption. Name of the CSS style class that will be applied to the separator/divider line that separates the fixed columns from the regular columns The name of the CSS style class that will be applied to fixed columns headers (to both the left and right fixed columns) The name of the CSS style class that will be applied to fixed columns footers (to both the left and right fixed columns) The name of the CSS style class that will be applied to fixed columns cells (to both the left and right fixed columns) Holds client side event definitions for the column fixing. Returns number of properties for the client state supported by the sorting behavior. Event that is fired every time a columns is fixed or unfixed by the user. Indicates if the fixed state changed event is handled. Gets the stopper style Gets the stopper css class name for the captions Gets the scroll div marker Gets the scroll div css class name for. ClientEvents used by the ColumnFixing behavior. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Reference to the grid's column fixing behavior Create instance of ColumnFixingClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Reference to the owner control's ColumnFixing behavior This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Event fired before a column is fixed or unfixed. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a column has been fixed or unfixed. Allowable values for the ColumnFixingSetting.FixLocation property Left edge of the grid Right edge of the grid Allowable values for the ColumnFixingSetting.FixButtonAlignment property Place the button the the left of column header caption Place the button the the right of column header caption An enumeration of all the properties that the FixedColumnInfo object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the FixedColumnInfoProps.ColumnKey property/> Enumeration value for the the FixedColumnInfo.FixLocation property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the FixedColumnInfo will send to the client. An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnFixing object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the ColumnFixing.FixedColumns property/> Enumeration value for the the ColumnFixing.DefaultFixLocation property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the ColumnFixing behavior will send to the client. An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnFixingSetting object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the ColumnFixingSetting.FixLocation property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the ColumnFixingSetting will send to the client. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. CSS classes that will be applied to the Grid Column Fixing elements. CSS style class that will be applied to fixed columns headers (to both the left and right fixed columns) CSS style class that will be applied to fixed columns cells (to both the left and right fixed columns) CSS style class that will be applied to fixed columns footers (to both the left and right fixed columns) CSS style class that will be applied to the separator/divider line that separates the fixed columns from the regular columns CSS style class that will be applied to the pin button The amount of roles defined on the ColumnFixing object. Delegate for the column fixing state changed event handler. Reference to the sender control. Reference to the column fixing state changed event arguments. FixedStateChanged event arguments. Constructs the event arguments object. Reference to the fixed columns collection. Whether the columns are now fixed A list of FixedColumnInfo objects whose fixed state has been changed. Indicates if the AffectedColumns are currently fixed or unfixed. Column settings for ColumnFixing behavior. The ColumnSetting object is a base class for behaviors to allow for more granular control of the behavior. The basis for this is controlling behavior on a column level. Constructor for a ColumnSetting object The grid that this setting belongs to Constructor for a ColumnSetting object Attaches event handlers for this setting object Detaches event handlers for this setting object Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Returns the ColumnKey as the FullAddress The grid that this setting belongs to. Returns the ColumnSettingCollection this setting belongs to. Gets/sets the value of the column's key. Number of client properties Creates a new instance of the ColumnFixingSetting object The WebDataGrid object that this Setting belongs to. Creates a new instance of the ColumnFixingSetting object The WebDataGrid object that this Setting belongs to. The key of a ControlDataField which a ColumnFixingSetting is tied to. Creates a new instance of the ColumnFixingSetting object Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Determines whether the column fixing is enabled on the particular column. If this is disabled then the user will not be able to fix this column via code or via the user interface. Specifies if a column is to be fixed to the right or the left edge of the grid. The default value is Left. Determines if the pin button for fixing the column is shown next to the header caption. Indicate whether the fix button/pin is located to the left or to the right of the header caption. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. A collection of ColumnFixingSetting objects. Abstract class that holds collection of column setting objects Creates a new ColumnSettingCollection The grid that the collection belongs to Creates a new ColumnSettingCollection Appends the EditingColumnSetting to the collection. Returns the index of the ColumnSetting in the collection. Inserts the ColumnSetting to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the ColumnSetting. Returns true if the collection contians a ColumnSetting with the specified key. The key of a ControlDataField which a ColumnSetting may point to. Removes the ColumnSetting from the collection. Attaches event handlers to all the settings Detaches event handlers to all the settings Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the ColumnSetting to retrieve from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on the ColumnKey of the ColumnSetting. The ColumnKey value of the ColumnSetting to retrieve from the collection. The ColumnSetting object with the given ColumnKey value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Returns the WebDataGrid that this settings collection belongs to. Returns the IBand, if any, that this settings collection belongs to Create a new instance of ColumnFixingSettings object. Create a new instance of ColumnFixingSettings object. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the ColumnFixingSettings belong to. Implements overriden method to return an instance of the collection. Type of the collection member to create. An instance of the collection member requested. Appends the ColumnFixingSettings to the collection. Returns the index of the ColumnFixingSetting in the collection. Returns the ColumnFixingSetting object whose ColumnKey matches the given key. The key of a ControlDataField which a ColumnFixingSetting is tied to. ColumnFixingSetting whose ColumnKey matched the given key. If a ColumnFixingSetting with the given key is not found null is returned. Inserts the ColumnFixingSetting to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the ColumnFixingSetting. Removes the ColumnFixingSetting from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on the ColumnKey of the ColumnFixingSetting. The ColumnKey value of the ColumnFixingSetting to retrieve from the collection. The ColumnFixingSetting object with the given ColumnKey value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the ColumnFixingSetting to retrieve from the collection. Represents a fixed column in the behavior's collection. Creates a new instance of FixedColumnInfo object The key of a ControlDataField which a FixedColumnInfo is tied to. The location to which to fix the column to. Creates a new instance of FixedColumnInfo object >The key of a ControlDataField which a FixedColumnInfo is tied to. Gets the reference to the owner grid Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Gets the value of the column's key. Gets the location to which the column is fixed to. Get the reference to the grid's column. Collection of FixedColumnInfo objects. Creates an instance of FixedColumnInfoCollection The grid to which the fixed columns in the collection belong to. Appends the FixedColumnInfo to the collection. The FixedColumnInfo object to add. Creates a FixedColumnInfo object for the given column key and appends it to the collection. Column key of the column which to fix. Creates a FixedColumnInfo object for the given column key and appends it to the collection. Column key of the column which to fix. The edge to which the column should be fixed. Creates a FixedColumnInfo object for the given column and appends it to the collection. Column which to fix. Creates a FixedColumnInfo object for the given column and appends it to the collection. Column which to fix. The edge to which the column should be fixed. Returns the index of the FixedColumnInfo in the collection. The FixedColumnInfo oject whose index to find. Inserts the FixedColumnInfo to the underlying collection ArrayList The interger index at which to insert the object The FixedColumnInfo object to inset. Returns true if the collection contains the given FixedColumnInfo object. The FixedColumnInfo object to search for. True is the object is contained in the collection, otherwise False Returns true if the collection contains a FixedColumnInfo that shares the key value with the inputted parameter. A Key value to match with a FixedColumnInfo ColumnKey True if a FixedColumnInfo object with that key is found Removes the FixedColumnInfo from the collection. FixedColumnInfo object to delete. Removes the FixedColumnInfo object at the given index. The index at which to delete the FixedColumnInfo object Sets the LeftFixedCount and RightFixedCount to zero, when the collection is cleared The number of columns in the collection that are currently fixed to the left edge of the grid. The number of columns in the collection that are currently fixed to the right edge of the grid. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the FixedColumnInfo to retrieve from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on a key value The string key of the item to be found. A FixedColumnInfo object with the ColumnKey value passed in, null otherwise. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the FixedColumnInfoCollection belong to. An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnMoveSetting object will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the ColumnMoveSetting object and needs to send down additional properties. Controls if client moving is available on the client. The amount of roles defined on the object. An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnMoving object will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the ColumnMove behavior and needs to send down additional properties. Enumeration value for the the ColumnMoving.DragStyle property The amount of roles defined on the object. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The css class that will be applied to top drop indicator that appears on the screen during a column move. The css class that will be applied to middle drop indicator that appears on the screen during a column move. The css class that will be applied to bottom drop indicator that appears on the screen during a column move. The css class used to style the DragMarkup. If the default drag markup is used this class will be applied in addition to the styles already applied to the header, if the dragmarkup is replaced only the DragMarkupCssClass will be used. The amount of roles defined on the object. Defines how the header will move when dragging it for a move operaion Column header slides inside header Column header follows mouse The ColumnMoveSetting object allows for customizing the ColumnMoving behavior on a column by column basis. Creates a new instance of the ColumnMoveSetting object The WebDataGrid object that this Setting belongs to. Creates a new instance of the ColumnMoveSetting object Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Gets/sets if this column will participate in column moving. Returns number of properties for the client state supported by the moving behavior. ColumnMoveSettings is a collection object containing ColumnMoveSetting objects. Creates a new instance of the ColumnMoveSetting collection. The WebDataGrid that this collection belongs to. Creates a new instance of the ColumnMoveSetting collection. Implements overriden method to return an instance of the collection. Type of the collection member to create. An instance of the collection member requested. Appends the ColumnMoveSetting to the collection. Returns the index of the ColumnMoveSetting in the collection. Inserts the ColumnMoveSetting to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the ColumnMoveSetting. Removes the ColumnMoveSetting from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on it's index in the collection. The zero based index of the ColumnMoveSetting to retrieve from the collection. The ColumnMoveSetting object at the given index. Gets an item from the collection based on the ColumnKey of the ColumnMoveSetting. The ColumnKey value of the ColumnMoveSetting to retrieve from the collection. The ColumnMoveSetting object with the given ColumnKey value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Interface defining a behavior supports moving of columns. Event that is fired every time a columns is moved by the user. A behavior that allows the WebDataGrid to moving a GridField. Behaviors which can exist one one grid of WebHierarchicalDataGrid and not on another, but be inherited should implement this interface. Copies server events from the band to the grid The band that the behavior belongs to Indicated whether this behavior needs to be inherited. Creates a new instance of the ColumnMoving behavior. Determines if the ColumnSettings should be serialized. The method is called by the framework to register any script references. List of script references to add the behavior script references to. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the EditingClientEvents. object. Fires the event. Called by the moving behavior whenever a column is moved. The ColumnMoveEventArgs object that carries the information for the event. Overrides base class' method. Handles processing of the page change in the column moving. Type of the action. Identification of the object the action is happened to. A value assotiated with the action. A tag associated with the action. Overrides base class' method. Called when an asynchronous request is initiated by the column move operation. that contains information related to the asynchronous request. Called whenever the behavior is being loaded. This is usually a good place to hook up to all of the internal events. Called when the behavior is being unloaded. This is usually a good place to unhook all of the internal event handlers. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Loads any transactions on the client collections The collections whose transaction lists to load Gets the RoleInfo object at the specified index. The index of the role. The amount of Stylable roles on the behavior. Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Create clone of the object Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties This parameter is used by WebHierarchicalDataGrid to copy behavior properties. If deep is set to true then the behavior properties are copied as if it was defined on the grid's band. If deep is set to false then the behavior's properties are copied as if it was defined on a parent grid or parent band. Returns the ColumnMoveSettings collection. Holds name of the behavior. It's "ColumnMoving" for the ColumnMoving behavior. Returns/sets the css class used to style the top portion of the drop indicator. Returns/sets the css class used to style the middle portion of the drop indicator. Returns/sets the css class used to style the bottom portion of the drop indicator. Returns/sets the css class used to style the DragMarkup. If the default drag markup is used this class will be applied in addition to the styles already applied to the header, if the dragmarkup is replaced only the DragMarkupCssClass will be used. Controls the drag mode of the markup during a column move operation. Slide indicates that the drag markup should remain fixed on the y axis. Follow indicates that the drag markup should follow the mouse. List of events which are fired on client side. Event that is fired every time a columns is moved by the user. Indicates if the column moved event is handled. Returns number of properties for the client state supported by the sorting behavior. This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands. Clientside events that the ColumnMoving behavior will fire in the browser. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of ColumnMovingClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Event fired once a column move operation starts. This event is cancelable. Event fired while the mouse moves while the column header is being dragged. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a column has been moved. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a move operation has been completed or canceled. This event is cancelable. An object that contains information about the event on the server. Constructs the event arguments object. Reference to the column that was actively moved. The visible index of the column prior to the moving operation. Reference to the column that is being moved. The visible index of the column prior to the moving operation. Delegate for the column moved event handler. Reference to the sender control. Reference to the moving event arguments. Server editing events for Band Extending the Band class so Sorting events handlers can be attached to it The Band object represents a single level of a hierarchical record set. The columns that make up a band are typically drawn from a single recordsource (table) in the data source. Determines wheather columns should be persisted. Enables persistence for AutoPostBackFlags. Gets the name of the object type Saves the view state of the grid when rendering down to the client. aved view state object. Load data modified at run time. Modified data Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. The method is invoked during the band's loading. The method is invoked during the band's unloading. Serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. he objects to reload. The number of objects that were loaded. Occurs when a column is moved by a user. Occurs when a column is resized by a user. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be updated in the database. Event that is fired every time a row has been updated. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be deleted. Event that is fired every time a row is deleted. Event that is fired every time a row about to be added. Event that is fired every time a row has been added. Event that is fired whenever each custom summary needs to be calculated Event that is fired whenever each normal summary type needs to be calculated because the grid is doing custom binding Event that is fired whenever a standard summary is calculated (any summary which is not a custom summary). Occurs when a filters are about to be applied to the grid's data. Occurs when a filters have be applied to the grid's data. Occurs when a filters have be applied to the grid's data. Occurs when a page has changed by a user. Occurs when a column is sorted by a user. The Key of the Band Gets or sets a string value that identifies a particular data member of the DataSource property that is to be used to enumerate the data during a DataBind operation. Contains datakeys of the shown data. In case of a compound data key the field keys must be separated by a comma. Determines if the current Band is representing a self reference relationship. Defines whether the grid generates columns automatically during the data binding process. The grid can automatically generate a column for every field in the data source. If the property is set to True the automatically created columns will be added to the ones set up in the aspx file. If the property is set to False the grid will use only the columns that set up in the aspx file. Gets the instance of the parent collection of the Band A collection of child Bands of this band. Indicates whether the Bands property was instantiated. The button object that will be displayed when a grid's row is collapsed and the row has child row islands. It can be clicked to expand the row to show the child row islands. If the button is left with default parameters on the Band, but is changed on WebHierarchicalDataGrid then the band will inherit these settings. The button object that will be displayed when a grid's row is expanded and can be clicked to collapse the row. If the button is left with default parameters on the Band, but is changed on WebHierarchicalDataGrid then the band will inherit these settings. Contains settings for column grouping. CSS class name that should be used for alternative (the ones with even index) rows. If this property is not set on the band, it will be resolved by traveling up the band hierarchy. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. The CSS class name is rendered on the TR element of the alternate rows and therefore any custom CSS class must have a selector as following: TBODY > TR.[ClassName] > TD CSS class name that should be used for the footers. If this property is not set on the band, it will be resolved by traveling up the band hierarchy. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. CSS class name that should be used for the headers. If this property is not set on the band, it will be resolved by traveling up the band hierarchy. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. CSS class name that should be used for the cells. If this property is not set on the band, it will be resolved by traveling up the band hierarchy. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. The CSS class name is rendered on the TBODY element and therefore any custom CSS class must have a selector as following: TBODY.[ClassName] > TR > TD The name of the css class that will be used to style the TD in which the RowIslands appear. If this property is not set on the band, it will be resolved by traveling up the band hierarchy. The name of the css class that will be used to style the column in which the Expand/Collapse buttons appear. If this property is not set on the band, it will be resolved by traveling up the band hierarchy. Determines number of pixels between the cells of the grid. If this property is not set on the band, it will be resolved by traveling up the band hierarchy. Determines if the column footers will be visible in the Grid. If this property is not set on the band, it will be resolved by traveling up the band hierarchy. Determines if the column headers will be visible on the Grid. If this property is not set on the band, it will be resolved by traveling up the band hierarchy. The height of each row island that will be generated from the band. The width of each row island that will be generated from the band. The default column width that will be applied to all columns, for whom the width has not been set. Indicates whether the Columns property was instantiated. Contains definition of the band's columns. The property is available to be used publicly and is serialized into the aspx file. When the property is set to False all of the columns in the grid are taken from this collection, there is no additionally generated columns in this case. Band behaviors. Returns true is the band has one or more behaviors. Otherwise false. Returns the AutoPostBackFlags object which will be applied to this band's grids Returns the index of the band in the The ColumnResizeSetting object allows for customizing the ColumnResize behavior on a column by column basis. The default value for the minimum width of a ColumnResizeSetting object. The default value for the maximum width of a ColumnResizeSetting object. Creates a new instance of the ColumnResizeSetting object The WebDataGrid object that this Setting belongs to. Creates a new instance of the ColumnResizeSetting object Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Gets/sets if this column will participate in column resizing. The lowest value that the column will allow itself to be drag resized to. This setting is only enforced when the column is of pixel width. The largest value that the column will allow itself to be drag resized to. This setting is only enforced when the column is of pixel width. Returns the ColumnKey as the FullAddress Returns number of properties for the client state supported by the sorting behavior. ColumnResizeSettings is a collection object containing ColumnResizeSetting objects. Creates a new instance of the ColumnResizeSetting collection. The WebDataGrid that this collection belongs to. Creates a new instance of the ColumnResizeSetting collection. Implements overriden method to return an instance of the collection. Type of the collection member to create. An instance of the collection member requested. Appends the ColumnResizeSetting to the collection. Returns the index of the ColumnResizeSetting in the collection. Inserts the ColumnResizeSetting to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the ColumnResizeSetting. Removes the ColumnResizeSetting from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on it's index in the collection. The zero based index of the ColumnResizeSetting to retrieve from the collection. The ColumnResizeSetting object at the given index. Gets an item from the collection based on the ColumnKey of the ColumnResizeSetting. The ColumnKey value of the ColumnResizeSetting to retrieve from the collection. The ColumnResizeSetting object with the given ColumnKey value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Interface defining a behavior supports resizing of columns. Event that is fired every time a columns is resized by the user. A behavior that allows the WebDataGrid to resize a GridField. This behavior will support multiple column resizing if the Selection behavior is used. Creates a new instance of the ColumnResizing behavior. Determines if the ColumnSettings should be serialized. The method is called by the framework to register any script references. List of script references to add the behavior script references to. Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the EditingClientEvents. object. Fires the event. Called by the resizing whenever a column is resized. The ColumnResizeEventArgs object that carries the information for the event. Overrides base class' method. Handles processing of the page change in the column resizing. Type of the action. Identification of the object the action is happened to. A value assotiated with the action. A tag associated with the action. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Loads any transactions on the client collections The collections whose transaction lists to load Gets the RoleInfo object at the specified index. The index of the role. The amount of Stylable roles on the behavior. Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Create clone of the object Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties This parameter is used by WebHierarchicalDataGrid to copy behavior properties. If deep is set to true then the behavior properties are copied as if it was defined on the grid's band. If deep is set to false then the behavior's properties are copied as if it was defined on a parent grid or parent band. Determines if the behavior is enabled. If the behavior is present in the behaviors collection but the property is set to False the behavior is being ignored by the framework. Returns the ColumnResizeSettings collection. Holds name of the behavior. It's "ColumnResizing" for the ColumnResizing behavior. Returns/sets the css class used to style the editable cell. Returns the ColumnResizingAutoPostBackFlags for the ColumnResizing behavior List of events which are fired on client side. Event that is fired every time a columns is resized by the user. Indicates if the column resized event is handled. Returns number of properties for the client state supported by the sorting behavior. This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands. An object containing information on when the server events will be called. Constructor for ColumnResizingAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets auto postback options applied to ColumnResized event. Checks if all properties have default values. Clientside events that the ColumnResizing behavior will fire in the browser. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of ColumnResizingClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Event fired before a column enters resizing mode. This event is cancelable. Event fired while the mouse moves while the column header is being resized. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a cell has entered edit mode. An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnResizeSetting object will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the ColumnResizeSetting object and needs to send down additional properties. Controls if client resizing is available on the client. The smallest that the column will be allowed to drag to. The largest that the column will be allowed to drag to. The amount of roles defined on the object. An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnResizing object will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the ColumnResizing behavior and needs to send down additional properties. The amount of roles defined on the object. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The css class that will be applied to the resizing bar that appears on the screen while resizing. The amount of roles defined on the object. An object that contains information about the event on the server. Constructs the event arguments object. Reference to the column that was actively resized. Reference to the columns resized. A collection listing the starting widths of the columns resized. Reference to the column that is being resized. Reference to the columns that will be participating in the resizing A listing of the original widths of the columns in the resizing action. Delegate for the column resized event handler. Reference to the sender control. Reference to the resizing event arguments. An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnSetting object will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the ColumnSetting object and needs to send down additional properties. The amount of roles defined on the object. An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnEditSetting will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the ColumnEditSetting.ReadOnly property Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the ColumnEditSetting will send to the client. Class for column settings of behaviors that inherit from EditableBehaviorBase Constructor for ColumnEditSetting The grid who this setting belongs to Constructor for ColumnEditSetting Saves extra properties to send to the client. Gets/sets the column editor's ID. Gets sets the ID of Validator associated with editor of column.

To support validator for column editor, the ControlToValidate property of validator must be equal to the ID of WebDataGrid.

 Gets/sets the column editor. Gets/sets the value that determines whether the column is read only. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The role applied to the editor The number of app styling roles Base class for editable behaviours used by WebDataGrid The amount of Stylable roles on the behavior. Gets the RoleInfo object at the specified index. The index of the role. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The objects to reload. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Handler prerender Returns the value as a string The column the value is in The value to render Create ColumnSettingCollection Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Copy properties of this to obj. Target object True: copy all properties. False: partial copy Returns/sets the css class used to style the editable cell. Returns the action that will cause the cell to enter editmode. Returns true if the private column settings object is not null Return ColumnSettingName This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands. Class defining common client events for all editable behaviors. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of EditableClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Event fired before a cell enters edit mode. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a cell has entered edit mode. Event fired before a cell exits edit mode. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a cell has exited edit mode. The RowAddingColumnSetting class allows the developer to customize row adding behaviors on a column by column basis. Creates a new instance of a RowAddingColumnSetting object The WebDataGrid that this RowAddingColumnSetting will belong to. Creates a new instance of a RowAddingColumnSetting object Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Gets/sets the column's default value in the add row. Gets/sets the column's default value in the add row. A collection of column settings for row adding behavior Creates a new RowAddingColumnSettings object The grid that owns this collection Creates a new RowAddingColumnSettings object Appends the RowAddingColumnSetting to the collection. Returns the index of the RowAddingColumnSetting in the collection. Inserts the RowAddingColumnSetting to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the RowAddingColumnSetting. Removes the RowAddingColumnSetting from the collection. Creates a new RowAddingColumnSetting object Type of object to create RowAddingColumnSetting object Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the RowAddingColumnSetting to retrieve from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on the ColumnKey of the RowAddingColumnSetting. The ColumnKey value of the RowAddingColumnSetting to retrieve from the collection. The RowAddingColumnSetting object with the given ColumnKey value. Null (Nothing) if not found. ClientEvents used by the RowAdding behavior. Create instance of RowAddingClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The CSS classes that will be applied to the AddNewRow. The CSS classes that will be applied to the AddNewRow when it is at the top. The CSS classes that will be applied to the AddNewRow when it is at the bottom. The CSS classes that will be applied to the AddNewRow's Row Selector image. The CSS classes that will be applied to the AddNewRow Row Selector. CSS class that will be applied to the intersection of the add new row and vertical scrollbar. Css class that will be applied to the expansion column for WebHierarchicalGrid in the add new row. The amount of roles defined on the object. An enumeration of all the properties that the RowAdding behavior will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the RowAdding and needs to send down additional properties. Enumeration value for the the RowAdding.Alignment property The number of client properties for Row Adding Enumeration for defining where the add row will be located. The add row will be at the top of the grid, in the header. The add row will be at the bottom of the grid, in the footer. Row adding behavior. Adding this behavior to the EditingCore behaviors enables user interface - Add New Row - for entering and commiting new row values. The behavior is supported for both WebDataGrid and WebHierarchicalDataGrid. When the behavior is used in the WebHierarchicalDataGrid it is required that the child bands had some columns defined prior to data binding. Otherwise for some data sources the grid will not be able to determine and generate the columns for empty child row islands. Constructor for RowAdding beahvior. Called when the RowAdding behavior is enabled. Called when the RowAdding behavior is disabled. The amount of Stylable roles on the behavior. Gets the RoleInfo object at the specified index. The index of the role. This reloads positional properties into row adding. Will setup other properties if alignment has switched. The values to load from the client Determines if the ColumnSettings should be serialized. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Overrides base class' method. Called by the framework for the summaries to provide its script references. The script reference collection to add the summaries script references to. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the RowAddingClientEvents. object. Handles the grid pre-render behavior event Creates and initializes an instance of the ColumnSettingCollection object ColumnSettingCollection object Returns the name of the object. This name is used on client to create the object. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Returns the RowAddingColumnSettings collection. Determines the location of the add new row. Top - It will appear in the header of the grid. Bottom - It will appear in the footer of the grid. The CSS Class that will be applied to the AddNewRow. The CSS Class that will be applied to the ImageArea of the RowSelector of the AddNewRow. This class is available for setting the BackgroundImage of the RowSelector. The CSS Class that will be applied to the RowSelector of the AddNewRow. This class is available for setting the BackgroundImage of the RowSelector. The GridRecord representing the add row. List of events which are fired on client side. Returns the name of a column setting in this collection An enumeration of all the properties that the RowDeleting behavior will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the GridRecordDeletion and needs to send down additional properties. Represents the ExemptedRows property. The number of properties on RowDeleting Behavior that defines the grid's deletion functionality. Method that serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Overrides base class' method. Called by the framework for the summaries to provide its script references. The script reference collection to add the summaries script references to. */ Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the GridDeletingClientEvents. object. Returns the name of the behavior Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands. Behavior collection used by the editing behavior. Default constructor. Intializes the object with references to the editing behavior and main control. Reference to the core editing behavior. Reference to the main control - the grid. Determines if RowDeleting is persisted Determines if RowAdding is persisted Determines if CellEditing is persisted Determines if RowEditTemplate is persisted Reference to the editing behavior. Reference to the row deleting behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the row adding behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the cell editing behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Reference to the row editing template behavior. If the behavior is not present inside of the collection at the moment of request null is returned. To create the behavior use helper method . Class for all of the client events for editing behaviors. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of EditingClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Event fired before a row is updated. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a row has been updated. Event fired before a row is deleted. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a row has been deleted. Event fired before a row is added. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a row has been added. Event fired before a cell value is changed. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a cell value has been changed. Event fired before a batch row update operation is undone. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a batch row update operation is undone. EditingCore event args object. Provides an ability to cancel the event. Constructor. ID of the row the edit event is associated with. ID of the row the update event is associated with. If set to true from inside an event handler the edit is not carried onto the data source and old values are returned to the grid. Edited event args object. Provides information about exception if any is thrown during the editing process. Constructor. ID of the row the edit event is associated with. Exception that is possibly thrown durin the operation. ID of the row the edit event is associated with. Provides a reference to the exception that is thrown during an edit operation. Null if the opertation succeeded. If an exception was thrown during an edit operation this property indicates whether it is handled inside of the event handler or it should be forwarded to the application. Can be set inside of the event handler. Row updating event argumets object. Constructor. Reference to the row object that is being updated. New values. The hashtable consists of the new values to be set on the row cells. The hash key is the key of corresponding column and the value is the new value to be set. A hashtable of the old values in the row Constructor. Reference to the row object that is being updated. New values. The hashtable consists of the new values to be set on the row cells. The hash key is the key of corresponding column and the value is the new value to be set. A hashtable of the old values in the row New unbound values. The dictionary consists of the new values to be set on the unbound row cells. The key is the key of corresponding column and the value is the new value to be set. A dictionary of the old unbound values in the row Reference to the row object that is being updated. New values. The hashtable consists of the new values to be set on the row cells. The hash key is the key of corresponding column and the value is the new value to be set. If the values are alternated in the hashtable they are applied to the grid and carried over to the data source as well. Old values. The hashtable contains former values of the row's cells. If the grid contains templated columns or is bound to some of the fields from the data source, the Values and OldValues must be updated to add those missing values. Otherwise missing cells will be nulled out by the auto update operation. New unbound column values. The dictionary consists of the new values to be set on the row's unbound cells. The hash key is the key of corresponding column and the value is the new value to be set. If the values are alternated in the dictionary they are applied to the grid. Old unbound column values. The dictionary contains former values of the row's unbound cells. Row updated event arguments object. Constructor. ID of the row the edit event is associated with. Exception that is possibly thrown during the operation. Row deleting event arguments object. Constructor. Reference to the row that is being deleted. Reference to the rows collection that is being deleted. If set to true from inside an event handler the edit is not carried onto the data source and old values are returned to the grid. Row deleted event arguments object. Constructor. ID of the row the edit event is associated with. Exception that is possibly thrown during the operation. Row adding event arguments object. Constructor. New cell values for the row that is being added. Constructor. New cell values for the row that is being added. New cell values for unbound columns in the grid for the row that is being added. New values. The hashtable consists of the new values to be set on the row cells. The hash key is the key of corresponding column and the value is the new value to be set. If the values are alternated in the hashtable they are applied to the grid and carried over to the data source as well. New unbound column values. The dictionary consists of the new values to be set on the row's unbound cells. The hash key is the key of corresponding column and the value is the new value to be set. If the values are alternated in the dictionary they are applied to the grid. Row added event arguments object. Constructor. ID of the row the edit event is associated with. Exception that is possibly thrown during the operation. Row updating event delegate. Reference to the sender object. Event arguments object associated with the event. Row updated event delegate. Reference to the sender object. Event arguments object associated with the event. Delegate of the row deleting event handler. Reference to the object that initiates the event. Event arguments. Delegate of the row deleted event handler. Reference to the object that initiates the event. Event arguments. Delegate of the row adding event handler. Reference to the object that initiates the event. Event arguments. Delegate of the row added event handler. Reference to the object that initiates the event. Event arguments. The object defines a client binding of a control on the edit row template to a cell in the row that is being edited. Saves extra properties to send to the client. Column key that is edited with the control from this binding. Client ID of the control on the edit row template. Java Script pattern to get value from the contol defined in the property. The string in this property is an encoded string some parts of which will be replaced before they are brought to the client and used. The line of the JavaScript code is expected to return a value which will be used to retrieve and assign the control's value back to the cell. Replaceable parts must be enclosed in curly braces. Supported matches: {ClientID} {UniqueID} Examples: $get({ClientID}).value $find({ClientID}).getValue() Java Script pattern to set on the contol defined in the property. The string in this property is an encoded string some parts of which will be replaced before they are brought to the client and used. Replaceable parts must be enclosed in curly braces. Supported matches: {ClientID} {UniqueID} {value} Examples: $get({ClientID}).value = {value} $find({ClientID}).setValue({value}) The number of properties for RowEditingClientBinding Returns the column key as the address Collection of the client bindings for the edit row template behavior. Creates a new RowEditingClientBindingCollection Creates a new RowEditingClientBindingCollection The EditRowTemplate object that the ClientBindingCollection will be associated with. Returns the JavaScript code that will be used to retrive values from the Cell and populate the Editor. The type of the control that is being used A string for the Getting Javascript Returns the JavaScript code that will be used to retrive values from the Cell and populate the Editor. Full name of the type of the control that is being used A string for the Getting Javascript Returns the JavaScript code that will be used to push values to the Cell from the Editor. The type of the control that is being used A string for the Setting Javascript Returns the JavaScript code that will be used to push values to the Cell from the Editor. Full name of the type of the control that is being used A string for the Setting Javascript Currently does nothing Controls collection to sync with Returns the index in the collection of the client binding matching this control The control to find the client binding index for Integer of index of item in the collection Creates item of the correct type for this collection. Item type string identifier. New instance of the collection item. Appends the RowEditingClientBinding to the collection. The RowEditingClientBinding object to add. Gets the RowEditTemplate object that this collection is associated with. Gets/Sets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the to retrieve from the collection. The RowEditClientBinding at the index provided. Returns a member of the collection found by the column key value The key of the column object that the binding will belong to. An RowEditingClientBinding object corresponding to the object Returns null if no object with that key value is found ClientEvents used by the behavior. Number of all properties exposed by the class (include properties of this and its base class) Constructs the client events object. Reference to the owner grid. Reference to the RowEditingTemplate behavior Indicates whether the view state is being tracked. Event fired before the edit row template is opened. This event is cancelable. Event fired after the edit row template is opened. Event fired before the edit row template is closed. This event is cancelable. Event fired after the edit row template is closed. An enumeration of all the properties that the RowEditingTemplate behavior will send to the client. The amount of roles defined on the object. A behavior that allows the WebDataGrid to Edit a Row through a templatable dialog. Default constructor. Overrides base class' method. Returns an instance of . The edit row template specific client events object - . Creates and returns an instance of the client bindings object. Can be overriden in an inherited class and a substitude object can be returned. New instance of the client bindings object. Overrides the parent class' method. Hooks up to the grid's behavior events at that point. Overrides the parent class' method. Frees all event handler of the behavior. Overrides base class' method. Called by the framework for the edit row behavior to provide its script references. The script reference collection to add the edit row behavior's script references to. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The objects to reload. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. Saves extra properties to send to the client. Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties This parameter is used by WebHierarchicalDataGrid to copy behavior properties. If deep is set to true then the behavior properties are copied as if it was defined on the grid's band. If deep is set to false then the behavior's properties are copied as if it was defined on a parent grid or parent band. Gets names of the templates supported by the edit row template behavior. Array of template names supported by the edit row template behavior. The method is called by the framework to intstantiate the behavior's templates. Clears the client bindings collection Create clone of the object Load data modified at run time. Modified data Returns the action that will cause the cell to enter editmode. Map of get/set value JavaScripts and corresponding columns in the grid. The ID of the button object on the Row Edit Template that will accept changes and close the template area. The ID of the button object on the Row Edit Template that will cancel changes and close the template area. The DropDownZIndex allows the programmer to set the z-index of the of the RowEditTemplate to ensure that the RowEditTemplate will show up on top of the Grid. Holds client side event definitions for the edit row template. The number of properties for RowEditingTemplate Holds name of the behavior. It's "RowEditing" for the edit row template behavior. Reference to the behavior's template. Reference to the behavior's template container. Indicates whether the bahavior has its template assigned and instantiated. This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands. Enumeration for the properties for row editing EditModeActions Enumeration value for the the EditModeActions.RowSelectorMouseClick property The amount of roles defined on the object. The edit mode actions for RowEditTemplate Defines entering edit mode action for the editing behavior of the WebDataGrid. Returns empty string Returns/sets the type of mouse click required to cause the cell to enter edit mode. Gets/sets the value determining whether keying F2 will cause the cell to enter edit mode when it is active. Gets/sets the value determining whether the cell will enter edit mode upon being activated. Gets/sets the value determining whether the cell will enter edit mode when it is active and a key is pressed. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. The number of properties for RowEditModeActions Returns/sets the type of mouse click required to cause the cell to enter edit mode. Gets/sets the value determining whether keying F2 will cause the cell to enter edit mode when it is active. Returns/sets the type of mouse click required to cause the cell to enter edit mode. Interface to implement for Editing behavior of the grid. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be added. Indicates if the row adding event is handled. Event that is fired when a row is added and WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to true. Indicates if the row added event is handled. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be deleted. Indicates if the row deleting event is handled. Event that is fired when a row is deleted and WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to true. Indicates if the row deleted event is handled. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be updated. Indicates if the row updating event is handled. Event that is fired when a row has been updated and WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to true. Indicates if the row updated event is handled. Determines whether CRUD operations batch on the client or immediately go back to the server. Behavior that defines the grid's editing capabilities. The class defines a grid behavior container. Such a container allows creating hierarchies of behaviors and having certain behaviors to be made children of others. The behavior container is inheriting its capabilities from a simple behavior therefore it has all of the fetaures of a behavior but has an ability to pass all of the events and service method invokations down to its children. Overrides loading of the behavior. Passes the method call down to its children. Overrides unlloading of the behavior. Passes the method call down to its children. Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties This parameter is used by WebHierarchicalDataGrid to copy behavior properties. If deep is set to true then the behavior properties are copied as if it was defined on the grid's band. If deep is set to false then the behavior's properties are copied as if it was defined on a parent grid or parent band. The method is called whenevr the child behavior collection must be created. When implemented by a derived class the method returns a reference to the child behaviors collection. Child behaviors collection. Ensures that the behavior container has proper references to its owner control. Overrides saving the view state. View state object of the behavior container. Overrides loading of the view state. Previously saved view state of the behavior container. Overrides tracking the view state. Overrides saving client objects. List of the client side objects The behavior container adds every child behavior as a seoarate client side object to the list. Overrides loading of the client objects. Array of the client objects to load. Number of loaded objects. The behavior container passes down loading of every object in the array to its child behaviors. Overrides loading of the client TransactionList, so that each behavior's TransactionList is properly loaded. Called whenever the behavior is being loaded. This is usually a good place to hook up to all of the internal events. Overrides the parent class' method. Frees all event handler of the behavior. The method is called whenevr the child behavior collection must be created. The amount of Stylable roles on the behavior. Gets the RoleInfo object at the specified index. The index of the role. Overriden. Registers behavior's scripts with the framework. List of script references to add the ones that the behavior needs on the client. Prepares data for the data source Overriden. The method is called by the framework to ogive the behavior a chance to process actions related to it. The editing behavior processes all editing related actions here. Type of the action. ID of an object the action is associated with. A value associated with the action. An extra information associated with the action. Called when an asynchrohous request is initiated by the behavior. that contains information related to the asynchronous request. Called when the behavior needs to returns its response to an asynchrohous request. that contains information related to the asynchronous request. JSON string that can be used by the behavior to pass extra information to the client. Saves extra properties to send to the client. Overriden. Client events supported by the editing behaviors. Client side events object that contains the behavior's client events definitions. Fires the event. Called by the editing whenever a row is being updated. Reference to the row object that is being updated. Hashtable that contains all new values that about to be set to the cells of the row. Hashtable that contains all old values of the row cells. True if the event was canceled. If the grid contains templated columns or is bound to some of the fields from the data source, the values and oldValues must be updated in this event to add those missing values. Otherwise missing cells will be nulled out by the auto update operation. Fires the event. Called by the editing whenever a row is being updated. Reference to the row object that is being updated. Hashtable that contains all new values that about to be set to the cells of the row. Hashtable that contains all old values of the row cells. True if the event was canceled. If the grid contains templated columns or is bound to some of the fields from the data source, the values and oldValues must be updated in this event to add those missing values. Otherwise missing cells will be nulled out by the auto update operation. Fires the event. Called by the editing whenever a row has been updated. ID of the row that is being updated. Exception that occured during the update. Null if the operation succeeded. True if the exception is handled inside of the event handler. Fires the event. Called by deletion whenever a row is about to be deleted. Row about to be deleted True if the event was canceled. Fires the event. Called by deletion whenever a row is deleted. Row ID that was deleted Exception that was thrown during the operation. True if the exception was handled in the event handler. Fires the event. Called by add new row whenever a row is being added. New cell values. True if the event was canceled. Fires the event. Called by add new row whenever a row is being added. New cell values. New unbound cell values True if the event was canceled. Fires the event. Called by add new row whenever a row is Added. Row ID that was Added Exception that was thrown during the operation. True if the exception was handled in the event handler. Copy properties of this to obj. Target object True: copy all properties. False: partial copy Overriden. Keeps the behavior name. Determines whether CRUD operations should be automatic or manual. When AutoCRUD is set to false handle RowUpdating, RowDeleting and RowAdding events to perform manual updates, in manual CRUD mode RowUpdated, RowDeleted and RowAdded events are not fired. Determines whether CRUD operations batch on the client or immediately go back to the server. A collection of IDPairs for rows that were exempted from deletion. List of events which are fired on client side. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be updated in the database. Handle this event to do manual update when WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to false. Indicates if the row updating event is handled. Event that is fired when a row has been updated and WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to true. Indicates if the row updated event is handled. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be deleted. Handle this event to do manual delete when WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to false. Indicates if the Row Deleting event is handled. Event that is fired when a row is deleted and WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to true. Indicates if the Row Deleting columns event is handled. Event that is fired every time a row is about to be added. Handle this event to do manual update when WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to false. Indicates if the row adding event is handled. Event that is fired when a row is added and WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to true. Indicates if the row added event is handled. Collection of child behaviors supported by the editing behavior. These are: CellEditing, Deliting, Adding new rows. This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands. This exception is thrown when a record is not found by key during an update operation. Constructs the exception object. Message to be displayed when the exception is thrown. Key of the missing record. Key of the missing record. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The CSS class that will be applied to a row that has had its cell values updated in batch mode. The CSS class that will be applied to a row that has been deleted in batch mode. The CSS class that will be applied to a row that has been added in batch mode. The CSS class that will be applied to a row that has been added in batch mode. The CSS class that will be applied to the undo button input. The CSS class that will be applied to the undo button input when hovered. The CSS class that will be applied to the undo button input when pressed. The amount of roles defined on the object. Class for column setting for cell editing behavior Creates a new EditingColumnSetting The grid that owns this column setting Creates a new EditingColumnSetting A collection of column settings for cell editing Creates a new EditingColumnSettings The grid that owns this collection Creates a new EditingColumnSettings Creates a new EditingColumnSetting The object type to create Appends the EditingColumnSetting to the collection. Returns the index of the EditingColumnSetting in the collection. Inserts the EditingColumnSetting to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the EditingColumnSetting. Removes the EditingColumnSetting from the collection. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the EditingColumnSetting to retrieve from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on the ColumnKey of the EditingColumnSetting. The ColumnKey value of the EditingColumnSetting to retrieve from the collection. The EditingColumnSetting object with the given ColumnKey value. Null (Nothing) if not found. An abstract class for filtering condition for a column of WebDataGrid Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition The name of the column to which the condition will be applied Should be true is filtering is done by checking/unchecking checkboxes A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a LINQ-where clause type filtering condition the name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the LINQ-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a LINQ-where clause type filtering condition, thats into account where filtering should be case sensitive or not. the name of the column to which the condition will be applied indicates whether filtering should be case sensitive or not, this parameter is only important for string comparison A string of the LINQ-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a Entity-where clause type filtering condition (has it. at front of column names) the name of the column to which the condition will be applied Encodes a column name so it can be used in an SQL where clause. Column name to encode Encoded column name Encodes a column name so it can be used in an Entity where clause. Column name to encode Encoded column name A base collection class that stores the underlying IDPairs of an item, as opposed to the item iteself. An object that has an IDPair that can be used to resolve the item when neccessary. Creates a new instance of a GridIDPairCollection. The WebDataGrid that is associated with it. Given the specified item, return an id pair that will be stored to retrieve the item at a later point. Given an id pair, resolve the underlying item. Compares two IdPair objects and tells if they are the same object, value wise. The first item The second item true if they are equal in value Appends the item to the collection. Returns the index of the item in the collection. Inserts the item to the underlying collection. Returns true if the collection contains the item. Removes the item from the collection. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the item to retrieve from the collection. A collection of ColumnSummaryInfo objects. /// Creates an instance of ColumnSummaryInfoCollection The grid to which the column summary objects in the collection belong to. Appends a ColumnSummaryInfo with the given key to the collection. The key of the column Appends the ColumnSummaryInfo to the collection. The ColumnSummaryInfo object to add. Creates item of the correct type for this collection. Item type string identifier. New instance of the collection item. String representation of the object. String representation of the object. Returns the index of the ColumnSummaryInfo in the collection. The ColumnSummaryInfo oject whose index to find. Inserts the ColumnSummaryInfo to the underlying collection list The interger index at which to insert the object The ColumnSummaryInfo object to inset. Returns true if the collection contains the given ColumnSummaryInfo object. The ColumnSummaryInfo object to search for. True is the object is contained in the collection, otherwise False Returns true if the collection contains a ColumnSummaryInfo that shares the key value with the inputted parameter. A Key value to match with a ColumnSummaryInfo ColumnKey True if a ColumnSummaryInfo object with that key is found Finds the maximum number of summaries that any of the columns have. The maximum number of summaries that any of the columns have Finds the maximum number of summaries rows that any of the columns will need. The maximum number of rows that any of the columns will need Finds the maximum number of summaries that any of the columns have that are visible. The maximum number of summaries that any of the visible columns have Returns whether a summary row rendered in non-compact mode is visible. Index of the non-compact rendered summary row Gets an item from the collection based on its index in the collection. The zero based index of the ColumnSummaryInfo to retrieve from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on a key value The string key of the item to be found. A ColumnSummaryInfo object with the ColumnKey value passed in, null otherwise. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the ColumnSummaryInfoCollection belong to. Reference to the IBand to which the ColumnSummaryInfoCollection belong to. Defines column summaries for one column. Determines wheather Summaries should be persisted. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the collection. Makes a copy of the object. The cloned object Key of the column the summaries belong to. Holds all of the summaries for one column. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Behavior that defines the grid's summary row capabilities. Default constructor for the SummaryRow Behavior Place holder for the behavior's client events. Fires the CalculateCustomSummary event. Fires the CalculateSummary event. Fires the SummaryCalculated event. Determines if ColumnSummaries should be persisted Determines if the ColumnSettings should be serialized. Overrides base behavior's method. Hooks up all of the internal events from inside of the method. Ensures that event handlers are properly attached to the grid's internal events. Overrides base class' method. Unhooks all of the internal event handlers previously hooked by the summaries. Overrides base class' method. Called when an asynchronous request is initiated by the sorting - a column is being sorted and the sorting is in the AJAX mode. that contains information related to the asynchronous request. Overrides base class' method. Called by the framework for the summaries to provide its script references. The script reference collection to add the summaries script references to. Overrides base class' method. Returns number of AppStyling roles supported by the summaries. Number of AppStyling roles supported by the behavior. Overrides base class' method. Gets reference to the summaries role info by its index. Index of the role to get. descriptor of the role. Null if no role is available with that index. Returns true if a numeric column is decimal-like to allow formatting for average summary The data type on the column Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The objects to reload. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Overrides base class' method. Handles processing of adjusting summaries. Type of the action. Identification of the object the action is happened to. A value assotiated with the action. A tag associated with the action. Creates a clone of the object Clone of the object Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties This parameter is used by WebHierarchicalDataGrid to copy behavior properties. If deep is set to true then the behavior properties are copied as if it was defined on the grid's band. If deep is set to false then the behavior's properties are copied as if it was defined on a parent grid or parent band. Holds client side event definitions for the summary row behavior. Event that is fired whenever each custom summary needs to be calculated. Indicates if the CalculateCustomSummary event is handled. Event that is fired whenever each normal summary type needs to be calculated because the grid is doing custom binding Indicates if the CalculateCustomSummary event is handled. Event that is fired whenever a stadard summary is calculated (any summary which is not a custom summary). Indicates if the SummaryCalculated event is handled. This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands. If the property is set to True then summaries will calculate based on the data that has not been filtered out by the filtering conditions applied through the grid's Filtering behavior. If the property is set to False then the summaries will be calculated on the whole data no matter if it is filtered out or not. CSS class for the summaries cells (the TH elements that display the summary value). A collection of columns that will have summaries calculated for them. Only one entry per column is allowed. Boolean property, which determines if the summary buttons for the summary row are shown next to the header caption. True - the buttons are shown, this is the default False - the buttons are not shown and summaries can only be add programmatically. The button object that will be displayed in the grid's column header for showing the summary drop down. Sets/Gets the Z-Index of the summary dropdown element. The type of animation that the summary dropdown will play when it is displaying or hiding. Determines whether the summary dropdown will play an animation while it is displaying or hiding The duration of the animation that the summary dropdown will play while its displaying or hiding in milliseconds Holds the column settings for the SummaryRow behavior. Holds name of the behavior. It's "SummaryRow" for the summaries behavior. Ovverriden property. Enable the behvaior in the grid. Filler for an empty summary . The deafult value is "--". Specifies how compact the summaries are rendered. On indicates that the summaries may be rendered compactly, even mixing different summaries on the same line. Off ensures that each summary type is occupying a separate line. Auto will use Off if the maximum number of visible summaries is one or less and On otherwise. Specifies how compact the summaries are rendered. True indicates that the summaries may be rendered compactly, even mixingdifferent summaries on the same line. False ensures that each summary type is occupying a separate line. This is the format string that is applied to all summaries' text in the footer. The default is "{0} = {1}" where {0} is the summary name and {1} is the value. Beware that using a formatting specific to a particular type here can cause an exception when other types use this formatting. This can be overriden on a column setting or a summary setting. Indicates whether the behavior is data binding related. The number of properties for SummaryRow Returns a | delimited string with the localized summary names to send to the client ClientEvents used by the SummaryRow behavior. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Reference to the grid's SummaryRow behavior Create instance of SummaryRowClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Reference to the owner control's SummaryRow behavior Indicates whether view state needs to be tracked at this time. Event fired after a Summary is calculated Event fired just before the summaries option dropdown is displayed. This event is cancelable. Event fired after the summaries option dropdown is displayed. Event fired just before the summaries option dropdown is hidden. This event is cancelable. Event fired after the summaries option dropdown is hidden. Event fired after an update operation occured on the client, so a custom summary can be re-calculated. Event fired after an update operation occured on the client for a min or max sum if the value altered was the minimum or maximum. If not handled, the grid will postback to recalculate the value on the server. Roles supported by the summary row behavior of the grid. The summary role defines appearance of each single summary. The summary button role defines appearance of the button in the header. The summary drop down role defines appearance of the the drop down to choose summaries. The summary drop down item role defines appearance of the the drop down items. The summary row role defines appearance of each separate row in the summaries area. Number of roles supported by the summary row behavior. Summary type defines supported summaries out of the box. Number of records in the data source. Minimum value of all cells in the column. Applicable to numeric and date/time columns only. Maximum value of all cells in the column. Applicable to numeric and date/time columns only. Average value of the cells in the column. Applicable to numeric columns only. Sum of all cell values in the column. Applicable to numeric columns only. The summary is expected to be assigned inside of the CalculateCustomSummary event handler. An enumeration of all the properties that the SummaryRow object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the SummaryRow.SummaryDropdownZIndex property/> The number of properties for SummaryRow An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnSummaryInfo object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the ColumnSummaryInfo.ColumnKey property/> The number of properties for ColumnSummaryInfo Delegate for the CalculateCustomSummary event handler. Reference to the sender control. Reference to the CustomSummaryEventArgs event arguments. The calculated value of the custom summay Delegate for SummaryCalculated event handler Reference to the sender control. Reference to the SummaryEventArgs event arguments. This class is used for the exception when a custom summary is added, but the server event CalculateCustomSummary is not handled. Creates a new UnhandledCustomSummaryException The message of the exception Column key which had a custom summary Returns the key of the column which had the custom summary added. This class is used for the exception when the default data binding of the grid is cancelled and a normal summary (Count, Min, Max, Average, Sum) is added, but the CalculateSummary event is not handled. Creates a new UnhandledCalculateSummaryException The message of the exception Column key which had a custom summary CustomSummaryEventArgs event arguments for the CalculateCustomSummary event. Creates an instance of the object The column summary info object for which the event is being raised. The summary object for which the event is being raised. Reference to the column summary info object for which the event is being raised. Reference to the summary object for which the event is being raised. SummaryEventArgs event arguments for the SummaryCalculated event. Creates an instance of the object The column summary info object for which the event is being raised. The summary object for which the event is being raised. The calculated value of the summary for which the event is being raised. The calculated value of the summary for which the event is being raised. Column settings for SummaryRow behavior. Creates a new instance of the object The WebDataGrid object that this Setting belongs to. Creates a new instance of the object The WebDataGrid object that this Setting belongs to. The key of a ControlDataField which a SummaryRowSetting is tied to. Creates a new instance of the object Determines wheather SummarySettings should be serialized. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. Makes a copy of the object. The cloned object Determines whether the summary is enabled on the particular column. If this is disabled then the user will not be able to calculate any summaries for this column via code or via the user interface. Determines if the summary dropdown button for choosing which summary to calculate for the column is shown next to the header caption. Determines if the summary dropdown displays the standard summaries as options for the column. This is the format string that is applied to all summaries' text in the footer for this column. The default is "{0} = {1}" where {0} is the summary name and {1} is the value. Beware that using a formatting specific to a particular type, such as a DateTime, can cause an exception when formatting the Count or possibly a custom summary. This can be overriden on a summary setting. Collection of summary settings for the column. (This collection is meant to determine how a particular summary type will look/function for the column). This determines whether to format summary values using the column's FormatValue method before passing that value to the summary format string. If this is false, DataFormatString, FormatFieldMethod method, and editor providers will not format the value. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Returns a | delimited string with the SummaryType (as int) of the custom options to show Returns a | delimited string with 1 or 0 for whether to show the summary Returns a | delimited string with the names of the custom options to show A collection of SummaryRowSetting objects. Create a new instance of SummaryRowSettings object. Create a new instance of SummaryRowSettings object. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the SummaryRowSettings belong to. Appends the SummaryRowSettings to the collection. object to add. Returns the index of the SummaryRowSetting in the collection. object whose index to locate. Index of the given object in the collection Returns the SummaryRowSetting object whose ColumnKey matches the given key. The key of a ControlDataField which a SummaryRowSetting is tied to. SummaryRowSetting whose ColumnKey matched the given key. If a SummaryRowSetting with the given key is not found null is returned. Inserts the SummaryRowSetting to the underlying collection ArrayList Index at which to insert the setting into the collection. The setting which to insert into the collection Returns true if the collection contains the SummaryRowSetting. SummaryRowSetting whose containment to check for. True if the item is in the collection, false otherwise. Removes the SummaryRowSetting from the collection. to remove. Implements overriden method to return an instance of the collection. Type of the collection member to create. An instance of the collection member requested. Gets an item from the collection based on the ColumnKey of the . The ColumnKey value of the SummaryRowSetting to retrieve from the collection. The SummaryRowSetting object with the given ColumnKey value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Gets an item from the collection based on the index. The zero based index of the SummaryRowSetting to retrieve from the collection. Holds all of the summaries that will be calculated for a column. Appends a summary with the given type to the collection The type of summary to add Appends the given summary to the collection The summary to add to the collection Inserts the Summary to the underlying collection ArrayList The interger index at which to insert the object The Summary object to inset. Returns true if the collection contains the given Summary object. The Summary object to search for. True is the object is contained in the collection, otherwise False Returns true if the collection contains a Summary that shares the key value with the inputted parameter. Summary type to search for True if a Summary object with that key is found Creates item of the correct type for this collection. Item type string identifier. New instance of the collection item. String representation of the object. String representation of the object. Returns a custom summary in the collection with the given name or null if none exists. The name of the custom summary The with the given name. Gets an item from the collection based on the index. The zero based index of the Summary to retrieve from the collection. at the given index Gets an item from the collection based on the SummaryType of the . The The of the given type if one exist in the collection Defines single summary for a column. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Type of the summary. This is the name that will be display as the option for summary dropdown if the summary is custom. It is also the name passed into the CalculateCustomSummary event. This property should be set for all custom summaries as it is what uniquely identifies a summary. The name of the css class to be applied to this instance of the summary. This property is meant to be used for conditional formating based on the value of the summary, when it SummaryCalculated event is raised for the standard summaries or the CalculateCustomSummary event is raised for the custom summaries. Settings object for a particular type of summary. Creates a new instance of Creates a new instance of The type of summary for which to create the setting Creates a new instance of The type of summary for which to create the setting The unique name of the summary. Type of the summary. Describes format of the rendered summary. The default value is "{0} = {1}". There are two supported tokens: {0} - name of the summary, {1} - value of the summary. This is the name that will be display as the option for summary dropdown if the summary is custom. It is also the name passed into the CalculateCustomSummary event. This property should be set for all custom summaries as it is what uniquely identifies a summary. The name of the css class to be applied to this type of summary. Determines if the summary option for this particular summary type will be shown in the dropdown list. A collection of objects. Adds a new summary setting object to the collection. The summary type for which to create the setting. Adds a new summary setting object to the collection. The summary type for which to create the setting. The name for the custom summary for which to create the setting. Adds the given summary setting object to the collection. Creates item of the correct type for this collection. Item type string identifier. New instance of the collection item. Returns a custom summary setting in the collection with the given name or null if none exists. The name of the custom summary setting The with the given name. Gets an item from the collection based on the index. The zero based index of the SummarySetting to retrieve from the collection. at the given index Gets an item from the collection based on the SummaryType of the . The The for the given summary type if one exist in the collection Represents an Image Button capable of display in several visual states. This class was created to extend the ImageButton allow behaviors to specify a custom URL designer Constructor for GridBehaviorsImageButton object Render image as img tag. Reference to writer Saves extra properties to send to the client. The url that will be used for the image. The url that will be used for the image when the button is hovered. The url that will be used for the image when the button is pressed. Override the ImageObjects Visible property so as to hide it from the application, since the Grid's behavior will determine if the button should be visible of not Override the ImageObjects Visible property so as to hide it from the application, since the Grid's behavior will determine if the button should be visible of not An object containing information on when the server events will be called. Constructor for SelectionAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets auto postback options applied to CellSelectionChanged event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to ColumnSelectionChanged event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to RowSelectionChanged event. Checks if all properties have default values. Properties for a sorting column setting Enumeration value for the the SortingColumnSetting.Sortable property/> Enumeration value for the the SortingColumnSetting.MergeCells property/> The number of properties for SortingColumnSetting Column setting for sorting behavior Creates a new SortingColumnSetting The grid the setting belongs to Creates a new SortingColumnSetting Determines whether sorting is enabled for this column. Determines whether common values will be merged for this column. Number of properties. SortedColumnSettings allow for granular control of the sorting behavior on a Column basis. Creates a new instance of a SortingColumnSettings object. The WebDataGrid that the object will belong to. Creates a new instance of a SortingColumnSettings object. Appends the SortingColumnSetting to the collection. The SortingColumnSetting to be added to the collection. Returns the index of the SortingColumnSetting in the collection. The SortingColumnSetting object to locate in the collection. Inserts the SortingColumnSetting to the underlying collection ArrayList The index at which the item will be inserted. The SortingColumnSetting to be added to the collection. Returns true if the collection contains the SortingColumnSetting. The SortingColumnSetting object to locate in the collection. Removes the SortingColumnSetting from the collection. The SortingColumnSetting to be removed from the collection. Creates a new SortingColumnSetting object Type of object to create as a string. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the SortingColumnSetting to retrieve from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on the ColumnKey of the SortingColumnSetting. The ColumnKey value of the SortingColumnSetting to retrieve from the collection. The SortingColumnSetting object with the given ColumnKey value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Behavior that enables the grid to scroll its rows in a virtual mode. Overrides base behavior's method. Hooks up all of the internal events from inside of the method. Overrides base class' method. Unhooks all of the internal event handlers previously hooked by the sorting. Overrides base class' method. Called by the framework for the virtual scrolling to provide its script references. The script reference collection to add the virtual scrolling's script references to. Saves extra properties to send to the client. Called on client action Called by callback Overrides base class' method. Returns number of AppStyling roles supported by VirtualScrolling. Number of AppStyling roles supported by the behavior. Overrides base class' method. Gets reference to the pager's role info by its index. Index of the role to get. descriptor of the role. Null if no role is available with that index. Overrides base class' method. Returns an instance of . The sorting specific client events object - . Fires the event. Called by the virtual scrolling whenever more rows are requested from the client. Index of the first row in the requested range. Number of requested rows. Load data modified at run time. Modified data Overrides base class' method. Saves extra information into the view state. Defines scrolling mode of the grid. Defines how many rows are kept in the row cache. The actual number of rows in the cache equals to the visible row number times the factor. Defines the threshold of the rowcache.

That is ratio between number of rows in cache located below or above visible rows in grid and number of visible rows. When the threshold is reached either on the top or on the bottom edge of the visible rows, then an asynchronous request for more rows from server is triggered.

Defines data fetch delay. More rows request is initiated back to the server when the scrollbar is not moving for the specified number of milliseconds. Name of the CSS class for the the deferred mode's tooltip. Gets sets visibility of tooltip.

If value is NotSet, then tooltip appears for ScrollingMode.Deferred and does not appear for Virtual mode.

 Gets sets average height of a row.

That property can be used to adjust number of rows in cache on initial load of grid, when actual height of a row is different from 20 pixels. It can be usefull, when texts in cells is long and height of rows becomes large due to auto-wrap feature of browser.

Default value is set to 20.

Note: That property does not affect actual height of rows.

 Determines if the behavior is enabled. If the behavior is present in the behaviors collection but the property is set to False the behavior is being ignored by the framework. Name of the behavior. Displayed at the design time in the expandable collection. Returns number of properties for the client state supported by the virtual scrolling behavior. Holds client side event definitions for the virtual scrolling. Occurs when a new set of rows is requested on the server by the virtual scrolling behavior. Indicates if the rows requested event is handled. Clientside events that the VirtualScrolling behavior will raise on client. The number of properties for this object Create instance of VirtualScrollingClientEvents. Reference to WebDataGrid Reference to VirtualScrolling Option to track view state Auto postback options. It enabled async postback for MoreRowsRequesting event. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when more rows are requesting from server. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after rows were received from server. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before tooltip is displayed. It allows to modify appearance of tooltip and its text. Internal use only Enumeration value for the the VirtualScrolling.DataFetchDelay property Enumeration value for the the VirtualScrolling.TooltipCssClass property Enumeration value for the the VirtualScrolling.RowCacheOffsetIndex property Enumeration value for the the VirtualScrolling.RowCacheSize property Enumeration value for the the VirtualScrolling.AverageRowHeight property Enumeration value for the the VirtualScrolling.TooltipVisibility property The amount of roles defined on the object. Defines scrolling mode of the grid. Virtual mode. In this mode the grid scrolls without a delay within its cache and delays when new rows are being requested from the server. Deferred mode. In this mode the grid's rows are not moved until the scollbar is at rest. The first visible row index is displayed while scollbar is dragged. Roles supported by the VirtualScrolling behavior of the grid. The appearance of tooltip. Number of roles supported by the VirtualScrolling behavior. Delegate for the virtual scrolling's rows requested event handler. Reference to the sender control. Reference to the virtual scrolling event arguments. Virtual scrolling event arguments. Constructs the event arguments object. Index of the first row in the requested range. Number of requested rows. Index of the first row in the requested range. Number of requested rows. Represents a checkbox column or field in the WebDataGrid control. Interface for a GridField to implement when it is displaying a checkbox Takes in a value, such as from a GridRecordItem, and coverts it to a CheckBoxState The value to convert to a CheckBoxState Returns CheckBoxState that corresponds to the value Converts a value into the corresponding image url of the checkbox to be displayed The state of the checkbox The image url corresponding to checked, unchecked, or partial Converts a value into the corresponding image url of the checkbox to be displayed The state of the checbox The image alt/title corresponding to checked, unchecked, or partial The object for customizing the checkboxes displayed in the column The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is checked. The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is partially checked. The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is unchecked. Specifies the text to display next to the checkbox. Initializes a new instance of the BoundCheckBoxField class with default settings. Initializes a new instance of the BoundCheckBoxField class. Whether viewstate should be tracked from the column/field Takes in a value, such as from a GridRecordItem, and coverts it to a CheckBoxState The value to convert to a CheckBoxState Returns CheckBoxState that corresponds to the value Converts a value into the corresponding image url of the checkbox to be displayed The state of the checkbox The image url corresponding to checked, unchecked, or partial Converts a value into the corresponding image url of the checkbox to be displayed The state of the checbox The image alt/title corresponding to checked, unchecked, or partial Copies the fields properties to another ControlDataField Field to copy props to Copies the fields properties to another ControlDataField Field to copy props to Whether to track the journal state Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data This method turns on ViewState tracking for the object Once this method is called by the ASP.NET framework, all subsequence property set operations will result in the data being serialized to the page ViewState hidden field and round tripped to the server on postback. The object for customizing the checkboxes displayed in the column The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is checked. {0} is replaced by the cell's value. The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is partially checked. {0} is replaced by the cell's value. The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is unchecked. {0} is replaced by the cell's value. Specifies the text to display next to the checkbox. Object used by this column to convert cell values into true/false or a partial state. The formatting that is applied to the field's values. For example, "{0:d} or {0:c}". Whether the field is HTML encoded when displayed to the user. Whether the \n occurances in the text of this field will be replaced with <BR />. An object containing information on when the server events will be called. Constructor for ColumnResizingAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets/sets auto postback options applied to HeaderCheckBoxClicked event. When this property is set to true, a postback will happen immediately and values changed on the server. When it is false, the values are changed on the client. Checks if all properties have default values. Class used to perform boolean conversion logic for bool values Used by BoundCheckBoxField to convert generic objects into true/false values Determines whether an object is true The value to determine if is true Boolean indicating if the value passed in can be considered 'true' Determines whether an object is false The value to determine if is false Boolean indicating if the value passed in can be considered 'false' The default value to use when a false value is switched to true. The default value to use when a true value is switched to false. Returns true if value is a boolean and true The value to determine if is true Returns true if value is a boolean and false The value to determine if is false Returns true Returns false Editor for WebNumericEditor object. Editor provider Class used as base for editor providers of WebDataGrid Interface implmeneted by the editors and editor providers to communicate with the grid. Returns true if the implementing object can edit value of requested type. Type of a variable that is requested to be edited. True if the object supports editing the type. Returns true if the implementing object can render (i.e. format) value of requested type. Type of a variable that is requested to be rendered. True if the object supports rendering the type. If returns true this method should be called to get rendered (that is formatted) value. Value to render. Rendered string representing the value. Default constructor Save client properties Design time representation of this class The ID Checks if editor can edit object of particular type Type of object True if object can be edited Checks if object can be rendered Type of object True if object can be rendered Render value Object to render Output text Get reference to editor Reference to editor Initialize editor after it was created. Check if object of particular type can be edited Type of object True if type can be edited Get type of object Method called when object is removed from collection Owner collection Method called when object is added to collection Owner collection Set object dirty A reference to the editor provider collection. Number of properties ID of this editor provider Gets class name Get index of object Default constructor Determines wheather to serialize EditorControl Get editor control Create editor Reference to new TEditorControl Get reference to TEditorControl Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is string Returns "Infragistics.Web.UI.TextEditorProvider" Editor for WebDateTimeEditor object. Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is DateTime Returns "Infragistics.Web.UI.TextEditorProvider" Editor for WebDateTimeEditor object. Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is DateTime Returns "Infragistics.Web.UI.TextEditorProvider" Properties of editor providers Enumeration value for the editor provider ID property Number of properties on the editor provider object Collection of editor providers used by WebDataGrid Default constructor Constructor Reference to grid which owns this collection Add editor provider to collection Reference to editor provider Index of item within collection Create instance of object Type of object Reference to object Design time representation of this class. Empty string Custom persistence logic for saving editor providers Custom persistence logic for loading editor providers Returns a provider by its id. Get editor provider at particular index Index of editor provider Reference to editor provider Get editor provider by its ID ID of the editor provider Reference to editor provider Editor for WebMaskEditor object. Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is string Returns "Infragistics.Web.UI.TextEditorProvider" Editor for WebDateTimeEditor object. Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is DateTime Returns "Infragistics.Web.UI.MonthCalendarProvider" Editor for WebNumericEditor object. Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is string Returns "Infragistics.Web.UI.TextEditorProvider" Editor for WebNumericEditor object. Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is string Returns "Infragistics.Web.UI.TextEditorProvider" Editor for WebRating object. Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is decimal, double, float, long, int, short, byte or DateTime Returns "Infragistics.Web.UI.TextEditorProvider" Properties specific to rating editor providers ID for CommitValueOnTab property Count of props Editor for WebSlider object. Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is decimal, double, float, long, int, short, byte or DateTime Returns "Infragistics.Web.UI.SliderProvider" Editor for TextBox object. Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is String or Integer Extension of TextBox with overriden Color related properties to support designer. Background color of control Foreground color of control Border color of control Border width of control Border style of control Editor for WebTextEditor object. Default constructor Constructor with id Value for the ID property Checks supported type of object True if type is string Returns "Infragistics.Web.UI.TextEditorProvider" Number of properties Gets sets ability to stop edit mode on Enter key press Properties of editor providers ID for ExitEditModeOnEnter property Count of props Editor provider for the WebDropDown. The provider allows to assign the WebDropDown to a grid's column and have the column's cells to be editable with a value list. Checks if editor can edit object of particular type Type of object True if object can be edited Checks if object can be rendered Type of object True if object can be rendered Render value Object to render Output text Overrides saving client properties. Initializes undelying editor with specific settings for the provider. Class name of the editor provider on the client. Stretches the drops down control vertically to match the editing cell height. Aligns the drop down relatively to the cell that is being edited. A behavior that allows the WebDataGrid to Edit a Cell. Called when the CellEditing behavior is enabled. Called when the CellEditing behavior is disabled. Creates instance of EditingColumnSettings. EditingColumnSettings Determines if the ColumnSettings should be serialized. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Overrides base class' method. Called by the framework for the summaries to provide its script references. The script reference collection to add the summaries script references to. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the CellEditingClientEvents. object. Returns the name of the object. This name is used on client to create the object. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Returns the EditingColumnSettings collection. List of events which are fired on client side. ClientEvents used by the CellEditing behavior. Create instance of CellEditingClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) An enumeration of all the properties that the CellEditing behavior will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the CellEditing and needs to send down additional properties. The amount of roles defined on the object. Enumeration for the properties for cell editing EditModeActions Enumeration value for the the EditModeActions.MouseClick property Enumeration value for the the EditModeActions.EnableF2 property Enumeration value for the the EditModeActions.EnableOnActive property Enumeration value for the the EditModeActions.EnableOnKeyPress property The amount of roles defined on the object. Determines when a cell enters edit mode when clicked upon Cell does not enter edit mode from a mouse click Cell enters edit mode from a single mouse click Cell enters edit mode from a double mouse click Class which encapsulates the filtering condition that will be applied to WebDataGrid column. Creates a new instance of ColumnFilter object. Creates a new instance of ColumnFilter object. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the ColumnFilter belong to. Creates a new instance of ColumnFilter object. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the ColumnFilter belong to. The key of a ControlDataField which a ColumnFilter is tied to. Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition string. SQL-where clause type filtering condition string Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The objects to reload. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Returns a clone of this ColumnFilter Clone of the object Gets the reference to the owner grid Gets the instance of the collection containing the ColumnFilter (ColumnFilters) Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. The key of a ControlDataField which a ColumnFilter is tied to. Gets a string representing a javascript type of a column. Rule and value based filtering condition that will apply to the ControlDataField which the ColumnFilter is tied to. Proxy member used only for serialization of the Condition property. Please do not use. A collection of ColumnFilter objects. Create a new instance of ColumnFilters object. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the ColumnFilters belong to. Implements overriden method to return an instance of the collection. Type of the collection member to create. An instance of the collection member requested. Appends the ColumnFilter to the collection. Returns the index of the ColumnFilter in the collection. Returns the ColumnFilter object whose ColumnFilter.ColumnKey matches the given key. The key of a ControlDataField which a ColumnFilter is tied to. ColumnFilter whose ColumnFilter.ColumnKey matched the given key. If a ColumnFilter with the given key is not found null is returned. Inserts the ColumnFilter to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the ColumnFilter. Returns true if the collection contians a ColumnFilter with the specified key. The key of a ControlDataField which a ColumnFilter is tied to. Removes the ColumnFilter from the collection. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the ColumnFilter to retrieve from the collection. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The ColumnFilter's ColumnKey Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the ColumnFilters belong to. Returns the IBand, if any, that this ColumnFilters object belongs to Column settings for Filtering behavior. Creates a new instance of ColumnFilteringSetting object. Creates a new instance of ColumnFilteringSetting object. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the ColumnFilteringSetting belong to. Creates a new instance of ColumnFilteringSetting object. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the ColumnFilteringSetting belong to. The key of a ControlDataField which a ColumnFilteringSetting is tied to. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Determines whether the filtering is enabled on the particular column. If this is disabled then the user will not be able to filter by this column via code or via the user interface. If this is enabled and the Visibility properties is set to true for the Filtering behavior then the filtering user interface will be rendered for this column. Gets/sets the value that determines whether the column is read only. The url that will be used for the button image before filters are applied. The alt text that will be used for the BeforeFilterAppliedImageUrl The url that will be used for the button image after filters are applied. CSS class that will be applied to the filter row cell of this column if filtering is disabled for the column. Indicates how the text of the unique value is displayed if filter type is RowFilter and filtering is not case sensitive. The text in the filter dropdown for null values when FilterType is ExcelStyleFilter. A collection of ColumnFilteringSetting objects. Create a new instance of ColumnFilteringSettings object. Create a new instance of ColumnFilteringSettings object. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the ColumnFilteringSettings belong to. Implements overriden method to return an instance of the collection. Type of the collection member to create. An instance of the collection member requested. Appends the ColumnFilteringSetting to the collection. Returns the index of the ColumnFilteringSetting in the collection. Returns the ColumnFilteringSetting object whose ColumnKey matches the given key. The key of a ControlDataField which a ColumnFilteringSetting is tied to. ColumnFilteringSetting whose ColumnKey matched the given key. If a ColumnFilteringSetting with the given key is not found null is returned. Inserts the ColumnFilteringSetting to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the ColumnFilteringSetting. Removes the ColumnFilteringSetting from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on the ColumnKey of the ColumnFilteringSetting. The ColumnKey value of the ColumnFilteringSetting to retrieve from the collection. The ColumnFilteringSetting object with the given ColumnKey value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the ColumnFilteringSetting to retrieve from the collection. ClientEvents used by the Filtering behavior. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Reference to the grid's filtering behavior Create instance of FilteringClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Reference to the owner control's Filtering behavior This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Event fired before a filters are applied. This event is cancelable. Event fired after filters are applied. Event fired after one or more column filters are added to the column filters collection. Event fired just before the rules filter dropdown is displayed. This event is cancelable. Event fired after the rules filter dropdown is displayed. Event fired just before the rules filter dropdown is hidden. This event is cancelable. Event fired after the rules filter dropdown is hidden. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. CSS classes that will be applied to the Grid Filter elements. CSS class that will be applied to the filter row (the TR element of the filtering behavior) no matter where the row is appearing the top or the bottom. CSS class that will be applied to the filter row (the TR element of the filtering behavior), when the row is positioned at the top. CSS class that will be applied to the filter row (the TR element of the filtering behavior), when the row is positioned at the bottom. CSS class that will be applied to the filter rules dropdown container. CSS class that will be applied to the filter rules dropdown item. CSS class that will be applied to the filter rules dropdown selected item. CSS class that will be applied to the filter button. CSS class that will be applied to the filter cell (TD element of the filter row) when filtering is disabled for a column. CSS class that will be applied to the filter rules dropdown item, when the item is hovered over. CSS class that will be applied to the intersection of the filter row and vertical scrollbar. The CSS Class that will be applied to the ImageArea of the RowSelector of the Filter Row. The CSS Class that will be applied to the RowSelector of the Filter Row. CSS class that will be applied to the filter row cells (the TD element of the filtering behavior) no matter where the row is appearing the top or the bottom. CSS class that will be applied to the filter row cells (the TD element of the filtering behavior), when the row is positioned at the top. CSS class that will be applied to the filter row cells (the TD element of the filtering behavior), when the row is positioned at the bottom. Css class that will be applied to the expansion column for WebHierarchicalGrid in the filter row. Css class for the button that is displayed in the column header when the FilterType is not RowFilter. Css class for the list of unique values. Css class for the list item of unique values. The amount of roles defined on the Filtering object. An enumeration of all the properties that the Filtering behavior will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the Filtering and needs to send down additional properties. Enumeration value for the the Filtering.Visibility property/> Enumeration value for the the Filtering.FilterRuleDropdownZIndex property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the Filtering behavior will send to the client. An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnFilter object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the ColumnFilter.ColumnKey property/> Enumeration value for the the ColumnFilter.ColumnType property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the ColumnFilter behavior will send to the client. An enumeration of all the properties that the RuleNumberNode object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the RuleNumberNode.Rule property/> Enumeration value for the the RuleNumberNode.Value property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the RuleNumberNode behavior will send to the client. An enumeration of all the properties that the RuleTextNode object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the RuleTextNode.Rule property/> Enumeration value for the the RuleTextNode.Value property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the RuleTextNode behavior will send to the client. An enumeration of all the properties that the RuleDateNode object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the RuleDateNode.Rule property/> Enumeration value for the the RuleDateNode.Value property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the RuleDateNode behavior will send to the client. An enumeration of all the properties that the RuleBoolNode object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the RuleBoolNode.Rule property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the RuleBoolNode behavior will send to the client. Allowable values for the Filtering.Alignment property Top Bottom Allowable values for the Filtering.Visibility property Visible Hidden Allowable values for the Filtering.FilterType property Displays a row filter Excel style filtering. Allowable values for the Filtering.UniqueValueCasing property The text of the unique filter value will be displayed in lower case letters (example: name). The text of the unique filter value will be displayed in upper case letters(example: NAME). The text of the unique filter value will be displayed in camel case, where the first letter of the word is capitalized and all other letters are lower case (example: Name). Allowable values for the RuleTextNode.Rule property All Equals Does not equal Begins with Ends with Contains Does not contain All null values All values which are not null Allowable values for the RuleNumberNode.Rule property All Equals Does not equal Greater than Greater than or equal to Less than Less than or equal to All null values All values which are not null Allowable values for the RuleDateNode.Rule property All Equals Before After Tomorrow Today Yesterday Next week This week Last week Next month This month Last month Next quarter This quarter Last quarter Next year This year Last year Year to date All null values All values which are not null Does not equal Allowable values for the RuleBoolNode.Rule property All True False All null values All values which are not null All values which are not true. This enum value will only be used when filter type is ExcelStyleFiltering All values which are not false. This enum value will only be used when filter type is ExcelStyleFiltering Delegate for the data filtering event handler. Reference to the sender control. Reference to the filtering event arguments. Delegate for the data filtered event handler. Reference to the sender control. Reference to the filtering event arguments. Delegate for the PopulateUniqueFilterValues event handler. Reference to the sender control. The key should be the DataFieldName of the column that the grid is bound to and the value needs to be a list of unique values for that column in the datasource Filtering event arguments. Creates an instance of the FilteringEventArgs object Column filters that are to be applied the WebDataGrid Reference to the column filters collection. If set to true from inside an event handler the filtering will not occur. Filtered event arguments. Creates an instance of the FilteredEventArgs object Column filters that have be applied the WebDataGrid Reference to the column filters collection. Interface that every Filtering behavior of WebDataGrid should implement if they need to be compatible with Column Fixing. Raises the BeforeFilterItemApplyTemplate event. Raises the BeforeFilterItemMatchTemplate event. Raises the FilterItemXmlAttributes event. Event that should be raised before Item apply template is rendered. Indicates whether the BeforeFilterItemApplyTemplate event is handled Event that should be raised before Item match is rendered. Indicates whether the BeforeFilterItemMatchTemplate event is handled Event that should be raised after Fileting has added XmlAttributes to its Item, so other XmlAttributes can be added. Indicates whether the FilterItemXmlAttributes event is handled Behavior that defines the grid's filtering capabilities. Constructor for Filtering beahvior. Determines if the ColumnSettings should be serialized. Determines if ColumnFilters should be persisted Filters the data in WebDataGrid Handles the PreRender event Reference to the WebDataGrid The amount of Stylable roles on the behavior. Creates and initializes an instance of the ColumnSettingCollection object ColumnSettingCollection object Gets the RoleInfo object at the specified index. The index of the role. Called when the Filtering behavior is enabled. Called when the Filtering behavior is disabled. Overrides base class' method. Called when an asynchronous request is initiated by the filtering that contains information related to the asynchronous request. Overrides base class' method. Handles processing of filtering. Type of the action. Identification of the object the action is happened to. A value assotiated with the action. A tag associated with the action. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The objects to reload. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. The method is called by the framework to register any script references. List of script references to add the behavior script references to. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Removes any selected rows or cells from the SelectedCellCollection and SelectedRows Collection Creates a column filter from data passed from the client and adds it to the ColumnFilters collection Data recieved from the client Creates or updates the condition of a column filter by values passed from the client Data recieved from the client Index of the column filter in the ColumnFilters collection whose condition needs to be updated Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the FilteringClientEvents. object. Fires the DataFiltering event. Called by filtering whenever a data is about to be filtered. Cancelable envet Fires the DataFiltered event. Called by filtering whenever a data has been filtered. Raises the BeforeFilterItemApplyTemplate event. Raises the BeforeFilterItemMatchTemplate event. Raises the FilterItemXmlAttributes event. Clears the ColumnFilters collection. This method will be called when the grid's datasource is switched from the designer Create clone Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties This parameter is used by WebHierarchicalDataGrid to copy behavior properties. If deep is set to true then the behavior properties are copied as if it was defined on the grid's band. If deep is set to false then the behavior's properties are copied as if it was defined on a parent grid or parent band. Used to determine whether the user interface is visible for Filtering behavior. Hidden - filter row will not be visible Visible - filter row will be visible Sets/Gets the Z-Index of the filter rule dropdown element. Determines the location of the filter row. Top - It will appear in the header of the grid. Bottom - It will appear in the footer of the grid. Controls whether filtering will be case sensitive or not. Indicates how the text of the unique value is displayed if filter type is RowFilter and filtering is not case sensitive. The text in the filter dropdown for null values when FilterType is ExcelStyleFilter. Indicates what type of filtering will be enabled. RowFilter - allows one filtering condition per column, where you specify a rule (Equals, GreaterThan, ect) and a value. ExcelStyleFilter - in this mode you get a list of unique values in that column which can be (un)selected by checkboxes. Indicated whether the grid data is currently filtered. Used to set the look and feel of the filter row Used to set the look and feel of the filter rule dropdown Used to set the look and feel of the filter rule dropdown item Used to set the look and feel of the filter rule dropdown selected item Used to set the look and feel of the filter rule dropdown hovered over item Used to set the look and feel of the filter button. The CSS Class that will be applied to the ImageArea of the RowSelector of the Filter Row. This class is available for setting the BackgroundImage of the RowSelector. The CSS Class that will be applied to the ImageArea of the RowSelector of the Filter Row. This class is available for setting the BackgroundImage of the RowSelector. Returns a ColumnFilteringSettings collection. Returns a ColumnFilters collection. The type of animation that the filter rule dropdown will play when it is displaying or hiding. Determines whether the filter rule dropdown will play an animation while it is displaying or hiding The duration of the animation that the filter rule dropdown will play while its displaying or hiding in milliseconds The button object that will be displayed in the grid's column header for showing the filter drop down for when FilterType is ExcelStyleFilter before the column has a filter applied. The button object that will be displayed in the grid's column header for showing the filter drop down for when FilterType is ExcelStyleFilter after the column has a filter applied. Overriden. Keeps the behavior name. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. List of events which are fired on client side. Occurs when a filters are about to be applied to the grid's data. Indicates if the data filtering event is handled. Occurs when a filters have be applied to the grid's data. Indicates if the data filtered event is handled. Occurs when right before filtering behavior goes back to the client. This event needs to be handled when CustomDatabinding is used for the grid to provide the values that filtering needs to display for each column when filteringType is ExcelStyleFiltering. Indicates if the PopulateUniqueFilterValues event is handled. Event that should be raised before Item apply template is rendered. Indicates whether the BeforeFilterItemApplyTemplate event is handled Event that should be raised before Item match is rendered. Indicates whether the BeforeFilterItemMatchTemplate event is handled Event that should be raised after Fileting has added XmlAttributes to its Item, so other XmlAttributes can be added. Indicates whether the FilterItemXmlAttributes event is handled Filtering condition for a string type column of WebDataGrid Create a new instance of the RuleBoolNode object Create a new instance of the RuleBoolNode object The rule which to apply to the filter condition Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition based on what the Rule and Value properties are set to The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an LINQ-where clause type filtering condition based on what the Rule and Value properties are set to The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the LINQ-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a LINQ-where clause type filtering condition, thats into account where filtering should be case sensitive or not. the name of the column to which the condition will be applied indicates whether filtering should be case sensitive or not, this parameter is only important for string comparison A string of the LINQ-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a Entity-where clause type filtering condition (has it. at front of column names) the name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the Entity-where clause type filtering condition Saves view state. Load view state The rule which to apply to the filter condition Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Filtering condition for a DateTime type column of WebDataGrid Create a new instance of the RuleDateNode object Create a new instance of the RuleDateNode object The rule which to apply to the filter condition The value which to use in the filter condition Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition based on what the Rule and Value properties are set to The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an LINQ-where clause type filtering condition based on what the Rule and Value properties are set to The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a LINQ-where clause type filtering condition, thats into account where filtering should be case sensitive or not. the name of the column to which the condition will be applied indicates whether filtering should be case sensitive or not, this parameter is only important for string comparison A string of the LINQ-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a Entity-where clause type filtering condition (has it. at front of column names) the name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the Entity-where clause type filtering condition Creates a SQL acceptable string for a DateTime value, by wrapping the string with # characters DateTime value to create the string for. SQL acceptable string for a DateTime value Creates a LINQ acceptable string for a creation of a date object DateTime value to create the string for. LINQ acceptable string for a creation of a date object Determines what the first and last date of the year is based on the offset parameter The offset determines which year's date will be calculated Next - the following calendar year from today's date This - the calendar year based on today's date Last - the passed calendar year from today's date The first date of the year The last date of the year Determines what the first and last date of the quarter is based on the offset parameter The offset determines which quarter's date will be calculated Next - the next quarter from today's date This - the quarter which today's date belongs to Last - the passed quarter from today's date The first date of the quarter The last date of the quarter Determines what the first and last date of the month is based on the offset parameter The offset determines which month's date will be calculated Next - the next calendar month from today's date This - the month which today's date belongs to Last - the passed calendar month from today's date The first date of the month The last date of the month Determines what the first and last date of the week is based on the offset parameter The offset determines which week's date will be calculated Next - the next calendar week from today's date This - the week which today's date belongs to Last - the passed calendar week from today's date The first date of the week The last date of the week Saves view state. Load view state The rule which to apply to the filter condition The value which to use in the filter condition Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Indicates which time span from Today's date should be considered The time interval which Today's date is in The next time interval from Today's date The last time interval from Today's date Filtering condition for a numeric type column of WebDataGrid Create a new instance of the RuleNumberNode object Create a new instance of the RuleNumberNode object The rule which to apply to the filter condition The value which to use in the filter condition Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition based on what the Rule and Value properties are set to The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an Linq-where clause type filtering condition based on what the Rule and Value properties are set to The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the Linq-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a LINQ-where clause type filtering condition, thats into account where filtering should be case sensitive or not. the name of the column to which the condition will be applied indicates whether filtering should be case sensitive or not, this parameter is only important for string comparison A string of the LINQ-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a Entity-where clause type filtering condition (has it. at front of column names) the name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the Entity-where clause type filtering condition Saves view state. Load view state The rule which to apply to the filter condition The value which to use in the filter condition Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Filtering condition for a string type column of WebDataGrid Create a new instance of the RuleTextNode object Create a new instance of the RuleTextNode object The rule which to apply to the filter condition The value which to use in the filter condition Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition based on what the Rule and Value properties are set to The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an Linq-where clause type filtering condition based on what the Rule and Value properties are set to The name of the column to which the condition will be applied indicates whether filtering should be case sensitive or not, this parameter is only important for string comparison A string of the Linq-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a LINQ-where clause type filtering condition, thats into account where filtering should be case sensitive or not. the name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the LINQ-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a Entity-where clause type filtering condition (has it. at front of column names) the name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the Entity-where clause type filtering condition Encodes special characters in the string so it can be used in an SQL where clause. ' are doubled up to be '' *, %, [, ], are encapsulated in square brackets, e.g. [*] The string to encode Encoded string Saves view state. Load view state The rule which to apply to the filter condition The value which to use in the filter condition Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Enumerates serializable properties of a grid behavior. Name of a behavior. Total count of properties in the enumeration. Attribute used to control properties per Behavior Creates an instance with the give behavior type The type of the specified behavior Returns the type of the behavior The class provides data for the RowSelectors behavior during the process of rendering. Event arguements which have a srting builder Construnctor for StringBuilderEventArgs StringBuilder which will be used in the event arguements StringBuilder which will be used in the event arguements Cancelable xsl rendering event args. The property indicates if the event was canceled. Event args for ContainerGridRowColSpanCalculating event Creates a new SpanCalculatingEventArgs with col span starting at the given number Creates a new SpanCalculatingEventArgs with col span starting at 0 The number of extra colspan Event args for ContainerGridRowColSpanCalculating event Creates a new ApplyingMergeRolesEventArgs The cell Object representing the event arguments for GroupingWalkRow event. Creates an instance of GroupingWalkRowInternalEventArgs. The row that is currently being examined The row that is currently being examined Whether the previous row was expanded Whether the row is the end of the current group Event args for GeneratingFooterAttributes event Creates a new ApplyingMergeRolesEventArgs The footer generating its attributes A sibling footer Calls ContainerGridRowColSpanCalculating event The number of extra cells to add to col span of row Calls ContainerGridRowColSpanCalculating event The number of extra cells to add to col span of row Raises the GroupingWalkRow event. Calls ContainerGridRecordExpandedChanged event Calls GeneratingFooterAttributes event Calls BeforeRenderingFooterSizeRow event Returns if the footer size row rendering should be cancelled The event is fired for the behaviors to register its child controls script descriptors. The event is fired for the behaviors to register its JavaScript file references. The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the record match content The event is fired for the behaviors to cancel the redering of record items and instead render the items in their own way The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the record match content The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL after the record match content. The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the header match content The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the header match content The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the footer match content The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the header match content The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the header match content The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the header match content The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the footer match content The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the header match content The event is fired for the behaviors to render their own templates that can be used in the xsl that they generate. The event is fired for the behaviors to cancel the redering of caption and render the caption in their own way The event is fired for the behaviors to cancel the redering of caption and render the caption in their own way The event is fired for the behaviors to cancel the redering of caption and render the caption in their own way The event is fired for the behaviors to cancel the redering of caption and render the caption in their own way The event is fired for the behaviors to cancel formatting of cells The event is fired for the behaviors to cancel the redering of Records and render the Records in their own way The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the header match content. This event is fired right before the header TR element is rendered. The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL right in the begining of the "Record" template The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL right in the begining of the "Record" template The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL right in the begining of the "Record" template The event is fired by the EditingCore beahvior when a row updates The event is fired for the behaviors to cancel the redering of caption and render the caption in their own way The event that fires when a ContainerGridRecord is calculating its ColSpan Returns whether ContainerGridRowColSpanCalculating is handled The event that fires when a ContainerGridRecord is calculating its ColSpan Returns whether GeneratingCellAttributes is handled The event is fired when the data rows are being walked to group rows Indicates if the GroupingWalkRow event is handled. The event that fires right before the xslt for generating a size row is output Returns whether ContainerGridRecordExpandedChanged is handled The event that fires when a GridFieldFooterCaption is generating its attributes Returns whether GeneratingCellAttributes is handled The event that fires right before the xslt for generating a size row is output Returns whether BeforeRenderingFooterSizeRow is handled The event is fired for the behaviors to render some additional XSL to the footer match content Delegate for ContainerGridRowColSpanCalculating event The sender The event args Delegate for GeneratingCellAttributes event The sender The event args Delegate for the GroupingWalkRow event. WebHierarchicalDataGrid for which events is be raised. Event arguments. Delegate for ContainerGridRecordExpandedChanged event The sender The event args Delegate for GeneratingFooterAttributes event The sender The event args Delegate for BeforeRenderingFooterSizeRow event The sender The event args Paging behavior interface marker. Can be used to get access to a paging behavior in the behaviors collection. Index of the current page. Number of rows per page. Size of the current page. Equals to PageSize for all pages but the last one. Event that is fired every time a page index is about to be changed. Event that is fired every time a page index is changed by the user. Behavior that defines the grid's paging capabilities. Default constructor. Overrides base behavior's method. Hooks up all of the internal events from inside of the method. Ensures that event handlers are properly attached to the grid's internal events. Overrides base class' method. Called by the framework for the pager to provide its script references. The script reference collection to add the pager's script references to. Overrides base class' method. Unhooks all of the internal event handlers previously hooked by the pager. Overrides base class' method. Returns number of AppStyling roles supported by pager. Number of AppStyling roles supported by the behavior. Overrides base class' method. Gets reference to the pager's role info by its index. Index of the role to get. descriptor of the role. Null if no role is available with that index. Requires the grid to clear its records and rebinds it. Renders the pager on the top of the grid. This method is an event handler of the internal event. A reference to the calling object - the grid in the pager's case. Event arguments associated with the rendering. Renders the pager on the bottom of the grid. This method is an event handler of the internal event. A reference to the calling object - the grid in the pager's case. Event arguments associated with the rendering. Renders pager. The method looks at the the pager is in and renders it accordingly. A writer to output the HTML to. Indicates whether pager is being rendered at the top or at the bottom. Renders search engine optimized pager. A writer to output the HTML to. Renders the numeric pager. A writer to output the HTML to. Renders the NumericFirstLast pager. A writer to output the HTML to. Renders NextPrevious pager. A writer to output the HTML to. indicates whether to render first and last links. Render's a search engine optimized link. A writer to output the HTML to. Index of the link. Indicates if the index is current. Render's a numeric link. A writer to output the HTML to. Index of the link. Indicates if the index is current. The method defferentiates current and non-current index links and renders those differently. Render's a text link. A writer to output the HTML to. Text of the link. Index of the link. Indicates if the index is current. The method defferentiates current and non-current links and renders those differently. Stores the property in hashtable, that will be rendered down to the client. Client only properties only get sent down to the client, they do not get sent back to the server. The name used to identify the client only property. This name will be used to retrieve the property on the clientside. The property that will be sent down the client. Resets the page index to 0 on a grid reset The grid who requests the reset Event arguments Resets the page index to 0 on a partial grid reset The grid who requests the partial reset Event arguments Saves extra properties to send to the client. Fires the event. Called by the pager whenever a page is changed. Previous page index. Overrides base class' method. Handles processing of the page change in the pager. Type of the action. Identification of the object the action is happened to. A value assotiated with the action. A tag associated with the action. Overrides base class' method. Called when an asynchronous request is initiated by the pager - a page is being changed and the pager is in the AJAX mode. that contains information related to the asynchronous request. Overrides base class' method. Returns an instance of . The pager specific client events object - . Gets names of the templates supported by the pager behavior. Array of template names supported by the pager behavior. The method is called by the framework to intstantiate the behavior's templates. Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties This parameter is used by WebHierarchicalDataGrid to copy behavior properties. If deep is set to true then the behavior properties are copied as if it was defined on the grid's band. If deep is set to false then the behavior's properties are copied as if it was defined on a parent grid or parent band. Load data modified at run time. Modified data Holds name of the behavior. It's "Paging" for the paging behavior. Paging requires data binding Determines the maximum number of records per page. Holds current page size. Equals to the property for all pages except the last one, as it can have less rows than all of the other pages. Determines where the pager should be rendered - Top, Bottom, or Both (top and bottom) of the grid. Determines pager rendering mode. Current page index. Total pages count CSS class name that should be used for the pager. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. CSS class name that should be used for the current page index in numeric mode. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. CSS class name that should be used for the pager's index links other than the current one when the pager is in the numeric mode. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. The text of the next pager link. The text of the previous pager link. The text of the first pager link. The text of the last pager link. Determines how many pages are available at each side of the current page. Default is 0 meaning that QuickPages feature is disabled. This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands. Event that is fired every time a page index is changed by the user. Indicates whether the event is handled. Holds client side event definitions for the pager. Reference to the pager's template. Reference to the pager's top template container. Reference to the pager's bottom template container. Reference to the pager's bottom template container. This property is obsolete. Left for backward compatibility. It simply refers to PagerTemplateContainerBottom. Please change your logic to refer to PagerTemplateContainerTop and/or PagerTemplateContainerBottom. Indicates whether the bahavior has its pager assigned and instantiated. Holds client side event definitions for the paging. Number of all properties exposed by control (include properties of this and its base class) The object's constructor. Owner grid. Owner pager. Tracking view state flag. Defines post back action for every client side event. Index of the client side event to return post back action for. enumeration that defines a post back action for every particular event. A reference to the owner pager. Name of the JavaScript function to call in the event of page changing. Name of the JavaScript function to call in the event of page changed. Delegate for the event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Delegate for the event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Event arguments for pager related events. The object contstructor. Previous page index. Previos page index. Interface for RowSelector behavior. Add a css class containing a new image to the row selector's image area.

This method is designed for other behaviors to use. It shouldn't be necessary to use it otherwise.

The images on the row selector are set using CSS classes. The classes will be applied to a div element inside the row selector. It's recommended that you don't set padding or borders in your css or it will distort the width and height of the row selector. Your style will need to set an appropriate width and height to display the image.

If mutiple css classes are applied, the resolution will be up to the browser depending on the order that the classes are declared in.

The row that the row selector belongs to The css class to apply Remove a css class containing image information from the row selector's image area.

This method is designed for other behaviors to use. It shouldn't be necessary to use it otherwise.

The row that the row selector belongs to The css class to apply Add an additional css class to the row selector's element.

This method is designed for other behaviors to use. It shouldn't be necessary to use it otherwise.

The row that the row selector belongs to The css class to apply Remove a css class from the row selector's element.

This method is designed for other behaviors to use. It shouldn't be necessary to use it otherwise.

The row that the row selector belongs to The css class to apply Adds the row selectors to the grid. Row selectors are often called the row headers. These are extra cells on the left side of every row which help navigating the rows. Create a new RowSelectors behavior.

You should not need to call this constructor. The RowSelectors behavior will be automatically instantiated by the grid when necessary.

Sets up the control. Handlers listeners for the control's events. Does any unloading logic needed by the behavior. Register the ScriptReferences needed on the client. A list to add the script references to Save the properties and collections that the behavior will need on the client. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the ActivationClientEvents. object. Generates the XSL needed to created the row selector cell for the records in the grid. The grid that is rendering. Event argument with writer object. Generates the XSL needed to created the header row selector cell. The grid that is rendering. Event argument with writer object. Generates the XSL needed to created the footer row selector cell. The grid that is rendering. Event argument with writer object. Generates the XSL needed to render the row number inside the cell when is enabled.

Renders a space inside the cell when row number isn't enabled.

The XmlTextWriter object used to build the xsl Returns A RoleInfo corresponding to an item in the enumeration. The number of Stylable roles on the behavior. Add a css class containing a new image to the row selector's image area.

This method is designed for other behaviors to use. It shouldn't be necessary to use it otherwise.

The images on the row selector are set using CSS classes. The classes will be applied to a div element inside the row selector. It's recommended that you don't set padding or borders in your css or it will distort the width and height of the row selector. Your style will need to set an appropriate width and height to display the image.

If mutiple css classes are applied, the resolution will be up to the browser depending on the order that the classes are declared in.

The row that the row selector belongs to The css class to apply Remove a css class containing image information from the row selector's image area.

This method is designed for other behaviors to use. It shouldn't be necessary to use it otherwise.

The row that the row selector belongs to The css class to apply Add an additional css class to the row selector's element.

This method is designed for other behaviors to use. It shouldn't be necessary to use it otherwise.

The row that the row selector belongs to The css class to apply Remove a css class from the row selector's element.

This method is designed for other behaviors to use. It shouldn't be necessary to use it otherwise.

The row that the row selector belongs to The css class to apply Returns the name of the object. This name is used on client to create the object. List of events which are fired on client side. Enables and disables row numbering. When row numbering is enabled, the row's sequence in the grid is displayed in the row selector. CSS class name to be applied to the row selectors. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. CSS class name to be applied the row selector in the header row. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. The row selector classes are also automatically applied to the header row selector. The header row selector styles will override what's set on the row selectors. CSS class name to be applied the row selector in the footer row. The CSS class name is rendered down to the client as an addition to currently specified Appliction Style Set class names. The row selector classes are also automatically applied to the footer row selector. The footer row selector styles will override what's set on the row selectors. This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The CSS class that will be applied to the grid's row selectors. The CSS class that will be applied to the grid's row selector in the header row. The CSS class that will be applied to the grid's row selector in the footer row. The number of roles defined on the object. Clientside events that the RowSelector behavior will fire in the browser. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of RowSelectorClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Whether the control is tracking viewstate Event fired before a row selector is clicked. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a row selector is clicked. Event fired when a row selector in the header row is clicked. Event fired when a row selector in the footer row is clicked. Marks the selection behavior of the grid. The interface can be used to get a hold of the selection behavior in the behavior collection using GridBehaviorCollection.GetBehaviorInterface. Holds a reference to the selected cells in the grid. Holds a reference to the selected rows in the grid. Holds a reference to the selected columns in the grid. A behavior that allows the WebDataGrid to be selectable. Called when the Selection behavior is enabled. Called when the Selection behavior is disabled. The amount of Stylable roles on the behavior. Gets the RoleInfo object at the specified index. The index of the role. Overrides the method to register script files of the selection behavior. Reference to the list of the script references to register. The Selection behavior, overrides this method to save each of it's collections as an object array so that it can be serialized to the client. The Selection behavior, overrides this method to load it's collections back to the original state they were in, prior to the last postback. The Selection behavior, overrides this method to update it's collections to the state they were in on the clientside. This is also where it builds it's EventList so that it knows which server events need to fire. Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the SelectionClientEvents. object. Raises the CellSelectionChanged Event. An instance of the SelectedCellEventArgs Raises the RowSelectionChanged Event. An instance of the SelectedRowEventArgs Raises the ColumnSelectionChanged Event. An instance of the SelectedColumnEventArgs Called by GridBot during RaisePostDataChangedEvent. This is where the Selection behavior raises it's server events. Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties Custom persistence logic for saving selection settings Custom persistence logic for loading selection settings Returns the name of the object. This name is used on client to create the object. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Returns/sets the action that will occur when a cell is clicked on the WebDataGrid. Determines how many cells can be selected at any given time. Note: this property relates only to the UI functionality. Cells can still be selected via the API. None - Cells will not be selected. Single - Only one cell can be selected at a time. Multiple - More than one cell can be selected at the same time. Determines how many rows can be selected at any given time. Note: this property relates only to the UI functionality. Rows can still be selected via the API. None - Rows will not be selected. Single - Only one row can be selected at a time. Multiple - More than one row can be selected at the same time. Determines how many columns can be selected at any given time. Note: this property relates only to the UI functionality. Columns can still be selected via the API. None - Columns will not be selected. Single - Only one column can be selected at a time. Multiple - More than one column can be selected at the same time. A collection of cells that are currently selected in the WebDataGrid. To select a cell, use the Add method off of the Collection. To unselect a cell, use the Remove method off of the Collection. A collection of rows that are currently selected in the WebDataGrid. To select a row, use the Add method off of the Collection. To unselect a row, use the Remove method off of the Collection. A collection of columns that are currently selected in the WebDataGrid. To select a column, use the Add method off of the Collection. To unselect a column, use the Remove method off of the Collection. The CssClass that will be applied when a cell is selected. The CssClass that will be applied to a column header when a column is selected. The CssClass that will be applied to the row selector when a row is selected. The CssClass that will be applied to the row selector image when a row is selected. Setting this property to true allows selected rows/cells from one page to be retained while the page is switched. SelectedRows and SelectedCells collection would contain the number of items that correspond to the total number of selected object. However those rows/cells that are not on the current page would be returned as null. To get access to the data key and or original index of a selected row/cell from another page Selection.SelecterRows.GetIDPair(index) or Selection.SelecterCells.GetIDPair(index) should be used. Directs the behavior to skip over hidden columns when continuous cell or column selection is being done. List of events which are fired on client side. Returns the SelectionAutoPostBackFlags for the Selection behavior Occurs when the SelectedCells collection changes between posts to the server. Occurs when the SelectedRows collection changes between posts to the server. Occurs when the SelectedColumns collection changes between posts to the server. A collection of selected cells. Creates a new SelectedCellCollection object The owner grid Returns the IDPair of an item if it is not null The item to return the id pair of The IDPair as a Dictionary or null Resolves a GridRecordItem from a given id pair The id pair of the desired item The GridRecordItem that matches the id pair Determines if two idPair objects are equal The first idPair The second idPair True if they are equal Retrives a selected cell's identification object by its index. In a paging or vertual scrolling scenario not all of the selected cells may be within the visible range. This method can be used to retrive data keys and original indices of all selected cells, including those that are currently out of range. Index of the selected cell to get the ID pair for. Item ID pair (row's data key + original index and columns key + index) of the specified selected cell. A collection of selected columns. Creates a new SelectedColumnCollection object The owner grid Returns the IDPair of an item if it is not null The item to return the id pair of The IDPair as a Dictionary or null Resolves a GridField from a given id pair The id pair of the desired item The GridField that matches the id pair Determines if two idPair objects are equal The first idPair The second idPair True if they are equal A collection of selected rows. Creates a new SelectedRowCollection object The owner grid Returns the idPair of a row The row An idPair or null Finds a row in the grid based upon an idPair The idPair of the row Returns the row Determines if two idPair objects are equal The first idPair The second idPair True if they are equal Retrives a selected row's identification object by its index. In a paging or vertual scrolling scenario not all of the selected rows may be within the visible range. This method can be used to retrive data keys and original indices of all selected rows, including those that are currently out of range. Index of the selected row to get the ID pair for. ID pair (data key + original index) of the specified selected row. ClientEvents used by the Selection behavior. The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of SelectionClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Selection behavior. This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Event fired before a Row's selection changes. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a Row's selection changed. Event fired before a Cell's selection changes. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a Cell's selection changed. Event fired before a Column's selection changes. This event is cancelable. Event fired after a Column's selection changed. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The CSS class that will be applied to every cell that is selected. The CSS class that will be applied to the row selector when a row is selected. The CSS class that will be applied to the row selector image when a row is selected. The CSS class that will be applied to the header when a column is selected. The amount of roles defined on the object. Specifies the type of actions that can occur when a Cell is clicked. When a cell is clicked, that cell will be selected. When a cell is clicked, the corresponding row will be selected. Specifies the selection that is supported by the object. Selection is not supported on the object. Only once instance of that type of object can be selected at any given time. More than one instance of a type of object can be selected at any given time. An enumeration of all the properties that the Selection behavior will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the Selection and needs to send down additional properties. Represents the CellClickAction property. Represents the CellSelectType property. Represents the RowSelectType property. Represents the ColumnSelectType property. Represents the SelectedCells property. Represents the SelectedRows property. Represents the SelectedColumns property. The total number of properties that should be sent down to the client for this control. This value corresponds with the PropCount property of the object. Provides data for the event of a control. Initializes a new instance of the SelectedCellEventArgs. A collection of selected cells that were selected prior to the last post to the server. A collection of selected cells that were selected on the client after the last post. A collection of selected cells that were selected prior to the last post to the server. A collection of selected cells that were selected on the client after the last post. Provides data for the event of a control. Initializes a new instance of the SelectedCellEventArgs. A collection of selected rows that were selected prior to the last post to the server. A collection of selected rows that were selected on the client after the last post. A collection of selected rows that were selected prior to the last post to the server. A collection of selected rows that were selected on the client after the last post. Provides data for the event of a control. Initializes a new instance of the SelectedCellEventArgs. A collection of selected columns that were selected prior to the last post to the server. A collection of selected columns that were selected on the client after the last post. A collection of selected columns that were selected prior to the last post to the server. A collection of selected columns that were selected on the client after the last post. Represests the method that will handle the event of a conrol. Represests the method that will handle the event of a conrol. Represests the method that will handle the event of a conrol. Interface which every Sorting behavior of WebDataGrid should implement. Collection of sorted columns for the grid. Behavior that defines the grid's sorting capabilities. Constant string with the behavior name. Default constructor. Overrides base behavior's method. Hooks up all of the internal events from inside of the method. Overrides base class' method. Called by the framework for the sorting to provide its script references. The script reference collection to add the sorting's script references to. Overrides base class' method. Unhooks all of the internal event handlers previously hooked by the sorting. Overrides base class' method. Handles processing of the sorting. Type of the action. Identification of the object the action is happened to. A value assotiated with the action. A tag associated with the action. Clears selected rows and cells collections of ISelection behaviors Overrides base class' method. Called when an asynchronous request is initiated by the sorting - a column is being sorted and the sorting is in the AJAX mode. that contains information related to the asynchronous request. Determines if the ColumnSettings should be serialized. Determines if Sort property should be serialized. The amount of Stylable roles on the behavior. Gets the RoleInfo object at the specified index. The index of the role. Overrides the base class' method. Loads transactions specific to the sorting behavior. List of transactions. Saves extra properties to send to the client. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Overrides base class' method. Returns an instance of . The sorting specific client events object - . Fires the event. Called by the sorting whenever a column is sorted. Column that was sorted. Load data modified at run time. Modified data Overrides base class' method. Saves extra information into the view state. Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. Create clone Copies properties from the current object into the passed in object Object into which to copy properties This parameter is used by WebHierarchicalDataGrid to copy behavior properties. If deep is set to true then the behavior properties are copied as if it was defined on the grid's band. If deep is set to false then the behavior's properties are copied as if it was defined on a parent grid or parent band. Cleaning up after the behavior by clearing sorted columns Behavior's collection Returns number of properties for the client state supported by the sorting behavior. Returns true that this behavior requires data binding Holds name of the behavior. It's "Sorting" for the sorting behavior. Returns the SortingColumnSettings collection. Collection of currently sorted columns. SQL-like sort expression. Analyzes currently sorted columns and returns a SQL-like sorting expression. When an expression is assigned to the property the behavior parses it and sorts appropriate columns. A url to the ascending order image that appears in the header after a column is sorted. If nothing is assigned to the property the image with the name "igg_sortAsc.gif" from current Application Styling images directory is used. A url to the descending order image that appears in the header after a column is sorted. If nothing is assigned to the property the image with the name "igg_sortDesc.gif" from current Application Styling images directory is used. Alternate text of the ascending order image. Alternate text of the descending order image. Defines sorting mode - single or multi column sorting. In the multi column sorting mode the Ctrl key should be held to sort on multiple columns. This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands. Defines whether to merge cells in a sorted column that have the same value Holds client side event definitions for the sorting. Event that is fired every time a columns is sorted by the user. Indicates if the sorted columns event is handled. Number of properties for Sorting behavior The collection of sorted column info objects The amount of roles defined on the object. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The CSS class that will be applied to merged cells. The CSS class that will be applied to the top merged cell. The CSS class that will be applied to the bottom merged cell. The CSS class that will be applied to a merged cell as its in the top scrolled row. The amount of roles defined on the object. Represents a sorted column in the behavior's collection. Creates a new SortedColumnInfo The collection of fields where the column is located The id pair of the column. Direction to sort in The direction of the sorted column The IDPair representing the ColumnID The key of the column The index of the column The column in the grid being sorted by this object Collection tha holds all of the sorted columns in the grid. Creates a new SortedColumnInfoCollection The grid which will be sorted Adds a column to the sorted columns collection. Column to sort on. Sort direction. Adds an entry in the sorted columns collection The key of the column which will be sorted Sort direction. Returns the index of the SortedColumnInfo in the collection. Inserts the SortedColumnInfo to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the SortedColumnInfo. Returns true if the collection contains a SortedColumnInfo that shares the key value with the inputted parameter. A Key value to match with a sortedColumn ColumnKey True if a SortedColumnInfo object with that key is found Removes the SortedColumnInfo from the collection. Called when the collection is cleared. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the SortedColumnInfo to retrieve from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on a key value The string key of the item to be found. A SortedColumnInfo object with the ColumnKey value passed in, null otherwise. Client events for sorting behavior number of all properties exposed by control (include properties of this and its base class) Creates a new SortingClientEvents The WebDataGrid who owns the sorting behavior The sorting behavior Boolean indicating whether to track view state Returns the appropriate postback action for the given client event Index of the client event Event fired before the sort is executed. This event is cancelable. Event fired after the sort is completed. Delegate for the column sort event handler. Reference to the sender control. Reference to the sorting event arguments. Sorting event arguments. Constructs the event arguments object. Reference to the sorted columns collection. Reference to the column that is being sorted. Reference to the sorted columns collection. Reference to the column that is being sorted. An enumeration of all the properties that the WebDataGrid will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the WebDataGrid and needs to send down additional properties. Server side number of rows. Scroll offset in pixels from the top. Scroll offset in pixels from left. The total number of properties that should be sent down to the client for this control. This value corresponds with the PropCount property of the object. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The control role defines the frame appearance of the grid. The header role difenes the appearance of the whole header area. The header caption role defines appearance of individual header captions of every column. The footer role difenes the appearance of the whole footer area. The footer caption role defines appearance of individual footer captions of every column. The item role defines appearance of the cells in the rows. The alternating item role defines appearance of the cells in the alternating (odd index) rows. The scrollbar intersection defines appearance of the square area in between the horizontal and vertical scrollbars. The header scrollbar intersection defines appearance of the square area in between the header and vertical scrollbars. The footer scrollbar intersection defines appearance of the square area in between the footer and vertical scrollbars. The header caption role defines appearance of individual header captions of every column. Number of roles supported by the main control of the grid. Roles supported by the pager behavior of the grid. The pager role defines the frame appearance of the pager. The page current role defines appeanrance of the current page link. The page link role defines appeanrance of the page links other than current. Number of roles supported by the pager behavior. Enumeration used for setting the location of the paging labels. WebDataGrid will show the Paging object at the top of the visible area WebDataGrid will show the Paging object at the bottom of the visible area WebDataGrid will show the Paging object at the top and bottom of the visible area Enumeration used for setting the mode of paging labels within the paging area of the grid. Displays numeric based links. Displays next and previous links. Displays next, previous, first and last links. Displays numeric based links and First and Last links. Specifies the type of sorting that will occur. Only one column/field will be sorted at a time. Multiple columns/fields can be sorted at the same time. Defines whether in a merged cell span that the current item actually is Creates an instance of the GridBot The WebControl that the GridBot should help out. Instantiate a HierarchicalGridStyleBot An instance of HierarchicalGridStyleBot Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Virtual method that serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The GridBot uses this method to save any GridBehaviors that have been enabled. The objects that should be saved. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The GridBot uses this method to load any GridBehaviors that were saved to the client. The objects to reload. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. This is where a control needs to set up their AppStyleInfo object. If you are deriving from this control and want to apply differnt appstyling, you need to override this method and define your own Roles. A new AppStyleInfo object. Registers script descriptors of the control the GridBot is associated with. The method can be overriden to do custom descriptor registration. If any properties, objects, or collections were modified on the client, their transacation lists are loaded here. Also, if this is a Callback, it is where CallbackCreated is called from. The key identifier for the control. The collection of all incoming name values. true if the server control's state changes as a result of the postback; otherwise false. This method is called when additional information is passed from the client, via the _saveAdditionalClientState javascript method The GridBot uses this method to pass up a specialized transaction list that may have occurred for a specific GridBehavior. Any additional information that an object may need to pass to the server. Called from ControlMain to handle RaisePostDatachangedEvent. Called by the base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier A reference to the WebDataGrid control. Name of the assembly for the Java Script references. Indicates where the visible index of a datafield needs to be copied during cloning of the object, while we are loading the client state. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Determines if the loading of postback data should be deferred until a later point when the object model is properly restored. This situaion occurs when no ViewState is present and the control must databind first in order to populate the object model. Returns true Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Enumeration value for the the DescriptorObject.HashKey property. ClientEvents used by the WebDataGrid class The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of GridClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Indicates the new instance to track its view state This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Event fired when the grid is in focus and a key is pressed down. Corresponds to the browser's KeyDown event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Event fired when the grid is in focus and a key is pressed. Corresponds to the browser's KeyPress event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Event fired when the grid is in focus and a key is released. Corresponds to the browser's KeyUp event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Event fired when the mouse pointer is placed over an element in the grid. Corresponds to the browser's MouseOver event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
To determine which object type the event has happenned for call args.get_type();
Available types of objects are: "cell", "row", "header", "footer".
To get reference to the corresponding client side object call args.get_item(); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Event fired when the mouse pointer leaves an element in the grid. Corresponds to the browser's MouseOut event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
To determine which object type the event has happenned for call args.get_type();
Available types of objects are: "cell", "row", "header", "footer".
To get reference to the corresponding client side object call args.get_item(); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Event fired when the mouse pointer moves within the grid's area. Corresponds to the browser's MouseMove event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
To determine which object type the event has happenned for call args.get_type();
Available types of objects are: "cell", "row", "header", "footer".
To get reference to the corresponding client side object call args.get_item(); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Event fired when the mouse is pressed down over one of the grid's elements. Corresponds to the browser's MouseDown event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
To determine which object type the event has happenned for call args.get_type();
Available types of objects are: "cell", "row", "header", "footer".
To get reference to the corresponding client side object call args.get_item(); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Event fired when the mouse is released over one of the grid's elements. Corresponds to the browser's MouseUp event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
To determine which object type the event has happenned for call args.get_type();
Available types of objects are: "cell", "row", "header", "footer".
To get reference to the corresponding client side object call args.get_item(); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Event fired when the context menu is being shown for one of the grid's elements. Corresponds to the browser's ContextMenu event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
To determine which object type the event has happenned for call args.get_type();
Available types of objects are: "cell", "row", "header", "footer".
To get reference to the corresponding client side object call args.get_item(); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Handling this event automatically cancels default browser's context menu in Internet Explorer. Event fired when the left mouse button click is done over one of the grid's elements. Corresponds to the browser's Click event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
To determine which object type the event has happenned for call args.get_type();
Available types of objects are: "cell", "row", "header", "footer".
To get reference to the corresponding client side object call args.get_item(); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Event fired when the left mouse button double click is done over one of the grid's elements. Corresponds to the browser's DblClick event. This is a cancelable event. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
To determine which object type the event has happenned for call args.get_type();
Available types of objects are: "cell", "row", "header", "footer".
To get reference to the corresponding client side object call args.get_item(); This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Occurs when the control binds to a data source on the client. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
\ This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. Event fired after client side binding is completed. The event handler gets two parameters: sender and args. The sender is a reference to the grid's client side object; the browser's event object can be obtained off the args parameter: args.get_browserEvent();
To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
\ This event is always fired last in the bubbling queue. If any custom code or grid behavior handles and cancels this same event, this handler may not be invoked. If any custom code or grid behavior handles the same event off a child element, canceling this event does not guarantee to prevent default action.
Actual sequence of events may vary by the browser. This is fired after an unbound checkbox field's header checkbox has been clicked, but before the check state has been changed. To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);
\ This is fired after an unbound checkbox field's header checkbox has been clicked and the check state has changed. Event fired before a row is rendered to the DOM when client side binding is enabled. Event fired after a row is rendered to the DOM when client side binding is enabled. The class contains methods that render different parts of the WebDataGrid for the client rendering: Client Templates and/or JSON. The class contains methods that render different parts of the WebDataGrid. XSL space The string to generate a node that will create a comment after the xsl is applied Generates a row id for the row that is currently being rendered. Generates the xsl to create a tr for a grid row. Render a td for a GridItem Fires rendering event before the grid's HTML. Fires rendering event at the end of the content DIV. Fires rendering event after the grid's HTML. Reference to the WebDataGrid to which the renderer belongs to. Creates object The grid for which to creat the render. Creates the XSLT for the Records node. Creates the HTML for the WDG when the EnableClientRendering property is set to true The html write which to write the html to. Creates the html for the empty rows template and returns it as string. Html for the empty rows template Create the row template. Row template Creates the JQuery template for the grid cells (TDs) The column for which to create the template The JQuery template for the grid cells Creates the JQuery template for the grid cells (TDs) The column for which to create the template This parameter is used to add an extra css class to a cell/TD. This parameter is used to add an extra attributes to the TD. The JQuery template for the grid cells Creates the XLST for the Record node Creates the XLST for the Fields node Creates the XLST for the Field node Enumeration for client properties for GridField Client property index for the width property. The amount of roles defined on the object. Represents a header or footer depending on the role, in the WebDataGrid control. Creates a new instance of the GridFieldCaption object. Creates a new instance of the GridFieldCaption object. The ControlDataField object that this caption belongs to. Copies the properties of this GridFieldCaption to the given FieldCaption The caption who will have the properties copied to Ensures that certain attributes are rendered on the GridField A Hashtable of attributes that should be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Returns text node of the field caption. Text node if it has any, null otherwise. Raises the PropertyChanged event Id of the property The new value This method searches for a locates control objects within the TemplateContainer associated with this UIObject by using the Id parameter to match against control Ids. The string Id value for the control to be located. If a control is located within the TemplateContainer of this UIObject that matches the passed in Id, the control reference is returned. Otherwise null is returned. The TemplateContainer is tagged with the INamingContainer interface. So the Id passed to this method must match the Id of a control within that NamingContainer. The owner WebDataGrid of this caption Text of the field caption. The text is displayed in the caption when it's rendered to the client. Tooltip for the field caption. The tooltip text is displayed on the client once the caption gets the mouse cursor over it. Gets/Sets the WebDataGridRoles of the GridFieldCaption. Gets/sets the css class name that will be set to the grid field caption. Returns the CssClass that is being applied to the GridFieldCaption. Event for when a property has changed on this GridFieldCaption Container control of the template associated with the caption. Field collection specific for the grid. The collection is used as the property's type to store developer's defined columns. Default constructor. Specific constructor that takes parent grid as an owner. Parent grid. Specific constructor that takes parent grouped field (multi-column header) as an owner. Parent grouped field (multi-column header) Specific constructor that takes parent grouped field (multi-column header) and grid as an owner. Parent grouped field (multi-column header) Parent grid. Adds a column to the WebDataGrid columns collection Column to add The index of the added column in the columns collection Adds a column to the WebDataGrid columns collection Column to add The index of the added column in the columns collection Adds a column to the WebDataGrid columns collection Column to add The index of the added column in the columns collection Adds a column to the WebDataGrid columns collection Column to add The index of the added column in the columns collection Adds a column to the WebDataGrid columns collection Column to add The index of the added column in the columns collection Adds a column to the WebDataGrid columns collection Column to add The index of the added column in the columns collection Adds a column to the WebDataGrid columns collection Column to add Wether the WebDataGrid fields collection needs to be cleared The index of the added column in the columns collection Clears the collection Inserts the item at the given index The index to insert the item at The column to insert Returns the index it was inserted at Removes the object from the collection Removes the item at the given index The index of the item to be removed at Raises the GridFieldChanged event Handles the event for when a GridField of this collection changes Delegates to PersistenceManager.SaveCollectionProperty Merges the columns previosly persisted into the Grids Columns collection. If there are new columns in the persistent data, new columns are created in Columns collection. Gets PropertyData by column key Merges a persisted column into the corresponding column in Collumns collection Returns true if a column in the collection, or under a group field, is a TemplateDataField Returns the column at the given index The index of the desired column Returns the column with the given key The key of the desired column Event for when a property has changed on a grid field Represents a footer in the WebDataGrid control, exposing a col span property. Creates a new instance of the GridFieldFooterCaption object. Creates a new instance of the GridFieldFooterCaption object. The ControlDataField object that this caption belongs to. Ensures that certain attributes are rendered on the GridField A Hashtable of attributes that should be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Copies the properties of this GridFieldCaption to the given FieldCaption The caption who will have the properties copied to Gets/sets the number of columns this footer will span Represents a record or row in the WebDataGrid control. Creates a new GridRecordItemCollection that can be used as the underlying collection of GridRecordItems. A new GridRecordItemCollection Ensures that certain attributes are rendered on the GridRecord A Hashtable of attributes that should be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Returns the underlying collection of GridRecordItems. Gets/sets a css class that is applied to this record. Gets/sets the height of this record The property can accept any object that can be successfully serilized into JSON. The property value is available on the client through the get_tag() property. The object that this property can accept should be a simple type or an array of simple types. Otherwise it will not be serialized into the view state properly. The property is not stored into the view state so it is current for one session only. A collection of GridRecords. Ensures that certain attributes are rendered on the GridRecordCollection A Hashtable of attributes that should be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Creates a new GridRecord The type of object to create Locates and returns a record from the collection by its key. Data key of the record to locate. Record with the data key provided. Null if no record was found. Locates and returns a record by an ID pair. of the record to locate. A record with the IDPair provided. Null if no record can be found. Searches the record collection for the record with and then if the record is found continues the serch in that record for the item with associated field of . that defines an item to seek and return. Record item that corresponds to the id pair provided. Null if no item can be found. Called when an items view state has been loaded The index of the item The item Loops through all the rows and calls ClearTemplates() method of the to clear cell templates if these are present. Clears cell templates for the row row for with to clear out the cell template. Clears the collection. Gets the GridRecord at the specified index. Note: these items are created on demand. The index of the GridRecord to retrieve. A GridRecord at the specified index, or null if no item exists at that index. Reference to the grid that owns the record collection. Represents a record item or cell in the WebDataGrid control. Initializes a new instance of the GridRecordItem class. The GridRecordItemCollection that owns the GridRecordItem Ensures that certain attributes are rendered on the GridRecordItem A Hashtable of attributes that should be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Overriden. Initializes and returns a text node of the record item. The node contains attributes and the text value need for rendering of the record item. XML text node representing the record item. Reference to the owner grid Reference to the Row the item is associated with Returns the owner ControlDataRecord Reference to the column the item is associated with. Gets the XmlAttributes that will be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Text representation of the record item. Tooltip for the record item. CSS class name that should be assigned to the item. The CSS class definition needs to be done using the selector as following: TBODY > TR > TD.newItemCssClass {}. Or to be compatible with Internet Explorer 6: TBODY TR TD.newItemCssClass {}. A collection of GridRecordItems. Initializes a new instance of the GridRecordItemCollection class. The GridRecord that owns the GridRecordItemCollection. Creates a new GridRecordItem that can be added to the collection. A new GridRecordItem Gets the GridRecordItem by the specified Column Key. Specify column key. Returns the grid record item or null if not found. Gets the GridRecordItem at the specified index. Note: these items are created on demand. The index of the GridRecordItem to retrieve. A GridRecordItem at the specified index, or null if no item exists at that index. Container for values passed to client within AJAX response. The constructor accepts the control reference it should register with. Control to register with. Reference to the controls implementation of IProvideAppStyling interface . Represents literal node in the XML rendering engine. COnstructs the object. Reference to the main grid object. Literal text to put inside of the node. Called by the rendering engine to initialize the node's attributes. Enables persistence for Columns Sets the group field's columns collection. Columns Is called when an object is added to collection. This was refactored a bit so that the objects which inherite from this class can overwrite this method and their own logic. The collection the object is being added to Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Copies the fields properties to another ControlDataField without copying this group field's columns Field to copy props to Copies the fields properties to another ControlDataField Field to copy props to Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. he objects to reload. The number of objects that were loaded. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. Integer value determines how many rows this header will span. True if the GroupFields has columns in its Columns collection, otherwise false Makes the field to be rendered hidden to the browser. The field's visibility can be triggered from both server and client side. I am keeping this class for now, because I suspect I will have to have some custom logic in this collection for the Visible indecies setup of the grouped columns Default constructor. Specific constructor that takes parent grid as an owner. Parent grid. The class overrides the field to allow it to have templates. Initializes a new instance of the BoundDataField class with default settings. Initializes a new instance of the BoundDataField class. Whether viewstate should be tracked fro the column/field Copies the fields properties to another ControlDataField Field to copy props to Copies the fields properties to another ControlDataField Field to copy props to Whether to track the journal state Copies templates to the given template field The field to copy the templates into Formats a value for this column Returns an empty string Saves extra properties to send to the client. Gets or Sets a reference to an ITemplate object for every cell in the column.

Note:

If VirtualScrolling is enabled, then persistance of fields in template is not supported.

Gets or Sets a reference to an ITemplate object for every alternating cell in the column.

Note:

If VirtualScrolling is enabled, then persistance of fields in template is not supported.

Gets or Sets a reference to an ITemplate object for the header of the column. Gets or Sets a reference to an ITemplate object for the footer of the column. Represents a checkbox column that is not bound to any data. Represents a column or field in the WebDataGrid control that is not bound to any data. Initializes a new instance of the UnboundField class with default settings. Initializes a new instance of the UnboundField class. Whether viewstate should be tracked for the column/field Copies the properties of this UnboundField to the given field The field who will have the properties copied to Copies the properties of this UnboundField to the given field The field who will have the properties copied to Whether to track the journal state Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Formats the given value according to the fields DataFormatString The value to format Full type name, for example System.Int32, System.DateTime, etc., that should be used for the field in case the field original type is not available for the grid. Setting this property will ensure that correct editor is used for the columns which are bound to empty data sources as some of the data source do not provide any data field type information if no rows are present in the table. Type of the items in the field. If not set explicitly returns the data source's field type. Initializes a new instance of the UnboundCheckBoxField class with default settings. Initializes a new instance of the UnboundCheckBoxField class. Whether viewstate should be tracked from the column/field Takes in a value, such as from a GridRecordItem, and coverts it to a CheckBoxState The value to convert to a CheckBoxState Returns CheckBoxState that corresponds to the value Converts a value into the corresponding image url of the checkbox to be displayed The state of the checkbox The image url corresponding to checked, unchecked, or partial Converts a value into the corresponding image url of the checkbox to be displayed The state of the checbox The image alt/title corresponding to checked, unchecked, or partial Copies the properties of this UnboundCheckBoxField to the given field The field who will have the properties copied to Copies the fields properties to another ControlDataField Field to copy props to Whether to track the journal state Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data This method turns on ViewState tracking for the object Once this method is called by the ASP.NET framework, all subsequence property set operations will result in the data being serialized to the page ViewState hidden field and round tripped to the server on postback. Event fired when a property changes on this field The object for customizing the checkboxes displayed in the column The mode of the checkbox in the header. The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is checked. {0} is replaced by the cell's value. The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is partially checked. {0} is replaced by the cell's value. The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is unchecked. {0} is replaced by the cell's value. Specifies the text to display next to the checkbox. Returns the state of the header checkbox, if there is one. Gets/sets the checked value of the header checkbox The formatting that is applied to the field's values. For example, "{0:d} or {0:c}". Full type name, for example System.Int32, System.DateTime, etc., that should be used for the field in case the field original type is not available for the grid. Setting this property will ensure that correct editor is used for the columns which are bound to empty data sources as some of the data source do not provide any data field type information if no rows are present in the table. Whether the \n occurances in the text of this field will be replaced with <BR />. Whether the field is HTML encoded when displayed to the user. Returns number of properties for the client state supported by the UnboundCheckBoxField. Type of the items in the field. If not set explicitly returns the data source's field type. Enum representing client state properties for UnboundCheckBoxField Client property index for the HeaderCheckBoxState property. Client property index for the HeaderChecked property. Client property index for the CheckedCount property. Client property index for the PartialCount property. The amount of roles defined on the object. Class representing a cell that is part of an UnboundCheckBoxField column. Class representing a cell that is part of an UnboundField column. Initializes a new instance of the UnboundGridRecordItem class. The GridRecordItemCollection that owns the GridRecordItem Reference to the column the item is associated with. Returns the value of the item Returns a value to be displayed at run time Initializes a new instance of the UnboundCheckBoxGridRecordItem class. The GridRecordItemCollection that owns the GridRecordItem Reference to the column the item is associated with. Returns the value of the item Returns a value to be displayed at run time Delegate for the event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Event arguments for events that can be handled. Initializes the object with the originating event arguments. Reference to the originating event arguments. Indicates whether the command event was handled. Can be set from inside of an event handler and stop the command event from propagating. Delegate for the event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Event arguments for events that can be handled. Initializes the object with the row responsible for the event. Reference to the row Reference to the row object associated with the event. Delegate for the event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Class representing the event arguments passed into WebDataGrid DataBinding event Creates a new GridDataBindingEventArgs Creates a new GridDataBindingEventArgs Gets/sets whether to cancel the regular data binding process Gets/sets the source the grid will bind to. Returns the select arguments as determined by the grid behaviors. Returns a string with the filter expression. Delegate for the event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Class representing the event arguments passed into WebDataGrid DataBinding event Creates a new HeaderCheckBoxEventArgs Gets the column that had its header checkbox clicked Gets the previous state of the checkbox Delegate for the event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Event arguments for events that can be handled. Gets reference to control which is used as default shared editor for columns with numeric data types. That can be null. Gets reference to control which is used as default shared editor for columns with DateTime data type. That can be null. Xml wrapper for the grid. This is the first and the only child node of the Root. Class-helper for the objects to expose themselves as XML nodes. Interface provides navigation through the grid's data. Gets an attribute by name. Attribute value. Null if not such attribute. Gets an attribute by index Index of the attribute Attribute value. Null if not such attribute. Gets an attribute index by name. Name of the attribute Index of the attribute. -1 if no such attribute. Gets an attribute name by index. Index of the attribute. Name of the attribute. Null if not such attribute. Gets first sibling of the node. Gets next sibling of the node. Gets previous sibling of the node. Gets parent of the node. Gets first child of the node. Returns the type of the node Indicates if the node has attributes. Local name of the node. Value of the node. Indicates if the node has children. Initializes the XML node with its parent. Reference to the parent node. Constructor that initializes the XML node. Owner of the object. Usually it's the . Name of the node. That is how it's serialized in an XML document. Reference to the parent of the object. Reference to the first child of the object. Reference to the first sibling of the object. Reference to the next sibling of the object. Reference to the previous sibling of the object. Reference to the method that generates XML attrbutes. Initializes the XML node. Owner of the object. Usually it's the . Name of the node. That is how it's serialized in an XML document. Reference to the first child of the object. Reference to the first sibling of the object. Reference to the next sibling of the object. Reference to the previous sibling of the object. Reference to the method that generates XML attrbutes. Generates attributes for the node. Called only once for the lifetime of the node. Gets attribute by name. Name of the attribute. Attribute's value. Null if no attribute with such a name. Gets attribute by index. Index of the attribute. Attribute's value. Null if no attribute with such an index. Gets index of an attribute. Name of the attribute. Index of the attribute. -1 if no attribute with such a name. Gets name of an attribute. Index of the attribute to get the name of. Name of the attribute with the index provided. Null if no attribute with such an index. Gets the first sibling of the XML rendering node. The first sibling of the XML rendering node. Reference to itself if it is the first child of its parent. Gets the next sibling of the XML rendering node. The next sibling of the XML rendering node. Null if no other siblings available. Gets the previous sibling of the XML rendering node. The previous sibling of the XML rendering node. Null if no other siblings available. Gets the parent node of the XML rendering node. The parent node of the XML rendering node. Gets the first child of the XML rendering node. The first child of the XML rendering node. Null if the node has no children. Gets type of the XML rendering node. Type of the XML rendering node. It is XPathNodeType.Element by default. Implements IXPathNavigable interface. An instance of current navigator. Reference to the owner of the node. Usually it is the main control. Contains generated attributes. Indicates whether the node has attributes. Name of the XML rendering node. That is how it is represented during the XML serialization. Content of the XML rendering node. If the node has no children of type XPathNodeType.Text the property returns null. Indicates whether the node has children. Initializes the node with references to the grid and its root node. Reference to the grid. Reference to the root node. Initializes the node with references to the grid and its root node. Reference to the grid. Reference to the root node. Initializes the node with references to the grid and its root node. Reference to the grid. Reference to the root node. Initializes the node with references to the grid and its root node. Reference to the grid. Reference to the root node. Various attributes for the grid's top node are generated here. First child of the grid is Records by default. Name of the node. Always has children. Behaviors collection of the Creates a new instance of Check that the given behavior is allowed to be added to be added for a band. Calls the base LoadBehaviors() method and sets an internal variable to indicate that the behaviors have been loaded. Check if the behaviros have been loaded and if so call base UnloadBehaviors() method to unload them. Inserts the object to the underlying collection ArrayList Item insertion index. to insert into the collection. A collection of Bands. Appends the Band to the collection. Returns the index of the Band in the collection. Inserts the Band to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the Band. Returns trye if the collection contians a Band with the specified key. The key of a Band which a ColumnSetting may point to. Finds a Band with the specified data member. The DataMember of the Band. Removes the Band from the collection. Clears this bands collection Creates a new default Band object The type of object to create Collection object WebHierarchicalDataGrid to which the band collection belongs. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the Band to retrieve from the collection. Gets an item from the collection based on the Band Key. The key value of the Band to retrieve from the collection. The Band object with the given key value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Custom attribute used to indicate if a behavior can be added to WebHierarchicalDataGrid. Creates a new instance. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the behavior is supported on a band level (WHDG) Objects that implement this interface contain logic of placing certain values into their groups. Should be used with the Outlook Group By feature of the WebHierarchicalDataGrid to provide custom grouping. This interface is type independent and can be used with any type. The method returns group name for specified value. Value to identify with a group. Group name for the value. Objects that are derived from this class contain logic of placing certain values into their groups. Should be used with the Outlook Group By feature of the WebHierarchicalDataGrid to provide custom grouping. The type is specified as a generic in the derived class. Type of the values that re being compared and grouped. Compares two values of specified type. First value to compare. Second value to compare. True if the values are equal. The method returns group name for specified value. Value to identify with a group. Group name for the value. An example of group names cold be "Today", "Yesterday", "Last Week","Two Weeks Ago" etc for the DateTime values. A collection of ColumnGroupingSetting objects. Create a new instance of ColumnGroupingSettings object. Create a new instance of ColumnGroupingSettings object. Reference to the band to which the ColumnGroupingSettings belong to. Appends the ColumnGroupingSettings to the collection. ColumnGroupingSettings to add. Returns the index of the ColumnGroupingSetting in the collection. ColumnGroupingSettings for which to find the index. The index of the item in the collection. Returns the ColumnGroupingSetting object whose ColumnKey matches the given key. The key of a ControlDataField which a ColumnGroupingSetting is tied to. ColumnGroupingSetting whose ColumnKey matched the given key. If a ColumnGroupingSetting with the given key, if not found null is returned. Inserts the ColumnGroupingSetting to the underlying collection ArrayList The index at which to insert the setting. ColumnGroupingSettings which to insert. Returns true if the collection contains the ColumnGroupingSetting. ColumnGroupingSettings for which to check if it is found in the collection. True is the item is in the collection, false otherwise. Removes the ColumnGroupingSetting from the collection. ColumnGroupingSettings which to remove from the collection. Implements overriden method to return an instance of the collection. Type of the collection member to create. An instance of the collection member requested. Gets an item from the collection based on the ColumnKey of the ColumnGroupingSetting. The ColumnKey value of the ColumnGroupingSetting to retrieve from the collection. The ColumnGroupingSetting object with the given ColumnKey value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the ColumnGroupingSetting to retrieve from the collection. Column settings for column groupby capability. This method turns on ViewState tracking for the object Once this method is called by the ASP.NET framework, all subsequence property set operations will result in the data being serialized to the page ViewState hidden field and round tripped to the server on postback. This method saves the property settings in the ViewState bag to the ViewState hidden field on the page for roundtripping between the server and client. An object reference containing the ViewState of the object. This method loads the data contained in the state parameter into the ViewState bag for the object. An object reference containing the contents of the ViewState bag. Serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Boolean property which indicates if a column is allowed to participate in column grouping. The css class applied to the column header clone in the group by area. Boolean property, which is true by default. Controls whether the RemoveButton will be shown for the grouped header. How the data will be sorted as its being grouped. This is the default value for the column, unless otherwise specified when creating a GroupedColumn object. Group comparer that is used for this column. By default the grouping is based on the values of the column cells. Boolean property which indicates if a column will merge its cell values The number of properties that this object will send to the client. Object representing the grouped row. Creates a new instance of the GroupedRecord object Creates a new instance of the GroupedRecord object Reference to the grid's column the grouping of which produced this row. The value by which the records are grouped by. The name of the group for the record. Gets the name of the object type Implements . The method fills the XML node's attributes for the record rendering. Attributes to fill. This method turns on ViewState tracking for the object Once this method is called by the ASP.NET framework, all subsequence property set operations will result in the data being serialized to the page ViewState hidden field and round tripped to the server on postback. Loads the view state after returning from the client. Previously saved view state object. Saves the view state of the grid when rendering down to the client. aved view state object. The text to display in the grouped row Value of the group. Reference to the grid's column the grouping of which produced this row. Boolean property indicates whether this grouped row has a collection of sub-grouped rows. Collection of sub-grouped rows. Indicates whether the grid's grouped row is expanded and the data rows or sub-group rows are visible. An enumerator for data records which belong to this group row, if the grouped row does not have any data records then this property will return null. Returns the index of the grouped row in the collection. Gets the instance of the parent collection of the GroupedRecord Implements . Represents the record's XML node. The index of the first Record (the data row) which belong to this group. The index of the last Record (the data row) which belong to this group. The name of the css class for an active row The name of the css class for an active cell Enumerator for data rows which belong to a specific group row . Creates an instance of The GroupedRecord to make an enumerator off of ContainerGrid through whose rows to iterate. Advances the enumerator to the next element of the collection. true if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; false if the enumerator has passed the end of the collection. Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is before the first element in the collection. Gets the current element in the collection. A collection of GroupedRecord objects. Creates an instance of GroupedRecordCollection . The grid to which the collection belongs to. Creates an instance of GroupedRecordCollection . The grid to which the top most GroupedRecordCollection belongs to. The parent GroupedRecord to which this collection belongs to. Adds a GroupedRecord to the collection. GroupedRecord to add. Returns the grouped row for the given data row The data row for which to find the grouped row. The grouped row to which the data row belongs, if the data row does not belong to any of the grouped rows in this collection of the collection does not have any grouped rows null is returned. Creates a new default Band object The type of object to create Collection object All of the attributes needed for XML rendering are generated in this method. Attribute collection to fill. The parent GroupedRecord to which this collection belongs to. Gets the GroupedRecord at the specified index. Note: these items are created on demand. The index of the GroupedRecord to retrieve. A GroupedRecord at the specified index, or null if no item exists at that index. The class contains default comparison logic for the Outlook Group By feature of the WebHierarchicalDataGrid The method returns group name for specified value. Value to identify with a group. Group name for the value. Null value if the grid should use default group name. An example of group names cold be "Today", "Yesterday", "Last Week","Two Weeks Ago" etc for the DateTime values. The method determines equality of two passed in objects. First value to compare. Second value to compare. True if the passed in values are equal. Returns a hash code for the specified object. The System.Object for which a hash code is to be returned. A hash code for the specified object. Represents a grouped column object. Creates a new instance of GroupedColumn object Creates a new instance of GroupedColumn object The column key to of the Band's column that the GroupedColumn corresponds to. Creates a new instance of GroupedColumn object The column key to of the Band's column that the GroupedColumn corresponds to. How the data will be sorted as its being grouped. Resolves a reference to the actual data column off of a specified grid. Grid to resolve the column reference for. Reference to the actual column in the grid by which it is grouped. Serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Gets/sets the value of the column's key. How the data will be sorted as its being grouped. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Gets the reference to the owner band Gets the reference to the owner collection. Column grouping settings object for the grid. Column grouping settings object. Remove button image URL Remove button hover image URL Remove button press image URL Creates a new instance of GroupingSettings object The band to which the object belongs. Determines if the ColumnSettings should be serialized. Determines of the GroupedColumns property should be persisted. Provides a reference to the group comparer that is currently used off the column's group setting. Column key to resolve the comparer for. Reference to the current group comparer. Serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Overrides base class' method. Enables the view state tracking for the behavior. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. he objects to reload. The number of objects that were loaded. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Reads the TransactionList and repopulates the collections of the control. A list of collections that were modified on the clientside Resolves the CssClass that should be rendered. The property value of the CssClass The actual role index. A CssClass that should be rendered. Returns string representation of the object. String representation of the object. Process the callback information for the WebHierarchicalDataGrid that has to do with grouping The WebHierarchicalDataGrid The name of the action to process Parameters for the action Information on whether the callback was processed, if it wasn't null is returned. This info is needed for WebHierarchicalDataGrid to render on callback. Determines if the column grouping is enabled for the band. Indicates if the grouped rows are rendered as expanded or collapsed by default. Indicates whether a graphical representation of the band will be shown in the group by area, when one or more columns are grouped. A collection of type ColumnGroupingSettings. A collection of columns by which the data is currently grouped on this band. The name of the css class that will be applied to the row showing the group. The name of the css class that will be applied to the clone of the column found in the grouped by area. The name of the css class that will be applied to the element representing the band in the grouped by area. Boolean property, which is true by default. Controls whether the RemoveButton will be shown for the grouped column headers, when the mouse is over the header. This will be an ImageButton object, when this button is clicked the grouped column to which the button belongs to will be removed from the group columns collection. The mask for the text of Grouped row. Available tokens: {0} - header of the grouped column, {1} - grouped value, {2} - number of grouped child rows, {3} - number of all data records in the group. Factor by how much to indent the next group row or data rows. Has to be a positive integer. The default is 20. Gets/sets the css class used to style the top portion of the drop indicator. Gets/sets the css class used to style the middle portion of the drop indicator. Gets/sets the css class used to style the bottom portion of the drop indicator. Returns/sets the css class used to style the DragMarkup. If the default drag markup is used this class will be applied in addition to the styles already applied to the header, if the dragmarkup is replaced only the DragMarkupCssClass will be used. A url to the ascending order image that appears in the group by area next to the column header column. If nothing is assigned to the property the image with the name "igg_sortAsc.gif" from current Application Styling images directory is used. A url to the descending order image that appears in the group by area next to the column header column. If nothing is assigned to the property the image with the name "igg_sortDesc.gif" from current Application Styling images directory is used. Alternate text of the ascending order image. Alternate text of the descending order image. Defines whether to merge cells in a grouped column Creates a HierarchicalGridGroupingSettings object The band to whom the settings object belongs to. Load data modified at run time. Modified data Serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Determines if the column grouping is enabled for the band. In order to be able to group columns by dragging and dropping the column headers, the GroupAreaVisibility property has to be set to Visible. The text that is displayed in the group area before there are any grouped columns. This setting is global for all Bands. Controls if the UI for grouping columns is visible. This setting is global for all Bands. Visible - the group area is visible Hidden - the group area is not visible, but the columns can be grouped through code. The name of the css class that will be applied to the group area (the spot where you drag a column to indicate that the data needs to be grouped by it) Determines where the GroupArea is shown, possible values are, Top (default) or Bottom. This setting is global to all the bands. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client. Indicates that the client collections need to be loaded right after the LoadViewState is processed for the collections. The run bot for a ContainerGrid Creates a new ContainerGridBot The control main that this bot is for Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Registers script descriptors of the control the run bot is associated with. The method can be overriden to do custom descriptor registration. Returns full XAttribute string which includes XAttribute name and its encoded value. Internal attribute/value pairs to encode in XAttribute String representation of XAttribute and encoded value of XAttribute. Regular attribute - name pair if XAttributes are not supported. Saves any additional properties to the client Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Reloads objects from the client Array of objects Loads any additional information saved on the client The additional client state This is where a template container can be modified. The template is already instantiated and the controls are created. The template container, which contains the instance of the template controls. A reference to the ContainerGrid control. Name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set defining the themed appearance for this control. Instructs the control to load its embedded Java Script. When the controls Java Script is explicitly disabled, it must be loaded via the ScriptManager instance on the page. > Path containing the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set files for this type of control. Returns false Object that is used to send the script desciptor information to the client for ContainerGrids when load on demand is used. Creates an instance of DescriptorObject object. Unique hash key for the ContainerGrid control for which the DescriptorObject is being created based on the parent row. Type of the target client component. ID of the current System.Web.UI.ScriptComponentDescriptor instance. Name of the current System.Web.UI.ScriptBehaviorDescriptor instance. Client state of the control. Unique hash key for the ContainerGrid control for which the DescriptorObject is being created based on the parent row. Type of the target client component. Name of the current System.Web.UI.ScriptBehaviorDescriptor instance. ID of the current System.Web.UI.ScriptComponentDescriptor instance. Client state of the control. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Collection of ContainerGrids. Creates an instance of ContainerGridCollection. The ContainerGridRecord to which the row islands or ContainerGrids belong Creates an instance of ContainerGridViewStateJournal to track collection changes Creates a new default ContainerGrid The type of object to create Collection object Creates a new ContainerGrid if a reference to the band with a band can be determined The type of object to create The DataMember of the band The Key of the band Collection object Clears the collection and removes the ContainerGrid from the Controls collection Appends the ContainerGrid to the collection. The ContainerGrid object to add. Inserts the object to the underlying collection ArrayList Item insertion index. ContainerGrid to insert into the collection. Returns the index of the ContainerGrid in the collection. ContainerGrid whose index to find. Finds an item from the collection based on the dataMember of the ContainerGrid. The DataMember value of the dataMember for which to locate the object. The ContainerGrid control with the given dataMember value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Finds an item from the collection based on the key of the ContainerGrid. The value of the key for which to locate the object. The ContainerGrid control with the given key value. null (Nothing) if not found. The ContainerGridRecord to which the row islands or ContainerGrids belong Gets an item from the collection based on the key of the ContainerGrid Band. The value of the key for which to locate the object. The ContainerGrid control with the given band key value. Null (Nothing) if not found. Gets an item from the collection which is found at the given index. The zero based index of the ContainerGrid to retrieve from the collection. ContainerGrid at the given index Represents a record or row in the ContainerGrid control. Creates an instance of ContainerGridRecord. Reference to the ContainerGrid to which the row belongs. Determines if Expanded property should be persisted. This method expands all children of this Row This method expands all anscestor parent rows of this row This method collapses all children of this Node This method collapses all anscestor parent rows of this row Informs the owner that the record at this index has a property changed Ensures that certain attributes are rendered on the ContainerGridRecord A Hashtable of attributes that should be used in the XML rendering of the grid. Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Reference to the ContainerGrid to which row belongs to. Sets or gets a string value representing the datapath into the data source used to popuplate the children of this item (if any). Only nodes which actually have children get their DataPath property set during a data binding operation. Sets or gets a boolean value that indicates whether or not this item has been populated with children. Sets or gets a boolean value that indicates whether or not this item is a parent that has yet to be populated from an Ajax request to expand the node. Returns the hierarchical level of this collection object within the tree structure. Returns the number of client properties managed by this object. Indicates whether the gird row is expanded and the row islands are visible. Unique data key of the record. If the data source record does not provide one, the dta key is generated out of the record's index. Indicates if the row has RowIslands. A collection of row islands or child ContainerGrids . Reference back to the owner collection. A collection of ContainerGridRecords. Overrides creating of the record so it participates in the grid rendering. A new instance of the object. Locates and returns a record from the collection by its key. Data key of the record to locate. Record with the data key provided. Null if no record was found. Locates and returns a record by an ID pair. of the record to locate. A record with the IDPair provided. Null if no record can be found. Loops through all the rows and clear the rowIsland collection for each row as well as calls ClearTemplates() method of the base class. Gets the ContainerGridRecord at the specified index. Note: these items are created on demand. The index of the ContainerGridRecord to retrieve. A ContainerGridRecord at the specified index, or null if no item exists at that index. Reference to the grid that owns the record collection. The grid that owns the record collection. The class contains methods that render different parts of the ContainerGrid. Generates a row id for the row that is currently being rendered. Reference to the ContainerGrid to which the renderer belongs to. Keeps track of changes to the collection once viewstate tracking is on Changes are then played back on PostBack prior to loading ViewState Records the change to the collection. Index of the item in the collection for which the change occured The type of change that occured The object in the collection for which the change occured. Creates an new instance of the collection object for which the view state is being tracked. The collection for which the journal is being kept An array of strings which describe the action that was recorded by the view state journal The collection object typy. Roles defined for the ig_dataGrid.css file. The control role defines the frame appearance of the grid. CSS style class that will be applied to the expand/collapse button Defines the appearance of the TD in which the RowIslands appear. Defines the appearance the column header for the column in which the Expand/Collapse buttons appear. Defines the appearance the column in which the Expand/Collapse buttons appear. Defines the appearance the column footer for the column in which the Expand/Collapse buttons appear. Defines the appearance the group area. Defines the appearance the group indent header th. Defines the appearance the group indent footer th. Defines the appearance of the group indent cell for the add new row. Defines the appearance the group indent td. Defines the appearance of the row showing the group. Defines the appearance of the clone of the column found in the grouped by area Defines the appearance of the clone of the column's right edge found in the grouped by area Defines the appearance of the clone of the column's right edge found in the grouped by area, which appears on the end. Defines the appearance of the band td in the goupred by area Defines the appearance of the band's right edge td in the goupred by area Defines the appearance of the Defines the appearance of the Defines the appearance of the Defines the appearance of the clone of the column's left edge. This is needed for the drag markup as the grouped column is being dragged around/from the grouped by area. The CSS class that will be applied to merged cells if top row index is odd. The CSS class that will be applied to the top merged cell if top row index is odd. The CSS class that will be applied to the bottom merged cell if top row index is odd. Class applied to a merged cell of an expanded row and the next row (if part of merging). Number of roles supported by the main control of the grid. An enumeration of all the properties that the DescriptorObject object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the DescriptorObject.HashKey property. Enumeration value for the the DescriptorObject.Type property. Enumeration value for the the DescriptorObject.Name property. Enumeration value for the the DescriptorObject.Id property. Enumeration value for the the DescriptorObject.Props property. Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the DescriptorObject object will send to the client. Allowable values for the visibility properties Visible Hidden Allowable values for the row expand state properties Rows are expanded Rows are collapsed Enumeration used for setting the location of the GroupByArea. WebHierarchicalDataGrid will show the GroupByArea object at the top of the visible area WebHierarchicalDataGrid will show the GroupByArea object at the bottom of the visible area Enumeration used for setting the location of the header of data rows, when the data is grouped. The header row for grid data will be shown above the first group row. The header is shown above the data rows. An enumeration of all the properties that the GroupingSettings object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the HierarchicalGridGroupingSettings.GroupAreaVisibility property/> Enumeration value for the the HierarchicalGridGroupingSettings.EmptyGroupAreaText property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the GroupingSettings object will send to the client. An enumeration of all the properties that the ColumnGroupingSetting object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the ColumnGroupingSetting.Groupable property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the ColumnGroupingSetting will send to the client. An enumeration of all the properties that the GroupedColumn object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the GroupedColumnProps.ColumnKey property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the GroupedColumn will send to the client. An enumeration of all the properties that the BandsCountObj object will send to the client. Enumeration value for the the BandsCountObj.Count property/> Enumeration value for the the total number of properties that the BandsCountObj will send to the client. Settings for enabling column grouping Column grouping as not been specificly enabled on this band and will be resolved through inheritance. Column grouping has been enabled on the band. Column grouping has been disabled on the band. One or more columns is being grouped by. One or more columns is being ungrouped by. A grouped column is changing it position in the grouped columns collection. A grouped column's sort direction is changed. Object used by WebHierarchicalDataGrid to raise events for behavior so that a behaviors can take appropriate action. Creates an instance of GridHierarchicalBehaviorEvents. Creates an instance of GridHierarchicalBehaviorEvents. The grid for which to create the object. Raises the RowCollapsing event. The row that is collapsing Raises the RowCollapsing event. The row that is collapsing Raises the ShowFooterChanged event. The band for whose the ShowFooter property changed Raises the ShowHeaderChanged event. The band for whose the ShowHeader property changed Raises the GroupedColumnAdded event. The grouped column that was added Raises the GroupedColumnsChanging event. The band whose grouped columns collection is changing Reference to the WebHierarchicalDataGrid for which events will be raised. The event is fired when row is collapsed. Indicates if the RowCollapsing event is handled. The event is fired when ShowFooter property is changed. Indicates if the ShowFooterChanged event is handled. The event is fired when ShowHeader property is changed. Indicates if the ShowHeaderChanged event is handled. The event is fired when a grouped column is added to the grouped columns collection. Indicates if the GroupedColumnAdded event is handled. The event is fired when grouped columns collection is changing. Indicates if the GroupedColumnsChanging event is handled. Object representing the event arguments for RowCollapsing event. Creates an instance of RowCollapsingEventArgs. Row for which the event will be raised. The row that is collapsing Delegate for the RowCollapsing event. WebHierarchicalDataGrid for which events is be raised. Event arguments. Delegate for the ShowFooterChanged event. Band for which events is be raised. Delegate for the ShowHeaderChanged event. Band for which events is be raised. Delegate for the GroupedColumnAdded event. WebHierarchicalDataGrid for which events is be raised. Event arguments. Object representing the event arguments for GroupedColumnAdded event. Creates an instance of GroupedColumnAddedEventArgs. Row for which the event will be raised. The grouped column that was added to the collection. Delegate for the GroupedColumnsChanging event. WebHierarchicalDataGrid for which events is be raised. Event arguments. Object representing the event arguments for GroupedColumnsChanging event. Creates an instance of GroupedColumnsChangingInternalEventArgs. Band for which the event will be raised. The band whose grouped columns collection is changing. Collection of GroupedColumn objects. Creates a new instance of GroupedColumns object The GroupingSettings object that the collection belongs to. Creates an instance of the default collection object The type of object to create A new instance of GroupedColumn object Creates a GroupedColumn object for the given column key and appends it to the collection. Column key of the column by which to group by. Creates a GroupedColumn object for the given column key and appends it to the collection. Column key of the column by which to group by. How the data will be sorted as its being grouped. Appends the GroupedColumn object to the collection. GroupedColumn object to add to the collection. Inserts the GroupedColumn into to the underlying collection. The index at which to insert the GroupedColumn. GroupedColumn which to insert. Removes the GroupedColumn from the collection. GroupedColumn object to delete. Returns true if the collection contains the given GroupedColumn object. The GroupedColumn object to search for. True is the object is contained in the collection, otherwise False Returns true if the collection contains a GroupedColumn that shares the key value with the inputted parameter. A column key value to match with a GroupedColumn's ColumnKey True if a GroupedColumn object with that key is found Inserts a grouped column into the collection. The index to insert at The grouped column to insert The index it was inserted at Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the GroupedColumn to retrieve from the collection. The GroupedColumn Gets an item from the collection based on a key value The string key of the item to be found. A GroupedColumn object with the ColumnKey value passed in, null otherwise. This object is used to communicated which callback action was proccessed for the WHDG. Creates a new The action involved in the callback The band involved in the callback The action involved in the callback The band involved in the callback Custom attribute used to indicate if a behavior can be added to WebHierarchicalDataGrid. Creates a new instance. Gets or sets a value indicating whether behavior is hierarchical or not A RunBot class designed to take care of rendering/styling of the WebHierarchicalDataGrid control. Creates an instance of the HierarchicalGridBot The WebControl that the HierarchicalGridBot should help out. This is where a control will set up its AppStyleInfo object. A new AppStyleInfo object. Instantiate a HierarchicalGridStyleBot An instance of HierarchicalGridStyleBot Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client ScriptBehaviorDescriptor Registers script descriptors of the control the HierarchicalGridBot is associated with. The method can be overriden to do custom descriptor registration. Serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Load data modified at run time. Modified data Save data modified at run time. Modified data Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. he objects to reload. The number of objects that were loaded. Loaded the bands collection from the client state. This is where the move and resize actions are processed Any additional information that an object may need to pass to the server. This is where grouping actions are processed. This is deferred. Any additional information that an object may need to pass to the server. A reference to the WebHierarchicalDataGrid control. Returns true Determines if the loading of postback data should be deferred until a later point when the object model is properly restored. This situaion occurs when no ViewState is present and the control must databind first in order to populate the object model. ClientEvents used by the ContainerGrid and WebHierarchicalDataGrid control The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of ContainerGridClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Indicates the new instance to track its view state This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Event fired when the grid initiates a request for child row islands. Event fired when the grid receives a response and inserts HTML for child row islands. Event fired when the grid's row is about to expand. Event fired when the grid's row is expanded. Event fired when the grid's row is about to collapse. Event fired when the grid's row is collapsed. Event fired when the grid's GroupedRow is about to expand. Event fired when the grid's GroupedRow is expanded. Event fired when the grid's GroupedRow is about to collapse. Event fired when the grid's GroupedRow is collapsed. Event fired when the bands GroupedColumns collection is about to change. Event fired when the bands GroupedColumns collection has changed. HierarchicalGridBindingManager is class responsible for managing the data binding process of the WebHierarchicalDataGrid control. The HierarchicalBindingManager is base class responsible for coordinating and managing the data binding process of Hierarchical data bound controls. The DataBindingManager base class is responsible for coordinating and managing the data binding process. It stores and maintains the collection of WebBinding objects that determine which columns or properties in the data source objects are bound to the various properties of the control object model. Constructor for the DataBindingManager. The control object which owns this DataBindingManager. Carries out the DataBind operation on behalf of the control. This method is called by the owning control when a data bind operation is required. The type parameter indicates which type of data is being bound. The DataSource object to which the control is binding. The type of data source represented by the DataSource control. Virtual method for creating a DataBindingBot object which will be used to carry out the actual data binding operation. The type of DataBot created by this method is based on the DataSourceType. Derived classes may override this method to create DataBots of different kinds depending on other aspects of the dataSource or dataSourceType parameters. Virtual method called during a databinding operation to notify the DataBindingManager that databindings must be populated in order for databinding to proceed. If the developer/user has added one or more bindings to the DataBindings collection, then these bindings should suffice. If the developer/user has not added any bindings to the control.DataBindings collection, then a default one must be created and added to the DataBindingManager.WebBindings collection. Virtual method used to notify the control that it should create DataSourceSelectArguments at the present time. These arguments are used by AccessDataSourceControls and SqlDataSourceControls to pass sorting criteria and other parameters to the data provider. Returns a DataSourceSelectArgument representing selection criteria. Called by DataBots when an object collection needs to be created in order to be filled by the DataBind operation. This method normally passes on the request to the owner control which will create the actual object on behalf of the DataBindingManager An IDataObject representing the parent or owner of the collection that is to be created. Returns an IList collection which can be used to Add objects in turn as they are bound to the data source. Called by DataBots when an object needs to be created in order to accept data from the the DataBind operation. The object created will belong to the control and will store the data from the datasource in order to be used in the rendering phase. This method normally passes on the request to the owner control which will create the actual object on behalf of the DataBindingManager. The collection to which the object will belong. Returns an object that will be bound to and accept data from the data source. Called by DataBots to create the single root object of a hierarchical data binding operation. Returns the top-most and unique root object to which further objects will be bound. Represents the top-most WebObject of the object model. Since hierarchical databinding is based on a single rooted hierarchy, this object represents the top-most node in the hierarchy. Since most controls can contain multiple items at the root level, the RootWebObject represents the parent of the root level items. This structure is similar to that of an xml file where a single root element is required. Indicates the design mode of the control. Sets or gets the maximum depth for which databinding will apply. This property is only valid for hierarchical data binding. Once the maximum depth is reached, no further children are bound. Called to create the needed Binding objects if non have been created already. Returns a default binding when the user has not specified one. The Default DataBinding object Iterates through all the items in the hierarchical enumerable and returns a dictionary containing separate List of data for each data member. Binds the child row islands for a given row. Binds the specified ContainerGrid and its children. Retrieves hierarchical data from the given data source depending on the specified root object. Binds row children, usually used when data is loaded on demand. Data binds the specified row island. Usually used by the ContainerGrid to data bind itself on operations like paging, sorting, etc. Extracts data from hierarchical enumerable for a specified data member. Returns an empty list of the appropriate object, rather than an empty list of IHiearchyData The class contains methods that render different parts of the WebHierarchicalDataGrid. Main rendering method for WebHierarchicalDataGrid Reference to the hierarchical grid to which the render belows. Performs much of the Application Styling Framework(tm) logic for WebHierarchicalDataGrid The constructor accepts the control reference it should register with. Control to register with. Reference to the controls implementation of IProvideAppStyling interface . Registers extra css files. Delegate for GroupedColumnsChanging event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Event arguments for events that can be handled. Initializes the object with the originating event arguments. The band whose GroupedColumns collection will be changing. The type of change that will occur. The grouped columns that will participate in the change. When the action that this event is being raised for is Move, this is the new index the column is going to be moved to. Reference to the band whose GroupedColumns collection will be changing. The type of change that will occur. The grouped columns that will participate in the change. The grouped columns of the band. When the action that this event is being raised for is Move, this method will return the new index the column is going to be moved to. Delegate for GroupedColumnsChanged event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Event arguments for events that can be handled. Initializes the object with the originating event arguments. The band whose GroupedColumns collection has changed. The type of change that has occured. Reference to the band whose GroupedColumns collection has changed. The type of change that has occured. The grouped columns of the band. Delegate for RowIsland related events. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Event arguments for events that can be handled. Initializes the object with the originating event arguments. Reference to the row island for which the event if to be raised. Reference to the grid object associated with the event. Delegate for ContainerGridRecord related events. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Event arguments for events that can be handled. Initializes the object with the originating event arguments. The row that is being effected. Reference to the grid object associated with the event. Delegate for cancelable ContainerGridRecord related events. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Event arguments for events that can be handled. Initializes the object with the originating event arguments. The row for which the event was raised. Reference to the grid object associated with the event. Delegate for the event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Delegate for the event. Sender of the event. Event arguments for the event. Initializes a new instance of the BandEventArgs class. Initializes the object with the originating event arguments. Reference to the Band object associated with the event. Delegate for GroupedRowInitializedEvent. Event arguements for GroupedRowInitializedEvent. Initializes the object with the originating event arguments. The grouped row for which the event is being raised The grouped row for which the event is being raised. This is an Interger object which inherites from ObjectBase so it can be treated as a ClientObject and can help restore the Bands count in the LoadClientObjects stage. The number of bands in the collection Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Interface helps to output directly to stream If an element supports rendering this method should be implemented Direct output stream Inner part of the element is rendered here Direct stream output Provides XPath navigation for the data of the grid. Creates a data navigator with a current object. The object can be of types: RowsCollectio, UltraGridRow, UltraGridCell. Clones the navigator object. New navigator object pointing to the sane current node. Gets an attribute off the node that is being navigated by its name and namespace URI. Name of the attribute to return. Namespace URI of the attribute. Attribute that corresponds to the name and namespace URI provided. Empty string if no such an attribute is found. Returns the value of the namespace node corresponding to the specified local name. The local name of the namespace node. A String that contains the value of the namespace node; String.Empty if a matching namespace node is not found, or if the XPathNavigator is not positioned on an element node. Defines if provided navigator is at the same position. Navigator to compare position with. True if two navigators are at the same position. Moves current node to the same position as provided in the passed in navigator Navigator to synchronize positions with. True if positions were successfully synchronized. Moves to an attribute in the current node Name of the attribute. Namespace of the attribute. True if the attribute exists. Moves current node to the first sibling. True if the current node was successfully moved. False if the current node is the first sibling. Moves to the first attribute of the current node. True if successfully moved. False if the node has no attributes or the first attribute is already current. Moves to the first child of the current node. True if successfully moved. Moves the XPathNavigator to the first namespace node that matches the XPathNamespaceScope specified. An XPathNamespaceScope value describing the namespace scope. Returns true if the XPathNavigator is successful moving to the first namespace node; otherwise, false. If false, the position of the XPathNavigator is unchanged. Moves to the node that has an attribute of type ID whose value matches the specified String. A String representing the ID value of the node to which you want to move. true if the XPathNavigator is successful moving; otherwise, false. If false, the position of the navigator is unchanged. Moves the XPathNavigator to the namespace node with the specified namespace prefix. The namespace prefix of the namespace node. true if the XPathNavigator is successful moving to the specified namespace; false if a matching namespace node was not found, or if the XPathNavigator is not positioned on an element node. If false, the position of the XPathNavigator is unchanged. Moves to next sibling of the current node. True if moved successfully. Moves to the next attribute of the current node. True if the move was successful. Moves the XPathNavigator to the next namespace node matching the XPathNamespaceScope specified. An XPathNamespaceScope value describing the namespace scope. Returns true if the XPathNavigator is successful moving to the next namespace node; otherwise, false. If false, the position of the XPathNavigator is unchanged. Moves to the parent node. True if the move was successful. Moves to the previous sibling of the current node. True if moved successfully. Moves to the root node of the current node. Current object of the navigator. Current attribute index of the node. Base URI of the grid. To distinguish "our" data. Shows if the current node has attributes. Shows if current node has chidldren. Indicates if the current node is empty. All grid's data nodes are usually not empty. Local representation of the current node with no prefix and no namespace. Full name of the current node. URI of the node. Name table associated with the implemetation. Type of current node. Prefix of the node. Value of the node. Xml language. Text representation of the XPathDataNavigator's data. Type of the methods that generate XML rendering node attributes. Attributes collection to fill. The class represents a text XML rendering node. Initializes the object with its parent and value. Reference to the node's parent node. Text value of the node. Overrides type of the XML rendering node. It is XPathNodeType.Text for the text XML node. Modifies text value of the node. New text value to set. Text value of the XML rendering node. Root Xml node. That's where it all starts. Initializes the root node with the reference to the grid. Reference to the grid. Attributes collection is empty for the root. First child of the root is always the grid itself. The root has no name. Yes it always has children. This class encapsulates the functionality of managing a collection of objects that are part of a series of collections arranged in a tree structure. The class exposes a series of methods that serve to abstract the basic collection operations to allow for collection manipulation independant of the concrete classes that are derived from it. This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. Creates a collection object based on an object type identifier. This method is called by the LoadViewState method to create objects of the appropriate type as view state is reloaded. The type of the collection object to be created as determined by the string identifier. Returns an object that implements ICollectionObject. This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. Factory method called when an object for the collection needs to be created. The default implementation calls the main object factory of HierarchicalDataBoundControlMain where the call is routed to the most derived control class which determines the type of item to create for the collection. A HierarchicalUIObject of the appropriate type. This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. A generic method used to add an item derived from HierarchicalUIObject to the collection. This method first calls the CreateItem method which routes the call to the main control where the appropriate object type is created. This object is then added to the collection. A HierarchicalUIObject of the appropriate type. This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. This method moves the specified item within the collection from it's current position to the position specified by the index parameter. The movement of the item is tracked by the framework so that it can be re positioned each time a page post back occurs. A reference to the item to be moved. The new position index for the item being moved. This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. A generic method used to insert an item derived from HierarchicalUIObject to the collection. This method first calls the CreateItem method which routes the call to the main control where the appropriate object type is created. This object is then inserted into the collection at the specified index. The position index where the newly created item will be inserted. A HierarchicalUIObject of the appropriate type. Removes the specified item from the collection A reference to the item to be removed. This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. Called by the framework when an object has been inserted, or added, to the collection. This method ensures that the inserted object has the appropriate owner assigned to it. The index at which the object was inserted. A reference to the object that was inserted. Removes the HierarchicalUIObject within the collection that corresponds to the supplied index. The integer offset for the object within the collection to be deleted This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. This property gets a reference to the ControlMain object that ownes this collection. This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. Each HierarchicalObjectCollection is owned by a HierarchicalUIObject. For example, a Nodes collection in a Tree is owned by a particular Node. The owner Node is then the Parent of each Node within the HierarchicalObjectCollection. The nodes at the root level of the tree are owned by a hidden Owner which is also referred to as the RootItem. In this way, the tree of HierarchicalObjectCollections is referred to as being single rooted. This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. Indexer for the HierarchicalObjectCollection The integer offset for the requested object within the collection The HierarchicalUIObject that corresponds to the supplied index. This class is used as a container for the Topmost Items collection in an object hierarchy. There is only one of these created for each HierarchicalDataBoundControl. This object automatically gets created by the control at initialization so that the actual hierarchical items can be hung off of it. This class serves as the base class for items that are contained in a hierarchical tree structure and which are also data bound. The properties that relate to Hierarchical items are: HierarchicalDataBoundControlMain Index Level FullAddress ParentItem Owner InnerItems HasChildren The properties that relate to DataBindings are: DataPath Populated DataItem This method returns a boolean value that indicates if the object is an ancestor of the item passed in. Reference to the item that might be a descendant of this. true if this is an ancestor of the passed in item. False otherwise. Helper method for IsAncestorOf method This method returns a boolean value that indicates if the object is a descendant of the item passed in. Reference to the item that might be an ancestor of this. true if this object is a descendant of the passed in item. False otherwise. Used by Control Developers only Allows external assemblies to access the internal initializer for objects that have child collections. The ObjectCollection to be initialized The ControlMain object associated with the collection The owner object of the collection Sets or gets a string value representing the datapath into the data source used to popuplate the children of this item (if any). Only nodes which actually have children get their DataPath property set during a data binding operation. Sets or gets a boolean value that indicates whether or not this item has been populated with children. Sets or gets a boolean value that indicates whether or not this item is a parent that has yet to be populated from an Ajax request to expand the node. Returns a reference to the primary control that owns this collection object Returns the index of this collection object within its owning collection. Returns the hierarchical level of this collection object within the tree structure. Returns a delimited string representation of this collection object within the tree structure. Each object in the tree is thereby uniquely identified using a unique string representation. For example, "0.0" represents the first child of the first item in the tree. "1.1" represents the second child of the second item in the tree and so forth. "1.2.3" represents the fourth child of the third child of the second item in the tree. The FullAddress property is used to link data to items in the tree on the client and syncronizing such changes across post backs. Returns a reference to the Parent of this item. Returns a reference to the collection that owns this object Contains the inner implementation of the Items collection for an item. The derived class can expose or not expose an Items or Nodes collection as it sees fit based on this inner collection. Returns a boolean value that indicates if this object has children within the tree hierarchy. Returns a boolean value that indicates if the inner items collection has been initialized. Returns the number of client properties managed by this object. Creates the RootItem object and sets a reference to the owning control. Reference to the owning control. Reference to the owning control. Overrides the FullAddress property of HierarchicalUIObject to return an empty string as the root item is only a container of the root items collections. Overrides the level property of HierarchicalUIObject to always return 0. Collection of columns used for generating the XML for rendering the grid's header when multi-header columns are present. Constructor for Finds and returns the field for the given key from the collection The key for whose field to search The field for the corresponding key Finds and returns the header caption for the given key from the collection The key for whose header caption to search The header caption for the corresponding key Returns the header caption collection for the given index Index or level of the row of the header caption collection The located header caption collection Loads the VisibleIndex property for the from the client Save the passed in index in an array to later be used to restore it when client state loads The key of the column The index to store Retrieves the visible index of the column which it had prior to rendering Column key for whose index to retrieve VisibleIndex of the column Saves the view state The view state Loads the view state of the object The view state The total number of header rows Returns the field header layout collection for the given index Index or level of the row of the header collection The collection at the given index Returns reference to the Grid who owns this collection ContentPane which has AJAX options. Class used as container of properties for content panes. Control used for layout/content panes. This class represents a WebControl object that is a member of a collection of objects. The collection of objects would be derived from the ObjectCollection base class so the two classes work together to carry out collection related tasks. For the CollectionControlObject, these tasks include providing and maintaining the Owner ObjectCollection as well as calling the OnAddedToCollection a and OnRemovedFromCollection overrides to notify the object when these events occur. This class derives from ControlObject so that base class maintains ViewState for the object. The ID property of this class overrides the ID property to prevent it from being set because for Templates, the ID must be managed by the framework. This class forms the base for objects which need to derive from WebControl. It implements templating support, viewstate getters and setters, clientstate support as well as support for uiFlags. Constructor creates a StateBot to manage ViewState for the object Create WebObjectBase with required value of isTrackingViewState Obtains a property value from ClientState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The index of the subobject (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The property value for the specified index. Obtains a property value from ClientState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The index of the subobject (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The property value for the specified index. Obtains a property value from ClientState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The index of the subobject (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The property value for the specified index. Obtains a property value from ClientState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The index of the subobject (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The property value for the specified index. Obtains a property value from ClientState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The index of the subobject (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The property value for the specified index. Obtains a property value from ClientState using int (enum). The index of the subobject (defined as an enumeration in the derived class). The property value for the specified index. True: allow negative values Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Obtains a property value from ViewState based on the string id define as a constant in the derived class. The Id of the subobject (defined as a constant in the derived class). The property value for the specified Id. Sets an object value so that it is maintained in viewstate Virtual method that is called whenever a property within the object has been changed. Public shortcut to check if object has had data changes Object or null True: ViewState.Count > 0 Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. Number of objects that was loaded by the instance of the class. The objects to reload. Looks at the private Flags Hashtable and retrieves the value for the specified flag. The ClientUIFlag that should be retrieved. If the Hashtable does not contain an entry for that flag, it returns false, otherwise it returns the value from the hashtable. Looks at the private Flags Hashtable and retrieves the value for the specified flag. The ClientUIFlag that should be retrieved. If the Hashtable does not contain an entry for that flag, it returns DefaultableBoolean.False, otherwise it returns the value from the hashtable. If the Flags value hasn't been set yet, it calls EnsureFlags and then Calculates the flags based off of the values in the private flags Hashtable. To be overriden by base controls. This is where each control can set the default values for each ClientUIFlag that should be set. TO register a flag they should call EnsureFlag(ClientUIFlags, value). To be used in EnsureFlags. This method stores the ClientUIFlag in the private flags Hashtable. Returns a boolean value for the specified ClientUIFlags. If the Value is DefautableBoolean.NotSet, it returns the defaultVal. The ClientUIFlag whose value should be retrieved. If no value is set, or the Value is set to NotSet, this value is returned. A boolean value set for the ClientUIFlag or the defaultVal if no value is set. Sets the ClientUIFlag to the specified value. First this property checks to see if a value has already been set for this Flag. If so, then it removes the value from the Flags property, and appends the new Calculated value. The flag to be set. A DefaultableBoolean that should be set on the specified flag. Sets the ClientUIFlag to the specified value. First this property checks to see if a value has already been set for this Flag. If so, then it removes the value from the Flags property, and appends the new Calculated value. The flag to be set. A bool that should be set on the specified flag. Sets or Gets a boolean value which indicates if a template is applied for this item. Stores all the ClientUIFlags into one integer, that will be passed down to the client in the Client Property Array. Customizes the rendering of UI objects props array. If true, the props that are null will be stored as "null", instead of just writing comma for them. This is used when the collections state is stored into view state. Because we need the data in specific format that will be easy to deserialize later. Collection objects should normally be created with an owner parameter in the constructor. CollectionObject constructor that provides an Owner object that can be tracked. CollectionObject constructor that provides an Owner object that can be tracked as well as a flag for setting the TrackViewState flag in WebObject. The owner of this object Called when this object is being removed from the supplied collection. Collection that this object has been removed from.

The default implementation of this method nulls out the if the supplied primaryCollection matches the primary collection of this object.

Inheritors overriding this method should always call this base implementation to assure the object has only one distinct primary collection.

 Called when this object is being added to the supplied collection. Collection that this object has been added to.

The default implementation sets the reference to the supplied primaryCollection argument, if it hasn't already been set (either the base constructor, or a prior call to should have nullified PrimaryCollection from any former collection's claim to ownership of this object.)

Inheritors overriding this method should always call this base implementation to assure the object has only one distinct primary collection.

 Called when this IKeyedObject has been added to a new collection. Collection that this object has been added to. Called when this IKeyedObject has been removed from an old collection. Collection that this object has been removed from. The primary collection or parent object to which this object belongs.

A CollectionControlObject can belong to only one ObjectCollectionBase at a time, this is their primary collection. Inheritors subclassing KeyedObjectBase may use this property in exposing their own subclass of KeyedObjectCollectionBase offering additional capabilities.

Customarily, the base class implementations of the and methods are responsible for detaching this object from its old collection, and attaching it to its new collection.

 Adds Visibility and ScrollBars to style. Gets sets the value for the scrollLeft attribute of the DIV element which renders child controls of LayoutPane. Gets sets the value for the scrollTop attribute of the DIV element which renders child controls of LayoutPane. Gets sets the value for the overflow attribute of the DIV element which renders child controls of LayoutPane. Gets or sets the request to render relative position for content.

Notes: That property is designed to get around differences in behavior of different browsers, when child elements of content have relative or absolute positions. It is recommended to enable that property when child controls or parts of html generated by them use position:relative or position:absolute. For example, WebImageViewer uses position:relative style attribute, and therefore, it may fail to be scrolled in IE or it may go out of content bounds in other browsers.

Number of properties in this class written to client state. Visibility of layout pane Tooltip of layout pane Css class of layout pane Background color of layout pane Fore color of layout pane Border color of layout pane Border style of layout pane Border width of layout pane Width of layout pane Height of layout pane Returns HtmlTextWriterTag.Div Get a reference to a child aspx-control located within this tab by its id.

This method will recursively search the child controls of each child control, until either a match is found, or all controls have been searched.

This method can not be used to get a reference to a child control located within ContentUrl.

 The id of child control. Reference to Control or null. Suspend output ID to writer. Render ContentUrl or child controls. An instance of HtmlTextWriter Called when the user control for this content pane has changed Gets sets name of url which is used for the src attribute of IFRAME element used by ContentPane. Get sets an option to enable or disable default borders of IFRAME used for ContentUrl. Get sets an option to enable or disable default scrolling of IFRAME used for ContentUrl. Gets sets name of UserControl which will be used instead of Template.

If ContentUrl is set, then that property has no effect.

That property has priority over possible child controls defined by Template.

Gets sets title attribute for IFRAME used when ContentUrl is set.

If ContentUrl is not set, then that property has no effect. If value of property is not set, then the value of ContentUrl is used for title.

Template used for render child controls inside of this ContentPane Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Gets sets css class applied to html element which represents this control on client. Number of properties in this class written to client state. Suspend output of ID into attributes. Get reference to UpdatePanel used when async mode is enabled.

Note: that method returns null if ContentUrl property is set. It also may return null if EnableAjax or EnableDynamicUpdatePanel properties are False.

If value of true is used and template was not instantiated yet or template did not contain UpdatePanel, then template is instantiated and it is wrapped into an UpdatePanel. Reference to UpdatePanel or null. Reinstantiate template Gets sets option to dynamically create UpdatePanel when asynchronous mode is enabled. If that property is enabled, then Template is wrapped into dynamically created UpdatePanel.

Notes:

If that property has value of NotSet, then corresponding property of owner is used.

It is not recommended to modify that property within a posback, because it may have no effect.

If that property leads to side effects, then it should be disabled and application should wrap template into explicitly created UpdatePanel.

Gets sets option to enable or disable asynchronous mode.

Notes:

If that property has value of NotSet, then corresponding property of owner is used.

It is not recommended to modify that property within a posback, because it may have no effect.

Class used for buttons in WebDialogWindow Constuctor Reference to RunBot used by this class Name of property Default value for alt Write client state properties Class used for buttons located on LayoutHeader. Id for image url Id for hover image url Id for pressed image url Id for restore alt Constructor for RestoreDialogButton Reference to RunBot used by this class Value of mkr attribute Default value of mrk attribute Default value of alt Save client properties Internal method Internal method Internal method Internal method Internal method Internal method Write html Output steam Write html Output steam Request to restore Gets sets the alt attribute for IMG element of button when the Pressed property is true. The default value is [Default]. This means that a Default value will be used unless otherwise specified. If value is equal to NotSet, then the default value is used, which can be something like "Restore", "Unpin", etc. Gets sets the url for image which is displayed on button when the Pressed property is true. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling. Gets sets the url for image which is displayed on button when the Pressed property is true and mouse is moved over button. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling. Gets sets the url for image which is displayed on button when the Pressed property is true and mouse was pressed on button. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling. Gets sets visibility of button. If button is invisible, then the Pressed property is still available and defines corresponding state of WebDialogWindow or Pane. Checks if all properties have default values. Base class for layout controls. Creates pane-item used by collection. Instancs of pane. Class used as headers by layout controls. Check if MaximizeBox has data. Clears the MaximizeBox Check if MinimizeBox has data. Clears the MinimizeBox Check if CloseBox has data. Clears the CloseBox Adds ScrollBars to style Save data modified at run time. Modified data Load data modified at run time. Modified data Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Gets reference to container of properties related to minimize/restore features. Gets reference to container of properties related to maximize/restore features. Gets reference to container of properties related to close/show features. Gets sets text displayed on caption. Gets sets url for image displayed on caption next to the CaptionText. Gets sets horizontal alignment of caption text and image relative to the width of whole header. Gets sets horizontal alignment of caption image relative the text. Gets sets alt attribute applied to the html element which renders image located next to caption text. Gets sets ss class applied to html elements which render buttons. Gets sets css class applied to html element which renders caption text. Gets sets css class applied to html element which renders image located next to caption text. Gets sets css class applied to html element which contains control buttons. Number of properties in this class written to client state. Gets sets css class applied to html element which represents this control on client. Gets sets visibility of control. Tooltip of header Background color of header Fore color of header Border color of header Border style of header Height of header Border width of header Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Not supported property Property is not supported Returns HtmlTextWriterTag.Div Base class for collections of panes. Creates pane. Type of pane. Reference to pane. Creates pane. Reference to pane. Removes item from collection. Reference to item. Gets reference to LayoutControl. Gets reference to item at particular index. Index of item. Reference to item. Class used for resizer of WebDialogWindow control. Constructor for Resizer. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets alt attribute for resizing handle image. If value is equal to "[Default]", then the "Resize". Gets sets url for image which is displayed on resizing handle. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling. Gets sets ability to resize. Gets sets minimum width of control. If value is less than 1, then minimum width is calculated automatically. Gets sets minimum height of control. If value is less than 1, then minimum height is calculated automatically. Gets sets maximum width of control. Gets sets maximum height of control. Gets sets css class which is applied to html element which represents resizing handle. Checks if all properties have default values. Container of properties which define auto postback options used by WebDialogWindow. Constructor for DialogWindowRoundedCorners. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets auto postback options applied to the change in location of dialog window triggered by user. Gets sets auto postback options applied to the change of size of dialog window triggered by user. Gets sets auto postback options applied to the change of WindowState. Checks if all properties have default values. Constructor Owner Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Provide AppStyleInfo Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier Save client objects List to save Load client objects Objects to load Flag Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. A list of objects that were modified on the clientside. Process values modified on client and update corresponding server properties. Pass server properties to client. This method is called when additional information is passed from the client, via the _saveAdditionalClientState javascript method. Value created by _saveAdditionalClientState() Number of properties in this class written to client state. ClientEvents used by the WebDialogWindow class Create instance of DialogWindowClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Returns postback action for a particular event. Index of event at which it appears in the GetClientEventNameList() Postback action. Default implementation returns Off. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when header html element gets mousedown event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when header html element gets mouseup event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when header html element gets mouseover event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when header html element gets mouse out event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called while control is dragging to another location. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after control was dragged to another location. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when resizer html element gets mouseover event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when resizer html element gets mouseout event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called while control is resizing. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after control was resized. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before WindowState changes. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after WindowState has changed. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after all subobjects of control were initialized (first paint). Class used by WebDialogWindow to render its content. Add attributes related to DIV which contains rounded-corners table, but not for DIV which renders actual content-body. Render ContentUrl or child controls. Returns empty string. Class used as container of properties for header of WebDialogWindow. Gets sets width of WebDialogWindow, when it is the minimized state. Number of properties in this class written to client state. Class used to render WebDialogWindow. Render all html tags related to control, including hidden fields. Render header. Render ContentPane of dialog. Container of properties which define appearance of rounded corners used by WebDialogWindow. Constructor for DialogWindowRoundedCorners. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located on the left edge of header. That property has effect only when Header is visible. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located on the right edge of header. That property has effect only when Header is visible. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the center of header. That property has effect only when Header is visible. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the top left corner of content pane. That property has effect only when Header is hidden. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the top center edge of content pane. That property has effect only when Header is hidden. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the top right corner of content pane. That property has effect only when Header is hidden. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located on the left edge of content pane. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located on the right edge of content pane. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the bottom left corner of content pane. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the bottom right corner of content pane. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the center of content pane. Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located on the bottom center edge of content pane. Checks if all properties have default values. Roles defined for the ig_dialogwindow.css file. Css for control Css for header Css for content Css for header button Css for button area Css for header image Css for header caption Css for modal background Css for resizing handle Css for left corner Css for content Css for right header corner Css for left edge of body Css for right edge of body Css for bottom left corner Css for content area Css for right bottom corner Css for bottom edge Css for top left corner Css for top edge Css for top right corner Initial state of WebDialogWindow control on client. Size of control is defined by Width and Height properties. Width of control is defined by MinimizedWidth property and the height of the Header. Control is stretched to the size of browser window. Control is invisible. Initial location of WebDialogWindow control on client. Position of control is defined by Left and Top properties of control. Control is located at the center of browser. The Left and Top properties of control will be adjusted for scroll of a page. Type of WebDialogWindow rendering which allows to enable or disable rounded corners. No rounded corners are used. Rounded corners are applied to the dialog header. Rounded corners are applied to the content pane. Rounded corners are applied to the dialog header and to content pane. Event arguments used for DialogWindowMoved event Gets old left location of dialog window. Gets old top location of dialog window. Gets new left location of dialog window. Gets new top location of dialog window. Event arguments used for DialogWindowResized event Gets old left location of dialog window. Gets old top location of dialog window. Gets new left location of dialog window. Gets new top location of dialog window. Event arguments used for DialogWindowStateChanged event Gets the DialogWindowState that was originally sent to the client. Gets the DialogWindowState after it has returned from the server. Event delegate used for WebDialogWindow moved events. Event delegate used for WebDialogWindow resized events. Event delegate used for WebDialogWindow state change events. Control which allows to mimic the functionality of a dialog. Default constructor for WebDialogWindow. Create child controls Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase Check if Resizer has data. Clears the Resizer Check if RoundedCorners has data. Clears the RoundedCorners Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Clears the AutoPostBackFlags Creates new instance of DialogWindowContentPane and initializes its ControlMain. Creates new instance of DialogWindowHeader and initializes its ControlMain. Creates new instance of DialogWindowBot. Creates new instance of DialogWindowRenderer. Ensure ContentPane's template. Save data of subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Load data for subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Raise moved dialog event. Raise resized dialog event. Raise state changed dialog event. Called during the Page's Render during a Callback. This method should be used to render any html or objects that need to be sent down in the Callback's response. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Ensure that dialog is pinned when it is minimized and PinWhenMinimized is enabled. Gets sets ability to prevent or to allow losing input focus by dialog's content. Gets sets ability to dynamically disable tabIndex attributes of html elements located outside of dialog in modal state. That property has effect only when Modal is enabled.

Notes for value of true:

  • If dialog gets visible, then tabIndex of potentially focusable html elements located outside dialog are set to -1. Those elements are INPUT, SELECT, A, DIV, etc.
  • If dialog gets hidden, then tabIndex of modified html elements are restored or set to 0. That may have negative side effects for some elements like DIV.
  • If page has too many html elements, then internal logic may take too long and browser will be locked.
Notes for value of false:
  • Tab indexes of html elements located outside dialog are not modified.
  • It is possible that in state when dialog never got focus, the first Tab-key press may set focus to an html element located outside dialog.
  • It is possible situation that continuous pressing Tab-key may stop focus-loop. So, the end user will need to press Shift+Tab or click element by mouse.
  • To improve focus behavior on Tab-key, it is recommended to set TabIndex of child controls of dialog to high values.

 Gets sets css class which is used for background of page while control is in modal mode. Temporary property. Gets sets ability to use FORM as parent for dialog. If FORM is not found, then BODY is used.

Notes for enabled property:

  • That property is not supported if WebDialogWindow is located in UpdatePanel.
  • Do not use it if side effects occur.
  • On client WebDialogWindow will be removed from its original container and moved into FORM or BODY. That may help to keep dialog on top of other html elements.
  • Since dialog will have different parent, it may appear at the bottom of page. To ensure initial location, application may use Left, Top or InitialLocation properties.

 Gets set initial location of the left edge of control. That is an alternative way to set value for the style.left attribute. Note: if the InitialLocation property is Centered, then left location of control will be adjusted for the value of this property. Gets set initial location of the top edge of control. That is an alternative way to set value for the style.top attribute. Note: if the InitialLocation property is Centered, then top location of control will be adjusted for the value of this property. Gets sets the initial location of WebDialogWindow relative to window of browser. That property has no effect if Header.PinBox.Pressed or Header.MaximizeBox.Pressed is true. If value is set to Centered, then the Left and Top properties will be adjusted for the instant scroll of page within browser window. Gets sets height of control. Gets sets width of control. Gets sets ability to drag control by mouse. That property has no effect if Header.PinBox.Pressed is true. Gets sets ability to keep relative location of dialog while window is resized or scrolled. That property has no effect if Header.PinBox.Pressed is true. Not supported property Gets sets css class applied to html element which represents this control on client. Gets sets initial state of WebDialogWindow. That is a wrapper for Pressed properties of Close/Minimize/MaximizeBox in the Header. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the body of WebDialogWindow. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the header of WebDialogWindow. Gets reference to reference to the DialogWindowClientEvents. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the resizing features of WebDialogWindow. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the resizing features of WebDialogWindow. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebDialogWindow. This property is a DesignTime Only feature, that will minimized the control so that it doesn't take up screen space. Note: this property is not actually setting the WindowState to Minmize. Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user moved dialog. Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user resized dialog. Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user changed state of dialog. Specifies the direction in which a Pane will collapse when clicked to collapse Pane is not collapsable Pane collapses to the next pane Pane collapses to the previous pane Roles defined for the ig_splitter.css file. Css for control Css for pane Css for vertical splitter bar Css for vertical splitter bar in hover state Css for vertical splitter bar in pressed state Css for horizontal splitter bar Css for horizontal splitter bar in hover state Css for horizontal splitter bar in pressed state Css for shadow vertical splitter bar Css for shadow limit vertical splitter bar Css for shadow horizontal splitter bar Css for shadow limit horizontal splitter bar Css for collapse splitter bar button Css for width of vertical splitter bar Css for height of horizontal splitter bar Argument used for event which is raised by WebSplitter when a SplitterPane was collapsed. Gets pane which state was collapsed. Argument used for event which is raised by WebSplitter when a SplitterPane was expanded. Gets pane which state was expanded. Argument used for event which is raised by WebSplitter when a SplitterPane size was changed. Gets pane which Size was changed. Argument used for event which is raised by WebSplitter when a splitter bar position was changed. Gets modified pane located on the left side from splitter bar or above splitter bar. Gets modified pane located on the right side from splitter bar or below splitter bar. Event delegate used by WebSplitter when a SplitterPane was collapsed. Event delegate used by WebSplitter when a SplitterPane was expanded. Event delegate used by WebSplitter when value of SplitterPane.Size property was changed by client. Event delegate used by WebSplitter when position of a splitter bar was changed. Container of properties which define auto postback options used by WebSplitter. Constructor for DialogWindowRoundedCorners. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets auto postback options applied to collapsed action of SplitterPane. Gets sets auto postback options applied to expanded action of SplitterPane. Gets sets auto postback options applied to the splitter bar oosition changed action. Checks if all properties have default values. Container of properties related to splitter bars used by WebSplitter control. Constructor for SplitterBar. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Check if CollapsePreviousPaneButton has data. Clears the CollapsePreviousPaneButton Check if CollapseNextPaneButton has data. Clears the CollapseNextPaneButton Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". This method loads the data contained in the state parameter into the ViewState bag for the object. An object reference containing the contents of the ViewState bag. This method saves the property settings in the ViewState bag to the ViewState hidden field on the page for roundtripping between the server and client. An object reference containing the ViewState of the object. This method turns on ViewState tracking for the object Once this method is called by the ASP.NET framework, all subsequence property set operations will result in the data being serialized to the page ViewState hidden field and round tripped to the server on postback. Gets sets css class which is applied to html elements which represent split bars in normal state. That class is applied to DIV elements. Gets sets css class which is applied to html elements which represent split bars while mouse is moved over them. That class is applied to DIV elements in addition to CssClass. Gets sets css class which is applied to html elements which represent split bars when mouse is pressed on them. That class is applied to DIV elements in addition to CssClass. Gets sets css class which is applied to html element which represents shadow of split bar which is dragged by mouse when DynamicResize is disabled. That class is applied to DIV element. Gets sets css class which is applied to html element which represents shadow of split bar which is dragged by mouse at it limit when DynamicResize is disabled. That class is applied to DIV element. Gets sets css class which is applied to html elements which represent collapse/expand buttons located on split bars. That class is applied to IMG elements. Gets sets css class which defines the width/height of splitter bar. That class is applied to TD elements which contain DIV elements. That class may contain only width attribute for vertical orientation or height for horizontal orientation. Gets reference to button located on splitter bar which allows to collapse or expand SplitterPane located above or on the left side from splitter bar. Gets reference to button located on splitter bar which allows to collapse or expand SplitterPane located below or on the right side from splitter bar. Checks if all properties have default values. Constructor. Owner control. Append to list which is passed to client properties of SplitterPanes Process trigger of postback. Load properties of every SplitterPane which were passed to client from last session and now got back. Load the transactions which happened in SplitterPanes on client. Process values modified on client and update corresponding server properties. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Pass server properties to client. Fill AppStyleInfo Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier Number of properties in this class written to client state. Internal use Class used for collapse/extend buttons located on splitter bar of WebSplitter control. Constructor for SplitterButton. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets alt attribute to collapse/expand button when pane is in collapsed state. If value is equal to "[Default]", then the default value is used, which can be something like "Expand Upper Pane". Gets sets alt attribute to collapse/expand button when pane is in expanded state. If value is equal to "[Default]", then the default value is used, which can be something like "Collapse Upper Pane". Gets sets url for image which is displayed on button when pane is in collapsed state. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling. Gets sets url for image which is displayed on button when pane is in collapsed state and mouse is moved over button. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling. Gets sets url for image which is displayed on button when pane is in expanded state. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling. Gets sets url for image which is displayed on button when pane is in expanded state and mouse is moved over button. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling. Checks if all properties have default values. ClientEvents used by the WebSplitter class Create instance of SplitterClientEvents. Reference to owner control Returns postback action for a particular event. Index of event at which it appears in the GetClientEventNameList() Postback action. Default implementation returns Off. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when splitter bar html element gets mousedown event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when splitter bar html element gets mouseup event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after splitter bar html element gets mouseover event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after splitter bar html element gets mouse out event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called while splitter bar is dragging by mouse. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before position of splitter bar is changed (mouse was released after splitter bar drag). Action of that event can be canceled or position of splitter bar can be modified. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after position of splitter bar was changed (mouse was released after splitter bar drag). Action of that event can not be canceled and position of splitter bar can not be modified. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when collapse/expand button html element gets mouseover event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when collapse/expand button html element gets mouseout event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before collapse of a splitter pane. Action of that event can be canceled. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after splitter pane was collapsed. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before expand of a splitter pane. Action of that event can be canceled. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after splitter pane was expanded. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after all subobjects of control were initialized (first paint). Class used by WebSplitter for their splitter panes. Pass server properties to client. Not supported property Css class applied to the DIV element used to render content of this pane. Note: The class should not contain any attribute related to border or padding, otherwise it may break apperance of control Gets sets collapsed or expanded state of pane. Default state of pane expanded and value of that property is false. Gets sets the location of a button on a splitter bar which allows to collapse or expand this pane. If this is the first pane in the Panes collection of the WebSplitter and that property is set to NextPane, then the PreviousPane value is used.
If this is the last pane in the Panes collection of the WebSplitter and that property is set to PreviousPane, then the NextPane value is used.
If this is the only pane in the Panes collection of the WebSplitter, then that property has no effect.
 Gets sets ability to enable or disable resizing of this pane by mouse. Gets sets maximum width of SplitterPane if WebSplitter.Orientation is Vertical, or maximum height if Orientation is Horizontal. Gets sets minimum width of SplitterPane if WebSplitter.Orientation is Vertical, or minimum height if Orientation is Horizontal. Gets sets initial width of SplitterPane for vertical orientation of initial height for horizontal orientation. Number of properties in this class written to client state. Class used for the Panes property of the WebSplitter. Creates new pane and adds it to collection. Reference to pane. Adds pane to collection. Reference to pane. Inserts pane into collection. Index at which pane should be inserted. Reference to pane. Removes pane from collection. Reference to pane. Gets index of pane within collection. Checks if collection contains a particular pane. Reference to pane. True: collection contains pane. Gets SplitterPane at particular index. Index of page. Reference to pane. Class used to render WebSplitter Marker for DIV element located in TD of SplitterPane. That contains format position for index of SplitterPane. Marker for TD element which represents split-bar located on the right side of a SplitterPane. That contains format position for index of SplitterPane. Marker for DIV element located inside of split-bar TD. That contains format position for index of SplitterPane. Marker for DIV element which represents collapse-previous button. Marker for DIV element which represents collapse-next button. Marker for TABLE element which contains SplitterPanes. Renders whole control including attributes and hidden field. Not null HtmlTextWriter Render splitter pane. That method should render the DIV inside of the TD element. Not null instance of HtmlTextWriter Not null instance of SplitterPane Index of pane according to its order in html. True: horizontal split (rows of table). False: vertical split (columns of table) Render splitbar. Not null instance of HtmlTextWriter Not null instance of SplitterPane Index of pane according to its order in html. True: horizontal split (rows of table). False: vertical split (columns of table) True or NotSet: draw collapsable-button for previous pane. True: pane is in collapsed state. True or NotSet: draw collapsable-button for next pane. True: pane is in collapsed state. Render collapse-button located on a splitbar. Not null instance of HtmlTextWriter Index of pane according to its order in html. True: horizontal split, false: vertical split True: draw collapsable-button for previous pane, false: draw collapse-button for next pane True: pane is collapsed Control which allows to mimic the functionality of a splitter with 2 or more panes. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase Check if SplitterBar has data. Clears the SplitterBar Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Clears the AutoPostBackFlags Checks if Panes has data. Clears the Panes Creates new instance of SplitterPane Creates new instance of SplitterPaneCollection. Creates new instance of SplitterRenderer. Creates new instance of RunBot. Validate and create templates assigned to SplitterPanes. Save data of subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Load data for subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Raise event after a SplitterPane was collapsed. Raise event after a SplitterPane was expanded. Raise event related to changed value of SplitterPane.Size property by client. Raise event related to changed position of a splitter bar. Called during the Page's Render during a Callback. This method should be used to render any html or objects that need to be sent down in the Callback's response. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Gets sets horizontal or vertical orientation of split bars. Gets sets ability to resize control according to the size of its container when size of browser is changed. Temporary property. Gets sets css class which is applied to html elements which represent panes. That class is applied to DIV elements. Gets sets ability to resize content of panes while split bar is dragging by mouse. Not supported property Gets sets css class applied to html element which represents this control on client. Gets reference to the SplitterClientEvents. Gets reference to container of properties related to splitter bars. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebSplitter. Gets reference to collection of SplitterPanes. Adds removes event handler which is fired after a SplitterPane was collapsed. Adds removes event handler which is fired after a SplitterPane was expanded. Adds removes event handler which is fired after value of SplitterPane.Size property was changed by client. The value of that property can be changed due to various reasons. Examples:
  • Property was not set on intialization
  • Size of SplitterPane was modified by collapse/expand action of other pane
  • Splitter bar was moved by end user
  • WebSplitter was resized by its container
  • etc.
 Adds removes event handler which is fired after position of splitter bar was changed. That event is raised only if AutoPostBackFlags.SplitterBarPositionChanged property is set to On or Async. Specifies the location of tabs relative to content pane Tabs are located above content pane and aligned to the left side of control Tabs are located above content pane and aligned to the right side of control Tabs are located below content pane and aligned to the left side of control Tabs are located below content pane and aligned to the right side of control Tabs are located on left side of content content pane and aligned to the top side of control Tabs are located on left side of content content pane and aligned to the bottom side of control Tabs are located on right side of content content pane and aligned to the top side of control Tabs are located on right side of content content pane and aligned to the bottom side of control Specifies rendering mode of tabs such as single row, scrollable, multi-row. Tabs are located in one row without scroll buttons. Tabs are located in one row and scroll buttons are displayed. Tabs are located in multiple rows with predefined row breaks. Tabs are located in multiple rows and row breaks are adjusted dynamically on client. Specifies location of image relative to text. Image is located in front of text. Image is located after text. Specifies if text on tab labels should be clipped or ellipses should be used. Text on tab labels is clipped. The ellipsis (...) are displayed if content of tab in larger than its width. Specifies if size of tab items should be reduced when their overall size is larger than size of control. Size of tab items is keeps according to its size, text and image. Size of tabs is reduced if their overall size does not fit in size of control. Specifies writing mode used to draw vertical text. Characters are broken by line breaks. The "writing-mode:tb-rl" is used, which is supported only by IE browsers. Roles defined for the ig_tabtophoriz.css file. Css for control Css for content pane Css for holder of content pane Css for tab's (includes leading edge) Css for tab's center area (holder of text and images) Css for tab's trailing edge Css for tab's text Css for tab's mirror edge Css for tab's center area of mirror edge Css for tab when overlapped tabs are enabled Css for tab's image Css for close button located on tab Css for holder of tabs and scroll buttons Css for holder of tabs and scroll buttons Css for outer holder of tabs when scrolling is enabled Css for outer holder of tabs when scrolling is enabled Css for inner holder of tabs when scrolling is enabled Css for scroll button Css for container of scroll buttons Css for tab in mouse-over state Css for tab's center area in mouse-over state Css for tab's right area in mouse-over state Css for tab's text in mouse-over state Css for tab's mirror edge in mouse-over state Css for tab's center area of mirror edge in mouse-over state Css for tab in selected state Css for tab's center area in selected state Css for tab's right area in selected state Css for tab's text in selected state Css for tab's mirror edge in selected state Css for tab's center area of mirror edge in selected state Css for tab in disabled state Css for tab's center area in disabled state Css for tab's right area in disabled state Css for tab's text in disabled state Css for tab's mirror edge in disabled state Css for tab's center area of mirror edge in disabled state Css for tab in active state Css for tab's center area in active state Css for tab's right area in active state Css for tab's text in active state Css for tab's mirror edge in active state Css for tab's center area of mirror edge in active state Css for top and bottom edges of rounded background under content pane Css for left and right edges of rounded background under content pane Css for corners of rounded background under content pane Css for center area of rounded background under content pane Css for holder of scroll buttons when rounded background for content pane is enabled Css for holder of tabs when rounded background for content pane is enabled Css for holder of tabs when scroll buttons and rounded background for content pane are enabled Css for inner holder of tabs when rounded background for content pane is enabled Css for inner holder of tabs when scroll buttons and rounded background for content pane are enabled Css for inner holder of content pane Css for tab's which is applied while moving by mouse drag Css for mark-up copy of tab which is moved synchronously with mouse Argument used for event which is raised by WebTab when selected tab was changed. Gets old selected index. Gets new selected index. Argument used for events related to changes of ContentTabItem. Gets reference to ContentTabItem which Hidden property was modified on client. Event delegate used by WebTab when selected tab was changed. Event delegate used by WebTab when tab item was closed. Event delegate used by WebTab when selected tab was changed. Event delegate used by WebTab when selected tab was changed. Properties related to adding new ContentTabItem feature used by WebTab. Constructor for TabAddNewItem Owner of this class. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Check if TextForNewTab has data. Clears the TextForNewTab Check if CssClasses has data. Clears the CssClasses Reset all properties. Gets sets visibility of special add-new-tab button which allows to add new tab item on client.

Notes:

Add-new-tab button is rendered in header as extra tab item located after all normal tab items.

Rendering of special add-new-tab button for MultiRow mode is not supported.

Gets sets the custom image which appears on the add-new-tab button.

Note: to remove image, the value of "none" or a string with length less than 3 characters can be used.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the add-new-tab button when mouse is moved over it. Gets sets the custom alt attribute for image on the add-new-tab button.

If value is equal to "[Default]", then the default value is used.

Gets sets text which appears on the add-new-tab button. Gets sets tooltip which appears on the add-new-tab button. Gets sets the default value of Text which appears on added new ContentTabItem. Gets sets duration of animation effect in milliseconds. Animation is represented by gradual increase of ContentTabItem size and opacity.

Range of values from 0 to 1500. Values less than 30 are equivalent to 0. Gets sets ability to automatically start text-editing of newly added ContentTabItem.

Note: client events EditingStart and EditingEnd can be used to control editing.

Gets sets ability to start text-editing of tab item on double click.

Notes:

That property is independant on EnableTextEditingOnAdd and text of any ContentTabItem can be edited.

Client events EditingStart and EditingEnd can be used to control editing.

Gets sets option to select newly added tab item when it was added by add-new-tab button. Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes used by ContentTabItem. Checks if all properties have default values. Custom css classed used by TabAddNewItem class. Custom css classed used by tab items of WebTab. Constructor for TabItemCssClasses Owner of this class. Extra prefix for id of properties Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Reset all properties. Gets sets the custom css class applied to the main html element of tab.

That is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXTab.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to trailing html element of tab.

That is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXTail.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to center html element of tab.

That is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXCenter. That SPAN contains Image and Text html elements.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the text html element of tab.

That is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXText. That SPAN contains text.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the mirror edge of main html element of tab.

That is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXMirror. That SPAN element contains MirrorCenter html element and it is used only for combination of vertical text with top/bottom locations of tabs.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to main html element of tab.

That is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXMirrorCenter. That is used only for combination of vertical text with top/bottom locations of tabs.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to image element of tab.

That is applied to IMG element and it is merged with igtab_XXImage.

Gets sets the custom css class for main area used when mouse is moved over tab.

That is merged with igtab_XXTabHov.

Gets sets the custom css class for tail area used when mouse is moved over tab.

That is merged with igtab_XXTailHov.

Gets sets the custom css class used when mouse is moved over tab.

That is merged with igtab_XXCenterHov.

Gets sets the custom css class for text used when mouse is moved over tab.

That is merged with igtab_XXTextHov.

Gets sets the custom css class for mirror area used when mouse is moved over tab.

That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorHov.

Gets sets the custom css class for mirror center area used when mouse is moved over tab.

That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorCenterHov.

Gets sets the custom css class for main area used when tab is selected.

That is merged with igtab_XXTabSel.

Gets sets the custom css class for tail area used when tab is selected.

That is merged with igtab_XXTailSel.

Gets sets the custom css class for center area used when tab is selected.

That is merged with igtab_XXCenterSel.

Gets sets the custom css class for text used when tab is selected.

That is merged with igtab_XXTextSel.

Gets sets the custom css class for mirror area used when tab is selected.

That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorSel.

Gets sets the custom css class for mirror center area used when tab is selected.

That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorCenterSel.

Gets sets the custom css class for main area used when tab item is in active state.

That is merged with igtab_XXTabAct.

Gets sets the custom css class for tail area used when tab item is in active state.

That is merged with igtab_XXTailAct.

Gets sets the custom css class for center area used when tab item is in active state.

That is merged with igtab_XXCenterAct.

Gets sets the custom css class for text used when tab item is in active state.

That is merged with igtab_XXTextAct.

Gets sets the custom css class for mirror area used when tab item is in active state.

That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorAct.

Gets sets the custom css class for mirror center area used when tab item is in active state.

That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorCenterAct.

Gets sets the custom css class for main area used when tab is disabled.

That is merged with igtab_XXTabDis.

Gets sets the custom css class for tail area used when tab is disabled.

That is merged with igtab_XXTailDis.

Gets sets the custom css class for center area used when tab is disabled.

That is merged with igtab_XXCenterDis.

Gets sets the custom css class for text used when tab is disabled.

That is merged with igtab_XXTextDis.

Gets sets the custom css class for mirror area used when tab is disabled.

That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorDis.

Gets sets the custom css class for mirror center area used when tab is disabled.

That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorCenterDis.

Checks if all properties have default values. Constructor for TabAddNewItemCssClasses Owner of this class. Extra prefix for id of properties Not supported. Not supported. Not supported. Not supported. Not supported. Not supported. Not supported. Not supported. Not supported. Not supported. Not supported. Not supported. Container of properties which define auto postback options used by WebTab. Constructor for TabAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets option to trigger postback when selected tab was changed. Gets sets option to trigger postback when new tab item was added. Gets sets option to trigger postback when tab item was moved. Gets sets option to trigger postback when tab item was closed. Checks if all properties have default values. Constructor. Owner control. Append to list which is passed to client properties of TabItems Process trigger of postback. Load properties of every ContentTabItem which were passed to client from last session and now got back. Load the transactions which happened in TabItems on client. Process values modified on client and update corresponding server properties. Load occasional properties. Process "size" member. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Pass server properties to client. Fill AppStyleInfo Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier Number of properties in this class written to client state. Internal use Returns true ClientEvents used by the WebTab class Returns the number of properties Create instance of TabClientEvents. Reference to owner control Returns postback action for a particular event. Index of event at which it appears in the GetClientEventNameList() Postback action. Default implementation returns Off. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when mouse is moved over tab, close button or scroll button. Action (change of image or css class) of that event can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabMouseEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem or scroll button involved in event. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when mouse is moved out of tab, close button or scroll button. Action (change of image or css class) of that event can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabMouseEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem or scroll button involved in event. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when mouse is pressed over tab, close button or scroll button. Action (change selection, close tab or scroll) of that event can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabMouseEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem or scroll button involved in event. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before scrolling. Scroll action of that event can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabScrollingEventArgs class, which provides information about old and new scroll values. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after tabs were scrolled. Scroll action of that event cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabScrolledEventArgs class, which provides information about old and new scroll values. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before tab was selected. Selection change can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabSelectedIndexChangingEventArgs class, which provides information about old and new selected TabItems. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after tab was selected. Action cannot be canceled and postback can be triggered. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemPostBackEventArgs class, which provides information about selected TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after all subobjects of control were initialized (first paint). Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before closing tab. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after tab was closed. Action cannot be canceled and postback can be triggered. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemPostBackEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which was closed. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before submitting an UpdatePanel of tab. That event is raised only when submit of UpdatePanel was triggered by tab change or mouse click on already selected tab.

That is event is not raised when UpdatePanel was submitted by a local element like button.

Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after UpdatePanel of tab was submitted. That event is raised only when submit of UpdatePanel was triggered by tab change or by mouse click on already selected tab and it is invoked by PageRequestManager.beginRequest.

That is event is not raised when UpdatePanel was submitted by a local element like button.

Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when content of UpdatePanel of tab was refreshed from server. That event is raised only when submit of UpdatePanel was triggered by tab change or by mouse click on already selected tab and it is invoked by PageRequestManager.endRequest.

That is event is not raised when UpdatePanel is loaded on initialization or after a full postback.

Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before ContentUrl of tab was submitted. That event is raised only when submit of ContentUrl was triggered by tab change or by mouse click on already selected tab.

Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after ContentUrl of tab was submitted. That event is raised only when submit of ContentUrl was triggered by tab change or by mouse click on already selected tab.

Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when ContentUrl of tab was requested to load. That event is raised only when user selected a TabItem which ContentUrl was not loaded before.

That is event is not raised when ContentUrl is loaded on initialization or after a postback.

Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when ContentUrl of tab was loaded or refreshed from server. That event is raised only when ContentUrl contains local aspx, but not a web site.

Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before showing ajax indicator. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when ajax indicator was hidden. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets focus. Action cannot be canceled.

Note: that event is raised when tab header/label gets focus and ready to process key events. It is not raised when content pane gets focus.

Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control loses focus. Action cannot be canceled.

Note: that event is raised when tab header/label loses focus. It is not raised when content pane loses focus.

Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets keydown event. Action can be canceled. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before active TabItem was changed. Note: That event is raised only when EnableActivation property of WebTab is set to true.

Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which is activated. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before start of tab moving. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which is going to be moved. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before tab was temporary moved to new location. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabMovingEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which is going to be moved. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after tab was temporary moved to new location. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabMovedEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which was moved. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before tab was permanently moved to new location. Action can be canceled and in this case TabItem is moved back to its original position before TabMovingStart. Second param in handler is instance of TabMovingEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which is going to be moved. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after tab was permanently moved to new location. Action cannot be canceled and postback can be triggered. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemPostBackEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which was moved. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before new tab was added. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides index of new TabItem. At this point TabItem is not created yet. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after new tab was added. Action cannot be canceled and postback can be triggered. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemPostBackEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which was added. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after animation of add-new tab was ended. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which animation was ended. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before start text-editing of TabItem. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which text will be edited. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before end text-editing of TabItem. End edit mode cannot be canceled, but update of text can be canceled and new text can be modified. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEndEditingEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which text was edited and value of new text. Properties related to close button used by ContentTabItem of WebTab. Constructor for TabCloseButton Owner of this class. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Reset all properties. Shows or hides close buttons on tabs. When user clicks that button, then the ContentTabItem is not removed, but its Hidden property is set to true. Gets sets the custom css class applied to the close button.

That class is merged with igtab_XXClose.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the tab item in order to adjust its size to fit close button. It should contain padding which match with location and size of close button. That class is merged with igtab_XXCloseSize. Gets sets the custom css class applied to the close button in normal state. Gets sets the custom css class applied to the close button when mouse is moved over it. Gets sets duration of close animation effect in milliseconds. Animation is represented by gradual decrease of tab item size and opacity.

Range of values from 0 to 1500. Values less than 30 are equivalent to 0. Gets sets the custom alt attribute for image.

If value is equal to "[Default]", then the default value is used.

Gets sets tooltip. Checks if all properties have default values. Properties related to appearance of content pane used by WebTab. Constructor for TabContentPane Owner of this class. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Check if RoundedBackground has data. Clears the RoundedBackground Reset all properties. Gets sets the custom css class applied to the content panes of tabs.

That class is merged with igtab_XXContent.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of content panes of tabs.

That class is merged with igtab_XXContentHolder.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the inner holder of content panes of tabs.

That class is merged with igtab_XXContentHolderInner and it is used only when tabs are located on right.

Gets sets maximum width of content pane. The value of 0 disables that property. If TabLocation is top/bottom, then that property is used to set the style:"max-width" of main DIV of WebTab.

Note: that property can be used when AutoSize is enabled, though, not all browsers support that.

Gets sets minimum width of content pane. The value of 0 disables that property. If TabLocation is top/bottom, then that property is used to set the style:"min-width" of main DIV of WebTab.

Note: that property can be used when AutoSize is enabled, though, not all browsers support that.

Gets sets maximum height of content pane. The value of 0 disables that property. That property has effect only when AutoSize is enabed or when height of WebTab is not set or it is set to percent value. If TabLocation is top/bottom, then that property is used to dynamically limit maximum height of content pane.

Note: not all browsers support that feature.

Gets sets minimum height of content pane. The value of 0 disables that property. That property has effect only when AutoSize is enabed or when height of WebTab is not set or it is set to percent value. If TabLocation is top/bottom, then that property is used to dynamically limit minimum height of content pane.

Note: not all browsers support that feature.

Gets sets option to adjust size of WebTab to fit content of selected tab item.

If that property is enabled and height or width of content does not fit in bounds of WebTab, then height or width of WebTab is automatically increased. If height or width of content is smaller than current bounds of WebTab, then width and height of WebTab are not affected.

If Width or Height of WebTab is not set, then autosize is enabled automatically for Width or Height.

The MaxWidth and MaxHeight have priority over that property.

Gets reference to container of properties related to rounded background under content panes. Checks if all properties have default values. Custom css classed used by WebTab. Constructor for TabCssClasses Owner of this class. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Reset all properties. Gets sets the custom css class applied to the main html element of WebTab.

That class is merged with igtab_XXControl.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of tabs header.

That class is appied to the SPAN html element and is merged with igtab_XXContentHolder.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of tabs when scrolling is not enabled.

That class is appied to the SPAN html element and is merged with igtab_XXHolderNoScroll.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of tabs when scrolling is enabled.

That class is appied to the SPAN html element and is merged with igtab_XXHolderScroll.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the inner html element of holder of tabs when scrolling is enabled.

That class is appied to the SPAN html element and is merged with igtab_XXHolderScrollInner.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to tab labels when EnableOverlappingTabs is enabled.

That class is appied to the SPAN html elements for each tab item besides the very first one. That class is merged with igtab_XXOverlap.

Checks if all properties have default values. Class used by WebTab for their tab panes. Check if TabCssClasses has data. Clears the TabCssClasses Process UserControlUrl Number of properties in this class written to client state. Not supported property Get sets enabled state of ContentTabItem Get sets an option to enable or disable default borders of IFRAME used for ContentUrl. Tooltip for label of tab item Css class applied to the DIV element used to render content of this pane. Note: The class should not contain any attribute related to border or padding, otherwise it may break apperance of control. Gets sets text displayed on ContentTabItem. Gets sets hidden state of tab. That property does not affect content pane, but only visibility of tab-label. Gets sets the visibility of close button. If that property is set to NotSet, then CloseButton.Enabled property of WebTab is used. Gets sets the ability to resize WebTab to fit content of this pane. If that property is set to NotSet, then ContentPane.AutoSize property of WebTab is used. Gets sets visible index of this ContentTabItem within Tabs of WebTab. Gets sets width of ContentTabItem when TabOrientation is horizontal or height of ContentTabItem when TabOrientation is vertical.

Notes:

Please see notes for WebTab.TabItemSize.

If tabs are located at top or bottom and orientation is vertical, then that property has no effect and WebTab.TabItemSize should be used.

If tabs are located at left or right and orientation is horizontal, then that property has no effect and WebTab.TabItemSize should be used.

Gets sets key associated with tab item.

Note:

That property can be used to find item within collection by FromKey method.

Get sets margin in front of this tab item.

That defines space/separator between tab items.

Notes:

  • Only pixel values are supported
  • If DisplayMode of WebTab is set to multi-row, then that property is not supported
  • If tabs are located on left or right, then actual margin is defined by largest value among this property and MarginTrailing of previous tab item.

 Get sets margin between this tab item and next.

That defines space/separator between tab items.

Notes:

  • Only pixel values are supported
  • If DisplayMode of WebTab is set to multi-row, then that property is not supported
  • If tabs are located on left or right, then actual margin is defined by largest value among this property and MarginLeading of next tab item.

 Gets sets new row for tab item when DisplayMode of WebTab is set to MultiRow. Gets sets the location of image relative to the text. Gets sets alt attribute for image displayed on tab item. Gets sets url for image displayed on tab item in normal state. Gets sets url for image displayed on tab item when mouse is moved over it.

That property has effect only when ImageUrl is set. That property has priority over images defined by SelectedImageUrl and ActiveImageUrl.

 Gets sets url for image displayed on selected tab item.

That property has effect only when ImageUrl is set. The images defined by HoverImageUrl and ActiveImageUrl have priority over that property.

 Gets sets url for image displayed on disabled tab item.

That property has effect only when ImageUrl is set. That image has priority over all other image related properties.

 Gets sets url for image displayed on active tab item.

That property has effect only when ImageUrl is set. That image has priority over SelectedImageUrl. The image defined by HoverImageUrl has priority over that property.

 Gets sets option to load url content of selected tab only.

Notes: If that property is set to NotSet, then PostBackOptions.EnableLoadOnDemandUrl property of WebTab is used.

That property has affect only when ContentUrl is set.

Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes used by this tab item. Class used for the Panes property of the WebTab. Creates new tab item and adds it to collection. Reference to tab item. Adds tab item to collection. Reference to tab item. Inserts tab item into collection. Index at which tab item should be inserted. Reference to tab item. Removes tab item from collection. Reference to tab item. Gets index of tab item within collection. Reference to tab item. Index of tab item Checks if collection contains a particular tab item. Reference to tab item. True: collection contains tab item. Find item with matching Key property. Value of the Key property. Reference to the first found ContentTabItem or null. Gets ContentTabItem at particular index. Index of page. Reference to tab item. Properties related to close button used by ContentTabItem of WebTab. Constructor for TabItemStates Owner of this class. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Reset all properties. Gets sets ability to apply default hover css to tab item when mouse is moved over it.

Note:

Custom values in WebTab.TabItemCssClasses and ContentTabItem.CssClasses have priority over that property.

Gets sets ability to apply default selected css to tab item when tab item is selected.

Note:

Custom values in WebTab.TabItemCssClasses and ContentTabItem.CssClasses have priority over that property.

Gets sets ability to apply default disabled css to tab item when tab item is disabled.

Note:

Custom values in WebTab.TabItemCssClasses and ContentTabItem.CssClasses have priority over that property.

Gets sets ability to apply default active css to tab item when tab item is active.

Note:

Custom values in WebTab.TabItemCssClasses and ContentTabItem.CssClasses have priority over that property.

Checks if all properties have default values. Properties related to moving ContentTabItem of WebTab by mouse drag. Constructor for TabMoving Owner of this class. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Reset all properties. Gets sets ability to move ContentTabItem by mouse drag. If multi-row tabs are enabled, then that property is not recommended to use, because it has limited support, may lead to misbehavior and does not persist after postback. Gets sets the custom css class applied to main html element of tab item which is going to be moved.

That class is merged with igtab_XXTabMoving and may contain opacity attributes.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the mark-up copy of tab item which is moved synchronously with mouse.

That class is merged with igtab_XXTabMovingMarkUp and may contain opacity attributes.

Checks if all properties have default values. Properties related to postback used by WebTab. Constructor for TabPostBackOptions Owner of this class. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Reset all properties. Gets sets option to enable asynchronous postback of WebTab.

Notes:

Asynchronous functionality is achived by wrapping content of tabs into UpdatePanels.

It is not recommended to modify that property within a posback, because it will trigger recreation of templates in all tab items, which may slow down performance.

Gets sets option to create UpdatePanels dynamically when asynchronous postback is enabled.

Notes:

If EnableAjax is enabled and EnabledLoadOnDemand is disabled, then dynamic UpdatePanels are created regardless of that property.

It is not recommended to modify that property within a posback, because it will trigger recreation of templates in all tab items, which may slow down performance.

Gets sets option to update content of all tabs if asynchronous postback was triggered by any tab.

Note: that property has effect for tab items which have templates and EnableAjax is enabled and EnabledLoadOnDemand is disabled.

Gets sets option to submit/update content of unselected tab when selection was changed.

Notes:

That property has effect for tab items which have ContentUrl or which have templates and EnableAjax is enabled and EnabledLoadOnDemand is disabled.

It is not recommended to modify that property within a posback, because it will trigger recreation of templates in all tab items, which may slow down performance.

Gets sets option to submit/update/reload content of already selected tab when it was clicked by mouse.

Possible cases:

  1. If tab item points to a local ContentUrl, then that local aspx is submitted.
  2. If ContentUrl points to an external website, then that site is reloaded.
  3. If Ajax is enabled, then asynchronous postback is used, otherwise, a full postback is triggered.

 Gets sets option to load template of selected tab only.

Notes:

If that property triggers side effects, then it should not be used.

If that property is enabled, then EnableAsyncUpdateAllTabs and EnableReloadingUnselectedTab properties have no effect and dynamic UpdatePanels are created.

It is not recommended to modify that property within a posback, because it will trigger recreation of templates in all tab items, which may slow down performance.

Gets sets option to load url content of selected tab only.

Notes:

That property affects only tabs which have value set to their ContentUrl property. That property can be used when web-sites run scripts like jQuiry.js which may attempt to set focus or calculate offsets on initialization regardless of html element visibility. Those can be illegal actions and javascript exceptions can be raised. So, that property allows to load only visible selected ContentUrl and get around bugs in those web sites.

Gets sets option to reload all once loaded templates on full postback.

Note:

That property has effect only when EnableLoadOnDemand is true.

If it is enabled, then all once loaded templates are reloaded on all full postbacks.

While asynchronous postbacks all once loaded templates in UpdatePanels are reloaded regardless of that property, otherwise, server raises exception due to failed EventValidation.

Checks if all properties have default values. Class used to render WebTab Marker for DIV element which holder of content panes. Marker for SPAN element which contains all tabs and scroll buttons. Marker for SPAN element which is rounded background under content panes. Marker for SPAN element which is scrollable container of tabs. Marker for IMG of left/upper scroll button. Marker for IMG of right/lower scroll button. Marker for main SPAN of tab. Marker for close button IMG of tab. Marker for main SPAN of add-new-tab button. Marker for main IMG of add-new-tab button. Marker for main SPAN of new-tab item. Marker for ContentPane (DIV) of new-tab item. Marker for right SPAN when rounded background is used. Renders whole control including attributes and hidden field. Not null HtmlTextWriter Properties related to background of WebTab's content pane built by background images. Constructor for TabRoundedBackground Owner of this class. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Reset all properties. Gets sets option to draw rounded background under content panes. Gets sets size of rounded background corners in pixels. That value should not be larger than half of the background image size used for corners. Range of values: 2-30. Gets sets padding between left edge of control and content pane. Note: actual location and size of content pane is adjusted on client. Gets sets padding between top edge of control and content pane. Note: actual location and size of content pane is adjusted on client. Gets sets padding between right edge of control and content pane. Note: actual location and size of content pane is adjusted on client. Gets sets padding between bottom edge of control and content pane. Note: actual location and size of content pane is adjusted on client. Gets sets the custom css class applied to the corners.

Notes: that class should contain background-image attribute and it is merged with igtab_XXRoundedCorners.

Image should contain all 4 corners and should be at least twice large than SizeOfCorners.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the left and right edges.

Notes: that class should contain background-image attribute and it is merged with igtab_XXRoundedLeftRight.

Image should contain left and right edges and its width should be at least twice large than SizeOfCorners.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the top and bottom edges.

Notes: that class should contain background-image attribute and it is merged with igtab_XXRoundedTopBottom.

Image should contain top and bottom edges and its height should be at least twice large than SizeOfCorners.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the center area.

Notes: that class should contain background-image attribute and it is merged with igtab_XXRoundedFill.

Image should contain fill for center area. It can be of any size.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of tabs when rounded background is enabled.

Notes: that class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedForHolder.

It allows to remove possible border between tabs and content pane and create padding for tabs.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of scroll buttons when rounded background is enabled.

Notes: that class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedForScroll.

It allows to compensate possible padding defined by HolderOfTabsCssClass.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of tabs when rounded background is enabled and tabs are scrollable.

Notes: that class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedForHolderScroll and it is used only when orientation of tabs is left or right.

It allows to shift tabs vertically and it should contain only the top style attribute.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the inner holder of tabs when rounded background is enabled.

Notes: that class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedForHolderInner and it is used only when orientation of tabs is left or right.

It allows to shift tabs vertically and it should contain only the top style attribute.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to the inner holder of tabs when rounded background is enabled and tabs are scrollable.

Notes: that class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedForHolderScrollInner and it is used only when orientation of tabs is left or right.

It allows to shift tabs vertically and it should contain only the top style attribute.

Checks if all properties have default values. Properties related to scroll button used by WebTab. Constructor for TabScrollButton Owner of this class. Prefix for property id. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Reset all properties. Gets sets the custom css class applied to button.

That class is merged with igtab_XXScrollButton.

Gets sets the custom image url to the button. Gets sets the custom image url used when mouse is moved over it. Gets sets the custom image url used when button is in pressed state. Gets sets the custom image url used when button is in disabled state. Gets sets the custom alt attribute for image.

If value is equal to "[Default]", then the default value is used.

Gets sets tooltip for the button. Checks if all properties have default values. Properties related to scroll buttons used by WebTab. Constructor for TabScrollButtons Owner of this class. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Check if PreviousButton has data. Clears the PreviousButton Check if NextButton has data. Clears the NextButton Reset all properties. Gets sets the custom css class applied to the container of scroll buttons.

That class is merged with igtab_XXScrollButtons.

Gets sets initial scrolling speed. That value defines number of pixels per second.

Range of values: 30..3000. Gets sets maximum scrolling speed. That value defines number of pixels per second.

Range of values: 30..3000.

During first 1.5 seconds, the scroll is gradually increased from StartSpeed to EndSpeed. Gets sets ability to hide scroll buttons when all tabs are visible. Gets sets scroll position of tab items in pixels. Gets reference to container of properties related to button located on left (or top). Gets reference to container of properties related to button located on right (or bottom). Checks if all properties have default values. Control which displays tab items as buttons, allows to select a single item and shows content of selected item only. Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Clears the AutoPostBackFlags Checks if Tabs has data. Clears the Tabs Check if TabItemCssClasses has data. Clears the TabItemCssClasses Check if CssClasses has data. Clears the CssClasses Check if CloseButton has data. Clears the CloseButton Check if AddNewTabItem has data. Clears the AddNewTabItem Check if ScrollButtons has data. Clears the ScrollButtons Check if ContentPane has data. Clears the ContentPane Check if PostBackOptions has data. Clears the PostBackOptions Check if TabMoving has data. Clears the TabMoving Check if TabItemStates has data. Clears the TabItemStates Check if AjaxIndicator has data. Clears the AjaxIndicator Creates new instance of ContentTabItem Creates new instance of TabItemCollection. Creates new instance of TabRenderer. Creates new instance of RunBot. Ensure templates. Note: that is required to support controls which rely on processing Page.Load/Complete event. For example, WebDatePicker can create shared calendar only if it gets Page.LoadComplete. But default logic of dot-net creates child control within OnPreRender, which is too late for WebDatePicker. Ensure templates. Note: that is required to support controls which rely on processing Page.Load/Complete event. For example, WebDatePicker can create shared calendar only if it gets Page.LoadComplete. But default logic of dot-net creates child control within OnPreRender, which is too late for WebDatePicker. Load data modified at run time. Check if PostBackOption were modified and trigger validation of templates. Modified data Create templates for TabItems That method is not supported. Instantiate child controls from templates. Save data of subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Load data for subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Raise event related to change of selected tab. Raise event related to change of selected tab. Raise event related to change of selected tab. Raise event related to change of selected tab. Find item with matching Key property. Value of the Key property. Reference to the first found ContentTabItem or null. Gets sets horizontal or vertical orientation of text and images in tabs.

Notes:

If vertical orientation is enabled, then for Top and Bottom tabs locations the TabsOverflow.Reduce is not supported. If vertical orientation is enabled and line breaks are used, then TextOverflow.Ellipsis is not supported.

Gets sets location of tabs relative to content pane.

Notes:

The values of TopRight, BottomRight, LeftBottom and RightBottom are supported only for DisplayMode.SingleRow.

The LeftBottom and RightBottom have effect only at run time and at design time tabs are rendered at the top.

Gets sets display mode of tabs such as single row, scrollable single row, multi row or multi row auto.

Notes:

Multirow is not supported when tabs are located on left or right sides, or when tabs are located on top or bottom and orientation is vertical.

If multi row is enabled and tabs are located on top or bottom, then add-new-tab item is not supported and tab-moving is not recommended to use due to possible misbehavior.

If multi row is enabled and tabs are located on left or right and orientation is vertical, then tabs are stretched to the height of control.

Gets sets ability for tab labels to overlap their siblings. Gets sets writing mode used to draw vertical text.

That property is supported by IE browsers only. When it is enabled, then style attribute "writing-mode:tb-rl" is used.

 Gets sets ability to get focus and respond on keys in order to change active tab and select it.

If that property is enabled, then

  • WebTab will get focus on tabbing according to tab order of elements on page and selected tab will be activated
  • Tab item will be activated on mousedown
  • Active tab item will be changed on arrows, Home and End keys
  • Active tab item will be selected on Space or Enter keys

 Gets sets width of tab item when TabOrientation is horizontal or height of tab item when TabOrientation is vertical.

Notes:

That property may have no effect for some combinations of TabLocation and TabOrientation and only pixel and percentage values are supported.

If DisplayMode is set to multi row and tabs are located at top or bottom and orientation is horizontal, then tabs are stretched to the width of control.

If DisplayMode is set to multi row and tabs are located at left or right and orientation is vertical, then tabs are stretched to the height of control.

If tabs are located at left or right and orientation is horizontal, then default value of 100px is used regardless of content of tabs. If application needs other size, then that property should be set.

Gets sets option to show ellipsis "...", if content of tab does not fit in its bounds.

Notes:

If value is set to Clip, then text is clipped by bounds of tab item and may run over possible close button and other elements.

If value is set to Ellipsis and orientation is vertical and text is built by line breaks, then "..." is not supported, however the length of text is reduced to fit it in client area.

If Text of tab item contains html tags (inner elements), then that property is not supported for those tab items.

Gets sets index of selected tab item. Gets sets option to reduce sizes of tabs if their overall size does not fit in size of control.

In case of tabs located on top or bottom that property has effect only when TabOrientation is horizontal, DisplayMode is SingleRow or MultiRow and width of WebTab is set. In case of tabs located on left or right that property has effect only when TabOrientation is vertical, DisplayMode is SingleRow and height of WebTab is set.

Gets sets option to validate asp Validators located in selected tab when selected tab is changed or reloading content of tab is requested.

If validation fails, then change selection or reload action is canceled. Validation is supported for child controls located in ContentPane of selected tab item and for ContentUrl which points to a local aspx.

Gets sets visibility of header.

That property does not affect rendering of html elements to client, but only changes their visibility.

Gets sets visibility of content.

That property does not affect rendering of html elements to client, but only changes their visibility.

Not supported property Not used by control. Gets reference to the TabClientEvents. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebTab. Gets reference to collection of tab items. Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes used by tab items. Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes used by WebTab. Gets reference to container of properties related to close button on tab items. Gets reference to container of properties related to special "add-new-tab-item" tab/button rendered by WebTab.

If DisplayMode is set to MultiRow, then that property is not supported.

Gets reference to container of properties related to scroll buttons used by WebTab.

That property has effect only when DisplayMode is set to Scrollable.

Gets reference to container of properties related to appearance of content pane used by WebTab. Gets reference to container of properties related to postback, ajax and ContentUrl reloading. Gets reference to container of properties related to ability to move tab item by mouse drag.

Notes:

Move of any item on client may trigger change of VisibleIndex properties of all tab items.

If DisplayMode is MultiRow, then it is not recommended to enable that property, because it may trigger misbehavior, tabs can be moved within same row only and after a postback visible indexes can be reset to original values.

Gets reference to container of properties related to supported states of tab items.

Notes:

The more states are enabled, the higher possibility that tabs will flicker on state change and the larger size of generated html.

That class does not affect custom css properties set by TabItemCssClasses objects.

Gets reference to container of properties related to ajax indicator.

If value of a sub-property is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. Shared indicator can be accessed on server using Infragistics.Web.UI.Framework.AppSettings.SharedAjaxIndicator and on client: $util.get_ajaxIndicator().

Adds removes event handler which is fired after selected tab was changed. Adds removes event handler which is fired when tab item was closed on client (Hidden property was changed). Adds removes event handler which is fired when new tab item was added on client. Adds removes event handler which is fired when tab items were moved on client. Container of properties which define auto postback options used by WebDropDown. Constructor for DropDownAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets auto postback options applied to value change event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to selection change event. Checks if all properties have default values. The RunBot class is a companion to the main control class of a companion. It's primary function is to offload control functionality so that the main control is free to inherit from any other control class in the ASP.NET framework. Since the main control object is a rather heavy object, it is best to put as much functionality into base classes so that it can be shared and reused. But if the main control object must inherit from a base class other than one defined in the framework, then it would not be able to participate in the framework without duplicating a great deal of code. Therefore, by offloading the majority of functionality from the control object itself to a RunBot derivation class, the framework logic can be kept in the RunBot and the control can derive from any base class it needs to. Loads the transaction list for a collection of objects and applies the updated values to each of the objects. Method that formats and event for later firing and fires a changing event if necessary. Derived class must override this to provide the necessary support. The item that changed The property index : determines what event will fire, if any. The new value of the property. true if no event has been canceled. False otherwise Method that formats and event for later firing and fires a changing event if necessary. Derived class must override this to provide the necessary support. The item that changed The property name : determines what event will fire, if any. The new value of the property. true if no event has been canceled. False otherwise Allows derived classes to resolve Items by using the string address The string address of the item to be resolved. i.e. 3.1.0 Returns the item in the collection that matches the passed in string address. Creates an instance of the DropDownBot The WebControl that the DropDownBot should help out. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Virtual method that serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Writes the additional client properties. The builder. Writes the drop down JSON. The builder. The items. Writes the JSON for each individual drop down item. The builder. The item. Saves the view state of the DropDownBot when rendering down to the client. Saved view state object. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The objects to reload. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. A.T. 11 / 09/ 2009 we need this so that items state is loaded before the properties so that SelectedItemIndex is set to the correct item. Why? because the new implementation for SelectedItemIndex's getter will basically loop through the items and return the first selected item. If item's state is not updated, we will end up returning the old selection ASP DropDownList and ListControl are functioning in the same way (i.e. looping through items) this enables us to return the correct selected index, when selection is just set by setting the Selected property of any item. Process values modified on client and update corresponding server properties. Filter CurrentValue Loads the view state after returning from the client. Previously saved view state object. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. A method internally used by the framework to determine which ClientUIFlags should be set on the object. Called by the base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier Called by the ListBot base class to create an EventList item if and event needs to be fired. The item that changed The property index : determines what event will fire, if any. The new value of the property. true if no event has been canceled. False otherwise This is where a control needs to set up their AppStyleInfo object. If you are deriving from this control and want to apply differnt appstyling, you need to override this method and define your own Roles. A new AppStyleInfo object. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier Returns true Constructor for DropDownButton Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Not available. Create instance of DropDownClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Returns postback action for a particular event. Index of event at which it appears in the GetClientEventNameList() Postback action. Default implementation returns Off. Event is fired when EnableClientRendering=true, and databinding takes place on the client The data binding. Event is fired when EnableClientRendering=true, and data is already bound on the client The data bound. Event is fired when EnableClientRendering=true and an item is about to be rendered on the client The item rendering. Event is fired when EnableClientRendering=true and after an item is rendered on the client The item rendered. Renderer for WebDropDown which supports client-side templating and binding A helper method that adds the Class attribute to a HTML element. The ImageViewerRoles that should be resolved. A list of CSS Class names that should be rendered along with the ImageViewerRoles Render all html tags related to control, including hidden fields. This method is to be overriden inside the DropDownClientRenderer to render the client templates The writer. AJAX callback Render no more than AutoFilterResultSize !!! perform filter limit to the number of items rendered Client rendering override for the RenderContents This method is to be overriden inside the DropDownClientRenderer to render the client templates The writer. Creates an instance of the DropDownDataBindingManager The control object which owns the DropDownDataBindingManager. Called when am item is bound. This method will trigger the ItemBound event. The DropDownItem that was bound. Overriden so that at DesignTime the object can display whether it "(Has Data)" when a value is set. An empty string. The text that will be rendered out when the object doesn't contain a template. Indicates whether the control is visible and rendered. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Represents an item for flat data controls. Creates a clone of the ListItem. A new ListItem with all of the same property values as this item. Overrides the framework invocation to instantiate all templates for the control that are needed. This method is called automatically by the framework during the page lifecycle to ensure that all templates are created. A method internally used by the framework to determine which ClientUIFlags should be set on the object. Returns/sets the text that will be displayed when the mouse is over the item. Enabled state of the item. Indicates whether the item is visible. Returns/sets a string value that can be used to store extra information on the item. Returns/sets a url that will be navigated to when an item is clicked. Returns/sets where the NavigateUrl will be navigated to when an item is clicked. A reference to the ListControl that the item belongs to. ID of Template within the TemplateCollection. Identifies the template to use for this ListItem. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. override to save the CSS-related properties to enable separate styling of individual items Returns/sets the text that will be displayed for the item Returns/sets the data value of the item Indicates whether the item is currently disabled or not Indicates whether the item is currently enabled or not Indicates whether the item is currently selected or not Indicates whether the item is currently activated on the client or not Indicates whether the item is customly created or has been in the databound list from the start The index of the item in it's parent's collection. If it does not belong to a collection, the index will be -1. The index of the item converted to a string. Returns/sets a url that will be navigated to when an item is clicked. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. The default value for this property is String.Empty. The default value for this property is String.Empty. The default value for this property is String.Empty. The default value for this property is String.Empty. The default value for this property is String.Empty. This class extends ListItemBinding to add additional property bindings. Property DataBindings are used to map data fields from the database to property values on items in a collection. This class extends DataBinding to add additional property bindings. Property DataBindings are used to map data fields from the database to property values on items in a collection. Serves as base class for objects which carry out databing operations to populate control collections from a datasource Public constructor.

Returns or sets a string value that identifies the xml tag within the datasource that the node or item is bound to.

Sets or gets an integer value that determines the level depth to which this NodeBinding applies. This NodeBinding will have no effect on Xml elements at other levels within the data source.

 Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the Key property of the Item or Node object. Must hide these members because they don't apply for flat databinding Must hide these members because they don't apply for flat databinding

Returns or sets a string value that is used to format the NavigateUrl property of a Item when the Item is being databound.

A data field that will be mapped to the NavigateUrl property of the Item. A data field that will be mapped to the Target property of the Item. A data field that will be mapped to the ToolTip property of the Item. A data field that will be mapped to the Key property of the Item. A data field that will be mapped to the Text property of the Item. A data field that will be mapped to the Value property of the Item. A collection of DropDownItems. Appends the DropDownItem to the collection. Returns the index of the DropDownItem in the collection. Inserts the DropDownItem to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the DropDownItem. Removes the DropDownItem from the collection. Gets the collection of Items in the control. the value to search for in the Value property for every item in the collection Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the DropDownItem to retrieve from the collection. Constructor for DropDownValueDisplay Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Appends the DropDownItem to the collection. Returns the index of the DropDownItem in the collection. Inserts the DropDownItem to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the DropDownItem. Removes the DropDownItem from the collection. The dropdown display mode (related to editing in the input and selection) Orientation of the drop down container An enumeration for the allowed value display types in the case of "Simple", we render the value display, otherwise we use an already provided control and communicate with it through a predefined interface sort order for the items in the auto filter list, when auto filtered is enabled and used multiple selection type DB query is built based on the AutoFilterQueryType in case the developer would like a more complex and involved query, he should use the respective client-side/server-side events An enumeration of all the properties that the WebDropDown will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the WebDropDown and needs to send down additional properties. Represents the DisplayMode property. Represents the ValueListMaxHeight property. Represents the OffsetX property. Represents the OffsetY property. Represents the EnablePaging property. Represents the PageSize property. Represents the SelectedItemIndex property. Represents the SelectedItemIndices property. Represents the MultiSelectValueDelimiter property. Represents the EnableCustomValueSelection property. Represents the EnableMultipleSelection property. Represents the CloseDropDownOnSelect property. Represents the PersistCustomValues property. Represents the EnableAutoFiltering property. Represents the AutoFilterQueryType property. Represents the AutoFilterResultSize property. Represents the AutoFilterSortOrder property. Represents the EnableAutoCompleteFirstMatch property. Represents the EnableLoadOnDemand property. Represents the DropDownContainerWidth property. Represents the DropDownContainerHeight property. Represents the EnableCaseSensitivity property. Represents the CurrentValue property. Represents the ShowDropDownButton property. Represents the DropDownValueDisplayType property. Represents the EnableClientRendering property. Roles defined for the ig_dropDown.css file. The CSS Class that will be applied to the outer control. The CSS Class that will be applied to the outer control is Disabled The CSS class that will be applied when the control is hovered The CSS class that will be applied when the control is focused The CSS class that will be applied to the table under the control div, that accomodates the input value display box and the drop down button The CSS class that will be applied to the ValueDisplay (input box) component The CSS class that will be applied to the ValueDisplay (input box) component when it is hovered A TD on the left side of the ImageArea. This CSS Class should be used for applying a Background-Image along the left border of the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A TD that wraps the Footer. This CSS Class should be used for applying a Background-Image along the bottom border of the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The Top Left corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The Top Right corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The Bottom Left corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Previous Button. The Previous Button can be absolutely positoned anywhere in the control, because the WebImageViewer has an internal DIV that wraps the control with a position set to relative. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Container of the Next Button. This css Class is the TD in which the Image element is rendered. This style can be used to set the vetical-align CSS attribute. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Next Button. The Next Button can be absolutely positoned anywhere in the control, because the WebImageViewer has an internal DIV that wraps the control with a position set to relative. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A TD that contains the ImageArea. If you would like a border around the ImageArea, this is the class to use. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A DIV that contains all of the Images. In XHTML, to apply a border around the images a padding-bottom must be set to the size of the border-top-width plus the border-bottom-width. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. Represents the ImagePath property. Represents the AltText property. Represents the AltText property. Enumeration used for setting the mode of paging labels within the paging area of the grid. Displays numeric based links. Displays next and previous links. Displays next, previous, first and last links. Displays numeric based links and First and Last links. Auto Filtering setting (auto suggest) controls the number of items loaded when CurrentValue is an empty string EmptyItemsList will act as Google, meaning that empty string means no results CompleteItemsList returns all items when the query is an empty string LimitToAutoFilterResultSize returns the top X items, limited by the value of AutoFilterResultSize, if set. will act as Google, meaning that empty string means no results returns all items when the query is an empty string returns the top X items, limited by the value of AutoFilterResultSize, if set. Provides data for the , , and events of a WebDropDown control. Initializes a new instance of the DropDownItemEventArgs class for the specified image item. The DropDownItem that the event is responding to. Returns the DropDownItem object associated with the event Argument used for event which is raised by WebDropDown when value of a thumb was changed. Gets old value. Gets new value. Gets old collection of selected items Gets new collection of selected items Gets nonexisting value. Gets nonexisting value. Gets nonexisting value. Gets nonexisting value. Gets nonexisting value. Pager settings (used if paging is enabled) Constructor for PagerSettings object The WebDropDown that owns this object Constructor for PagerSettings object Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Determines pager rendering mode. Determines how many pages are available at each side of the current page. Default is 0 meaning that QuickPages feature is disabled. The text of the next pager link. The text of the previous pager link. The text of the first pager link. The text of the last pager link. Checks if all properties have default values. Control which implements the functionality of a web drop down Override of OnInit to handle the initialization of references for those items that have been parsed in from the aspx page. Since the items are first pushed onto a stack as they are parsed and then formed into collections later, there is no sooner opportunity to establish back references between objects and their owner/control. EventArgs reference Virtual method called whenever an Item is bound to a datasource record. The default implementation first the ItemBound Event. Called by the DataBinding objects to tell the Control that the Items collection should be cleared prior to commencement of a fresh databinding operation. Searches the ItemTemplates within this collection and returns a reference to the first one that matches the templateId passed in. The Id of the ItemTemplate to look for. ItemTemplate whose Id matches the templateId passed in. Returns null if none is found. Overrides the framework invocation to instantiate all templates for the control that are needed. This method is called automatically by the framework during the page lifecycle to ensure that all templates are created. Called from the EnsureTemplates override to walk the control's items collection and instantiate the necessary templates on each object within it. If an item has children, then the method is called recursively to instantiate the templates of the children where applicable. The Items collection of the ListControl. Overrides the framework invocation to clear all templates that exist for the control so that fresh templates can be instantiated. This method is called primarily from designers when templates have been edited so that the control can be refreshed with the updated templates. Called from the ClearTemplates override to walk the control's items collection and clear the existing template on each object within it. If an item has children, then the method is called recursively to clear the templates of the children where applicable. The Items collection of the NavControl. Instantiates any specified templates for a NavItem if they have not already been instantiated. Templates for a NavItem can be instantiated in any one of three ways: 1. The NavItem has a non-null Template property set. 2. The NavItem has a non-empty TemplateId property set. 3. The NavControl has a non-null ItemTemplate property set. The order and priority of resolution is as described. The particular NavItem for template instantiation. Translates an address string specifier into the resolved NavItem object that lives at the specified address. The full address specifier for an item. If the collecion is a 'flat' collection, this address is synonomous with the Index of the item. If the collection is hierarchical, the fullAddress will contain delimiters that can be used to break down the address into partial addresses which are then resolved in turn. For Example: '0.3.2' specifies the item at index 2 whose parent is at index 3 of the collection who's parent is index 0 of the top-level collection. The NavItem object that corresponds to the passed in address specifier. Collection of items at the root level of the ListControl. Gets a reference to the DataBindingManager for this control. The Control will normally instantiate a derived DataBindingManager class from within the CreateDataBindingManager virtual override which is called by this Property the first time the DataBindingManaber is referenced. Gets a ControlCollection that contains instances of ItemTemplate objects which can be shared among items within the derived Control by seting the Item.TemplateId property to the Id of an ItemTemplate. An ITemplate object that will be applied as a template for all items within the control unless an individual Item has a non-null Template property of its own, or it has its TemplateId set to refer to an ItemTemplate in the ItemTemplates collection. default constructor A virtual method called by the framework base when the RunBot is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide extra functionality to the RunBot. Many of the methods within the RunBot class may also be overridable in order to add additional logic to the control. Returns a new DropDownBot. object Sets the base.DataSourceID to the given id when the drop down is an editor provider Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Check if AjaxIndicator has data. Clears the AjaxIndicator Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the DropDownClientEvents. object. creates the main drop down renderer Creates DataSourceSelectArguments specific to the dropdown. A new instance of the DataSourceSelectArguments object. Raise event after value was changed. Instance of DropDownValueChangedEventArgs created by DropDownRunBot Raise event after value was changed. Instance of DropDownSelectionChangedEventArgs created by DropDownRunBot Raise event after items are requested Raise event after item is added to the item collection Raise event after value was changed. Raise event after value was changed. Raise event after value was changed. Creates a new instance of the ImageItemCollection.. All ObjectCollections for the FlatDataBoundControl are created using this virtual method. This allows derived classes to modify and enhance the ListItem class without disturbing the base classes and framework. The parent Item which will own the collection created. If this parameter is null, the Control itself should be the owner of the collection. Returns a new instance of the DropDownItemCollection. Creates a new instance of the DropDownItem. class. All CollectionUIObjects for the FlatDataBoundControl are created using this virtual method. This allows derived classes to modify and enhance the UIObject class without disturbing the base classes and framework. Returns a new instance of the DropDownItem class. Creates a new instance of the DropDownDataBindingManager. class. An instance of the WebDropDown control. Returns a new instance of DropDownDataBindingManager class. Creates a new instance of the DropDownItemBinding. object. Can be overriden by a derived class to return Returns a new instance of the DropDownItemBinding object. Called during LoadPostData during a Callback. This method should be used to perform any operations neccessary for the callback. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Called during the Page's Render during a Callback. This method should be used to render any html or objects that need to be sent down in the Callback's response. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Clears selection, and resets SelectedItemIndex, and SelectedValue respectively Internal helper method that just clears the Selected state for all DropDowmItems(sets it to false) Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition based on what the Rule and Value properties are set to The name of the column to which the condition will be applied A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an SQL-where clause type filtering condition based on the filterValue The name of the column to which the condition will be applied Value to be compared against the columnKey A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a Entity-where clause type filtering condition (has it. at front of column names) the name of the column to which the condition will be applied Value to be compared against the columnKey A string of the Entity-where clause type filtering condition Compiles an SQL-where or Entity-where clause type filtering condition based on the filterValue The name of the column to which the condition will be applied Value to be compared against the columnKey Boolean of true indicates to apply an Entity-where clause else apply a SQL-Where clause Boolean to allow comparing empty strings A string of the SQL-where clause type filtering condition Compiles a LINQ-where clause type filtering condition, thats into account where filtering should be case sensitive or not. the name of the column to which the condition will be applied Value to be compared against the collumnKey A string of the LINQ-where clause type filtering condition Encodes a column name so it can be used in an SQL where clause. Column name to encode Encoded column name Encodes a column name so it can be used in an Entity where clause. Column name to encode Encoded column name Encodes special characters in the string so it can be used in an SQL where clause. ' are doubled up to be '' *, %, [, ], are encapsulated in square brackets, e.g. [*] The string to encode Encoded string Restores control-state information from a previous page request that was saved by the method. An that represents the control state to be restored. Saves any server control state changes that have occurred since the time the page was posted back to the server. Returns the server control's current state. If there is no state associated with the control, this method returns null. True if this instance is created by a grid DropDownProvider. Gets or sets the ID of the control from which the data-bound control retrieves its list of data items. value display ui sub component auto postback flags allow the developer to configure automatic postbacks when some client side events are invoked turns on/off right to left support a boolean value indicating whether right to left support is enabled or not returns a reference to the DropDownButton (which is a DisabledImageButton type) Returns/sets AutoPostBack Returns/sets the drop down display mode. see DropDownDisplayMode if set to null the "DropDown" fully-featured mode is used Returns/sets the value of the Value display dropdown component if it is null the empty string will be used nullText is default text that's shown when the control doesn't have focus Returns/sets the text of the currently selected item Returns/sets the selected item index in the dropdown item list Returns/sets the active item index in the dropdown item list Returns/sets an indicator if the drop down button component is shown or not Returns/sets the maximum height to which the value list can grow so that no scroll bars are shown Setting the value list height to 0 means that contents will grow Returns/sets the horizontal offset of the dropdown container relative to the dropdown value display default (0) means that the dropdown container and the value display will be perfectly aligned horizontally Returns/sets the vertical offset of the dropdown container relative to the dropdown value display default (0) means that the dropdown container and the value display will be perfectly aligned vertically Returns/sets an indicator of whether paging is enabled for the item collection in the dropdown container or not pager settings Background color of control Foreground color of control Border color of control Border width of control Border style of control Returns/sets the number of list items on a page , if paging is enabled page size 0 means that all items will be displayed on the first and only page Indicates whether the WebDropDown will render itself and perform data-binding purely on the client-side Gets or sets the client rendering template. The client rendering template. Gets the client rendering template container. The client rendering template container. Indicates whether multiple selection is enabled for items in the drop down container Indicates the type of multiple selection: Checkbox , keyboard Indicates whether the drop down container will be closed once an item is selected Returns/sets the current selected item. Should be null if multiple selection is enabled Returns the current list of selected items (applies when multiple selection is enabled) The collection of DropDownItems in the WebDropDown. Returns/sets the delimiter for items shown in the value display, when multiple selection is enabled null will be interpreted as comma Indicates whether custom values entered in the value display should be persisted in the underlying data model or not Returns/sets the type of input (value display) component. It can be a simple input box, or a complex IG component that conforms to some predefined interface see DropDownValueDisplayType. null will render a simple input component Indicates whether custom values can be selected, once they are persisted and appear in the list Indicates whether auto filtering will be enabled once the something is typed in the value display Indicates whether matched item will be automatically selected while filtering in the dropdown new property in 9.2 Indicates whether input will be automatically re-focused once an item from the dropdown is selected Returns/sets the search query type for auto filtering . By default this is "StartsWith", but it can be anything Returns/sets the number of items that auto filtering will return a negative value will reset the auto filter to its default value controls the filtering functionaltiy when the input is empty (empty string) by default this is true. If set to false, the user will not be allowed to type everything in the input box but only when there is a match among the items this will enclose matched text fragments with "em" markup by default it's switched off When caching on the client is performed, if we have already done a filter postback with a specified filter string, the results will be directly obtained from client cache, and no subsequent postbacks will be made when we are typing text in the dropdown value display input box, we do not do a postback (filtering) on every key stroke but instead use a timeout and do a postback after this timeout duration. This property allows the developer to configure this timeout Returns/sets the sorting (ascending or descending) that will be applied on the filtering results . Indicates whether while the user is typing, the rest of the first matching item's characters will be displayed selected in the value display box Indicates whether load on demand is enabled or not. When load on demand is enabled, the value of pageSize will be automatically used for the row fetch size on each load on demand request If this property is set, while items are loaded during AJAX postback, a message will appear notifying that loading is in progress if this is set to false, the dropdown container will stay open, even if the control loses focus (set this to false if you want the dropdown to stay open when you scroll for example) Returns/sets the field name for multi-column/complex data set, that will be used as the text to shown in the value display box Returns/sets the field name for multi-column/complex data set, that will be used as the value to store in each item in the item list current page index when paging is enabled. Server only property Type of the animation : see DropDownAnimationTypes enum Orientation of the dropdown container relative to the input. See DropDownOrientation enum sets whether the dropdown container will be detached, and absolutely positioned only, or it will be an actual child DOM element of the source element will not render anchors for list items, if set to false Returns/sets the fixed width of the dropdown container itself if this is zero, or not set at all, the dropdown will be aligned with the value display and the dropdown button (if any) Returns/sets the fixed height of the dropdown container itself if this is zero or not set at all, the height will grow depending on the number of items in the list indicates whether matching and autofiltering is case sensitive or not Whether control is enabled Gets reference to container of properties related to ajax indicator.

If value of a sub-property is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. Shared indicator can be accessed on server using Infragistics.Web.UI.Framework.AppSettings.SharedAjaxIndicator and on client: $util.get_ajaxIndicator().

An ITemplate object that will be applied as a template for the header of the drop down container An ITemplate object that will be applied as a template for the footer of the drop down container An ITemplate object that will be applied as a template for the loading message for the drop down Property DataBindings are used to map data fields from the database to property values on items in a collection. Get reference to the DropDownClientEvents.. Exposes the WebControl's Events object. Total pages count Last page index Last page index Gets or sets the custom filter value. The custom filter value. Last page index Indicates whether the Dropdown has a data source assigned to it. Raise data binding SQL-like sort expression. Gets the control state. The control state. Enables optimization for collections client state during postback Roles defined for the ig_imageviewer.css file. The CSS Class that will be applied to the outer control. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS Class that will be applied to the outer control when the Header is Visible. This class should be used for setting any padding that might be needed if the Header is placed above the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the header. The header can be absolutely positoned anywhere in the control, because the WebImageViewer has an internal DIV that wraps the control with a position set to relative. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Left Corner of the Header. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the actual content of the Header. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Right Corner of the Header. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A TR that wraps the TopLeft, TopArea, and TopRight elements. This CSS class is useful in setting the height of the entire row. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS Class that will be applied to the outer control when the Footer is Visible. This class should be used for adjusting the padding of the control,to account for the additional size of the header and footer. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the footer. The footer can be absolutely positoned anywhere in the control, because the WebImageViewer has an internal DIV that wraps the control with a position set to relative. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Left Corner of the Footer. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the actual content of the Footer. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Right Corner of the Footer. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A TR that wraps the BottomLeft, BottomArea, and BottomRight elements. This CSS class is useful in setting the height of the entire row. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A TD that wraps the Header. This CSS Class should be used for applying a Background-Image along the top border of the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A TD on the left side of the ImageArea. This CSS Class should be used for applying a Background-Image along the left border of the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A TD that wraps the Footer. This CSS Class should be used for applying a Background-Image along the bottom border of the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A TD on the right side of the ImageArea. This CSS Class should be used for applying a Background-Image along the right border of the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The Top Left corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The Top Right corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The Bottom Left corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The Bottom Right corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Container of the Previous Button. This css Class is the TD in which the Image element is rendered. This style can be used to set the vertical-align CSS attribute. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Previous Button. The Previous Button can be absolutely positoned anywhere in the control, because the WebImageViewer has an internal DIV that wraps the control with a position set to relative. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Container of the Next Button. This css Class is the TD in which the Image element is rendered. This style can be used to set the vetical-align CSS attribute. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS class that will be applied to the Next Button. The Next Button can be absolutely positoned anywhere in the control, because the WebImageViewer has an internal DIV that wraps the control with a position set to relative. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A TD that contains the ImageArea. If you would like a border around the ImageArea, this is the class to use. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. A DIV that contains all of the Images. In XHTML, to apply a border around the images a padding-bottom must be set to the size of the border-top-width plus the border-bottom-width. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. An IMG element that is contained by the ImageAra. In XHTML, to apply a border around an image a padding-bottom must be set to the size of the border-top-width plus the border-bottom-width on the ImageArea. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. Applied to an IMG when it is selected. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. Applied to an IMG when the mouse is over it. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. When an image is hovered, this style gets applied to all other images. A good use of this style is to apply an opacity to all other images that aren't being hovered, so that the hovered image has more focus. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. Applied to an IMG when the image is disabled. Applied when Orientation is set to Horizontal. The CSS Class that will be applied to the outer control. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS Class that will be applied to the outer control when the Header is Visible. This class should be used for setting any padding that might be needed if the Header is placed above the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the header. The header can be absolutely positoned anywhere in the control, because the WebImageViewer has an internal DIV that wraps the control with a position set to relative. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the Left Corner of the Header. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the actual content of the Header. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the Right Corner of the Header. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. A TR that wraps the TopLeft_Vert, TopArea_Vert, and TopRight_Vert elements. This CSS class is useful in setting the height of the entire row. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS Class that will be applied to the outer control when the Footer is Visible. This class should be used for adjusting the padding of the control,to account for the additional size of the header and footer. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the footer. The footer can be absolutely positoned anywhere in the control, because the WebImageViewer has an internal DIV that wraps the control with a position set to relative. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the Left Corner of the Footer. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the actual content of the Footer. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the Right Corner of the Footer. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. A TR that wraps the BottomLeft_Vert, BottomArea_Vert, and BottomRight_Vert elements. This CSS class is useful in setting the height of the entire row. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. A TD that wraps the Header_Vert. This CSS Class should be used for applying a Background-Image along the top border of the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. A TD on the left side of the ImageArea_Vert. This CSS Class should be used for applying a Background-Image along the left border of the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. A TD that wraps the Footer_Vert. This CSS Class should be used for applying a Background-Image along the bottom border of the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. A TD on the right side of the ImageArea_Vert. This CSS Class should be used for applying a Background-Image along the right border of the control. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The Top Left corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The Top Right corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The Bottom Left corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The Bottom Right corner of the control. This CSS Class should be used for rounded corners. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the Container of the PreviousButton. This css Class is the TD in which the Image element is rendered. This style can be used to set the text-align CSS attribute. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the Previous Button. The Previous Button can be absolutely positoned anywhere in the control, because the WebImageViewer has an internal DIV that wraps the control with a position set to relative. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the Container of the NextButton. This css Class is the TD in which the Image element is rendered. This style can be used to set the text-align CSS attribute. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. The CSS class that will be applied to the Next Button. The Next Button can be absolutely positoned anywhere in the control, because the WebImageViewer has an internal DIV that wraps the control with a position set to relative. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. A TD that contains the ImageArea. If you would like a border around the ImageArea, this is the class to use. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. A DIV that contains all of the Images. In XHTML, to apply a border around the images a padding-right must be set to the size of the border-left-width plus the border-right-width. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. An IMG element that is contained by the ImageAra. In XHTML, to apply a border around an image a padding-right must be set to the size of the border-left-width plus the border-right-width on the ImageArea_Vert. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. Applied to an IMG when it is selected. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. Applied to an IMG when the mouse is over it. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. When an image is hovered, this style gets applied to all other images. A good use of this style is to apply an opacity to all other images that aren't being hovered, so that the hovered image has more focus. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. Applied to an IMG when the image is disabled. Applied when Orientation is set to Vertical. Specifies the Animation that should be used to scroll an item into view. A continuous scroll that must be told when to stop. An animation that will scroll the next item to the specified NextItemAlignment An animation that will scroll the next non-visible item into view. Specifies where an item should align when scrolled into view. Specifies that the left/top edge of an item should be aligned with the left/top most area of the visible container. Specifies that the center of an item should be aligned with the center of the visible container. Specifies that the right/bottom edge of an item should be aligned with the right/bottom most area of the visible container. An enumeration of all the properties that the WebImageViewer will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the WebImageViewer and needs to send down additional properties. Represents the Orientation property. Represents the FirstItem property. Represents the ScrollPosition property. Represents the DragScrollEnabled property. Represents the WrapAround property. Represents the WrapAround property. The total number of properties that should be sent down to the client for this control. This value corresponds with the PropCount property of the object. An enumeration of all the properties that the ImageItem will send to the client. This should only be used when an object dervies from the ImageItem and needs to send down additional properties. Represents the ImagePath property. Represents the AltText property. Represents the HoverUrl property. Represents the CssClass property. Represents the SelectedCssClass property. Represents the HoverCssClass property. Represents the DisabledCssClass property. The total number of properties that should be sent down to the client for this control. This value corresponds with the PropCount property of the object. Event Delegate for Events that use an ImageItem. Provides data for the , , and events of a WebImageViewer control. Initializes a new instance of the ImageItemEventArgs class for the specified image item. The ImageItem that the event is responding to. Returns the ImageItem object associated with the event A templatable object that can be used to just display text. Overriden so that at DesignTime the object can display whether it "(Has Data)" when a value is set. An empty string. The text that will be rendered out when the object doesn't contain a template. Indicates whether the control is visible and rendered. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". The url that will be used for the image. The url that will be used for the image when the button is pressed. The url that will be used for the image when the button is hovered. The url that will be used for the image when the button is disabled. The alternate text that will displayed when the image can't be rendered. The tooltip that will be displayed when the button is hovered over. Determines if the image is rendered. Checks if all properties have default values. Represents an item in the WebImageViewer control. Initializes a new instance of the ImageItem class with default settings. Initializes a new instance of the ImageItem class with the specified values. The url to the image that should be displayed in the item. The AltText that will be placed on the HTML img element. The Tooltip that will be placed displayed when the mouse is hovered over the item in the browser. Saves any additional properties to be brought to the client. Creates a clone of the ImageItem. A new ImageItem with all of the same property values as this item. A method internally used by the framework to determine which ClientUIFlags should be set on the object. This is called by the WebImageViewer. We do not call this in the Selected property's setter because we only want one image to be selected at any given time. Whether to select or unselect the item. Returns/sets the url to an image that will be displayed in the item. Returns/sets the text that will be displayed when the browser cannot render an image. Returns/sets the url to an image that will be displayed when an item is hovered over. Returns/sets if this item is selected. CSS Class that will be applied to the ImageItem. CSS Class that will be applied if the item is disabled. CSS Class that will be applied when the item is selected. CSS Class that will be applied to the item when it is hovered. The index of the item in it's parent's collection. If it does not belong to a collection, the index will be -1. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. The index of the item converted to a string. A property that was inherited from the base class, but was not implemented on this object and thus should not be used. A property that was inherited from the base class, but was not implemented on this object and thus should not be used. A property that was inherited from the base class, but was not implemented on this object and thus should not be used. This class extends ListItemBinding to add additional property bindings. Property DataBindings are used to map data fields from the database to property values on items in a collection. A data field that will be mapped to the ImageUrl property of the ImageItem. A data field that will be mapped to the HoverUrl property of the ImageItem. A data field that will be mapped to the AltText property of the ImageItem. A collection of ImageItems. Appends the ImageItem to the collection. Returns the index of the ImageItem in the collection. Inserts the ImageItem to the underlying collection ArrayList Returns true if the collection contains the ImageItem. Removes the ImageItem from the collection. Gets the collection of Items in the control. The zero based index of the ImageItem to retrieve from the collection. The RunBot class is a companion to the main control class of a companion. It's primary function is to offload control functionality so that the main control is free to inherit from any other control class in the ASP.NET framework. Since the main control object is a rather heavy object, it is best to put as much functionality into base classes so that it can be shared and reused. But if the main control object must inherit from a base class other than one defined in the framework, then it would not be able to participate in the framework without duplicating a great deal of code. Therefore, by offloading the majority of functionality from the control object itself to a RunBot derivation class, the framework logic can be kept in the RunBot and the control can derive from any base class it needs to. Creates an instance of the ImageViewerBot The WebControl that the ImageViewerBot should help out. Saves all Collections that should go to the client into a javascript array. The collections that should be saved. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Virtual method that serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Loads the Collections that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The collections to reload. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The objects to reload. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. A list of objects that were modified on the clientside. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. A method internally used by the framework to determine which ClientUIFlags should be set on the object. Called by the ListBot base class to create an EventList item if and event needs to be fired. The item that changed The property index : determines what event will fire, if any. The new value of the property. true if no event has been canceled. False otherwise Called by the base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier This is where a control needs to set up their AppStyleInfo object. If you are deriving from this control and want to apply differnt appstyling, you need to override this method and define your own Roles. A new AppStyleInfo object. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier ClientEvents used by the WebImageViewer class The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of ImageViewerClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Event fired when the mouse is over an Image. Event fired when the mouse leaves an Image. Event fired when an Image is Clicked. Event fired the Next Button is Clicked Event fired the Previous Button is Clicked Event fired after an Image is Selected Event fired after the AJAX callback that is triggered for every item added on the client. Event fired after the AJAX callback that is triggered for every item removed on the client. Event fired after the AJAX callback that is triggered for every item inserted on the client. The DataBindingManager base class is responsible for coordinating and managing the data binding process. It stores and maintains the collection of WebBinding objects that determine which columns or properties in the data source objects are bound to the various properties of the control object model. Creates an instance of the ImageViewerDataBindingManager The control object which owns the ImageViewerDataBindingManager. Called by DataBots when an object collection needs to be created in order to be filled by the DataBind operation. This method normally passes on the request to the owner control which will create the actual object on behalf of the DataBindingManager An IDataObject representing the parent or owner of the collection that is to be created. Returns an IList collection which can be used to Add objects in turn as they are bound to the data source. Called by DataBots when an object needs to be created in order to accept data from the the DataBind operation. The object created will belong to the control and will store the data from the datasource in order to be used in the rendering phase. This method normally passes on the request to the owner control which will create the actual object on behalf of the DataBindingManager The collection to which the object will belong. Returns an object that will be bound to and accept data from the data source. Called when am item is bound. This method will trigger the ItemBound event. The ImageItem that was bound. Retrieves the ItemBinding object that corresponds the particular control. If a derived control wants to add additional ItemBindings, it needs to override the method and return their own ItemBinding object. An instance of the ImageItemBinding object. Inherits from RendererBase. This is the renderer for the WebImageViewer. The main entry point for the Renderer. The writer in which all HTML is written to for the control. Render's the Top Row of the control. Render's the Top Row of the control. Renders the HTML for the Header object. Renders the Top Left Corner for the control. Renders the Top Right Corner for the control. Renders the Bottom Left Corner for the control. Renders the Bottom Right Corner for the control. Render's the ImageArea the HTML row that contains the Next/Previous buttons and the ImageArea, when the Orientation is Horizontal. Renders the HTML row that contains the ImageArea, when the Orientation is Vertical Renders the Bottom Row for the control. Renders the Bottom Row for the control. Renders the Footer for the control. When Orientation is Horizontal, this method renders the Next and Previous buttons. To render a Next button the value should be "next", otherwise it renders a previous button. When Orientation is Vertical, this method renders the Next and Previous buttons. To render a Next button the value should be "next", otherwise it renders a previous button. Renders the ImageArea that in turn renders all the Images. Renders the Actual HTML IMG. A ImageItem, that is uesd to render the IMG element. A helper method that adds the Class attribute to a HTML element. The ImageViewerRoles that should be resolved. A helper method that adds the Class attribute to a HTML element. The ImageViewerRoles that should be resolved. A list of CSS Class names that should be rendered along with the ImageViewerRoles Returns an instance of the WebImageViewer control. The object that contains the settings to change the type of Animation that will occur when the WebImageViewer scroll Images into view. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Loads the Objects that were sent down to the client, back into the control. The objects to reload. Reads the Transaction List and repopulates the objects of the control. A list of objects that were modified on the clientside. Returns/sets the Animation type that the WebImageViewer will use to scroll images into view. Continuous - While the Next/Previous buttons are pressed, the ImageViewer will continue to scroll. Page - The ImageViewer will scroll the Next non-visible Image into view. NextItem - The ImageViewer will scroll Next/Previous image to the specified ScrollToAlignment. An object that allows for customization of the Continuous Animation. An object that allows for customization of the NextItem Animation. An object that allows for customization of the Page Animation. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. An object that controls basic Animation settings. Determines how long, in miliseconds, the animation should last. Determines the type of Equation that should be used to perform the Animation. Equations determine things such as if the Animation will start our slow and speed up or if it should go a constant speed. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. An object that allows for customization of the Continuous Animation. Determines how fast the Animation should be going when the Duration is reached. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. An object that allows for customization of the NextItem Animation. Determines where the next/previous item will align in the visible area of the Control. Near - The left/top edge of the image will align with the left/top most area of the visible image area. Center - The center of the image will align with the center of the visible image area. Far - The right/bottom edge of the image will align with the right/bottom most area of the visible image area. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. An object that allows for customization of the Page Animation. Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Displays Images in scrollable format. Initializes a new instance of the WebImageViewer Class. Creates a new instance of the ImageItemCollection.. All ObjectCollections for the FlatDataBoundControl are created using this virtual method. This allows derived classes to modify and enhance the ListItem class without disturbing the base classes and framework. The parent Item which will own the collection created. If this parameter is null, the Control itself should be the owner of the collection. Returns a new instance of the ImageItemCollection. Creates a new instance of the ImageItem. class. All CollectionUIObjects for the FlatDataBoundControl are created using this virtual method. This allows derived classes to modify and enhance the UIObject class without disturbing the base classes and framework. Returns a new instance of the ImageItem class. Creates a new instance of the ImageViewerDataBindingManager. class. An instance of the WebImageViewer control. Returns a new instance of ImageViewerDataBindingManager class. Creates a new instance of the ImageItemBinding. object. Can be overriden by a derived class to return Returns a new instance of the ImageItemBinding object. A virtual method called by the framework base when a renderer is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide specific rendering markup. Many of the rendering methods within the Renderer class may also be overridable in order to customize specific aspects of the rendering. Returns a new ImageViewerRenderer. object A virtual method called by the framework base when the RunBot is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide extra functionality to the RunBot. Many of the methods within the RunBot class may also be overridable in order to add additional logic to the control. Returns a new ImageViewerBot. object Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. A new instance of the ImageViewerClientEvents. object. Overrides the framework invocation to instantiate all templates for the control that are needed. This method is called automatically by the framework during the page lifecycle to ensure that all templates are created. We only want one item to be selected at any given time. So if the user is selecting an item, we need to make sure that all other items are being unselected. This method is called by the ImageItem in the setter of it's Selected property. The index of the item being selected. If -1, then all items will be unselected. A boolean determining if the ImageItem. should be selected or unselected. Raises the SelectedIndexChanged Event. An instance of the ImageItemEventArgs Raises the ItemAdded event. An instance of the ImageItemEventArgs Raises the ItemRemoved Event. An instance of the ImageItemEventArgs Raises the ItemInserted Event. An instance of the ImageItemEventArgs Virtual method called whenever an Item is bound to a datasource record. The default implementation first the ItemBound Event. Called during LoadPostData during a Callback. This method should be used to perform any operations neccessary for the callback. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Called during the Page's Render during a Callback. This method should be used to render any html or objects that need to be sent down in the Callback's response. The CallbackObject that corresponds with the Callback. Returns/sets the orientation of the WebImageViewer. Horizontal - Images will be displayed left to right. Vertical - images will be displayed top to bottom. Returns/sets if the user can MouseDown over the image area of the WebImageViewer, and scroll the Images by dragging. Returns/sets if images will loop around infinitely in the WebImageViewer. Returns/sets if images will have initial fade-in animation during WebImageViewer initialization. Returns/Sets the index of the ImageItem that is to be selected. When set to -1, no image will be selected. Returns/Sets the ImageItem that is to be Selected. When set to null, no image will be selected. A templatable object that can be used to display information at the top of the control. A templatable object that can be used to display information at the bottom of the control. Property DataBindings are used to map data fields from the database to property values on items in a collection. An object that contains properties associated with the NextButton. An object that contains properties associated with the PreviousButton. The collection of ImageItems in the WebImageViewer. The object that contains the settings to change the type of Animation that will occur when the WebImageViewer scrolls Images into view. This property was inherited from the base class, but not implemented on the derived class, and there for hidden. This property should not be used. Get reference to the ImageViewerClientEvents.. Enables optimization for collections client state during postback Occurs when the Selected ImageItem changes between posts to the server. Determines if the SelectedIndexChanged Event has any listeners. Occurs when an ImageItem is added on the Client. Occurs when an ImageItem is removed on the Client. Occurs when an ImageItem is inserted on the Client. Event fired whenever an Item is bound to a datasource record. This class forms the base class for Bots which implement the Navigation framework Constructs a NavBot object A reference to the owner control's IControlMain interface for communication. Loads the transaction list for a collection of objects and applies the updated values to each of the objects. Method that formats and event for later firing and fires a changing event if necessary. Derived class must override this to provide the necessary support. The item that changed The property index : determines what event will fire, if any. The new value of the property. true if no event has been canceled. False otherwise Method that formats and event for later firing and fires a changing event if necessary. Derived class must override this to provide the necessary support. The item that changed The property name : determines what event will fire, if any. The new value of the property. true if no event has been canceled. False otherwise Allows derived classes to resolve Items by using the string address The string address of the item to be resolved. i.e. 3.1.0 Returns the item in the collection that matches the passed in string address. A method internally used by the framework to determine which ClientUIFlags should be set on the object. Get whether the current client state is dirty. I.e. add/remove/insert happended on the client. Currently used only by WebDataTree. Override of OnInit to handle the initialization of references for those items that have been parsed in from the aspx page. Since the items are first pushed onto a stack as they are parsed and then formed into collections later, there is no sooner opportunity to establish back references between objects and their owner/control. EventArgs reference Overridden to ensure that child nodes are initialized for the references they need to their owner collection and owner control at design time. Called by the DataBinding objects to tell the Control that the Items collection should be cleared prior to commencement of a fresh databinding operation. Searches the ItemTemplates within this collection and returns a reference to the first one that matches the templateId passed in. The Id of the ItemTemplate to look for. ItemTemplate whose Id matches the templateId passed in. Returns null if none is found. Overrides the framework invocation to instantiate all templates for the control that are needed. This method is called automatically by the framework during the page lifecycle to ensure that all templates are created. Called from the EnsureTemplates override to walk the control's items collection and instantiate the necessary templates on each object within it. If an item has children, then the method is called recursively to instantiate the templates of the children where applicable. The Items collection of the NavControl. Overrides the framework invocation to clear all templates that exist for the control so that fresh templates can be instantiated. This method is called primarily from designers when templates have been edited so that the control can be refreshed with the updated templates. Called from the ClearTemplates override to walk the control's items collection and clear the existing template on each object within it. If an item has children, then the method is called recursively to clear the templates of the children where applicable. The Items collection of the NavControl. Instantiates any specified templates for a NavItem if they have not already been instantiated. Templates for a NavItem can be instantiated in any one of three ways: 1. The NavItem has a non-null Template property set. 2. The NavItem has a non-empty TemplateId property set. 3. The NavControl has a non-null ItemTemplate property set. The order and priority of resolution is as described. The particular NavItem for template instantiation. Translates an address string specifier into the resolved NavItem object that lives at the specified address. The full address specifier for an item. If the collecion is a 'flat' collection, this address is synonomous with the Index of the item. If the collection is hierarchical, the fullAddress will contain delimiters that can be used to break down the address into partial addresses which are then resolved in turn. For Example: '0.3.2' specifies the item at index 2 whose parent is at index 3 of the collection who's parent is index 0 of the top-level collection. The NavItem object that corresponds to the passed in address specifier. Collection of items at the root level of the NavControl. Internally, these Items are contained within a RootItem to allow the tree to be treated as a single rooted tree when necessary for some recursive routines. Returns an ArrayList consisting of all Items within the Control, including child items if the control utilizes a tree structure. Gets a ControlCollection that contains instances of ItemTemplate objects which can be shared among items within the derived Control by seting the Item.TemplateId property to the Id of an ItemTemplate. An ITemplate object that will be applied as a template for all items within the control unless an individual Item has a non-null Template property of its own, or it has its TemplateId set to refer to an ItemTemplate in the ItemTemplates collection. Returns the Node object associated with the event The base class for all navigation control items Returns a string that identifies this nav item The delimiter between each parent item's identifier Returns null as a clone This virtual method is overridden to clear the templates of child items within the hierarchical control. The base class clears the templates of the current item. Instantiates this item's templates in the NavControl Enables view state tracking for sub objects Saves this objects objects into an array for the view state Ensures that client flags for various behaviors are set Gets/sets the tooltip for the item Gets/sets whether this item is enabled Gets/sets whether this item is visible. Returns a boolean value that indicates if this object has visible children. Gets/sets a url to be used for the source of this item's image Gets/sets the tooltip for this item's image Specify alt text for the image used. Added on behalf of Explorer Bar. Currently WebDataMenu and WebDataTreeNode render the ImageToolTip as alt for the image. While there is no way to set a real ToolTip(title) for the image. In a future release this property can be done public. Gets/sets a string to be used for the text of this item Gets/sets a string to be used for the value of this item Set or gets a string value that can be used to uniquely identify a node, independant of its Text or Value properties. The Key property can be bound to a DataSource field using the NodeBinding.KeyField property setting. This property does not enforce uniqueness on the Key value. The default value for this property is String.Empty. If specified, the value is available on the client. Gets/sets a string to be used as the navigate url for this item Resolves the navigate url to a usable url Sets or gets a string value that specifies an Html Frame to be used as the Target of the NavigateUrl property. When the DataTreeNode is clicked, the NavigateUrl string will be used to navigate to the specified web page and the page will be displayed in the Frame of the browser specified by this property. The default value for this property is String.Empty. Returns a reference to the nav control that owns this item ID of Template within the TemplateCollection. Identifies the template to use for this NavItem. Returns the number of client properties for this type of item This class is used to map DataSource Fields to Item or Node properties. The public part of the class exposes properties that take a string value that identifies fields or columns within the DataSource to which they are being bound. As the DataSource is traversed during DataBinding, each object in the DataSource is examined and those fields that are matched to properties on the Item or Node are populated as Items and Nodes are created. Returns or sets a string value that is used to populate the Text property of an Item or Node. Using this property, Nodes that are matched to this DataBinding.DataMember and Level values can have their Text properties set to a constant value. This would apply to nodes that behave as headings for their children which display the actual data values using a different Binding. The Text property will be set to the Default value only when the DataSource TextField value is null or empty. If the TextField property is not specified, then all nodes will be set to the DefaultText value. Sets or gets a string value that is used to format the text value of each Item or Node as it is bound to the DataSource. Normal string.Format options can be used. The Text property will be placed into the {0} placeholder argument of the format string. Returns or sets a string value that is used to format the NavigateUrl property of a Node when the Node is being databound. Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the Text property of the Item or Node object. Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the NavigateUrl property of the Item or Node object. Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the NavigateTarget property of the Item or Node object. Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the Value property of the Item or Node object. Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the ToolTip property of the Item or Node object. Collection of NavItems. This class forms a base class for controls utilizing the NavigationControls framework Locates an item based on its Text property value The Text string value to be used to search for the item NavItem object if a match is located. Null otherwise Locates an item based on its Text property value The Text string value to be used to search for the item Determines if the search should be performed recursively for sub items or only for the current collection NavItem object if a match is located. Null otherwise Locates an item based on its Value property value The Value string to be used to search for the item NavItem object if a match is located. Null otherwise Locates an item based on its Value property value The Value string to be used to search for the item Determines if the search should be performed recursively for sub items or only for the current collection NavItem object if a match is located. Null otherwise Locates an item based on its Key property value The Key string to be used to search for the item NavItem object if a match is located. Null otherwise Locates an item based on its Key property value The Key string to be used to search for the item Determines if the search should be performed recursively for sub items or only for the current collection NavItem object if a match is located. Null otherwise Represents auto postback options applied to client side events. Constructor for DataMenuAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Gets sets auto postback options applied to ItemClick event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to ItemSelected event. Class used internally by the WebDataMenu to manage the databinding operation of the control Constructor The owener control for this object. Called by the Control to carry out the databinding operation The DataSource to which the object will bind. Mediates the creation of collections for binding hierarchical data. The owning object. A Collection that can be populated with bound items. Creates an item for binding to the datasource The collection to which the item will be added. IDataObject to be bound to the datasource. Called from databinding to notify control and application that an item has been bound. The NodeBound event is then fired in response. The object that has been databound. Called by the Hierarchical Databinding Bot to return the collection of DataBindings to work with. Initializes a new instance of the class. The control. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Virtual method that serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Called by the NavBot base class to create an EventList item if and event needs to be fired. The item that changed The property index : determines what event will fire, if any. The new value of the property. not used. true if no event has been canceled. False otherwise Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier A method internally used by the framework to determine which ClientUIFlags should be set on the object. Gets the data menu. Returns whether the menu supports Ajax indicator - true. The DataMenuItemBinding class needs access to this list in order to populate items correctly for ajax callbacks. ClientEvents used by the WebDataMenu class The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of DataMenuClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Gets or sets javascript function name that will handle KeyDown event on the client Gets or sets javascript function name that will handle ItemClick event on the client Gets or sets javascript function name that will handle ItemCollapsed event on the client Gets or sets javascript function name that will handle ItemCollapsing event on the client Gets or sets javascript function name that will handle ItemExpanded event on the client Gets or sets javascript function name that will handle ItemExpanding event on the client Defines a handler for ItemHovered client event Defines a handler for ItemUnhovered client event Gets or Sets JavaScript function name that will handle ItemSelected client event. The Javascript function name. Gets or sets javascript function name that will handle ItemSelecting event on the client Gets or sets javascript function name that will handle CancelBrowserEventOverride event on the client Settings that can be applied over the whole Menu or a sub-menu group Constructs a new DataMenuGroupSettings object and sets it ItemsFullAddress property to the passed one. String representing Items FullAddress property Prameterless consturctor. Used for Unit Testing Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Clones the DataMenuGroupSettings object and returns a fresh copy with new FullAddress The Item's Full Address A Helper property to make the link between it and the item it belongs to. Whether to use animation or not. Represents animation type to use. The duration of animation effect in milliseconds. Equation type to use for the animation. Offset X appearance in pixels for the menu or sub-menu Group Offset Y appearance in pixels for the menu or sub-menu Group Width for the Menu or SubMenu group. Explicit set. Can use "px" or "%" Height for the Menu or SubMenu group. Explicit set. Can use "px" or "%" Orientation for the Menu or SubMenu group. Vertical or Horizontal. Defaults Vertical Which direction to expand to. Defaults to Auto Returns the total number of properties on the object that should go to the client.. This should be calculated by taking the amount of Properties on the base class plus the amount of properties on this class. If you are deriving from this object and need to add additional client properties, you must override this property. Checks if all properties have default values. DataMenuItem Type. Represents item that will be part of Menu. An Item can have Items collection, as well as DataMenuGroupSettings, which combine group of common settings for its submenu. Constructs an Empty DataMenuItem Constructs DataMenuItem object with given parameters. The Text to be shown Constructs DataMenuItem using Text and Navigate URL The Text to be shown Navigate URL for the item Constructs DataMenuItem with given Text, NavigateUrl and Target The Text to be shown Navigate URL for the item Target Constructs DataMenuItem with given Text, NavigateUrl, Target and ImageUrl The Text to be shown Navigate URL for the item Target Image URL for item's image Constructs DataMenuItem with given parameters Text for the menu item Navigate URL Target for the Navigate URL Image URL for item's image ToolTip for the item Creates a new DataMenuItem that will be separator if isSeparator parameter is true. Whether the item to be separator or not. Constructs an Empty DataMenuItem and sets its owner Control WebDataMenu which will hold this item This method removes this item from the items collection of its ParentItem. Creates a copy of the existing item A new DataMenuItem with the same properties is returned. Clones the Item and its children Whether to clone the hierarchical structure down Sets or gets a string value that identifies the CSS class to be applied to this item in its normally displayed state. If a value is specified, it will be appended to the default class name string used for AppStyling. Any CSS rules specfied in the CssClass will override settings specified in the default classes. The default value for this property is String.Empty. Sets or gets the level. This is transferred and needed to decide how to expand and collapse submenus on the client Sets or Gets boolean property to specify whether this item will be rendered as separator Sets or gets a bool value that indicates if this item is selected or not. When true, the item is highlighted in the SelectedCssClass style on the client. Gets a reference to the WebDataMenu to which this DataMenuItem belongs. Gets the previous sibling item to this item within the parent items collection. If this item is the first item in the collection, then null is returned. Gets the next sibling item to this item within the parent items collection. If this item is the last item in the collection, then null is returned. Returns the parent item of this item within the menu item hierarchy. Returns a reference to the children items collection of this item. Common settings to be applied for item's sub-menu and all sub-menus down the branch Text that will be displayed for that datamenu item Returns the number of positional properties that are managed for Client State by this item. This class controls the databinding process of populating the properties of each bound item to the data fields in the datasource. Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the ImageUrl property of the Item object. The collection of items managed by the DataTree and any of the items within the hierarchy. Collections of this type are located within the items property of the WebDataTree and DataMenuItem objects. Adds a DataMenuItem to the items collection The Text property value for the newly added item. Adds a DataMenuItem to the items collection The Text property value for the newly added item. The Key property value for the newly added item. Adds single DataMenuItem to the end of collection DataMenuItem's instance to be added This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. Factory method called when an object for the collection needs to be created. The default implementation calls the main object factory of HierarchicalDataBoundControlMain where the call is routed to the most derived control class which determines the type of item to create for the collection. A HierarchicalUIObject of the appropriate type. Adds multiple DataItems into the collection ot the end of collection. Array of DataMenuItem instances to be inserted at the end of collection Inserts DataMenuItem instance at specified index in the collection. The index for new item to be inserted to The instance of DataMenuItem to be inserted Moves specified DataMenuItem within the collection. Item to be moved zero-based index to set the item to Returns the DataMenuItem's index within the collection The instance to look for index of -1 if item is not in the collection, zero based item's index instead Checks is requested DataMenuItem exists in the collection DataMenuItem instance to check for Removes specified DataMenuItem from the collection DataMenuItem instance to be removed Searches the collection for DataMenuItem, which's Text property is equal to the provided string. Returns DataMenuItem instance if found, null otherwise. String value to search for DataMenuItem Searches the collection for DataMenuItem, which's Value property is equal to the provided string. Returns DataMenuItem instance if found, null otherwise. String value to search for DataMenuItem Searches the collection for DataMenuItem, which's Key property is equal to the provided string. Returns DataMenuItem instance if found, null otherwise. String Key to search for DataMenuItem Returns or sets the DataMenuItem instance at specified index in the collection zero-based index in the collection DataMenuItem Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Basic CssClass for Items, to override Themes, but can be overriden by the CssClass property of an item Common Css class to be applied on Hovering item. Overrides Theme settings Common ImageURL for all items, except explicitly defined Common ImageToolTip for all items' images Common target for all items' NavigateURL properties, except explicitly defined Common NavigateUrl for all items, except explicitly defined. Common css class for Item's selected state Checks if all properties have default values. Renderer for Menu Main rendering function for WebDataMenu The writer to which the html is rendered. Initializes the designer class to set various variables. The writer to which the html is rendered. Renders the items of the dataTree starting with the Root level items. The items collection being rendered The writer to which the html is rendered. Renders the scrolling container DIV, along with the scroll buttons. Collection with menu items, that should be rendered in the scroll container. Instance to HTML writer. Checks whether the menu is horizontally displayed using the items collection. Collection with menu items. True if the menu is horizontally displayed. Renders the first scroll button. It is always rendered hidden. Instance to HTML writer. Flag, specifying whether the menu is horizontally displayed. The zIndex of the scroll button. Renders second scroller button. Instance to HTML writer. Flag, specifying whether the menu is horizontally displayed. The zIndex of the scroll button. If true, button will be visible on the page, else it will be not displayed. Renders the A tag for the scroller buttons. Instance to HTML writer. Flag, specifying whether the menu is horizontally displayed. The index of the scroll button that will contain the anchor. Can be 0 (First Scroller) or 1 (Second Scroller). Renders the SPAN for the scroll icon. The idea is that the anchor can be used to set background image like gradient and etc. While the span will display the real button image, like small triangle. It will apply a common MenuScrollIcon class for each span, where common settings can be groupped. And also it will apply specific CSS class for each scroll icon be it top/left/right or bottom. Instance to HTML writer. Flag, specifying whether the menu is horizontally displayed. The index of the scroll button that will contain the SPAN. Can be 0 (First Scroller) or 1 (Second Scroller). Renders a specific item of the tree. The item being rendered The items collecion to which the item belongs. The writer to which the html is rendered. Boolen that shows if the item should be rendered horizontally. A helper method that adds the Class attribute to a HTML element. The DataMenuRoles that should be resolved. A list of CSS Class names that should be rendered along with the DataMenuRoles A helper method that adds the Class attribute to a HTML element using multiple Roles. Writer stream where to write the class atribute The DataMenuRoles collection that should be resolved. Adds Css Class to the provided HtmlTextWriter based on the Role provided HtmlTextWriter to append the css claas attribute to The role from which to extract the class Renders all node specific classes DataMenuItem instance for which CSS Classes will be rendered HtmlTextWriter instance to write classes to An enumeration of all the properties that the WebDataMenu will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the NavControl and needs to send down additional properties. Whether the menu is enabled Whether the sub-menus should expand on Click, or default on Hover Whether to render the menu as Context Menu What is the current scrolling speed. DataMenuGroupSettings = NavControlProps.Count + 3, The total number of properties that should be sent down to the client for this control. This value corresponds with the PropCount property of the object. DataMenuItemSettings enumaration Enumeration for DataMenuGroupSettings Defines OffsetX for displaying sub-menu Defines OffsetY for displaying sub-menu Defines fixed Height for displaying sub-menu Defines fixed Width for displaying sub-menu Defines Orientation for displaying menu or sub-menu Defines expand direction for displaying sub-menu Enables/Disables animation for displaying sub-menu Defines Animation Type for displaying sub-menu Defines Animation Duration in milliseconds for displaying sub-menu Defines Animation Equation Type (easing) for displaying sub-menu Holds the unique address of the item that owns the settings object. Enumaration that holds the DataMenuItem Properties Enumeration that holds currently implemented Animations Roles defined for the ig_datamenu.css file. The CSS Class that will be applied to the control. The CSS Class that will be applied when the control gains focus/becomes active The CSS Class that will be applied when the control is disabled The CSS Class that will be applied to the root menu group (main UL element) The CSS Class that will be applied to a menu item, which is at root level The CSS Class that will be applied to a menu item The CSS Class that will be added to a menu item that has child elements Specifies the expand direction for submenus The submenus expand direction will be auto The submenus expand direction will be up The submenus expand direction will be down The submenus expand direction will be left The submenus expand direction will be right Specifies the scrolling speed values. Event Delegate for Events that use an ImageItem. Event handler for ItemCommand Event bubbling Provides data for the , , and events of a WebImageViewer control. Initializes a new instance of the DataMenuItemEventArgs class for the specified image item. The DataMenuItem that the event is responding to. Returns the DataMenuItem object associated with the event The WebDataMenu control represents hierarchical data as a menu where items are displayed within their hierarchical context. Parameterless Constructor. Creates an instance of WebDataMenu Creates a new DataMenuItemCollection (HierarchicalObjectCollection) Called by Framework classes HierarchicalUIObject not used currently Creates a new DataMenuItem (which is HierarhicalUIObject) and sets its Control property to the menu DataMenuItem instance Called by the DataBinding objects to tell the Control that the Items collection should be cleared prior to commencement of a fresh databinding operation. Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Finds the selected item recursively. The item collection for each of the items. The selected item or null if there is no selected item. Raises event after post data. Raises the ItemSelected Event. An instance of the DataMenuItemEventArgs Raises the ItemBound Event. An instance of the DataMenuItemEventArgs Raises the ItemClick Event. An instance of the DataMenuItemEventArgs Creates and instance of DataMenuClientEvents Called when an Ajax Callback is initially created Called at render time during an Ajax Callback Loads control state. Retrieves the current selected item. Control state object. Saves control state. The current selected item is persisted. Returns control state object. Raises the post back event. http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.web.ui.ipostbackeventhandler.aspx#Y380 http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa479007.aspx The s. Auto postback flags allow the developer to configure automatic postbacks when some client side events are invoked. Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if items can be expanded by clicking on them with the mouse. By default this property is set to false and expand occurs on item hover. Gets or sets the default delay in [ms] after which the sub menu will be opened. Gets or sets the default delay after which the sub menu will be closed. Customize the speed with which you can scroll the items in the menu. Sets or Gets a boolean value that defines whether menu scrolling is enabled or not. Sets or Gets a boolean value that defines whether the control will gain focus on hover. When ActivateOnHover is true (Default), the menu keeps track of currently focused element. Once the menu is hovered over it takes focus and expands. Keyboard navigation is also possible at this point. If none of the menu items is clicked mouse is moved out of the menu (unhover) the menu collapses and returns the focus to the previously focused element. If the menu is clicked after expanding, when the mouse is moved out, the menu collapses and the focus goes to the body of the page. When ActivateOnHover is false, the top level menu items are only highlighted on hover - without expanding. A mouse click or tabbing in is required to set the focus on the menu and expand the first level submenu, then keyboard navigation becomes possible. When the mouse is moved away from the menu (unhover) the menu stays opened until the user clicks outside of it or hits the Esc key. Gets sets a value whether the menu closes if a non root item is clicked. Setting CloseMenuOnClick to false is useful when you have a template in the item and it has some user controls like checkboxes or inputs and you do not want the menu to collapse when interacting with the controls in the templated. When CloseMenuOnClick to false none of the items will close on click. Sets or Gets a boolean value that defines if menu is rendered as ContextMenu Sets or gets a DataMenuItem value which specifies the selected item for the menu. Properties for items that apply to all items unless a item overrides the value Properties for menu / sub-menus that apply to all sub-menus unless an item overrides the value Collection of root items in the WebDataMenu Returns an ArrayList consisting of the complete list of items in the tree in depth-first order. Occurs when the Selected DataMenuItem changes between posts to the server. Occurs when a DataMenuItem is bound on the server. Occurs when a item is clicked on the client. This event is fired using an immediate postback from the client. Determines if the itemClick Event has any listeners. Gets the DataMenuClientEvents object that represents the event handlers defined on the client. Gets a boolean value that indicates if the WebDataMenu is currently operating within an Ajax callback to populate items on the client. This property is read-only Constructor for DataTreeAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Gets sets auto postback options applied to node clicked event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to text changed event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to selection changed event. Gets or sets auto postback options applied to check box selection changed event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to node expanded event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to node collapsed event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to node added event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to node removed event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to the tree drag dropped event. Checks if all properties have default values. Class used internally by the DataTree to manage the databinding operation of the control Constructor The owener control for this object. Called by the Control to carry out the databinding operation The DataSource to which the object will bind. Mediates the creation of collections for binding hierarchical data. The owning object. A Collection that can be populated with bound items. Creates an item for binding to the datasource The collection to which the item will be added. IDataObject to be bound to the datasource. Called from databinding to notify control and application that an item has been bound. The NodeBound event is then fired in response. The object that has been databound. Called by the Hierarchical Databinding Bot to return the collection of DataBindings to work with. Initializes a new instance of the class. The control. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Loads client data of the data tree bot, which includes client collections, additional state and client transaction lists. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Virtual method that serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. Loads the transaction list for a collection of objects and applies the updated values to each of the objects. Called by the NavBot base class to create an EventList item if an event needs to be fired. The item that changed The property index : determines what event will fire, if any. The new value of the property. Boolean if true indicates that an autopostback triggered the event true if no event has been canceled. False otherwise Called by the NavBot base class to create an EventList item if and event needs to be fired. The item that changed The property index : determines what event will fire, if any. The new value of the property. true if no event has been canceled. False otherwise Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier A method internally used by the framework to determine which ClientUIFlags should be set on the object. Gets the data tree. The DataTreeNodeBinding class needs access to this list in order to populate nodes correctly for ajax callbacks. Returns true ClientEvents used by the WebDataTree class The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of DataTreeClientEvents. Create instance of DataTreeClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. This event is fired, when a key is pressed. This event is fired, when a key is pressed and then released. This event is fired, when a key is released. This event is fired, after a click on a tree node occur.

If event is canceled, then that disables possible autopostback and navigation to NavigateUrl of clicked node.

 This event is fired, after a tree node is collapsed. This event is fired, before a tree node collapses.

Action can be canceled.

 This event is fired, after a tree node is expanded. This event is fired, before a tree node expands.

Action can be canceled.

 This event is fired, after a tree node is hovered with the mouse. This event is fired, after a tree node is unhovered with the mouse. This event is fired, after a tree node fetch its child nodes from the server. This event is fired, before a tree node fetch its child nodes from the server. This event is fired, after a tree node enters editing mode. This event is fired, before a tree node enters editing mode. This event is fired, after a tree node exits editing mode. This event is fired, before a tree node exits editing mode. This event is fired, after a tree node text is changed. This event is fired, before a tree node text is changed. This event is fired, after a change in the selection occur. This event is fired, before a change in the selection occur. This event is fired, after a change in the check box selection occur. This event is fired, before a change in the node check box state occur. The event is fired when a drag operation starts. The event is fired when the user is dragging a node or selection of nodes with the mouse. The event is fired when the user enters a possible drop surface. The event is fired when the user goes out of a possible drop target. The event is fired when the drag operation completed. This event always fires last. The event is fired when the drag drop was cancelled, no matter whether it is succesfully completed. The event is fired when the user dropped a node in the tree. It is fired after the NodeDropping event. The event is fired just before the NodeDropped event. It can be cancelled. This event is fired, after a change in the activation occur. This event is fired, before a change in the activation occur. Event is fired when EnableClientRendering=true, and data binding takes place on the client (this is for the whole WebDataTree) Event is fired when EnableClientRendering=true, and data is already bound on the client (this is for the whole WebDataTree) event is raised when any node is going to be rendered in the WebDataTree (client-side rendering/binding) event is raised when any node has been rendered in the WebDataTree (client-side binding) event is raised before a collection of nodes (one level) is rendered in the WebDataTree (client-side rendering/binding) event is raised after a collection of nodes (one level)has been rendered in the WebDataTree (client-side rendering/binding) The event is fired just before a node or and array of nodes is added to the nodes collection of a node. The event is fired after a node or and array of nodes is added to the nodes collection of a node. The event is fired just before a node is removed from the nodes collection of a node. The event is fired after a node is removed from the nodes collection of a node. Renderer for WebDataTree which supports client-side templating and binding Renderer for DataTree Main rendering function for WebDataTree The writer to which the html is rendered. This method should be overriden in derived classes to render client side node template if necessary Initializes the designer class to set various variables. The writer to which the html is rendered. Renders the Nodes of the dataTree starting with the Root level nodes. The nodes being rendered The writer to which the html is rendered. Flag indicating whether to add the NoWalk attribute to the UL element. Renders a specific node of the tree. The node being rendered The writer to which the html is rendered. True if the child nodes should be additionally idented. Renders the Class attribute for the node The node being rendered The writer to which the html is rendered. Gets the Class attribute for the node. The node being rendered Renders the lead-in space for a node when connector lines are enabled. The node being rendered The writer to which the html is rendered. Renders the Expansion indicator for a node The node being rendered The writer to which the html is rendered. Renders a CheckBox for the node The node being rendered The writer to which the html is rendered. Returns the index within the images table for the expand image of a node. The node being rendered Returns the image index for the node. Returns code for node position within parent collection. -1 - First, 0 - Middle, 1 - Last int value indicating position within the parent collection Contains a string of characters that indicates the sibling relationships for nodes above a node being populated in an AjaxCallback. This is required for rendering LineConnectors correctly. the displayChain string is then generated on the client and sent up to the server and set on the Renderer. Main client rendering function for WebDataTree The writer to which the html is rendered. Renders the Nodes of the dataTree starting with the Root level nodes. The nodes being rendered The writer to which the html is rendered. Flag indicating whether to add the NoWalk attribute to the UL element. Renders the node template of the dataTree for the clientside rendering. This class is used as a container for Nodes being bound during an AjaxCallback This class represents a data tree node. This method expands all children of this Node This method expands all anscestor parents of this Node This method collapses all children of this Node This method collapses all anscestor parents of this Node This method removes this Node from the Nodes collection of its ParentNode. Creates a copy of the existing node A new DataTreeNode with the same properties is returned. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class to be applied to this node in its normal state. The default value for this property is String.Empty. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class to be applied to this node in its selected state. The default value for this property is String.Empty. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class to be applied to this node in its active state. The default value for this property is String.Empty. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class to be applied to this node in its hover state. The default value for this property is String.Empty. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class to be applied to this node in its disabled state. The default value for this property is String.Empty. Sets or gets a bool value that indicates if this Node is expanded or not. When true, any children of this node will be visibly rendered to the client so that the user can click on the Expand/Collapse image to toggle the expanded state. Sets or gets a bool value that indicates if this Node is selected or not. When true, the node is highlighted in the SelectedCssClass style on the client. Sets or gets the current CheckBoxState of the Node. Sets or gets a bool value that indicates whether this node is editable. Sets or gets a bool value that indicates whether this node is draggable. Sets or gets a bool value that indicates whether this node can accept other nodes. Gets a reference to the ImageCheckBox associated with this DataTreeNode. Gets a reference to the DataTree to which this DataTreeNode belongs. Gets the previous sibling node to this node within the parent Nodes collection. If this Node is the first node in the collection, then null is returned. Gets the previous visible sibling node to this node within the parent Nodes collection. If this Node is the first visible node in the collection, then null is returned. Gets the next sibling node to this node within the parent Nodes collection. If this Node is the last node in the collection, then null is returned. Gets the next visible sibling node to this node within the parent Nodes collection. If this Node is the last visible node in the collection, then null is returned. Returns the parent node of this node within the tree node hierarchy. Returns a reference to the children Nodes collection of this node. Defines a fixed height for the node contents when it is expanded. ============================================================= NOTE: Added because of WebExplorerBar. This property is not persisted in WebDataTree control state! Some day can be exposed as a new feature for WebDataTree. Returns the number of positional properties that are managed for Client State by this Node. Overrides the FullAddress property of DataTreeNode to return an empty string as the root item is only a container of the root items collections. Overrides the level property of HierarchicalUIObject to always return 0. This class controls the databinding process of populating the properties of each bound node to the data fields in the datasource. Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the ImageUrl property of the Node object. The collection of Nodes managed by the DataTree and any of the nodes within the hierarchy. Collections of this type are located within the Nodes property of the WebDataTree and DataTreeNode objects. Adds a DataTreeNode to the Nodes collection The Text property value for the newly added node. Adds a DataTreeNode to the Nodes collection The Text property value for the newly added node. The Key property value for the newly added node. This method is used primarily by control developers and derivations of existing controls. Factory method called when an object for the collection needs to be created. The default implementation calls the main object factory of HierarchicalDataBoundControlMain where the call is routed to the most derived control class which determines the type of item to create for the collection. A HierarchicalUIObject of the appropriate type. Enable or disable the node editing. Gets/sets the ability to enter edit mode by pressing the 'F2' key. Gets/sets the ability to enter edit mode by double clicking on a tree node. Gets/sets the ability to enter edit mode by a single click when the node is already active. Custom class merged with default CSS class, which will be assigned to the internal node editor DOM element. This property is used to track the number of properties this object is sending to ClientState. Each derived class overrides this property to indicate the new total of properties. The number consists of the PropCount value of the base class plus the number of ClientState properties utilized by each derived class. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class applied to all nodes. Custom class which is merged with default disabled CSS class applied to all nodes. Custom class which is merged with default active CSS class applied to all nodes. Custom class which is merged with default hover CSS class applied to all nodes. This changes the image used on all nodes. This changes the image tooltip used on all nodes. This changes the image used on all leaf nodes. This changes the image tooltip used on all leaf nodes. This changes the target used for all nodes. This changes the navigate URL used for all nodes. This changes the image used on all parent nodes. This changes the image tooltip used on all parent nodes. Custom class which is merged with default selected CSS class applied to all nodes. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class applied to all node images. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class applied to all node list item (LI). Custom class which is merged with default CSS class applied to all tree lists (UL). This changes the CSS class applied to all tree lists (UL). Class that exposes properties to fine tune the WebDataTree drag drop behaviour. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Sets or gets a value that determines whether the tree drag and drop behavior is turnded on. By default this property is set to false. Sets or gets a value that determines if nodes or other dragged data on the page can be dropped onto this DataTree. By default this property is set to false. Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if nodes or other dragged data on the page can be dropped in between nodes of the DataTree instead of being dropped on a node and becoming one of its children. By default this property is set to false. Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if the node that you dropped over will auto expand after the drop operation is completed. Sets or gets value that determines if drag data will be moved, copied or either based on user preference when the drag and drop completes. If set to DragDropMode.Move, dragged data will always be moved when a drop occurs, meaning that the original source data will be removed from the source tree and then added to the destination tree. If set to DragDropMode.Copy, drag data will always be copied when a drop occurs, meaning that the original source data will be retained in the source tree and a copy of it will be added to the destination tree. By default this property is set to DragDropMode.Default. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class that will be applied on the drag markup, while dragging. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class that will be applied to the drop target node. Specify the the delay after which a node that has children will expand, when dragging over it. Customize the drop indicator that is displayed when a node is to be dropped between two nodes. Checks if all properties have default values. Class that exposes properties to fine tune the drop indicator. Creates a new DropIndicator Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Specify whether to show a tool tip indicating where the node will be dropped. Custom class which is merged with default CSS class that will be applied to the drop indicator. Specify the format string for the drop indicator when you insert before some node. Specify the format string for the drop indicator when you insert after some node. Specify the format string for the drop indicator when you insert between 2 nodes. Specify the format string for the drop indicator when you move a node and drop it inside another node. Specify the format string for the drop indicator when you copy a node and drop it inside another node. Checks if all properties have default values. An enumeration of all the properties that the WebDataTree will send to the client. This should only be used when a control dervies from the WebDataTree and needs to send down additional properties. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. Represents the property. The total number of properties that should be sent down to the client for this control. This value corresponds with the PropCount property of the object. Enumeration for the properties for the DataTreeNodeSettings Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.CssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.DisabledCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.ActiveCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.HoverCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.ImageUrl property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.LeafNodeImageUrl property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.Target property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.NavigateUrl property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.ParentNodeImageUrl property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.SelectedCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.SelectedImageUrl property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.SelectedLeafNodeImageUrl property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.SelectedParentNodeImageUrl property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.ImageCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.AnchorCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.HolderCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.GroupCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.ImageToolTip property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.LeafNodeImageToolTip property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.ParentNodeImageToolTip property. Represents the DataTreeNodeSettings.NodeParentCssClass property. The total number of properties that should be sent down to the client for DataTreeNodeSettings. This value corresponds with the PropCount property of the object. Enumeration for the properties for the DataTreeNodeEditingProps Represents the DataTreeNodeEditing.Enabled property. Represents the DataTreeNodeEditing.EnableOnF2 property. Represents the DataTreeNodeEditing.EnableOnDoubleClick property. Represents the DataTreeNodeEditing.InternalEditorCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNodeEditing.EnableOnSingleClickWhenActive property. The total number of properties that should be sent down to the client for DataTreeNodeEditing This value corresponds with the PropCount property of the object. Describes various modes that can be used to configure WebDataTree drag and drop behavior. Nodes are moved Nodes are copied Takes default action based on control key Enumeration for the properties for the DataTreeNode Represents the DataTreeNode.Expanded property. Represents the DataTreeNode.NodeEdited property. Represents the DataTreeNode.Selected property. Represents the DataTreeNode.Editable property. Represents the DataTreeNode.CssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNode.SelectedCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNode.ActiveCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNode.HoverCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNode.DisabledCssClass property. Represents the DataTreeNode.CheckState property. Represents the DataTreeNode.Clicked property. The total number of properties that should be sent down to the client for DataTreeNode Determines if a DataTreeNode is editable Node takes setting from the Editings settings Node is not editable Node is editable Descibes how an animation value should be calculated from start to finish. Value is calculated in a linear fashion from start to finish. Value is calulated with some acceleration at the beginning. Value is calulated with some acceleration at the end. Value is calulated with some acceleration at the beginning and end. Value is calulated so that it overshoots and settles down to the end value. Roles defined for the ig_tree.css file. The modes of selection for a WebDataTree There is no selection One node at a time can be selected Many nodes can be selected Multiple selection type Multiple selection is done with the keyboard Multiple selection is done with a checkbox Multiple selection is done with a tristate checkbox Event Delegate for Events that use a DataTreeNode. Event Delegate for Events that use a DataTreeNode. Event Delegate for Events that use a selection of DataTreeNode. Event Delegate for check box selection events. Event handler for Drag and Drop events Event handler for ItemCommand Event bubbling Event handler for node added event. Event handler for NodeRemoved event Provides data for the and events of a WebDataTree control. Initializes a new instance of the DataTreeNodeEventArgs class for the specified node. The DataTreeNode that the event is responding to. Returns the DataTreeNode object associated with the event Provides data for the and events of a WebDataTree control. Initializes a new instance of the DataTreeNodeEventArgs class for the specified node. The DataTreeNode that the event is responding to. The mouse button pressed (if this is a nodeclick event. Returns the mouse button pressed if this is an event args for a node click event. Values are -1, 0, 1 and 2 for "enter pressed", left, middle and right mouse buttons. Provides data for the , event of a WebDataTree control. Initializes a new instance of the DataTreeSelectionEventArgs class for the specified selected node and list of selected nodes. Returns the list with old selected DataTreeNode object associated with the event Returns the list with new selected DataTreeNode object associated with the event Provides data for the , event of a WebDataTree control. Initializes a new instance of the DataTreeCheckBoxSelectionEventArgs class. Returns the list with old checked DataTreeNode object associated with the event Returns the list with new checked DataTreeNode object associated with the event Provides data for the event of a WebDataTree control. Initializes a new instance of the DataTreeNodeDroppedEventArgs class for the NodeDropped event. Returns the WebDataTree object associated with the source of the drag and drop event. Returns a list of DataTreeNode objects associated with the event. Returns the destination DataTreeNode object associated with the event. Returns the DragDropEffect value which determines whether the drop was a move or a copy of the source data. Returns the DragDropPoint value which determines where within the node the source was dropped. Provides data for the event of a WebDataTree control. Initializes a new instance of the DataTreeNodeRangeEventArgs class for the specified node. The DataTreeNodeCollection that the event is responding to. Returns the DataTreeNodeCollection object associated with the event The WebDataTree control represents hierarchical data as a tree where nodes are displayed within their hierarchical context. Creates a DataTreeNodeCollection Creates a DataTreeNode Creates renderer for this tree Creates a runbot for this tree Creates DataBindingManager for this tree Called by the DataBinding objects to tell the Control that the Items collection should be cleared prior to commencement of a fresh databinding operation. Creates DataSourceSelectArguments for data binding Handling PreRender event in order to set the node enabled property if the entire tree has been disabled The instance containing the event data. Unselects all currently selected nodes. Check if AjaxIndicator has data. Clears the AjaxIndicator Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Databinds and sets _isInternalDataBinding Raises post data changed event Bubbles events up while firing ItemCommand event Raises the ItemCommand Event. An instance of the DataTreeCommandEventArgs Raises the SelectionChanged Event. An instance of the DataTreeSelectionEventArgs Raises the CheckBoxSelectionChanged Event. An instance of the DataTreeCheckBoxSelectionEventArgs Raises the NodeBound Event. An instance of the DataTreeNodeEventArgs Raises the NodeClick Event. An instance of the DataTreeNodeClickEventArgs Raises the NodeCollapsed Event. An instance of the DataTreeNodeEventArgs Raises the NodeDropped Event. An instance of the DataTreeNodeDroppedEventArgs Raises the NodeAdded Event. An instance of the EventArgs Raises the NodeRemoved Event. An instance of the EventArgs Raises the TextChanged Event. An instance of the DataTreeNodeEventArgs Raises the NodeExpanded Event. An instance of the DataTreeNodeEventArgs Raises the NodePopulate Event. An instance of the DataTreeNodeEventArgs Creates an instance of DataTreeClientEvents Returns whether client events should be serialized Called when an Ajax Callback is initially created Called to process an Ajax callback Called at render time during an Ajax Callback Loads the control state if the client state is not dirty Applies the control state to this tree Translates an address string specifier into the resolved NavItem object that lives at the specified address. The full address specifier for an item. If the collecion is a 'flat' collection, this address is synonomous with the Index of the item. If the collection is hierarchical, the fullAddress will contain delimiters that can be used to break down the address into partial addresses which are then resolved in turn. For Example: '0.3.2' specifies the item at index 2 whose parent is at index 3 of the collection who's parent is index 0 of the top-level collection. The NavItem object that corresponds to the passed in address specifier. Raises the post back event. http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.web.ui.ipostbackeventhandler.aspx#Y380 http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa479007.aspx The post args. Saves the view state of the tree when rendering down to the client. Saved view state object. Loads the view state after returning from the client. Previously saved view state object. Returns the DataBindingManager as DataTreeBindingManager Sets or gets an integer value which determines how deep into the DataSource hierarchy DataBinding will proceed. The default value is -1 which signifies that databinding will proceed as deep as the datasource hierarchy. A value of 2 specifies that databinding should proceed two levels below the root level. Sets or gets an integer value which determines how deep into the DataSource hierarchy DataBinding will proceed. The default value is -1 which signifies that databinding will proceed as deep as the datasource hierarchy. A value of 2 specifies that databinding should proceed two levels below the root level. Sets or gets an integer value that determines how many levels of nodes will be expanded when the datatree is first displayed. The default value is -1 which signifies that no levels will be expanded. Sets or gets an integer value that determines how many levels of nodes will be data bound when the datatree is first displayed. The default value is -1 which signifies that all levels will be data bound. Gets or sets the ToolTip for the image that is displayed for the collapsible node indicator. Gets or sets the ToolTip for the image that is displayed for the expandable node indicator. Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if Ajax callbacks are enabled for binding to hierarchical data sources. This property is true by default. If the DataTree is not bound to a DataSource control, this property has no effect and Ajax callbacks are not used for loading nodes into the tree. Sets or gets a boolean value that determins if connector lines are used to draw lines between nodes that are siblings of the same parent. Setting this property to true results in considerably more markup being emitted to the client to account for the images that are used to draw the connecting lines. Gets or sets the indentation amount (in pixels) for the child nodes of the WebDataTree. The indentation is applied only when EnableConnectorLines is false. Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if node text should be wrapped or not. Specifies the text message to display when nodes are being fetched in an Ajax callback. An ITemplate object that will be applied as a template for the tree data loading message. Container control of the tree data loading template. Initialized during the template instantiation. Specifies DataLoadingMessage css class. An ITemplate object that will be applied as a template for an empty tree. Container control of the tree no nodes template. Initialized during the template instantiation. Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if Expand and Collapse images will be rendered for the Tree. If this property is set to false, nodes can still be expanded or collapsed using the EnableExpandOnClick property. Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if nodes can be expanded or collapsed by clicking on them with the mouse. By default this property is set to false and expand/collapse occurs only by clicking on the expand/collapse images next to the node. Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if nodes can be hot tracked with the mouse. By default this property is set to false. Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if only one path of nodes can be expanded at a time. By default this property is set to false. Gets or sets an integer value that determines up to which sub level the single branch expand is applied. Customize the drag and drop behavior. You can customize the drag and drop cursor for each supported mode. Will save a snapshot of the previous nodes addresses, to their current references. If a node is deleted permanently, then AllNodesSnapshot will contain a clone of the node. It will be initialized when the client state is dirty. This way when nodes from one tree control are moved to nodes of other tree control, the other control can retrieve properly the ViewState of the nodes that were moved. Defines the tree nodes selection type. Defines the animation equation type, which will be used for expanding or collapsing tree nodes. Defines animation duration, which will be used for expanding or collapsing tree nodes. Gets an array with all selected tree nodes. Gets an array with all checked tree nodes. Sets or gets a CheckBoxMode value that determines if check box selection is off, bi-state or tri-state mode. Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if child and parent nodes are automatically checked when a node is checked. Defines a fixed height for the node contents when it is expanded. ============================================================= NOTE: Added because of WebExplorerBar. This property is not persisted in WebDataTree control state! Some day can be exposed as a new feature for WebDataTree. Sets or gets the active tree node. Gets or sets a value whether the Aikido control is enabled. Gets reference to container of properties related to ajax indicator.

If value of a sub-property is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. Shared indicator can be accessed on server using Infragistics.Web.UI.Framework.AppSettings.SharedAjaxIndicator and on client: $util.get_ajaxIndicator().

Auto postback flags allow the developer to configure automatic postbacks when some client side events are invoked. Indicates whether the WebDataTree will render itself and perform data-binding purely on the client-side Gets or sets the client rendering template. The client rendering template. Returns whether is internalaly data binding A.T. The idea of this property is to allow switching off rendering all templates in a table with a single cell It will be used by WebExplorerBar, which will set this property to false. Then in the Renderer, depending on the value of the property, each template for a DataTreeNode will be either encapsulated in a table with one cell (default behavior), or not. In the context of WebExplorerBar we don't want that because it really blows the markup, and we are actually having templated nodes everywhere Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is internal control for another control wrapping it. true if this instance is internal control; otherwise, false. Gets the tree style bot. Used by WebExplorerBar to correctly output CSS classes. The tree style bot. Contains properties for Nodes that apply to all nodes unless a node overrides the value. Collection of root nodes in the DataTree. Returns an ArrayList consisting of the complete list of nodes in the tree in depth-first order. Occurs when a Node is expanded on the client. The event is fired the next time the page is posted back to the server. Occurs when some changed in the selected DataTreeNode occur. Occurs on check box selection change. Occurs when a DataTreeNode is bound on the server. Occurs when a Node is clicked on the client. This event is fired using an immediate postback from the client. Determines if the NodeClick Event has any listeners. Occurs when a Node is collapsed on the client. The event is fired the next time the page is posted back to the server. Event is fired when a DataTreeNode is dropped on from the client. Determines if the NodeDropped Event has any listeners. Event is fired when a DataTreeNode is added on the client. Determines if the NodeAdded Event has any listeners. Event is fired when a DataTreeNode is removed on the client. Determines if the NodeRemoved Event has any listeners. Occurs when a Node is edited on the client. The event is fired the next time the page is posted back to the server. Occurs when a Node is expanded on the client. The event is fired the next time the page is posted back to the server. Occurs when a node with its IsEmptyParent property set to true is expanded. Gets a boolean value that indicates if the WebDataTree is currently operating within an Ajax callback to populate nodes on the client. This property is read-only Gets a string representing the FullAddress of the parentNode being populated during an Ajax callback for expanding nodes on the client This property is used by the DataTreeNode class when overriding FullAddress on an Ajax callback where the full Node hierarchy is not in place to use the normal mechanism of walking the parent chain. Returns the type of callback Holds the control state Contains properties that specify the node editing configuration of the tree. Defines the group expand/collapse behavior. Only one Group can be expanded, while the other groups are collapsed. Any Group can be expanded or collapsed. All Groups are expanded and they cannot be collapsed. Defines the action the user has to do in order to expand/collapse a group. The Group will be expanded or collapsed when the expand button is clicked. The Group will be expanded or collapsed when the header is clicked. The Group will be expanded when the mouse is over the header. Click on the header to collapse the Group. Defines the types of items a WebExplorerBar can have Roles defined for the ig_explorerbar.css file. Constructor for ExplorerBarAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Constructor for ExplorerBarAutoPostBackFlags. Used by the Designer. Constructor for creating the flags object with predefined values. Set auto postback options applied to item click event. Set auto postback options applied to item selected event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to item click event. Gets sets auto postback options applied to item selected event. Checks if all properties have default values. ExplorerBar run bot. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. Saves all objects that should go to the client into a javascript array. The objects that should be saved. Virtual method that serializes the ClientState properties of the object to a JSON stream that will be accessed from the client. The FullAddress property of the Object is also accessed in this process to identify the object being serialized to JSON. A method internally used by the framework to determine which ClientUIFlags should be set on the object. AppStyling information The DataMenuItemBinding class needs access to this list in order to populate items correctly for ajax callbacks. Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier ClientEvents used by the WebExplorerBar class The number of ClientEvents exposed by the control, including base class ClientEvents. If deriving from this control, a new instance of the property should be created. Create instance of ExplorerBarClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) This method is called for each ClientEvent property. Logic should be placed here to determine if a particular client event should cause a PostBack. An index that represents a particular ClientEvent property Returns a AutoPostBackFlag that states whether or not an event shoudl trigger a postback. Defines a handler for ItemClicked client event

If event is canceled, then that disables possible autopostback and navigation to NavigateUrl of clicked item.

 Defines a handler for ItemCollapsed client event Defines a handler for ItemCollapsing client event

Action can be canceled.

 Defines a handler for ItemExpanded client event Defines a handler for ItemExpanding client event

Action can be canceled.

 Defines a handler for ItemHovered client event Defines a handler for ItemUnhovered client event Defines a handler for ItemSelected client event Defines a handler for ItemSelecting client event

Action can be canceled.

 Defines a handler for ItemPopulated client event Defines a handler for ItemPopulating client event Represent the explorer bar collaspe button. It will be used to collapse a group item. Constructor with trackViewState. True: request to call TrackViewState The url that will be used for the image when the button is pressed. Not supported for WebExplorerBar - please use ExpandedImageUrl ImageUrl of the collapse button. HoverImageUrl of the collapse button. Hide this one since we have a property EnableExpandButton, that controls whether the Expand & Collapsed buttons should be renedered or not. Represents DataBindingCollection customized for WebExplorerBar Add a data binding to the collection. ExplorerBarItemBinding object. Remove a data binding from the collection. ExplorerBarItemBinding object. Base class for WebExplorer Event Arguments Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. The item type. Check whether the ExplorerBarItemBase is ExplorerBarGroup Returns true if ExplorerBarItemBase is ExplorerBarGroup, false otherwise Check whether the ExplorerBarItemBase is ExplorerBarItem Returns true if ExplorerBarItemBase is ExplorerBarItem, false otherwise Gets the for which Event has been risen. The item. Gets the type of the item. ExplorerBarGroup | ExplorerBarItem | Unknown EventArgs class for Server Events related to ExplorerBarGroup objects Initializes a new instance of the class. The group. Gets the for which Event has been risen. The web explorer group. EventArgs class for Server Events related to ExplorerBarItem objects Initializes a new instance of the class. The item. Gets the for which Event has been risen. The web explorer item. EventArgs class for ItemClick server event related to ExplorerBarGroup or ExplorerBarItem objects Initializes a new instance of the class. The group. The item that is clicked. EventArgs class for ItemSelected server event related to ExplorerBarGroup or ExplorerBarItem objects Initializes a new instance of the class. The group. Holds the previous selected item. Holds the new selected item. Event Delegate for Events that use a ExplorerBarGroup. Usually Instance of Event Delegate for Events that use a ExplorerBarItem. Usually Instance of Event Delegate for Events that use a ExplorerBarItem or ExplorerBarGroup. Usually Instance of Event Delegate for Events that use a ExplorerBarItem or ExplorerBarGroup. Usually Instance of Represent the explorer bar expand button. It will be used to expand a group item. Constructor with trackViewState. True: request to call TrackViewState The url that will be used for the image when the button is pressed. Not supported for WebExplorerBar - please use ExpandedImageUrl ImageUrl of the expand button. HoverImageUrl of the expand button. Hide this one since we have a property EnableExpandButton, that controls whether the Expand & Collapsed buttons should be renedered or not. represents a top level item in the control - that is, a Group Base class for Groups and Items This virtual method is overridden to clear the templates of child items within the hierarchical control. The base class clears the templates of the current item. This method removes this Item from the Items collection of its ParentItem. Changes the Expanded state of the item to the opposite value from what it is currently. If the item is expanded, then it will be collapsed. If the item is collapsed, it will be expanded. Gets the items collection of ExplorerBarGroup or Item. The items. Gets or sets the navigate URL. The navigate URL. Gets or sets the image URL. The image URL. Gets or sets the tool tip. The tool tip. Gets or sets the image tool tip. The image tool tip. Gets or sets the image alternate text. The image alternate text. Gets or sets the target. The target. Gets or sets the Text property of ExplorerBarItem or Group. The text. Gets or sets the Value property of ExplorerBarItem or Group. The value. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is selected. true if selected; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is expanded. true if expanded; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is enabled. true if enabled; otherwise, false. Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is visible. true if visible; otherwise, false. CssClass SelectedCssClass ActiveCssClass HoverCssClass DisabledCssClass Returns a reference to the collection that owns this object Returns a boolean value that indicates if this object has children within the tree hierarchy. Returns the parent node of this node within the tree node hierarchy. Gets the previous sibling item to this item within the parent Items collection. If this Item is the first node in the collection, then null is returned. Gets the next sibling item to this item within the parent Items collection. Returns the index of this collection object within its owning collection. Returns the item level ID of Template within the TemplateCollection. Identifies the template to use for this NavItem. Sets or gets an object value that contains a reference to the object in the data source that supplied the data for this item. Create a group. Create a group with the specified text. Group text label Create a group with the specified text and value Group text label Group value Create a group with the specified text, value, imageUrl and navigateUrl. Group text label Group value Group navigateUrl Group imageUrl Gets or sets a fixed height for the group contents. If this property is not set the GroupContentsHeight of the control is used. Represents the collection of ExplorerBarGroups Base class for the ExplorerBarCollections Add a new item to the collection. ExplorerBarItemBase object Clear the collection items. Check whether the collection contains concrete ExplorerBarItemBase object Returns true if the object is contained, false otherwise. Copy the contents of the collection to an array of ExplorerBarItemBase objects. Remove an item from the collection. ExplorerBarItemBase object Returns true if the item is successfully removed, false otherwise Return an enumerator Traverses the collection of items and their children and returns the item that matches the specified value. Value contained in the value filed of an item. The first item that has the corresponding value. Traverses the collection of items and their children and returns the item that matches the specified value. Value contained in the value filed of an item. If true the children will also be searched, if false only the current collection level will be searched. The first item that has the corresponding value. Get the number of items in the collection Returns true if the collection is empty. Get whether the collection is ReadOnly Returns the owner item that contains the collection. Returns whether the collection is synchornized Get the synchronization object if the collection is synchronized. Add ExplorerBarGroup to the collection Add a group with the specified text. Group text label Returns the added ExplorerBarGroup Add a group with the specified text and value. Group text label Group value Returns the added ExplorerBarGroup Add a group with the specified text, value, navigateUrl and imageUrl. Group text label Group value Group NavigateUrl Group ImageUrl Returns the added ExplorerBarGroup Remove ExplorerBarGroup from the collection ExplorerBarGroup Returns true if successful, false otherwise. Clear the collection of items. Check incrementally whether there is already expanded group added to the collection. Add ExplorerBarGroup to the collection, !!!without adding the group node to the internal tree. This method should be used internally to add the new group to the collection when the control is data bound. ExplorerBarGroup object. Expands the first enabled group. Makes sure there is at least one expanded groups. First scans the groups and if there are more than one expanded, keeps the first expanded and collapses the others. If no one is expanded, expands the first group. Get the owner of the ExplorerBarGroupCollection Get or set the group at the specified index. Index Returns ExplorerBarGroup at the specified index. Check whether there is already added expanded group to the collection. represents a non-root level item in the control hierarchy Create and item. Create an item with the specified text. Item text label Create an item with the specified text and value Item text label Item value Create an item with the specified text, value, imageUrl and navigateUrl. Item text label Item value Item navigateUrl Item imageUrl Defines the data bindings for ExplorerBarGroup and ExplorerBarItem Gets the data tree node binding. The data tree node binding. Gets or sets the navigate URL field. The navigate URL field. Gets or sets the target field. The target field. Gets or sets the text field. The text field. Gets or sets the text format string. The text format string. Gets or sets the tool tip field. The tool tip field. Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the Key property of the Item or Node object. The Key field. Gets or sets the field that will be used to bind ImageUrl property. The name of the field. Gets or sets the data member. The data member. Gets or sets a string value that is used to format the NavigateUrl property of an item when the item is being databound. Gets or sets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the Value property of the Item object. Gets or sets a string value that is used to populate the Text property of an item. Represents collection of ExplorerBarItems Add an ExplorerBarItem to the collection Add an item with the specified text. Item text label Returns the added ExplorerBarItem Add an item with the specified text and value. Item text label Item value Returns the added ExplorerBarItem Add an item with the specified text, value, navigateUrl and imageUrl. Item text label Item value Item NavigateUrl Item ImageUrl Returns the added ExplorerBarItem Remove an ExplorerBarItem from the collection Returns true if successful, false otherwise Add ExplorerBarItem to the collection, !!!without adding the item node to the internal tree. This method should be used internally to add the new item to the collection when the control is data bound. ExplorerBarItem object. Get the owner collection of ExplorerBarItemCollection Get or set the item at the specified index. Index Returns ExplorerBarItem at the specified index. Initializes the designer class to set various variables. The writer to which the html is rendered. WebExplorerBar control. A Web Control that imitates Windows Explorer side bar navigation mode WebDataTree reference object. List of ExplorerBarGroups. Holds ExplorerBarAutoPostBackFlags DataBindingCollection Creates new instance of WebExplorerBar A.T. we need a mechanism to set the internal DataTree node parents Initializes the items. For internal use only. Transfers Items to Internal Tree Nodes. The list items. The parent node. Initalizes the node template of an explorer bar item. Explorer bar item Initializes the internal tree node templates. For internal use only. The data tree node collection. if set to true means that shall initialize root nodes, which in our case shall be Groups. Raises the event. This is also the place where Internal tree nodes are initialized. The object that contains the event data. Creates and instance of WebExplorerBarClientEvents Determines the ExplorerBarItem type depending on its level. Item level. Returns ExplorerBarItemType Creates the instance of WebDataTree with respective settings to properly handle logic. Will delegate styling to WebDataTree's node settings Add a certain CSS class to the class specified. CSS class that will be modified CSS class that should be added to the cssClass Format specifier Remove a certain CSS class from the class specified. CSS class that will be modified CSS class that should be removed from cssClass Format specifier Applies appliedCssClass to cssClass and removes the opposite class oppositeCssClass from cssClass. CSS class that will be modified CSS Class that will be applied CSS class that will be removed Format specifier Get relevant item styles like Active, Disabled, Selected according to the node state. And return them to the parent. The Node is not modified, else it will increase JSON. DataTreeNode. Used to read node settings. Returns a string containing the aggregated CSS classes Performs rendering of the ExplorerBarGroup. Vital control method. Performs rendering of the ExplorerBarItems. Vital control method. Searches the ItemTemplates within this collection and returns a reference to the first one that matches the templateId passed in. The Id of the ItemTemplate to look for. ItemTemplate whose Id matches the templateId passed in. Returns null if none is found. Loads the saved control state. Represents control state. Saves the WebExplorerBar control state. In format: Pair(this.GroupContentsHeight, List(Pair)(group.Address, GroupContentsHeight)) Returns the save state. Binds a data source to the invoked server control and all its child controls. Raises the ItemClick Event. An instance of the ExplorerBarItemBaseEventArgs Raises the ItemSelected Event. An instance of the ExplorerBarItemBaseEventArgs Raises the GroupBound Event. An instance of the ExplorerBarGroupEventArgs Raises the ItemBound Event. An instance of the ExplorerBarItemEventArgs Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Determines if the itemClick Event has any listeners. Gets or sets group expand behavior. It can be SingleExpanded | AnyExpandable (Default) | AllExpanded Gets or sets the action the user needs to do to expand the group. It can be ButtonClick | HeaderClick (default) | HeaderHover Selection functionality. The control supports single selection Selection functionality. The control supports single selection enables hovering styles Gets or sets the indentation amount (in pixels) for the child items of the WebExplorerBar. Returns/sets the maximum height to which the value list can grow so that no scroll bars are shown Setting the value list height to 0 means that contents will grow Gets or sets a fixed height for the group conetns. Individual groups may have different GroupContentsHeight. Gets the WebExplorerBarClientEvents object that represents the event handlers defined on the client. Gets or sets a value indicating whether control should render default Expand buttons. true if expand buttons should be rendered; otherwise, false. Get a reference to the ExpandButton Get a reference to the CollapseButton The underlying WebDataTree Gets the Web ExplorerBar Groups. The groups Gets or sets the data source. The data source. Gets or sets the data source ID. The data source ID. Sets or gets an integer value that determines how many levels of item will be data bound when the explorerbar is first displayed. The default value is -1 which signifies that all levels will be data bound. Gets or sets the width of the Web server control. A that represents the width of the control. The default is . The width of the Web server control was set to a negative value. Gets or sets the height of the Web server control. A that represents the height of the control. The default is . The height was set to a negative value. Gets or sets the duration of the animation. The duration of the animation. Gets or sets the type of the animation equation. The type of the animation equation. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the WebExplorerBar control is enabled. Gets or sets the access key that allows you to quickly navigate to the Web server control. Gets or sets the foreground color (typically the color of the text) of the Web server control. Gets or sets the background color of the Web server control. Gets or sets the border color of the Web control. Gets or sets the border style of the Web server control. Gets or sets the border width of the Web server control. Gets or sets a value indicating whether the server control persists its view state, and the view state of any child controls it contains, to the requesting client. Gets or sets a value indicating whether themes apply to this control. Gets or sets the tab index of the Web server control. Gets or sets the skin to apply to the control. Gets or sets the text displayed when the mouse pointer hovers over the Web server control. Instructs the control to load its embedded Java Script. When the controls Java Script is explicitly disabled, it must be loaded via the ScriptManager instance on the page. Gets the font properties associated with the Web server control. Gets a ControlCollection that contains instances of ItemTemplate objects which can be shared among items within the derived Control by seting the Item.TemplateId property to the Id of an ItemTemplate. An ITemplate object that will be applied as a template for all items within the control unless an individual Item has a non-null Template property of its own, or it has its TemplateId set to refer to an ItemTemplate in the ItemTemplates collection. Occurs when a ExplorerBarGroup or ExplorerBarItem is clicked. Occurs when a ExplorerBarGroup or ExplorerBarItem is selected. Occurs when a ExplorerBarGroup is bound on the server. Occurs when a ExplorerBarItem is bound on the server. Auto postback flags allow the developer to configure automatic postbacks when some client side events are invoked. A.T. the class needed to override attribute generation, so that we really get nice XHTML compliant markup Gets or sets the content found between the opening and closing tags of the specified HTML server control. Gets or sets the text between the opening and closing tags of the specified HTML server control. A.T. the class needed to override attribute generation, so that we really get nice XHTML compliant markup A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to WebDataTree drag drop is not supported when SelectionType is equal to NodeSelectionTypes.None.. Looks up a localized string similar to Loading.... Looks up a localized string similar to InitialExpandDepth can not be greater than InitialDataBindDepth.. Looks up a localized string similar to Edit Nodes. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets auto postback options applied to check box selection changed event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to the tree drag dropped event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to node added event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to node clicked event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to node collapsed event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to text changed event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to node expanded event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to node removed event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to selection changed event.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a change in the activation occur.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before a change in the activation occur.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a change in the check box selection occur.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event is fired when EnableClientRendering=true, and data binding takes place on the client (this is for the whole WebDataTree). Looks up a localized string similar to Event is fired when EnableClientRendering=true, and data is already bound on the client (this is for the whole WebDataTree). Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired when the drag drop was cancelled. It may be cancelled by the user hitting escape key or by the programmer.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired when the user dropped a node in the tree. It is fired after the NodeDropping event.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired just before the NodeDropped event. It can be cancelled.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired when the drag operation completed. This event always fires last.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired when the user enters a possible drop surface.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired when the user goes out of a possible drop target.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired when the user is dragging a node or selection of nodes with the mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired when a drag operation starts.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, when a key is pressed.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, when a key is pressed and then released.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, when a key is released.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired after a node or an array of nodes is added to the nodes collection of a node.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired just before a node or an array of nodes is added to the nodes collection of a node.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before a change in the node check box state occur.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a click on a tree node occur. If event is canceled, then that disables possible autopostback and navigation to NavigateUrl of clicked node.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a tree node is collapsed.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before a tree node collapses.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event is raised after a collection of nodes (one level)has been rendered in the WebDataTree (client-side rendering/binding). Looks up a localized string similar to Event is raised before a collection of nodes (one level) is rendered in the WebDataTree (client-side rendering/binding). Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a tree node enters editing mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before a tree node enters editing mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a tree node exits editing mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before a tree node exits editing mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a tree node text is changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before a tree node text is changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a tree node is expanded.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before a tree node expands.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a tree node is hovered with the mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a tree node fetch its child nodes from the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before a tree node fetch its child nodes from the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired after a node is removed from the nodes collection of a node.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is fired just before a node is removed from the nodes collection of a node.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event is raised when any node has been rendered in the WebDataTree (client-side binding). Looks up a localized string similar to Event is raised when any node is going to be rendered in the WebDataTree (client-side rendering/binding). Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a tree node is unhovered with the mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a change in the selection occur.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before a change in the selection occur.. Looks up a localized string similar to Copy to {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to Insert after {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to Insert before {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to Insert between {0} and {1}. Looks up a localized string similar to Move to {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to Customize the copy cursor image. If empty default cursor will be used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default CSS class that will be applied on the drag markup, while dragging.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default CSS class that will be applied to the drop indicator.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default CSS class that will be applied to the drop target node.. Looks up a localized string similar to Delay after which a node that has children will expand, when dragging over it.. Looks up a localized string similar to Customize the move cursor image. If empty default cursor will be used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Customize the none cursor image. If empty default cursor will be used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specify the format string for the drop indicator when you copy a node and drop it inside another node. Only the first format specifier will be assigned a value - the node that you drop over.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specify the format string for the drop indicator when you insert after some node. Only the first format specifier will be assigned a value - the node that you insert after.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specify the format string for the drop indicator when you insert before some node. Only the first format specifier will be assigned a value - the node that you insert before.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specify the format string for the drop indicator when you insert between 2 nodes. Only the first and second format specifiers will be assigned values. The first will be the node before and the second will be the node after the drop location.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specify the format string for the drop indicator when you move a node and drop it inside another node. Only the first format specifier will be assigned a value - the node that you drop over.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs on check box selection change.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after DataBinding has completed for the control. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired for any bubbled ItemCommand events fired from within a template of the DataTree.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired on the server when to signal that a node was added through the client side API.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired for each node that gets bound on the server to a datasource. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired when a node is clicked on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired for any nodes that have been collapsed on the client since the last postback.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired when a node was dropped on the client. Since the Drag & Drop works in batch mode NodeDropped will be fired multiple times for each drop operation that happened on the client side. The batch mode can be turned off by configuring an auto postback flag for NodeDropped event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired for each node that has been edited or changed programmatically on the client. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired for each node that has been expanded on the client since the last post back.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when a node with its IsEmptyParent property set to true is expanded.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event is fired when a node is removed through the client side API. It is also fired when a node is moved from one tree to another tree, then NodeRemoved will be fired for the source tree.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired for the node that gets selected on the client. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when there are changes in the selection.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when node text is changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Enable or disable the node editing.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets/sets the ability to enter edit mode by double clicking on a tree node.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets/sets the ability to enter edit mode by pressing the 'F2' key.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets/sets the ability to enter edit mode by a single click when the node is already active.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class merged with default CSS class, which will be assigned to the internal node editor DOM element.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default active CSS class applied to all nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default CSS class applied to all nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default disabled CSS class applied to all nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default CSS class applied to all tree lists (UL).. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default CSS class applied to all node list item (LI).. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default hover CSS class applied to all nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default CSS class applied to all node images.. Looks up a localized string similar to This changes the image tooltip used on all nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to This changes the image used on all nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to This changes the image tooltip used on all leaf nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to This changes the image used on all leaf nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to This changes the navigate URL used for all nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to This changes the image tooltip used on all parent nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to This changes the image used on all parent nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default selected CSS class applied to all nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to This changes the target used for all nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Use this property to customize the client side AjaxIndicator. It is shown during asynchronous client side operations, like load on demand.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a value that determines if nodes or other dragged data on the page can be dropped onto this DataTree.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines animation duration, which will be used for expanding or collapsing tree nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines the animation equation type, which will be used for expanding or collapsing tree nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Auto postback flags allow the developer to configure automatic postbacks when some client side events are invoked.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a CheckBoxMode value that determines if check box selection is off, bi-state or tri-state mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains properties that specify what javascript event handlers are called for various events on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the ToolTip for the image that is displayed for the collapsible node indicator.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies the text message to display when nodes are being fetched in an Ajax callback.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies DataLoadingMessage css class.. Looks up a localized string similar to An ITemplate object that will be applied as a template for the tree data loading message.. Looks up a localized string similar to Customize the drag and drop behavior. You can customize the drag and drop cursor for each supported mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets value that determines if dragged nodes will be moved or copied. If the Default mode is used the nodes being dragged will be moved, but if Ctrl key is pressed while releasing the mouse button, a copy will be performed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Customize the drop indicator that is displayed when a node is to be dropped between two nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if Ajax callbacks will be used to fetch child nodes when a node is expanded.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if child and parent nodes are automatically checked when a node is checked.. Looks up a localized string similar to Enables item rendering on the client. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if connector lines will be drawn between related nodes of the tree.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a value that determines whether the tree drag and drop behavior is turnded on.. Looks up a localized string similar to When enabled, nodes can be dropped between other nodes in the tree as opposed to on top of them where they become child nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if node expand images are to be rendered for the DataTree.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if nodes can be expanded by clicking anywhere on them, as opposed to just on the expand images.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if the node that you dropped over will auto expand after the drop operation is completed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if nodes can be hot tracked with the mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if only one node per level can be expanded at a time through the UI.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a boolean value that determines if node text should be wrapped or not.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the ToolTip for the image that is displayed for the expandable node indicator.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets an integer value that determines how many levels of nodes will be data bound when the datatree is first displayed. The default value is -1 which signifies that all levels will be data bound.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines how many levels are automatically expanded when the DataTree is first displayed.. Looks up a localized string similar to A string value used to uniquely identify a node within the DataTree Node hierarchy.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the maximum depth for hierarchical databinding. (Default value: -1).. Looks up a localized string similar to Define the tree nodes multiple selection type.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies the text message to display when no nodes are returned from the server. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets a reference to the ImageCheckBox associated with this DataTreeNode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains properties that specify the node editing configuration of the tree.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the indentation amount (in pixels) for the child nodes of the WebDataTree. The indentation is applied only when EnableConnectorLines is false.. Looks up a localized string similar to Collection of root nodes in the DataTree.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains properties for Nodes that apply to all nodes unless a node overrides the value.. Looks up a localized string similar to An ITemplate object that will be applied as a template for an empty tree.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines the tree nodes selection type.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets an int value that determines up to which sub level single branch expand is done.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default Css Class for this node when it is active.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets the current CheckBoxState of the Node.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default Css Class for this node. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default Css Class for this node when it is disabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a bool value that indicates whether this node is draggable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a bool value that indicates whether this node can accept other nodes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies if text editing for this node will be off, on or set by the global node editing property.. Looks up a localized string similar to When true, any children of this node are displayed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default Css Class for this node when it is hovered.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets the selected state of the node.. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom class which is merged with default Css Class for this node when it is selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies the image url displayed when a node is selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to Collapse {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to Expand {0}. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to the change in closed state of dialog window.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to the change in maximized state of dialog window.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to the change in minimized state of dialog window.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to the change in location of dialog window triggered by user.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to the change in pinned state of dialog window.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to the change of size of dialog window triggered by user.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to the change of WindowState.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after control was closed or restored from closed state.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before closed state (shown or hidden) change.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when header html element gets mousedown event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when header html element gets mouse out event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when header html element gets mouseover event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when header html element gets mouseup event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after all subobjects of control were initialized (first paint).. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after control was maximized or restored from maximized state.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before maximized state change.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after control was minimized or restored from minimized state.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before minimized state change.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after control was dragged to another location.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called while control is dragging to another location.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after control was pinned or unpinned.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before pinned or unpinned state change.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after control was resized.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when resizer html element gets mouseout event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when resizer html element gets mouseover event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called while control is resizing.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after WindowState has changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before WindowState changes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets width of WebDialogWindow, when it is the minimized state.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the center of content pane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the bottom left corner of content pane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the bottom right corner of content pane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the top left corner of content pane. That property has effect only when Header is hidden.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the top right corner of content pane. That property has effect only when Header is hidden.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located on the bottom center edge of content pane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located on the left edge of content pane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located on the right edge of content pane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the top center edge of content pane. That property has effect only when Header is hidden.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located at the center of header. That property has effect only when Header is visible.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located on the left edge of header. That property has effect only when Header is visible.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the TD which is located on the right edge of header. That property has effect only when Header is visible.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user moved dialog.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired after pinned state of dialog was changed by end user.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user resized dialog.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user changed state of dialog.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebDialogWindow.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the body of WebDialogWindow.. Looks up a localized string similar to This property is a DesignTime Only feature, that will minimized the control so that it doesn't take up screen space. Note: this property is not actually setting the WindowState to Minmize.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the header of WebDialogWindow.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the initial location of WebDialogWindow relative to window of browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets set initial location of the left edge of control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to keep relative location of dialog while window is resized or scrolled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets ability to prevent or to allow losing input focus by dialog's content.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which is used for background of page while control is in modal mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to disable tabIndex of html elements located outside of dialog in modal state. Notes for true: The tabIndex of html elements located outside of dialog are set to -1. They are restored when dialog gets hidden. Browser can be locked until logic ends. Notes for false: It is possible situation that the first Tab-key press may set focus to html element located outside dialog. To improve behavior on Tab-key, the TabIndex of child controls should be set to high values.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to drag control by mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets initial state of pinned state of WebDialogWindow.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the resizing features of WebDialogWindow.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the resizing features of WebDialogWindow.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets set initial location of the top edge of control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to use FORM as parent for dialog. If FORM is not found, then BODY is used. Notes for enabled: 1. That property is not supported if WebDialogWindow is located in UpdatePanel. 2. Do not use it if side effects occur. 3. On client dialog will be removed from its original container and moved into FORM or BODY. That may help to keep dialog on top of other html elements. 4. Since dialog will have different parent, it may appear at bottom of page. To ensure initial location, application may use Le [rest of string was truncated]";. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets initial state of WebDialogWindow.. Looks up a localized string similar to Close. Looks up a localized string similar to Maximize. Looks up a localized string similar to Minimize. Looks up a localized string similar to Pin. Looks up a localized string similar to Restore. Looks up a localized string similar to Unpin. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to . A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets auto postback options applied to item click event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets auto postback options applied to item selected event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Auto postback flags allow the developer to configure automatic postbacks when some client side events are invoked.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a click on an item occur.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after an item is collapsed.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before an item collapses.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after an item is expanded.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before an item expands.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after an item is hovered with the mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after an item fetch its child nodes from the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before an item fetch its child nodes from the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after a change in the selection occur.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, before a change in the selection occur.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired, after an item is unhovered with the mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gest or sets the hover Image URL for the collapse button.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the Image URL for the collapse button.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when a group item is bound on the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when an item is bound on the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when a ExplorerBarGroup or ExplorerBarItem is clicked.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when a ExplorerBarGroup or ExplorerBarItem is selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gest or sets the hover Image URL for the expand button.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the Image URL for the expand button.. Looks up a localized string similar to Define a fixed height for this group. If not set the default GroupContentsHeight for the control will be used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the field that will be used to bind ImageUrl property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets duration of animation effect in milliseconds.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines the animation equation type, which will be used for expanding or collapsing groups and items.. Looks up a localized string similar to Select the expand behaviour for all group items.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains properties that specify what javascript event handlers are called for various events on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Customize collapse button images and alt text.. Looks up a localized string similar to Get a collection of data bindings.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the data source ID.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets whether the control should render default expand images.. Looks up a localized string similar to Enables dynamic style changing when the mouse is over an item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Enables item selection. Single select is supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Customize expand button images and alt text.. Looks up a localized string similar to Select the expand mode for the individual group items.. Looks up a localized string similar to Define a fixed group height for each group.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets the Web Explorer Bar groups.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specify alternate text for the image referenced in ImageUrl property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Location of the expanded image URL.. Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets an integer value that determines how many levels of items will be data bound when the explorer bar is first displayed. The default value is -1 which signifies that all levels will be data bound.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the indentation in pixles of an item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the maximum height of a group. A scroll bar will be shown when the real height is greater than the current value.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the currently selected item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the item template id.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies the name of the CSS Class for this item when it is active.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies the name of the CSS Class for this item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies the name of the CSS Class for this item when it is disabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets whether this item is expanded.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies the name of the CSS Class for this item when it is hovered.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the item image tool tip.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the image URL.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the navigate URL.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets whether this item is selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies the name of the CSS Class for this item when it is selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the url target.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the text of an item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the item tool tip.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the value of an item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Collapse button. Looks up a localized string similar to Expand button. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Excel Exporter supports only WebDataGrid and WebHierarchicalDataGrid. You are trying to export {0}.. Looks up a localized string similar to GridsRowSpacing must be greater or equal to zero.. Looks up a localized string similar to Appearance. Looks up a localized string similar to Behavior. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires when the exporter begins the export process.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after the cell has finished exporting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires before a cell is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the cell being exported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires after the exporter has finished exporting the grid to the report.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires after a document is exported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires before a document is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the document export.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after the footer cell has finished exporting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired before a footer cell is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the footer cell from being exported to the document.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after a footer row has finished exporting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired before a footer row is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the footer from being exported to the document.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires after a GridFieldCaption has finished exporting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires before a GridFieldCaption is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the caption from being exported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires after a GridRecordItem (a cell) has finished exporting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires before a GridRecordItem (a cell) is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the cell from being exported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after the header cell has finished exporting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired before a header cell is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the header cell from being exported to the document.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after a header row has finished exporting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired before a header row is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the header from being exported to the document.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires before the export of each row.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires after the row has finished exporting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires before the row elements in the document are created. This event can be cancelled to stop the row being exported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires after a Summary cell has finished exporting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fires before a Summary cell is exported. This event can be cancelled to stop the cell from being exported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when cell exporting is complete.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs before cell exporting start.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when exporting is complete.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs before the exporting start.. Looks up a localized string similar to LD_EE_E_RowExported. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs before row exporting start.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines how many rows will be inserted between multiple grids when they are exported on a single worksheet. The default value is 1.. Looks up a localized string similar to Displays the about dialog. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether document rows and columns will be automatically resized to display contents of grid cells or if grid contents should be cropped.. Looks up a localized string similar to When set, overrides the calculated Font from styles , and uses this one in order to style all text in the report.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether the grid will export the entire set of data if the grid has paging or LoadOnDemand enabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Disables formatting of the cell value when grid BoundDataField has DataFormatString specified.. Looks up a localized string similar to Filename given to the document downloaded to the browser during export.. Looks up a localized string similar to Provides the path to a directory containing the files for fonts that should be included in the document but aren't installed on the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether or not font files should be embedded in the document.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether grid styles will be exported. This option is turned-on by default.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines what export behavior the control takes automatically when Export has been called.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains information about external resources like fonts that are needed for the export.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether to save the report as a PDF or XPS or plain text document.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets the size of the margins of the section that the grid is being exported to.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets the maximum child level that will be exported for a WebHierarchicalDataGrid. -1 will export all levels (as DataExportMode allows). Looks up a localized string similar to Sets whether the section that the grid is exported to should have landscape or portrait paper orientation.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets the size of the page that the grid will be exported to.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the format of the exported excel file.. Looks up a localized string similar to Instance is sealed!. Looks up a localized string similar to This ReportElement type does not support backgrounds. Looks up a localized string similar to This ReportElement type does not support borders. Looks up a localized string similar to This ReportElement type does not support height. Looks up a localized string similar to This ReportElement type does not support margins. Looks up a localized string similar to This ReportElement type does not support padding. Looks up a localized string similar to This ReportElement type does not support style. Looks up a localized string similar to This ReportElement type does not support width. Looks up a localized string similar to Can only add a Cell to a Row. Looks up a localized string similar to Can only add a GroupByArea to a Table. Looks up a localized string similar to Can only add Content to a Cell. Looks up a localized string similar to Can only add a Row to a Table. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to The Data Reader does not support deleting records.. Looks up a localized string similar to The Data Reader does not support inserting records.. Looks up a localized string similar to The Data Reader does not support updating record values.. Looks up a localized string similar to The Data Reader does not support updating record values. Looks up a localized string similar to Original data source does not support deletes.. Looks up a localized string similar to DataSource is empty. Can not determine data item type.. Looks up a localized string similar to Original data source does not support inserts.. Looks up a localized string similar to Original data source does not support updates.. Looks up a localized string similar to Can not create data item. Type {0} does not contain parameterless constructor.. Looks up a localized string similar to Data item is not found.. Looks up a localized string similar to Can not determine data item Type.. Looks up a localized string similar to The type to convert to cannot be null.. Looks up a localized string similar to RowFilter is incorrect.. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets a string value that identifies a particular data member of the DataSource property that is to be used to enumerate the data during a DataBind operation.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets the name of the root data member.. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to DataView {0} not found in collection. Looks up a localized string similar to DataView has no DataSourceID or DataSource set.. Looks up a localized string similar to Different number of parent and child columns in DataRelation. Looks up a localized string similar to {0} contains invalid DataRelation, DataView {1} does not exists. Looks up a localized string similar to No DataViews have been added to the WebHierarchicalDataSource control.. Looks up a localized string similar to The value of the DataView ID that will serve as a root for the hierarchical datasource control. If not specified, the first DataView is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event will be raised after WebHierarchicalDataSource loads its view state.. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to selection change event. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to visible month change event. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets blur (lost focus) event of browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets focus event of browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called on keydown event of a browser. Action triggered by that event can be canceled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after animation of list of months, years or year groups was stopped. Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after list of months, years or year groups was closed. Update action from list-selection can be canceled. Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before list of months, years or year groups is closed. Close-list action can be canceled only if item was selected in list of months or years. Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after list of months, years or year groups was opened or list of years was updated with next range. Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before list of months, years or year groups is opened or list of years is updated with next range. Open-list action can be canceled. Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called on mousedown event of a browser. The returned value by sender.idFromMouse(eventArgs.get_browserEvent()) can be used to check id of element under mouse. Action triggered by that event can be canceled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when active element in calendar gets mouse-out event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when active element in calendar gets mouse-over event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when a day in month is rendered. Rendering can be modified using properties of eventArgs. Default rendering can be canceled and application can implement custom rendering.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after selected date was changed. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before selected date is changed. Action can be canceled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after visible month was changed. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before visible month is changed. Action can be canceled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a day of the month. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a day header. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a day which is outside of minimum or maximum dates or a disabled custom day. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders area of drop-down list of years and months. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a selected day when control has focus. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a footer. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders title. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a day of the month while mouse-over. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a footer while mouse-over. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to an item in drop-down list of months or years while mouse over. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to month and year labels while mouse over. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to buttons which allow navigation to next and previous months while mouse-over. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to an item in drop-down list of months or years. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to month and year labels. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to buttons which allow navigation to next and previous months. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a day which belongs to next or previous month. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a footer in pressed state. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to pressed month and year labels. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to pressed buttons which allow navigation to next and previous months. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a selected day. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to selected item in drop-down list of months or years. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders the today day. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a weekend day. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders a week number. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class for custom day. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets day of month of custom day. If value is set to 0, then custom day is applied for all days in month.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets day of the week of custom day. If value is set to None, then custom day is applied for all days of week.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets set for disabled state of custom day. The day is rendered as disabled and it can not be selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets month of custom day. If value is set to 0, then custom day is applied for all months.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets text for custom day. If value may contains the "{0}", then that substring is replaced by the day of the month. Value may contain html tags.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets year of custom day. If value is set to 0, then custom day is applied for all years.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets reference to custom day at particular index. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of key actions which will display next range of years or year groups. If list of year groups was opened, then the next page of year groups will be displayed. If list of years was opened, then the next page of years will be displayed. If list of months was opened, then the year will be incremented.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of key actions which will open drop-down list of months.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of key actions which will open drop-down list of year groups.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of key actions which will open drop-down list of years.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of key actions which will open next drop-down list. If there was no list opened, then the list of months will be opened. If list of months was opened, then list of years will be opened. If list of years was opened, then list of year groups will be opened.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of key actions which will open previous drop-down list. If list of year groups was opened, then the list of years will be opened. If list of years was opened, then list of months will be opened. If list of months was opened, then list is closed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of key actions which will display previous range of years or year groups. If list of year groups was opened, then the previous page of year groups will be displayed. If list of years was opened, then the previous page of years will be displayed. If list of months was opened, then the year will be decremented.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of key actions which will select today date.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of key actions which will show month with today date.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets day of the week which is rendered with WeekendDay css class. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets day of the week which is rendered with WeekendDay css class. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when selected date in calendar was changed on client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when visible month was changed on client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to unselect a date in the calendar. Note: selection can be toggled by mouse-down with combination of Ctrl key.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebMonthCalendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets spacing between cells of days in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to change the displayed month when a day located on the next or previous month was selected. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the CultureInfo object used by the control. If value is not set, then the System.Threading.Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to collection of custom days. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets format of text strings that represent days of the week: full, short, 2 letters, 1 letter.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets number of columns in the drop-down list of months. Range of values: 1-4.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets number of columns in the drop-down list of years. Range of values: 1-8.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets number of rows in the drop-down list of years. Range of values: 1-30.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to show drop-down list of months on month-label click or on hot keys. If ShowHeader is false, then list can be opened by hot keys. If ShowHeader is false and VisibleDayNames is None, then drop-down list is not supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets an option to show week numbers. If that property is enabled, then week rule is defined by WeekRule property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets an option to draw all days in a week as selected, when a day in that week is selected. If that property and the EnableWeekNumbers are both enabled, then mouse click on week number will select first day in a week.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to show drop-down list of years on year-label click or on hot keys. If ShowHeader is false, then list can be opened by hot keys. If ShowHeader is false and VisibleDayNames is None, then drop-down list is not supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to show drop-down list of year groups. Note: list of year groups may appear only on corresponding hot key actions. Size of group is defined by number of years in drop-down list of years.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets first day of the week: Sunday, Monday, etc.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets an ability to get focus. Note: If header, footer and days of the week are hidden, then focus and keyboard are not supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets content of footer. If value contains format string like "{0:d}", then that value formatted to today-date. Value may contain html tags.. Looks up a localized string similar to Today: {0:d}. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets an option to hide day numbers in day-cells that belong to previous and next months. If that property is enabled, then the ChangeMonthToDateClicked has no effect.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to hot keys used by WebMonthCalendar. A key should contain an English letter, or a digit, or 2/3-digit key-code used by browser's keydown events, or a predifined flag such as HOME, DOWN, UPARROW, etc. Keys should be separated by the Coma character. Each value may contain optional modifiers such as Shift, Ctrl or Alt with optional + or Space separator. Example: "Shift+A,Up Ctrl,Shift+Space,F2".. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to animation used for drop-down lists of WebMonthCalendar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum date that can be selected in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum date that can be selected in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the next-month button of calendar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets format of text strings that appear on the active areas of the calendar that allow to increment and decrement the displayed month. Note: If value is set to CustomText, then the Text property of Next/PreviousMonthButton is used. If the Text property is not set, then the default images igmc_prev*.gif and igmc_next*.gif are used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the previous-month button of calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to change the selected date in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets selected date in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets selection type such as single day, single week, multiple days.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility of the footer area in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility of the text string in the calendar that shows the displayed month and year. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility of the active areas in the calendar that allow you to increment and decrement the displayed month. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets configuration of month and year labels/buttons located in the title. Notes: In case of MonthAndYear the month and year will appear as 2 separate labels, otherwise, a single label is used. If drop-down lists are enabled, then corresponding month and year labels will behave as buttons with support of normal, mouse-over and pressed states. Appearance of labels is defined by css classes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility of the text strings that represent days of the week: all, only week-days, none.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets currently displayed month and year in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to days of the week which are rendered with WeekendDay css style. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets a label which is displayed in column header of week numbers. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets rule for week numbers. Note: If the EnableWeekNumbers is disabled, then that property has no effect.. Looks up a localized string similar to All Days. Looks up a localized string similar to Next Month. Looks up a localized string similar to Previous Month. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Coma and quot characters are not supported by ValidationGroup. Looks up a localized string similar to The value for property should not contain Coma and Quote characters. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Indicates enabled or disabled state. Looks up a localized string similar to ToolTip text to be rendered as ALT attribute for the Image (used with ImageUrl property). Looks up a localized string similar to Indicates relative or absolute URL for image that will be used as an icon. Looks up a localized string similar to Set or gets a string value that can be used to uniquely identify an element, independant of its Text or Value properties. The Key property can be bound to a DataSource field using the NodeBinding.KeyField property setting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or Gets the URL to navigate after clicking on element / or hitting ENTER with keyboard. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or Gets the Target to be used with NavigateURL. . Looks up a localized string similar to Text to be assigned and rendered. Looks up a localized string similar to ToolTip text to be displayed. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns or sets a string value that is used to populate the Text property of an Item or Node.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the NavigateUrl property of the Item or Node object.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns or sets a string value that is used to format the NavigateUrl property of a Node when the Node is being databound.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the NavigateTarget property of the Item or Node object.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the Text property of the Item or Node object.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a string value that is used to format the text value of each Item or Node as it is bound to the DataSource.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the ToolTip property of the Item or Node object.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the Value property of the Item or Node object.. Looks up a localized string similar to Template not found: {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns or sets a string value that identifies the xml tag within the datasource that the node or item is bound to.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets an integer value that determines the level depth to which this NodeBinding applies. This NodeBinding will have no effect on Xml elements at other levels within the data source.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets a string value that specifies which Field in the DataSource will be bound to the Key property of the Item or Node object.. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Animation. Looks up a localized string similar to Label. Looks up a localized string similar to The tooltip displayed when the mouse is over the control. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the progressbar is clicked.. Looks up a localized string similar to Client-side event handlers. Use this property to define handlers for client-side events.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the progressbar is double clicked.. Looks up a localized string similar to max. Looks up a localized string similar to min. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the mouse leaves the progressbar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the mouse enters the progressbar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Duration of each animation in milliseconds.. Looks up a localized string similar to Cutoff value for the minimum change that will trigger an animation. A value of -1 will result in no animation.. Looks up a localized string similar to The equation used to animate the progress bar.. Looks up a localized string similar to The direction that the progress bar will fill.. Looks up a localized string similar to Mode of displaying the fill image. With Expose the fill image will remain stationary and will gradually be revealed as progress continues. With Advance the fill image will move across the bar as the progress proceeds.. Looks up a localized string similar to Height of the component.. Looks up a localized string similar to Positioning of the label within the progress bar. Running label alignments (of the proper orientation) will move along with the fill at its leading edge.. Looks up a localized string similar to String that will be used as a format for the progress bar labels. 6 different values may be inserted in C# style string formatting: {0} - Current Progress Value {1} - Current Percent Progress {2} - Remaining progress to be completed {3} - Percentage remaining {4} - Minimum value {5} - Maximum value. Looks up a localized string similar to End value of the bar. Corresponds to 100% fill.. Looks up a localized string similar to Start value of the bar. Corresponds to 0%.. Looks up a localized string similar to The orientation of the WebProgressBar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Positioning of the label outside of the progress bar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Separation between displayed progresses. Ex. A snap of 10% would display 38% as 40%.. Looks up a localized string similar to Current progress of the bar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Width of the component. Looks up a localized string similar to percentageremaining. Looks up a localized string similar to percentprogress. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the value of the progressbar has changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the value of the progressbar is changing.. Looks up a localized string similar to progressvalue. Looks up a localized string similar to remainingprogress. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets auto postback options applied to rated client event. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired after the rating loses focus. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is when the rating receives focus. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired when a key is pressed down. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired as the mouses moves while on the control. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired after the mouse leaves the control. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired after mouse hovers over control. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired after the user rates via the UI.. Looks up a localized string similar to This event is fired before the user rates via the UI.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when the rating has been rated upon on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Auto postback flags allow the developer to configure automatic postbacks when some client side events are invoked.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the average that the rating is storing.. Looks up a localized string similar to Object to customize the image urls used by non custom images. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets/sets a custom value for the image. If none is set, NaN is returned until set by the rating when rendering.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets an image url that will be used for the empty image. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets whether the rating uses animation. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the selection mode of the rating control. True- up to and including current value is selected/hovered. False- only current value is selected/hovered. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets whether to apply browser focus to the rating when it is clicked. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the direction that the rating will fill from. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets an image url that will be used for the hovered image. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets whether the rating is rendered with HTML 5 elements. If IE 8 or below is used, this will be ignored if true. This property is a preview as Html 5 is not fully supported in all browsers.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the height of the span for the images. It should match the height of the image set as a background url for RatingImage css classes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the width of the span for the images. It should match the width of the image set as a background url for RatingImage css classes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the number of items in the rating if the custom collection is empty. Looks up a localized string similar to The collection of custom images in the WebRating. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the minimum value of the rating. This corresponds to the number if the rating were empty.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the orientation of the WebRating. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the precision with which a star is shown. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets whether the rating is read only. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets an image url that will be used for the selected image. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets whether to show the current selected value when hovering over the rating. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets a tooltip format that will be used for the image. {0} will display the value (selected or hovered). {1} will display the Average value property. {2} will display the VoteCount value property. {3} will display the Minimum value property. {4} will display the Maximum value property. {5} will display the the number of items.. Looks up a localized string similar to {0:d} out of {4:d}. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the current value of the rating. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the vote count that the rating is storing.. Looks up a localized string similar to RatingImageItem. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to The custom images collection for the rating should have values that increase from one to the next.. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to value change event. Looks up a localized string similar to Get sets value for alt that will be applied to button. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to plus and minus buttons of slider. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_Button.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image url used for disabled plus or minus button in slider. If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_PlusDisableH.gif or igsli_MinusDisableH.gif, and for vertical slider it is igsli_PlusDisableV.gif or igsli_MinusDisableV.gif.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image url used for plus or minus button in slider when control has focus. If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_PlusFocusH.gif or igsli_MinusFocusH.gif, and for vertical slider it is igsli_PlusFocusV.gif or igsli_MinusFocusV.gif.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image url used for plus or minus button in slider when mouse is moved over it. If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_PlusHoverH.gif or igsli_MinusHoverH.gif, and for vertical slider it is igsli_PlusHoverV.gif or igsli_MinusHoverV.gif.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image url used for plus or minus button in slider. If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_PlusH.gif or igsli_MinusH.gif, and for vertical slider it is igsli_PlusV.gif or igsli_MinusV.gif.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image url used for pressed plus or minus button in slider. If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_PlusPressH.gif or igsli_MinusPressH.gif, and for vertical slider it is igsli_PlusPressV.gif or igsli_MinusPressV.gif.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets blur event (lost focus) of browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of minus or plus button gets mousedown event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of minus or plus button gets mouseout event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of minus or plus button gets mouseover event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets focus event of browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control builds string for value-label. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before keydown event. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after all subobjects of control were initialized (first paint).. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before dblclick event over margin html element. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before mousedown event over margin html element. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of thumb gets mousedown event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of thumb gets mouseout event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of thumb gets mouseover event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before dblclick event over tickmark html element. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before dblclick event over tickmark-label html element. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before mousedown event over tickmark-label html element. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before mousedown event over tickmark html element. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before dblclick event over track html element. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before mousedown event over track html element. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after value was changed. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before value is changed. Looks up a localized string similar to Get sets value for alt that will be applied to thumb. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to thumb. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_ThumbH or igsli_ThumbV depending on orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image used for thumb in disabled state. If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_ThumbDisableH.gif and for vertical slider it is igsli_ThumbDisableV.gif.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the enabled or disabled state of thumb. If thumb is disabled, then DisabledImageUrl is used and thumb can not be moved by user.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image used for thumb in focus state. If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_ThumbFocusH.gif and for vertical slider it is igsli_ThumbFocusV.gif.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image used for thumb in mouse-over state. If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_ThumbHoverH.gif and for vertical slider it is igsli_ThumbHoverV.gif.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image used for thumb in normal state. If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_ThumbH.gif and for vertical slider it is igsli_ThumbV.gif.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image used for thumb in pressed state. If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_ThumbPressH.gif and for vertical slider it is igsli_ThumbPressV.gif.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the visibility of thumb. If thumb is not visible then its image is not displayed, but all functionality (including ability to drag value by mouse) remains the same.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render bottom labels of horizontal slider. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelB.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render 2 labels located on edges of horizontal slider. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelEdgeH.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render 2 labels located on edges of vertical slider. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelEdgeV.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders first label (minimum value). That class is merged with LabelLeftCssClass, or LabelRightCssClass, or LabelTopCssClass, or LabelBottomCssClass depending on orientation of slider and location of labels.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders last label (maximum value). That class is merged with LabelLeftCssClass, or LabelRightCssClass, or LabelTopCssClass, or LabelBottomCssClass depending on orientation of slider and location of labels.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render left labels of vertical slider. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelL.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render right labels of vertical slider. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelR.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains labels. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelsHolderH or igsli_LabelsHolderV depending on orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render top labels of horizontal slider. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelT.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders last tick mark located on bottom side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and bottom tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickLastB.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders last tick mark located on left side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and left tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickLastL.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders last tick mark located on right side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and right tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickLastR.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders last tick mark located on top side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and top tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickLastT.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render major tick marks located on bottom side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and bottom tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMajorB.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render major tick marks located on left side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and left tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMajorL.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render major tick marks located on right side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and right tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMajorR.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render major tick marks located on top side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and top tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMajorT.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render minor tick marks located on bottom side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and bottom tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMinorB.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render minor tick marks located on left side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and left tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMinorL.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render minor tick marks located on right side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and right tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMinorR.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render minor tick marks located on top side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and top tick marks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMinorT.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains all tickmarks located on bottom side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and bottom tickmarks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TicksHolderB.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains all tickmarks located on left side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and left tickmarks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TicksHolderL.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains all tickmarks located on right side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and right tickmarks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TicksHolderR.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains all tickmarks located on top side of slider track. That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and top tickmarks are enabled. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TicksHolderT.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom labels for tickmarks. Notes: Labels are separated by new line characters. To customize a value at run time it is recommended to use Get/SetCustomLabelAt methods. If property is not set, then labels are built automatically using NumberOfLabels and LabelFormatString properties.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the value for the first tick mark. If value is not set then the MinValue of WebSlider is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the action performed when tickmark label is clicked by mouse. Note: If thumb is moved to tickmark label, then its value can be slightly different from value displayed on label due to rounding.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the action performed when tickmark label is double clicked by mouse. Note: If thumb is moved to tickmark label, then its value can be slightly different from value displayed on label due to rounding.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the format string applied to labels. Notes: 1. If the CustomLabelsText was used, then that property has no effect. 2. If property is not set, then default formatting is used, which depends on ValueType and range of values. Examples: "{0:0.#}, {0:c}, {0:0.00}%".. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets location of labels for tick marks.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the value for the last tick mark. If value is not set then the MaxValue of WebSlider is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets location of tick marks. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the number of labels for tick marks. Notes: If the CustomLabelsText/SetCustomLabelAt was used, then that property has no effect. If the LabelLocation is set to TwoLabelsInMargins, then that property has no effect.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the number of major tick marks. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the number of tick marks between major tick marks. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the action performed when tickmark area is clicked by mouse. Note: If thumb is moved to tickmark, then its value can be slightly different from value of that tickmark due to rounding.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the action performed when tickmark area is double clicked by mouse. Note: If thumb is moved to tickmark, then its value can be slightly different from value of that tickmark due to rounding.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the action performed when track is clicked by mouse. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the action performed when track is double clicked by mouse. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the ability to render extra parts inside of track bar which are aligned to locations of values. If that property is set to Range and SecondaryValue is enabled and SliderValueLabel.Format does not contain "{0}" and the Location of ValueLabel is not float, then the "{0}:{1}" is used for SliderValueLabel.Format. It means that both values are displayed on a single label. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the visibility of track bar. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders track bar. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TrackH or igsli_TrackV depending on orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders track bar when slider is disabled. That class is merged with CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_TrackDisabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders track bar when slider has focus. That class is merged with CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_TrackFocus.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders track bar when mouse is moved over track bar. That class is merged with CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_TrackHover.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders left edge of track bar for horizontal slider or top edge of track bar for vertical slider. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TrackEdgeL or igsli_TrackEdgeT depending on orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class responsible for margins between increment/decrement buttons and slider track. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_MarginH or igsli_MarginV depending on orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders right edge of track bar for horizontal slider or bottom edge of track bar for vertical slider. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TrackEdgeR or igsli_TrackEdgeB depending on orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders part of track bar located between edge of track and second thumb. That property has effect only if 2 thumbs are enabled. In case of horizontal orientation that is part of track located on the left side from the second thumb. In case of vertical orientation that is part of track located below the second thumb. That class is merged with igsli_TrackValue2H or igsli_TrackValue2V depending on orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders left edge of track bar for horizontal slider or bottom edge of track bar for vertical slider when FillValueMode is set to MainValue or All. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TrackValueEdgeL or igsli_TrackValueEdgeB depending on orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders part of track bar located between edge of track and main thumb. In case of horizontal orientation that is part of track located on the left side from the thumb. In case of vertical orientation that is part of track located below the thumb. In case of both thumbs that is part of track located between thumbs. That class is merged with igsli_TrackValueH or igsli_TrackValueV depending on orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to html element which renders label. That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_ValueLabel.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to html element which renders float label. That property has effect only if Location is float. That class is merged with CssClass and AppStyling css classes igsli_ValueLabelFloatL or igsli_ValueLabelFloatR or igsli_ValueLabelFloatT or igsli_ValueLabelFloatB depending on location of label and orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to html element which renders label when mouse is moved over thumb or button. That property has effect only if Location is float. That class is merged with CssClass and FloatCssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_ValueLabelFloatHover.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the format string applied to Value and SecondaryValue of WebSlider. Only simple "{0}" format is recognized. Default format depends on other properties and it can be "{0}" or "{0}:{1}". Examples: "{0} - {1}" - show Value and SecondaryValue separated by " - ". "{0}" - show SecondaryValue and Value on separate labels. "${0}" - show $ prefix in front of value.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the visibility of label. Looks up a localized string similar to Decrement Value. Looks up a localized string similar to Increment Value. Looks up a localized string similar to Secondary Value Indicator. Looks up a localized string similar to Value Indicator. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired while building labels for tickmarks. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user changed values of thumbs. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebSlider. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets number of states supported by buttons.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets alignment of content within bounds of control. That defines vertical alignment for horizontal slider or horizontal aligment for vertical slider. Note: If value is set to TrackCenter, then at design time the Center is used, and at run time it is possible flickering while initialization of control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to slider. That class is merged with the AppStyling css class igsli_Control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the css custom class which is applied to slider when it is disabled. That class is merged with the CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_Disabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets range behavior (show second thumb).. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to get focus and process keyboard.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to slider when it has focus. That class is merged with the CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_Focus.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to slider when mouse is moved over it. That class is merged with the CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_Hover.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets value which is used to move a thumb when the user presses the PageUp/PageDown keys. The type of object returned by the get of this property is defined by the ValueType. However, in case of the DateTime, the TimeSpan is used. If value is not set, then the 10% is used automatically. That value also can be used by clicks on margins between track bar and buttons.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the action performed when a margin between buttons and track bar is clicked by mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the action performed when a margin between buttons and track bar is double clicked by mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum value. If value is not set, then 100 is used automatically.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to decrement button. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum value. If value is not set, then 0 is used automatically.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets horizontal or vertical orientation of WebSlider. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to increment button. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to second thumb. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets secondary value. Notes: 1. That property has effect only if EnableSecondaryValue is set to true. 2. The type of object returned by the get of this property is defined by the ValueType. 3. If value is not set or it is larger than MaxValue, then at run time the MaxValue is used automatically. If value is smaller than MinValue, then the MinValue is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility of plus and minus buttons. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets value which is used move a thumb when the user presses the arrow keys or plus, minus buttons. The type of object returned by the get of this property is defined by the ValueType. However, in case of the DateTime,- the TimeSpan is used. If value is not set, then the 2% is used automatically.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to position thumbs only on values which match with SmallChange.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to main thumb. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains thumbs. That class is merged with the AppStyling css class igsli_ThumbsHolderH or igsli_ThumbsHolderV depending on orientation of slider.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets behavior of thumbs when EnableSecondaryValue property is enabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets number of states supported by thumbs.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to tickmarks. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to track. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets main value. Notes: The type of object returned by the get of this property is defined by the ValueType. If value is not set or it is smaller than MinValue, then at run time the MinValue is used automatically. If value is larger than MaxValue, then the MaxValue is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to label which displays current value. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets type of values used by "object" type properties of WebSlider related to values such as Value, MinValue, SmallChange, FirstTickmarkValue, etc. In case of DateTime, the TimeSpan is used for SmallChange and LargeChange properties; for all other properties the DateTime is used. For all other types, the corresponding type is used for all properties.. Looks up a localized string similar to The MaxValue={0} and MinValue={1} of WebSlider should not have same values. Looks up a localized string similar to Failure to convert string value "{0}" to DateTime. Looks up a localized string similar to If ThumbsInteractionMode property of WebSlider is not Free, then SecondaryValue [{0}] should be larger than Value [{1}]. Looks up a localized string similar to Failure to convert string value "{0}" to TimeSpan. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Images. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines how fast the Animation should be going when the Duration is reached.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when an Image is Clicked. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after the AJAX callback that is triggered for every item added on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after the AJAX callback that is triggered for every item inserted on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after the AJAX callback that is triggered for every item removed on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the mouse leaves an Image. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the mouse is over an Image. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after an Image is Selected. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired the Next Button is Clicked. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired the Previous Button is Clicked. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when an ImageItem is added on the Client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired whenever an Item is bound to a datasource record.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when an ImageItem is inserted on the Client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when an ImageItem is removed on the Client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when the Selected ImageItem changes between posts to the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines where the next/previous image will align in the visible area of the Control. Near - The left/top edge of the image will align with the left/top most area of the visible image area. Center - The center of the image will align with the center of the visible image area. Far - The right/bottom edge of the image will align with the right/bottom most area of the visible image area. . Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the text that will be displayed when the browser cannot render an image.. Looks up a localized string similar to A data field that will be mapped to the AltText property of the ImageItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to The text that will be rendered out when the object doesn't contain a template.. Looks up a localized string similar to Indicates whether the control is visible and rendered.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS Class that will be applied to the ImageItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS Class that will be applied if the item is disabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the user can MouseDown over the image area of the ImageViewer, and scroll the Images that way.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets if images will have initial fade-in animation during WebImageViewer initialization.. Looks up a localized string similar to A templatable object that can be used to display information at the bottom of the control.. Looks up a localized string similar to A templatable object that can be used to display information at the top of the control.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS Class that will be applied to the item when it is hovered.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the url to an image that will be displayed when an item is hovered over.. Looks up a localized string similar to A data field that will be mapped to the HoverUrl property of the ImageItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to The alternate text that will be displayed when the image can't be rendered. The default value is [Default]. This means that a Default value will be used unless otherwise specified.. Looks up a localized string similar to The url that will be used for the image when the button is disabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to The url that will be used for the image when the button is hovered.. Looks up a localized string similar to The url that will be used for the image when the button is pressed.. Looks up a localized string similar to The tooltip that will be displayed when the button is hovered over.. Looks up a localized string similar to The url that will be used for the image.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the image is rendered.. Looks up a localized string similar to Property DataBindings are used to map data fields from the database to property values on items in a collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the orientation of the ImageViewer. Horizontal - images will be displayed left to right. Vertical - images will be displayed top to bottom. . Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the url to an image that will be displayed in the item.. Looks up a localized string similar to A data field that will be mapped to the ImageUrl property of the ImageItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to The collection of ImageItems in the ImageViewer.. Looks up a localized string similar to An object that contains properties associated with the NextButton.. Looks up a localized string similar to An object that contains properties associated with the PreviousButton.. Looks up a localized string similar to The object that contains the settings to change the type of Animation that will occur when the WebImageViewer scrolls Images into view.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets if this item is selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS Class that will be applied when the item is selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets if images will loop around infinitely in the WebImageViewer.. Looks up a localized string similar to An object that allows for customization of the Continuous Animation.. Looks up a localized string similar to An object that allows for customization of the NextItem Animation.. Looks up a localized string similar to An object that allows for customization of the Page Animation.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the Animation type that the WebImageViewer will use to scroll images into view.. Looks up a localized string similar to Next Button. Looks up a localized string similar to Previous Button. Looks up a localized string similar to WebImageViewer Header. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Edit Panes. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to collapsed action of SplitterPane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to expanded action of SplitterPane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to the splitter bar oosition changed action.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which is applied to html elements which represent collapse/expand buttons located on split bars.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to button located on splitter bar which allows to collapse or expand SplitterPane located below or on the right side from splitter bar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to button located on splitter bar which allows to collapse or expand SplitterPane located above or on the left side from splitter bar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which is applied to html elements which represent split bars in normal state.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which is applied to html elements which represent split bars while mouse is moved over them.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which is applied to html elements which represent split bars when mouse is pressed on them.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which is applied to html element which represents shadow of split bar which is dragged by mouse when DynamicResize is disabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which is applied to html element which represents shadow of split bar which is dragged by mouse at it limit when DynamicResize is disabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which defines the width/height of splitter bar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets alt attribute to collapse/expand button when pane is in expanded state. If value is equal to "[Default]", then the default value is used, which can be something like "Collapse Upper Pane".. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image which is displayed on button when pane is in expanded state and mouse is moved over button. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image which is displayed on button when pane is in expanded state. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets alt attribute to collapse/expand button when pane is in collapsed state. If value is equal to "[Default]", then the default value is used, which can be something like "Expand Upper Pane".. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image which is displayed on button when pane is in collapsed state and mouse is moved over button. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image which is displayed on button when pane is in collapsed state. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when collapse/expand button html element gets mouseout event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when collapse/expand button html element gets mouseover event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after splitter pane was collapsed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before collapse of a splitter pane. Action of that event can be canceled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after splitter pane was expanded.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before expand of a splitter pane. Action of that event can be canceled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after all subobjects of control were initialized (first paint).. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when splitter bar html element gets mousedown event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after splitter bar html element gets mouse out event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after splitter bar html element gets mouseover event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when splitter bar html element gets mouseup event of a browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called while splitter bar is dragging by mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after position of splitter bar was changed (mouse was released after splitter bar drag).. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before position of splitter bar is changed (mouse was released after splitter bar drag). Action of that event can be canceled or position of splitter bar can be modified.. Looks up a localized string similar to Add Horizontal Child Splitter To 2nd Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Add Horizontal Child Splitter To 3rd Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Add Horizontal Child Splitter To 4th Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Add Horizontal Child Splitter To Left Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Add Horizontal Child Splitter To Right Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Add Vertical Child Splitter To 2nd Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Add Vertical Child Splitter To 3rd Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Add Vertical Child Splitter To 4th Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Add Vertical Child Splitter To Bottom Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Add Vertical Child Splitter To Top Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Description Text. Looks up a localized string similar to Horizontal Splitter. Looks up a localized string similar to Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Vertical Splitter. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets collapsed or expanded state of pane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the location of a button on a splitter bar which allows to collapse or expand this pane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to the DIV element used to render content of this pane. Note: The class should not contain any attribute related to border or padding, otherwise, it may break apperance of control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to enable or disable resizing of this pane by mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum width of SplitterPane if WebSplitter.Orientation is Vertical, or maximum height if Orientation is Horizontal.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum width of SplitterPane if WebSplitter.Orientation is Vertical, or minimum height if Orientation is Horizontal.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets initial width of SplitterPane for vertical orientation of initial height for horizontal orientation.. Looks up a localized string similar to Collapse Left Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Collapse Lower Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Collapse Right Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Collapse Upper Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Expand Left Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Expand Lower Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Expand Right Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Expand Upper Pane. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user collapsed a SplitterPane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user expanded a SplitterPane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user changed position of a splitter bar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired after value of SplitterPane.Size property was changed by client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebSplitter.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to resize content of panes while split bar is dragging by mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets horizontal or vertical orientation of split bars.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which is applied to html elements which represent panes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to collection of SplitterPanes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to resize control according to the size of its container when size of browser is changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to splitter bars.. Looks up a localized string similar to SplitterPane.MaxSize property can not be set to negative value. Looks up a localized string similar to SplitterPane.MaxSize property can be set only to UnitType Pixel or Percentage. Looks up a localized string similar to SplitterPane.MinSize property can not be set to negative value. Looks up a localized string similar to SplitterPane.MinSize property can be set only to UnitType Pixel or Percentage. Looks up a localized string similar to SplitterPane.Size property can not be set to negative value. Looks up a localized string similar to SplitterPane.Size property can be set only to UnitType Pixel or Percentage. This class encapsulates AJAX callback logic on behalf of the ControlMain object to which it is attached. The ControlMain object must implement the IControlCallback interface so that the CallbackObject can correctly interact with it. This object is used by Control Developers only. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to The current path for the AppStyling Directory: {0} cannot be opened as a file path. Would you like to browse for the appropriate physical file path?. Looks up a localized string similar to StyleSetName Selection. Looks up a localized string similar to Application Styling. Looks up a localized string similar to At least one style set must be chosen to import.. Looks up a localized string similar to The installation has not created a valid setting so that the following path is invalid and does not exist:{0}. You may need to reinstall the NetAdvantage product or contact Tech Support.. Looks up a localized string similar to The following file is marked Read-Only. Are you sure you want to overwrite it?. Looks up a localized string similar to The specified AppStyling Library does not exist: {0}. Please check your AppStyling Configuration AddIn Options settings. The Default AppStyling Library setting may need adjustment.. Looks up a localized string similar to <empty>. Looks up a localized string similar to File {0} doesn't exist. Looks up a localized string similar to Import.... Looks up a localized string similar to Import StyleSets. Looks up a localized string similar to AppStyling for this project has not been configured. Would you like to create the resource directory and import the default StyleSet?. Looks up a localized string similar to Import Initial StyleSet. Looks up a localized string similar to In order to obtain proper display of this control, a valid StyleSetPath needs to be specified. Please go to the Application Styling Configuration Add-In to import an appropriate StyleSet for your control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Infragistics Web Style Sets (*.wsl)|*.wsl|All files (*.*)|*.*. Looks up a localized string similar to The specified DataSource Id does not exist on the current page for Control ID: {0}, DataSourceID: {1}. Looks up a localized string similar to The control {0} has more than one data source specified. The DataSource and DataSourceID properties cannot both be set.. Looks up a localized string similar to No proper naming container found for DataSourceID. Looks up a localized string similar to DataKeyField is invalid. Looks up a localized string similar to This Infragistics control requires a ScriptManager object on the page in order to operate correctly.. Looks up a localized string similar to Accessibility. Looks up a localized string similar to Appearance. Looks up a localized string similar to Application Styling. Looks up a localized string similar to Behavior. Looks up a localized string similar to Data. Looks up a localized string similar to Layout. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets alt attribute for image. Looks up a localized string similar to Async post. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to create half transparent shell which blocks control or browser's window.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class for blocking element which is used when BlockArea property is enabled. If value is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. If both shared and local properties are not set, then ig_AjaxIndicatorBlock or similar class of current AppStyling is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class for indicator. If value is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. If both shared and local properties are not set, then ig_AjaxIndicator or similar class of current AppStyling is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to enable or disable indicator. If value is NotSet, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. If both shared and local properties are NotSet, then indicator is disabled. That property does not affect BlockType.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets duration of fade animation for show action.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets equation type of fade animation for show action.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets duration of fade animation for hide action.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets equation type of fade animation for hide action.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets image url for indicator. If Text is set, then that property has no effect.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets location of indicator relative to the bounds of target element.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets extra horizontal offset of indicator from Location in pixels.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets extra vertical offset of indicator from Location in pixels.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to set position of indicator relative to bounds of control or to browser's window.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets innerHTML for indicator. That may include any kinds of html tags and optional {0} flag which will be replaced on client by IMG with ImageUrl. That property has priority over ImageUrl.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to enable or disable asynchronous mode. If that property has value of NotSet, then corresponding property of owner is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to dynamically create UpdatePanel when asynchronous mode is enabled. If that property is enabled, then Template is wrapped into dynamically created UpdatePanel. Note: if that property has value of NotSet, then corresponding property of owner is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines how long, in miliseconds, the animation should last.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the type of Equation that should be used to perform the Animation. Equations determine things such as if the Animation will start our slow and speed up or if it should go a constant speed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after control gets AJAX response from the server. Second param in handler is instance of AJAXResponseEventArgs class, which provides information about response objects.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets AJAX response from the server. Default alert message can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of AJAXResponseErrorEventArgs class, which provides information about response objects.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after javascript object was created and initialized. That event may fire after a control was resized and painted.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of url which is used for the src attribute of IFRAME element used by ContentPane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Get sets an option to enable or disable default borders of IFRAME used for ContentUrl.. Looks up a localized string similar to Get sets an option to enable or disable default scrolling of IFRAME used for ContentUrl.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets title attribute for IFRAME used when ContentUrl is set. If value of property is not set and equals to [Default], then the value of ContentUrl is used for title.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of UserControl which will be used instead of Template. Notes: If ContentUrl is set, then that property has no effect. That property has priority over possible child controls defined by Template.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of insecure strings separated by the "|" character. That property is designed to protect application from scripting vulnerability. When request comes from client and the value of the hidden field contains insecure tokens, then all changes on client are discarded. Note: In order to set the "|" character in a token, the flag "[AMPER-SIGN-CHARACTER]pipe;" should be used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the alt attribute for IMG element of button when the Pressed property is false. If value is equal to NotSet, then the default value is used, which can be something like "Minimize", "Pin", etc.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the url for image which is displayed on button when the Pressed property is false and mouse is moved over button. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the url for image which is displayed on button when the Pressed property is false and mouse was pressed on button. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the url for image which is displayed on button when the Pressed property is false. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets state of button and corresponding state of WebDialogWindow or Pane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the alt attribute for IMG element of button when the Pressed property is true. The default value is [Default]. This means that a Default value will be used unless otherwise specified.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the url for image which is displayed on button when the Pressed property is true and mouse is moved over button. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the url for image which is displayed on button when the Pressed property is true and mouse was pressed on button. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the url for image which is displayed on button when the Pressed property is true. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility of button. If button is invisible, then the Pressed property is still available and defines corresponding state of WebDialogWindow or Pane.. Looks up a localized string similar to (Has Data). Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to maintain view state of controls on page if their properties were modified while asynchronous postback of this control. Notes: That property has effect only when asynchronous postback is triggered by this control. Those can be postbacks triggered by AutoPostBackFlags with value "Async", or internal postbacks such as sorting of grid. If that property is disabled, then properties of any control on page modified while that async postback will be lost after a full postback. Value false [rest of string was truncated]";. Looks up a localized string similar to Item template's ID. The ID is used to assign the template to individual items of controls.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to html element which contains control buttons.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ss class applied to html elements which render buttons.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets behavior of control-buttons on client related to mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets horizontal alignment of caption text and image relative to the width of whole header.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets text displayed on caption.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to html element which renders caption text.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to close/show features.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets horizontal alignment of caption image relative the text.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets alt attribute applied to the html element which renders image located next to caption text.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to html element which renders image located next to caption text.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image displayed on caption next to the CaptionText.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to minimize/restore features.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to maximize/restore features.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to pin/unpin features.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets or sets the request to render relative position for content. Notes: That property is designed to get around differences in behavior of different browsers, when child elements of content have relative or absolute positions. It is recommended to enable that property when child controls or parts of html generated by them use position:relative or position:absolute. For example, WebImageViewer uses position:relative style attribute, and it may fail to be scrolled or it can go out of content bounds.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the value for the overflow attribute of the DIV element which renders child controls of LayoutPane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the value for the scrollLeft attribute of the DIV element which renders child controls of LayoutPane.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the value for the scrollTop attribute of the DIV element which renders child controls of LayoutPane.. Looks up a localized string similar to The current check box state.. Looks up a localized string similar to The url that will be used for the image when the checkbox is checked.. Looks up a localized string similar to List of events which are fired on client side.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class applied to html element which represents this control on client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Enabled state of the item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Whether to use embedded JavaScript and css files. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets a string value that can be used to store extra information on the item.. Looks up a localized string similar to A data field that will be mapped to the Key property of the Item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets a url that will be navigated to when an item is clicked.. Looks up a localized string similar to A data field that will be mapped to the NavigateUrl property of the Item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns or sets a string value that is used to format the NavigateUrl property of a Item when the Item is being databound.. Looks up a localized string similar to The url that will be used for the image when the checkbox is partial.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets where the NavigateUrl will be navigated to when an item is clicked.. Looks up a localized string similar to A data field that will be mapped to the Target property of the Item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Collection of Template controls.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the text that will be displayed when the mouse is over the item.. Looks up a localized string similar to A data field that will be mapped to the ToolTip property of the Item.. Looks up a localized string similar to The url that will be used for the image when the checkbox is unchecked.. Looks up a localized string similar to Indicates whether the item is visible.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets alt attribute for resizing handle image.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which is applied to html element which represents resizing handle.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to resize.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image which is displayed on resizing handle. If value is empty, then the default value is used and corresponding image should be located in the "images" subdirectory at location defined by AppStyling.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum height of control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum width of control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum height of control. If value is less than 1, then minimum height is calculated automatically.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum width of control. If value is less than 1, then minimum width is calculated automatically.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets duration of fade animation for close action. Duration is measured in milliseconds. Value of 0 will disable fade animation for close action.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets equation type of fade animation for close action. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets duration of fade animation for open action. Duration is measured in milliseconds. Value of 0 will disable fade animation for open action.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets equation type of fade animation for open action. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets direction of slide animation for close action. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets duration of slide animation for close action. Duration is measured in milliseconds. Value of 0 will disable slide animation for close action.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets equation type of slide animation for close action. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets direction of slide animation for open action. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets duration of slide animation for open action. Duration is measured in milliseconds. Value of 0 will disable slide animation for open action.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets equation type of slide animation for open action. Looks up a localized string similar to Name of the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set defining the themed appearance for this control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Path containing the Application Styling Framework(tm) style set files for this type of control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Directs all Infragistics controls on the page to use CDN as the source for JavaScript files.. Looks up a localized string similar to When CDN is enabled all of the Infragistics JavaScript files can be downloaded as one combined file. This property enables combining CDN JavaScript files.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains CDN options for the ASP.NET controls. Looks up a localized string similar to Activation Grace Period Expired. Looks up a localized string similar to Trial Period Expired. Looks up a localized string similar to {0} usage days / {1} calendar weeks. Looks up a localized string similar to N/A. Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid License Information. Looks up a localized string similar to Incomplete License Info. Looks up a localized string similar to {Error}. Looks up a localized string similar to Product Not Installed Properly. Looks up a localized string similar to Key not found. Looks up a localized string similar to key. Looks up a localized string similar to Key required. Looks up a localized string similar to Key already exists. Looks up a localized string similar to Key. Looks up a localized string similar to codePrefix. Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid cdkey.. Looks up a localized string similar to UltraPropControlType must be derived from UltraPropertyControlBase.. Looks up a localized string similar to The argument, {0}, is not allowed to be null.. Looks up a localized string similar to Add. Looks up a localized string similar to Insert. Looks up a localized string similar to type. Looks up a localized string similar to assembly. Looks up a localized string similar to eventIndex. Looks up a localized string similar to in EventManagerBase.InProgress. Looks up a localized string similar to in EventManagerBase.IncrementInProgress. Looks up a localized string similar to in EventManagerBase.DecrementInProgress. Looks up a localized string similar to in EventManagerBase.IsEventEnabled. Looks up a localized string similar to in EventManagerBase.SetEventEnabled. Looks up a localized string similar to ClientSideBase.GetProperty: the id={0} is out of range defined by GetClientEventNameList().. Looks up a localized string similar to Value should contain the name of a javascript function. Space, quote, parenthesis, etc. characters are not allowed.. Looks up a localized string similar to ClientSideBase.SetProperty: the id={0} is out of range defined by GetClientEventNameList().. Looks up a localized string similar to ID cannot be set on a CollectionObject. This property is reserved for internal use.. Looks up a localized string similar to Date is empty.. Looks up a localized string similar to Load View State Exception. Looks up a localized string similar to About dialog can only be used for Infragistics controls. Looks up a localized string similar to About dialog can only be used for licensed Infragistics controls. Looks up a localized string similar to UltraLicenseAttributeBase can only be used for Infragistics controls. Looks up a localized string similar to In order to load a preset, the target parameter must not be null.. Looks up a localized string similar to In order to load a preset, the textWriter parameter must not be null.. Looks up a localized string similar to Serialization failed. The provided stream does not support write operation.. Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid ViewStateFlag value. Looks up a localized string similar to GetXAttributeValue accepts even number of parameters.. Looks up a localized string similar to Composite key '{0}' is not supported for IEnumerable data sources.. Looks up a localized string similar to Error resolving path. {0} with key value {1} does not exist.. Looks up a localized string similar to Type {0} does not contain {1} property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Error resolving path: {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to The non-activated usage period for {2} will expire after {0} usage day(s) or {1} calendar week(s), whichever comes first. You need to activate this product using the Product Activation Wizard.. Looks up a localized string similar to Infragistics {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to This trial version of {2} will expire after {0} usage day(s) or {1} calendar week(s), whichever comes first.. Looks up a localized string similar to {0} Beta expired on {1}. Looks up a localized string similar to {0} {1} You need to activate this product using the Product Activation Wizard.. Looks up a localized string similar to Incomplete license information. Looks up a localized string similar to No license information found. Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid license information. Looks up a localized string similar to Insufficient security permissions to determine license status.. Looks up a localized string similar to {0} {1}. Looks up a localized string similar to Product not licensed. Looks up a localized string similar to This program was created using an unlicensed (demo) copy of {0}. Please contact the author/vendor of the application.. Looks up a localized string similar to {0} ViewState is corrupted.. Looks up a localized string similar to Trial. Base Template class used for rendering templates. The template interface Gets or sets a string value representing the unique identifier for the template within the Templates collection for this tree. Contains the collection of ItemTemplates for use by a navigation control Constructor for the ItemTemplateCollection Type specific indexer for the ItemTemplateCollection. Returns the ItemTemplate at the given index within the collection Naming container for an instance of a template. Constructs a TemplateContainer object The dataObject containing data to bind to. Constructs a TemplateContainer object Determines whether the event for the server control is passed up the page's UI server control hierarchy. The source of the event. An object that contains the event data. true if the event has been canceled; otherwise, false. The default is false. Item containing data to bind to. The Item contains a reference to the object which owns this TemplateContainer. For instance, the DataItem property of the TemplateContainer for a Tree Node object will contain a reference to the DataTreeNode object. Declarative databinding statements can then be used in aspx files to access the properties of the Node object using Eval(Container.OwnerItem("propName")) syntax. DataItem containing data to bind to. The DataItem usually contains a reference the datasource object that is being bound. Declarative databinding statements can then be used in aspx files to access the properties of the dataobject using Eval(Container.DataItem("propname")) syntax. Defaultable boolean values allow the user to either directly set the value to control a behavior or inherit from a parent object that will be set. No setting. True is set. False is set. Indicates what type of DataSource is associated with the control Indicates which state flags are set for rendering client state objects. The type and manner in which the contents of a LayoutPane will overflow. The content is visible: no automatic scrollbars. The scrollbars are displayed automatically if they are needed. The scrollbars are always displayed. The scrollbars are never displayed. The client behavior of element related to mouse. The appearance of element does not change by mouse. Element changes its appearance when mouse is moved-over element. Element changes its appearance when mouse is pressed-on element. Element changes its appearance when mouse is moved-over or pressed-on element. Used for Determining the Type of ClientUIFlagType being used by a specific UI Property, such as Selected or Visible. Auto postback options for events exposed by a control. No auto postback. Full auto postback on event. Asynchronous auto postback on event. Descibes how an animation value should be calculated from start to finish. Value is calculated in a linear fashion from start to finish. Value is calulated with some acceleration at the beginning. Value is calulated with some acceleration at the end. Value is calulated with some acceleration at the beginning and end. Value is calulated so that it overshoots and settles down to the end value. Direction of slide animation. Sliding direction is defined by control. Sliding from top to bottom or from bottom to top depending on location of sliding element relative to its base. Sliding from left to right or from right to left depending on location of sliding element relative to its base. Sliding in horizontal and vertical directions. Represents the direction of a sort No sort is applied. Data is sorted in ascending order. Data is sorted in descending order. The type of rounded corners. The generated html assumes that the height of target element is limited by the EdgesSize property. The generated html assumes that the width of target element is limited by the EdgesSize property. The generated html assumes that the height and width of target element is not limited. The size of html is much larger than html generated for other options. The location of image. Image for corners. Image for left and right edges. Image for top and bottom edges. Image for center area. Represents all possible check box modes - off, bi-state or tri-state. disabled mode. bi-state mode. tri-state mode. Represents the three possible check box states - checked, unchecked and partial. Unchecked state. Checked state. Partial state. Location of one html element relative to bounds of another html element. Option to enable or disable blocking the control or browser's window while async postback. That block element is designed for visual effect and to block mouse. Defines the type of binding for the expression: { binding fieldName} refers to one-way binding while {{ binding fieldName}} refers to two-way binding Represents the mode of a behavior for some control that can be on or off or automatically enabled by the control's logic. Behavior is turned off. Behavior is turned on. Behavior is automatically turned on and off according to logic of control. This is where the developer builds the controls to render in the way they want AppStylist to present it. Note: if the control requires a ScriptManager, then it should include that in the list of controls. The Name that should be displayed on the Tab in AppStylist. The embedded path to the directory that contains the default css file for the control A list of background images that are needed for the default styleset. The embedded path to the directory that contains the background images for the default styleset A list of DefaultImage names that are needed for the control The embedded path to the directory that contains the Default Images for the control The Current position of the enumerator within the collection Reference to ObjectCollection being enumerated. Constructor Implements the IEnumerator.MoveNext method Implements the IEnumerator.Reset method. Sets the position to before the first item in the collection Returns the current object being enumerated Contains static methods for performing various state management tasks as well as the StateBot class itself which can be instanited by Controls to carry out the ClientState serialization process. Static method that performs low level ViewState persistence The StateBag containing a list of objects that need to be persisted to ViewState. An opaque object which is an ArrayList containing the object references that need to be serialized to ViewState. Static method that performs low level ViewState anti-persistence A StateBag object into which the properties will be stored coming back from ViewState. An opaque object which is the same ArrayList that was stored during SaveViewState and from which the properties will be loaded back into the viewState bag. A Static method which calculates the Flags property value of a IUIObject based on the values of the list of passed in parameters. Calculates the integer value for the specified ClientUIFlag based off of the passed in value. The flag to calculate the value for. The value to be set on the specified flag. An integer calculated for the ClientUIFlag based off of the value. Calculates the integer value for the specified ClientUIFlag based off of the passed in value. The flag to calculate the value for. The value to be set on the specified flag. An integer calculated for the ClientUIFlag based off of the value. Checks the passed in flags for the ClientUIFlag's value. An integer that is made up of all of the ClientUIFlags set. The ClientUIFlag whose value should be returned. Returns a Defaultable boolean based off the flag's Value. If the Flag should be a boolean, and the value is true, then the return value will be DefautlableBoolean.False. Returns the actual integer value for a specified flag. An integer that is made up of all of the ClientUIFlags set. The ClientUIFlag whose value should be returned. The actual integer value that the flag has set in the specified flags. Returns the actual integer value for a specified flag. An integer that is made up of all of the ClientUIFlags set. The ClientUIFlag whose value should be returned. The actual integer value that the flag has set in the specified flags. Renders an ObjectBase object into a string buffer containing the object JSON representation. The property to render. The string buffer that will contain the property representation. If true, objects that are null will be rendered as "null,". Normally the framework puts only "," to conserve space. renderNulls is used when IGControl.OptimizeCollectionsState is true. We need to save the collections JSON in a format that can be easily deserialized by JavaScriptSerializer.DeserializeObject(). Returns the Item object associated with the event Serves for defining a relation between two objects. The relation can be self-referencing, where parent and child DataView IDs are equal. Throws an ArgumentException if validation of parent and child columns fail Gets the instance of the parent collection of the DataRelation The ID of the child in the relation. The columns of the child that must match the parent columns. The ID of the parent in the relation. The columns of the parent that must match the child columns. Returns true if this is self referencing relation Gets the index of the DataRelation withhin the . A collection of s Finds a inside the collection based on a parent and child DataView id. Finds all child objects inside the collection based on a id parameter. The Id of the parent relation List of objects containining the specified id for its Parent. Returns empty List if no such is found Finds a inside the collection based on a id parameter. The Id of the child relation containining the specified id for its Child. Returns null if not such is found Serves as a view for various datasources. Can be used to form a . Gets the instance of the collection containing the DataView ( Gets or sets the name of the list of data that the data-bound control binds to, in cases where the data source contains more than one distinct list of data items. Return Value The name of the specific list of data that the data-bound control binds to, if more than one list is supplied by a data source control. The default value is Empty. The ID of the DataView, uniquely identifying the DataView and used on s Gets or sets the object from which the data-bound control retrieves its list of data items. Return Value An object that represents the data source from which the data-bound control retrieves its data. The default is null. Gets or sets the ID of the control from which the data-bound control retrieves its list of data items. Return Value The ID of a control that represents the data source from which the data-bound control retrieves its data. Gets the index of the DataView withhin the DataViewCollection. A collection of s. Finds a DataView inside the collection based on ids The value of the Id property The instance of the DataView found or null if nothing has been found Checks if a DataView inside the collection exists, based DataSourceID and DataMember The value of DataSourceID The value of DataMember True if the DataView found or false if nothing has been found WebHierarchicalDataSource is a hierarchical datasource control allowing you to combine any number of flat datasources into a hierarchy. The control supports all flat declarative datasources - AccessDataSource, SqlDataSource, WebHierarchicalDataSource, ObjectDataSource - they can be specified both using Visual Studio.NET design time or at runtime. You can also use a wide range of datasource objects at runtime, like arrays, collections, DataSet/DataTable, etc. You can mix any number/type of datasource. The control can be used in various databinding scenarios, for example binding to hierarchical databound controls like WebDataTree, UltraWebTree, the built-in asp:treeview/menu, UltraWebGrid, WebDataGrid, etc. This IDataSource interface method gets called by flat databound controls and represent a flat view of the hierarchy. This method is typically used internally by the ASP.NET databinding infrastructure. The name of the requested view The flat representation of the hierarchy This IDataSource interface methods gets called by flat databound controls and gets a list of all views contained in the control. This methos is typically used internally by the ASP.NET databinding infrastructure. A collection of dataview names (string) This IHierarchicalDataSource interface method gets called by hierarchical databound controls. This method is typically used internally by the ASP.NET databinding infrastructure. The ID of the starting The hierarchical view based on the starting and the s defined. A virtual method called by the base Aikido framework when the RunBot is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide extra functionality to the RunBot. Many of the methods within the RunBot class may also be overridable in order to add additional logic to the control. Returns a new WebHierarchicalDataSourceRunBot. object A virtual method called by the base Aikido framework when a renderer is required for the control. Derived classes may override this method in order to provide specific rendering markup. Many of the rendering methods within the Renderer class may also be overridable in order to customize specific aspects of the rendering. Returns a new WebHierarchicalDataSourceRenderer. object Helper method for finding a control recursively in the Controls collection of a parent Control. Used to find all IDatasource controls on the Page. The Control to start at The ID of the control that needs to be found recurisvely The instance of the Control found or null if not control is found Used to clear data record cache. Used to check if a DataView with the specified ID is already cached. The value of the DataView.ID to search for True, if the DataView is cached, false otherwise Adds a DataView object to the cache, effectively caching the Infragistics.Data enumeration that represents the DataView (DataRecordCollection). The ID of the DataView Gets an Infragistics.Data enumeration (DataRecordCollection) from cache The ID of the cached DataView An enumeration with the data Get root DataView IDs List of DataView IDs Gets all child s based on a parent .ID The ID of the parent DataView A list of all child DataView IDs (string) Recursively remove the specified target DataView, its DataRelations and child DataViews. This is typically used internally by WHDS. The ID of the starting DataView The ID of the parent DataView The value of the ID that will serve as a root for the hierarchical datasource control. If not specified, the first DataView is used. The collection of objects, that take part in defining the hierarchy. The collection of objects, that define the relations between different s. This event will be raised after WebHierarchicalDataSource loads its view state. A custom rendering class for WebHierarchicalDataSource control. Should be implemented in the case when we need data sent to the client. A RunBot class designed to take care of rendering/styling of the WebHierarchicalDataSource control. Takes care of styling the control on the client. Should be implemented in the case when we decide to have visual representation of WHDS in the browser. Represents a data view on a node or collection of nodes in a hierarchical data structure for a Infragistics.Web.UI.DataSourceControls.WebHierarchicalDataSource control. Initializes a new instance of the System.Web.UI.HierarchicalDataSourceView class. This method is typically used internally by the ASP.NET databinding infrastructure. The instnace of the parent(owner) WebHierarchicalDataSource control The hierarchical path of the view The ID of the view Gets a list of all the data items in the view. An System.Web.UI.IHierarchicalEnumerable collection of data items. Returns true if the values of all parent columns are null or DBNull Represents a hierarchical collection that can be enumerated with an System.Collections.IEnumerator interface. This enumeration is used internally by the WebHierarchicalDataSource control. Initializes a new instance of the Infragistics.Web.UI.DataSourceControls.WebHierarchicalEnumerable class. An System.Web.UI.IHierarchyData instance that represents the System.Object passed to the Infragistics.Web.UI.DataSourceControls.WebHierarchicalEnumerable.GetHierarchyData(System.Object) method. A flat representation of the WebHierarchicalDataSource control. Used when the consumer control does not support hierarchy (e.g. flat grids, etc) Selects batch of flat data from the datasource based on the arguments. In a hierarchical context, return only root data of the hierarchy. The select arguments passed to the datasource Used to map properties from WebHierarchyData to the actual item being bound. Maps property values frm WebHierarchyData to the actual properties of the item being bound. Location of tickmarks in WebSlider. No tickmarks. Tickmarks are located below horizontal trackbar or on right side of vertical trackbar. Tickmarks are located above horizontal trackbar or on left side of vertical trackbar. Tickmarks are located on both sides of trackbar. Location of labels for tickmarks in WebSlider. No labels. Labels are located below horizontal trackbar or on right side of vertical trackbar. Labels are located above horizontal trackbar or on left side of vertical trackbar. Labels are located on both sides of trackbar. That is combination of BottomOrRight and TopOrLeft. Two labels are rendered inside of margins between minus/plus buttons and trackbar regardless on value of SliderTickmarks.NumberOfLabels. Options to render extra areas in track bar of WebSlider that represent values. Values on track bar are not displayed. Show extra style with ValueFillCssClass in track bar for area between edge and main Value only. Show extra style with ValueFillCssClass in track bar for area between Value and SecondaryValue. Show extra styles in track bar for both Value and SecondaryValue. Relative behavior of 2 thumbs in WebSlider. That has effect only when EnableSecondaryValue property of WebSlider is enabled. Main Thumb can be moved only within area between SecondaryThumb and left (or bottom for vertical orientation) edge of track bar. SecondaryThumb can be moved only within area between main Thumb and right (or top for vertical orientation) edge of track bar. If main Thumb is moved to right (or to top for vertical orientation) and it crosses the location of SecondaryThumb, then SecondaryThumb is moved as well. If SecondaryThumb is moved to left (or to bottom for vertical orientation) and it crosses the location of main Thumb, then main Thumb is moved as well. Main Thumb and SecondaryThumb can be moved independant on each other. Location of label which shows current value in WebSlider. No value label. Label is located on the left side of horizontal slider or on top of vertical slider. Label is located on the right side of horizontal slider or on bottom of vertical slider. Label is floated and located dynamically next to the thumb above horizontal track, or on left side of vertical track. Label is floated and located dynamically next to the thumb below horizontal track, or on right side of vertical track. Action performed when tickmark in WebSlider is clicked by mouse. No action on mouse click or double click. Closest thumb is moved to the location of mouse. Action performed when tickmark in WebSlider is clicked by mouse. No action on mouse click or double click. Closest thumb is moved to the closest tick mark. Closest thumb is moved to the location of mouse. Action performed when label of tickmark in WebSlider is clicked by mouse. No action on mouse click or double click. Closest thumb is moved to the location of label. Action performed when margin between buttons and track bar in WebSlider is clicked by mouse. No action on mouse click or double click. Focus thumb is moved by value of LargeChange. Focus thumb is moved to the end. Type of objects used by WebSlider for Value, MinValue, SmallChange, etc properties. The double is used. The float is used. The decimal is used. The long is used. The int is used. The short is used. The byte is used. The DateTime is used. The TimeSpan is used. Alignment of content within bounds of control.

That defines vertical alignment for horizontal WebSlider or horizontal aligment for vertical WebSlider.

 Content is align to the center. Trackbar is align to the center. Content of horizontal slider is align to top, content of vertical slider is aligned to left. Content of horizontal slider is align to bottom, content of vertical slider is aligned to right. Roles defined for the ig_splitter.css file. Css for control. Css for horizontal track bar. Css for Value1 of horizontal track bar. Css for Value2 of horizontal track bar. Css for vertical track bar. Css for Value1 of vertical track bar. Css for Value2 of vertical track bar. Css for left and right margins of horizontal control. Css for holder of labels of horizontal control. Css for top labels of horizontal control. Css for bottom labels of horizontal control. Css for 2 labels located on edges of horizontal control. Css for holder of top tickmarks of horizontal control. Css for major top tickmarks of horizontal control. Css for minor top tickmarks of horizontal control. Css for last top tickmarks of horizontal control. Css for holder of bottom tickmarks of horizontal control. Css for major bottom tickmarks of horizontal control. Css for minor bottom tickmarks of horizontal control. Css for last bottom tickmarks of horizontal control. Css for top and bottom margins of vertical control. Css for holder of labels of vertical control. Css for left labels of vertical control. Css for right labels of vertical control. Css for 2 labels located on edges of vertical control. Css for holder of left tickmarks of vertical control. Css for of major left tickmarks of vertical control. Css for of minor left tickmarks of vertical control. Css for of last left tickmarks of vertical control. Css for holder of right tickmarks of vertical control. Css for major right tickmarks of vertical control. Css for minor right tickmarks of vertical control. Css for last right tickmarks of vertical control. Css for plus and minus buttons. Css for value label. Css for float value label when it has mouse. Css for holder of thumbs in horizontal control. Css for thumbs in horizontal control. Css for float top value label in horizontal control. Css for float bottom value label in horizontal control. Css for holder of thumbs vertical control. Css for thumbs in vertical control. Css for float left value label in vertical control. Css for float right value label in vertical control. Css for control when it has focus. Css for control when it has mouse. Css for disable control. Css for track bar when control has focus. Css for track bar when control has mouse. Css for track bar when control is disabled. Css for left edge of track bar for horizontal slider. Css for right edge of track bar for horizontal slider. Css for top edge of track bar for vertical slider. Css for bottom edge of track bar for vertical slider. Css for left edge of track bar for horizontal slider which represents Value. Css for bottom edge of track bar for vertical slider which represents Value. Argument used for event which is raised by WebSlider when value of a thumb was changed. Gets old value. Gets new value. Checks if value of SecondaryThumb was changed. Argument used for event which is raised by WebSlider when value of a thumb was changed. Gets value at position where label is located. Note: if static labels were set (SliderTickmarks.SetLabels), then that value is null. Gets sets label. Gets percentage of the label's location within slider bar. Value is in range from 0 to 1. Note: if static labels were set (SliderTickmarks.SetLabels), then that value is null. Gets the id of label starting from the bottom label of vertical slider or left label of horizontal slider. Gets location of label. True: left for vertical slider or top for horizontal slider. False: right for vertical slider or bottom for horizontal slider. That property is not applied, when slider has 2 labels on edges. Event delegate used by WebSlider when value of a thumb was changed. Event delegate used by WebSlider to format tickmark labels. Container of properties which define auto postback options used by WebSlider. Constructor for SliderAutoPostBackFlags. Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets auto postback options applied to value change event. Checks if all properties have default values. Class used for increment/decrement buttons used by WebSlider. Constructor for SliderButton Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Gets sets the custom css class applied to plus and minus buttons of slider.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_Button.

 Gets sets the custom image url used for plus or minus button in slider.

If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_PlusH.gif or igsli_MinusH.gif, and for vertical slider it is igsli_PlusV.gif or igsli_MinusV.gif.

Gets sets the custom image url used for plus or minus button in slider when mouse is moved over it.

If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_PlusHoverH.gif or igsli_MinusHoverH.gif, and for vertical slider it is igsli_PlusHoverV.gif or igsli_MinusHoverV.gif.

Gets sets the custom image url used for plus or minus button in slider when control has focus.

If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_PlusFocusH.gif or igsli_MinusFocusH.gif, and for vertical slider it is igsli_PlusFocusV.gif or igsli_MinusFocusV.gif.

Gets sets the custom image url used for pressed plus or minus button in slider.

If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_PlusPressH.gif or igsli_MinusPressH.gif, and for vertical slider it is igsli_PlusPressV.gif or igsli_MinusPressV.gif.

Gets sets the custom image url used for disabled plus or minus button in slider.

If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_PlusDisableH.gif or igsli_MinusDisableH.gif, and for vertical slider it is igsli_PlusDisableV.gif or igsli_MinusDisableV.gif.

Not available. Checks if all properties have default values. ClientEvents used by the WebSlider class Create instance of DialogWindowClientEvents. Reference to owner control (here it optional and not used) Returns postback action for a particular event. Index of event at which it appears in the GetClientEventNameList() Postback action. Default implementation returns Off. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of minus or plus button gets mousedown event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of minus or plus button gets mouseout event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of minus or plus button gets mouseover event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of thumb gets mousedown event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of thumb gets mouseout event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when html element of thumb gets mouseover event of a browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before value is changed. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after value was changed. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before mousedown event over track html element. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before dblclick event over track html element. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before mousedown event over margin html element. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before dblclick event over margin html element. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before mousedown event over tickmark html element. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before dblclick event over tickmark html element. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before mousedown event over tickmark-label html element. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before dblclick event over tickmark-label html element. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before keydown event. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets focus event of browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets blur event (lost focus) of browser. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control builds string for value-label. Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after all subobjects of control were initialized (first paint). Class used to render WebSlider. Render all html tags related to control, including hidden fields. Populates the descriptor object with properties and JSON for rendering to the client Registers js scripts for rendering and loading on the client. A list of ScriptReferences which can be added to. Pass server properties to client. Process latest state of control. Ensure that additional client state is updated. This method is called when additional information is passed from the client, via the _saveAdditionalClientState javascript method. Value and SecondaryValue separated by |. Called by base RunBot in response to RaisePostDataChangedEvent called on the control This method fires data changed events to the application as specified in the EventList created earlier Returns data for appstyling. Returns false. Class used for thumbs used by WebSlider. Constructor for SliderThumb Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Gets sets the custom css class applied to thumb.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_ThumbH or igsli_ThumbV depending on orientation of slider.

 Gets sets the custom image used for thumb in normal state.

If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_ThumbH.gif and for vertical slider it is igsli_ThumbV.gif.

Gets sets the custom image used for thumb in mouse-over state.

If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_ThumbHoverH.gif and for vertical slider it is igsli_ThumbHoverV.gif.

Gets sets the custom image used for thumb in pressed state.

If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_ThumbPressH.gif and for vertical slider it is igsli_ThumbPressV.gif.

Gets sets the custom image used for thumb in focus state.

If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_ThumbFocusH.gif and for vertical slider it is igsli_ThumbFocusV.gif.

Gets sets the custom image used for thumb in disabled state.

If value is not set, then AppStyling image is used automatically. For horizontal slider it is igsli_ThumbDisableH.gif and for vertical slider it is igsli_ThumbDisableV.gif.

Gets sets the visibility of thumb.

If thumb is not visible then its image is not displayed, but all functionality (including ability to drag value by mouse) remains the same.

Gets sets the enabled or disabled state of thumb.

If thumb is disabled, then DisabledImageUrl is used and thumb can not be moved by user.

Checks if all properties have default values. Custom css classed related to tickmarks of WebSlider. Constructor for SliderTickmarkCssClasses Owner of this class. Reset all properties. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render minor tick marks located on top side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and top tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMinorT.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render major tick marks located on top side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and top tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMajorT.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders last tick mark located on top side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and top tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickLastT.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render minor tick marks located on bottom side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and bottom tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMinorB.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render major tick marks located on bottom side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and bottom tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMajorB.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders last tick mark located on bottom side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and bottom tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickLastB.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render minor tick marks located on left side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and left tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMinorL.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render major tick marks located on left side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and left tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMajorL.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders last tick mark located on left side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and left tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickLastL.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render minor tick marks located on right side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and right tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMinorR.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render major tick marks located on right side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and right tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickMajorR.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders last tick mark located on right side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and right tick marks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TickLastR.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render top labels of horizontal slider.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelT.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render bottom labels of horizontal slider.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelB.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render 2 labels located on edges of horizontal slider.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelEdgeH.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render left labels of vertical slider.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelL.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render right labels of vertical slider.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelR.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html elements which render 2 labels located on edges of vertical slider.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelEdgeV.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains labels.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_LabelsHolderH or igsli_LabelsHolderV depending on orientation of slider.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders first label (minimum value).

That class is merged with LabelLeftCssClass, or LabelRightCssClass, or LabelTopCssClass, or LabelBottomCssClass depending on orientation of slider and location of labels.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which renders last label (maximum value).

That class is merged with LabelLeftCssClass, or LabelRightCssClass, or LabelTopCssClass, or LabelBottomCssClass depending on orientation of slider and location of labels.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains all tickmarks located on top side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and top tickmarks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TicksHolderT.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains all tickmarks located on bottom side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is horizontal and bottom tickmarks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TicksHolderB.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains all tickmarks located on left side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and left tickmarks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TicksHolderL.

Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains all tickmarks located on right side of slider track.

That property has effect only if orientation of WebSlider is vertical and right tickmarks are enabled.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_TicksHolderR.

Checks if all properties have default values. Container of properties related to tickmarks of WebSlider. Constructor for SliderTickmarks Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Check if FirstTickmarkValue has data. Clears the FirstTickmarkValue Check if LastTickmarkValue has data. Clears the LastTickmarkValue Check if CssClasses has data. Clears the CssClasses Sets custom label at particular index.

That method will modify CustomLabelsText. A call to that method will automatically disable NumberOfLabels property and number of labels will be defined by content of CustomLabelsText property.

New custom label Index of label Gets custom label at particular index which was set by CustomLabelsText property or by SetCustomLabelAt method. Index of label Label at index Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets the value for the first tick mark. If value is not set then the MinValue of WebSlider is used. Gets sets the value for the last tick mark. If value is not set then the MaxValue of WebSlider is used. Gets sets location of tick marks. Gets sets location of labels for tick marks. Gets sets the format string applied to labels.

Notes:

  • If the CustomLabelsText was used, then that property has no effect.
  • If property is not set, then default formatting is used, which depends on ValueType and range of values.
  • Examples: "{0:0.#}, {0:c}, {0:0.00}%".

 Gets sets the number of tick marks between major tick marks. Gets sets the number of major tick marks. Gets sets the number of labels for tick marks.

Notes:

  • If the CustomLabelsText/SetCustomLabelAt was used, then that property has no effect.
  • If the LabelLocation is set to TwoLabelsInMargins, then that property has no effect.

 Gets sets the action performed when tickmark area is clicked by mouse.

Note: If thumb is moved to tickmark, then its value can be slightly different from value of that tickmark due to rounding.

Gets sets the action performed when tickmark area is double clicked by mouse.

Note: If thumb is moved to tickmark, then its value can be slightly different from value of that tickmark due to rounding.

Gets sets the action performed when tickmark label is clicked by mouse.

Note: If thumb is moved to tickmark label, then its value can be slightly different from value displayed on label due to rounding.

Gets sets the action performed when tickmark label is double clicked by mouse.

Note: If thumb is moved to tickmark label, then its value can be slightly different from value displayed on label due to rounding.

Gets sets custom labels for tickmarks.

Notes:

Labels are separated by new line characters. To customize a value at run time it is recommended to use Get/SetCustomLabelAt methods.

If property is not set, then labels are built automatically using NumberOfLabels and LabelFormatString properties.

Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes. Checks if all properties have default values. Class used to configure track of WebSlider. Constructor for DialogButton Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Check if CssClasses has data. Clears the CssClasses Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets the ability to render extra parts inside of track bar, which are aligned to locations of values.

If that property is set to Range and SecondaryValue is enabled and SliderValueLabel.Format does not contain "{0}" and the Location of ValueLabel is not float, then the "{0}:{1}" is used for SliderValueLabel.Format. It means that both values are displayed on a single label.

 Gets sets the visibility of track bar. Gets sets the action performed when track is clicked by mouse. Gets sets the action performed when track is double clicked by mouse. Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes. Checks if all properties have default values. Container of properties related to label which is displayes current value of WebSlider. Constructor for SliderValueLabel Value of the IsTrackingViewState of owner. Returns string formatted for visual designer. Empty string or string similar to "(Has Data)". Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to html element which renders label.

That class is merged with AppStyling css class igsli_ValueLabel.

Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to html element which renders float label.

That property has effect only if Location is float.

That class is merged with CssClass and AppStyling css classes igsli_ValueLabelFloatL or igsli_ValueLabelFloatR or igsli_ValueLabelFloatT or igsli_ValueLabelFloatB depending on location of label and orientation of slider.

Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to html element which renders label when mouse is moved over thumb or button.

That property has effect only if Location is float.

That class is merged with CssClass and FloatCssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_ValueLabelFloatHover.

Gets sets the format string applied to Value and SecondaryValue of WebSlider.

The only simple "{0}" format is recognized.

Default format depends on WebSlider.EnableSecondaryValue, WebSlider.Track.FillValueMode and Location properties and it can be "{0}" or "{0}:{1}".

If application needs special format, then it should process ClientEvents.FormatValueLabel.

The "|" character is not supported.

Notes for situation when WebSlider.EnableSecondaryValue is enabled:

  • In order to show 2 values on a single label, that property should contain both "{0}" and "{1}" substrings. In this case the "{0}" will be replaced by WebSlider.Value and "{1}" will be replaced by WebSlider.SecondaryValue.
  • If Location is set to FloatXxx and property contains only "{0}", then 2 labels will be displayed.
Examples:
  • "{0} - {1}" - show Value and SecondaryValue separated by " - "
  • "{0}" - show SecondaryValue and Value on separate labels
  • "$ {0}" - show "$ " prefix in front of value
  • "{0}% {1}%" - show "%" suffixes after values

 Gets sets the visibility of label. Checks if all properties have default values. Control which implements the functionality of a slider. Check if Value has data. Clears the Value Check if ValueAsString has data. Check if SecondaryValue has data. Clears the SecondaryValue Check if SecondaryValueAsString has data. Check if LargeChange has data. Clears the LargeChange Check if SmallChange has data. Clears the SmallChange Check if MinValue has data. Clears the MinValue Check if MaxValue has data. Clears the MaxValue Check if Tickmarks has data. Clears the Tickmarks Check if Thumb has data. Clears the Thumb Check if SecondaryThumb has data. Clears the SecondaryThumb Check if Track has data. Clears the Track Check if PlusButton has data. Clears the PlusButton Check if MinusButton has data. Clears the MinusButton Check if ValueLabel has data. Clears the ValueLabel Control which exposes ClientEvents must override that method and return instance of ClientEvents object. Instance of object which extends ClientEventsBase Check if AutoPostBackFlags has data. Clears the AutoPostBackFlags Set focus to control on initialization of the page. Creates new instance of SliderRunBot. Creates new instance of SliderRenderer. Save data of subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Load data for subobjects modified at run time. Modified data Notify subobjects about TrackViewState event. Raise event after value was changed. Instance of SliderValueChangedEventArgs created by SliderRunBot Raise event before rendering tickmark label. Enable ControlState. EventArgs reference Restore values after postback. Array of 2 objects: [Value(as double), SecondaryValue(as double)] Save values before postback. Array of 2 objects: [Value(as double), SecondaryValue(as double)] Gets sets main value.

Notes:

The type of object returned by the get of this property is defined by the ValueType.

If value is not set or it is smaller than MinValue, then at run time the MinValue is used automatically.

If value is larger than MaxValue, then the MaxValue is used.

Gets sets main value as double. If value is not set or it is smaller than MinValueAsDouble, then at run time the MinValueAsDouble is used automatically.

If value is larger than MaxValueAsDouble, then the MaxValueAsDouble is used. Gets sets main value as string. If value is not set or it is smaller than MinValue, then at run time the MinValue is used automatically.

If value is larger than MaxValue, then the MaxValue is used. Gets sets secondary value.

Notes:

That property has effect only if EnableSecondaryValue is set to true.

The type of object returned by the get of this property is defined by the ValueType.

If value is not set or it is larger than MaxValue, then at run time the MaxValue is used automatically.

If value is smaller than MinValue, then the MinValue is used.

Gets sets secondary value as double. If value is not set or it is larger than MaxValueAsDouble, then at run time the MaxValueAsDouble is used automatically.

If value is smaller than MinValueAsDouble, then the MinValueAsDouble is used. Gets sets secondary value as string. If value is not set or it is larger than MaxValue, then at run time the MaxValue is used automatically.

If value is smaller than MinValue, then the MinValue is used. Gets sets value which is used to move a thumb when the user presses the PageUp/PageDown keys. The type of object returned by the get of this property is defined by the ValueType. However, in case of the DateTime, the TimeSpan is used.

If value is not set, then the 10% is used automatically.

That value also can be used by clicks on margins between track bar and buttons. Gets sets value which is used to move a thumb when the user presses the PageUp/PageDown keys. Gets sets value which is used to move a thumb when the user presses the PageUp/PageDown keys as string. Gets sets value which is used move a thumb when the user presses the arrow keys or plus, minus buttons. The type of object returned by the get of this property is defined by the ValueType. However, in case of the DateTime,- the TimeSpan is used.

If value is not set, then the 2% is used automatically.

 Gets sets value which is used move a thumb when the user presses the arrow keys. Gets sets value which is used move a thumb when the user presses the arrow keys as string. Gets sets minimum value. The type of object returned by the get of this property is defined by the ValueType. If value is not set, then 0 is used automatically. In case of DateTime the January 1st of current year is used. Gets sets minimum value as string. Gets sets minimum value as string. Gets sets maximum value. The type of object returned by the get of this property is defined by the ValueType. If value is not set, then 100 is used automatically. In case of DateTime the December 31st of current year is used. Gets sets maximum value as double. Gets sets maximum value as string. Gets sets the value for the first tick mark as double. Gets sets the value for the first tick mark as string. Gets sets the value for the last tick mark as double. Gets sets the value for the last tick mark as string. Gets or sets type of values used by "object" type properties of WebSlider related to values such as Value, MinValue, SmallChange, FirstTickmarkValue, etc. In case of DateTime, the TimeSpan is used for SmallChange and LargeChange properties; for all other properties the DateTime is used.

For all other types, the corresponding type is used for all properties. Gets or sets horizontal or vertical orientation of WebSlider. Gets sets ability to activate SecondaryThumb. Gets sets visibility of plus and minus buttons. Gets sets behavior of thumbs when EnableSecondaryValue property is enabled. Gets sets the action performed when a margin between buttons and track bar is clicked by mouse. Gets sets the action performed when a margin between buttons and track bar is double clicked by mouse. Gets sets ability to position thumbs only on values which match with SmallChange. Gets sets ability to get focus and process keyboard. Gets sets ability to validate and ensure that container DIV has position:relative attribute. Gets sets the custom css class applied to html element which contains thumbs.

That class is merged with the AppStyling css class igsli_ThumbsHolderH or igsli_ThumbsHolderV depending on orientation of slider.

 Gets or sets alignment of content within bounds of control.

That defines vertical alignment for horizontal slider or horizontal aligment for vertical slider.

Note:

If value is set to TrackCenter, then at design time the Center is used, and at run time it is possible flickering while initialization of control.

 Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to slider.

That class is merged with the AppStyling css class igsli_Control.

 Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to slider when mouse is moved over it.

That class is merged with the CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_Hover.

 Gets sets the custom css class which is applied to slider when it has focus.

That class is merged with the CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_Focus.

 Gets sets the css custom class which is applied to slider when it is disabled.

That class is merged with the CssClass and AppStyling css class igsli_Disabled.

 Background color of control Foreground color of control Border color of control Border width of control Border style of control Width of control Height of control Gets reference to container of properties related to tickmarks. Gets reference to container of properties related to main thumb. Gets reference to container of properties related to second thumb. Gets reference to container of properties related to track. Gets reference to container of properties related to increment button. Gets reference to container of properties related to decrement button. Gets reference to container of properties related to label which displays current value. Gets reference to reference to the SliderClientEvents. Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebSlider. Adds removes event handler which is fired while building labels for tickmarks. Adds removes event handler which is fired when end-user changed values of thumbs. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image displayed on active tab item. Notes: That property has effect only when ImageUrl is set. That image has priority over SelectedImageUrl. The image defined by HoverImageUrl has priority over that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the ability to resize WebTab to fit content of this pane. If that property is set to NotSet, then ContentPane.AutoSize property of WebTab is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Css class applied to the DIV element used to render content of this pane. Note: class should not contain any attribute related to border or padding, otherwise it may break apperance of control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image displayed on disabled tab item. Notes: That property has effect only when ImageUrl is set. That image has priority over all other image related properties.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the visibility of close button. If that property is set to NotSet, then CloseButton.Enabled property of WebTab is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets hidden state of tab. That property does not affect content pane, but only visibility of tab-label.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image displayed on tab item when mouse is moved over it. Notes: That property has effect only when ImageUrl is set. That property has priority over images defined by SelectedImageUrl and ActiveImageUrl.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the location of image relative to the text. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets alt attribute for image displayed on tab item. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image displayed on tab item in normal state. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets key associated with tab. That can be used to find tab item within collection using FromKey method.. Looks up a localized string similar to Get sets margin in front of this tab item. That defines space/separator between tab items. Notes: Only pixel values are supported. If DisplayMode of WebTab is set to multi-row, then that property is not supported. If tabs are located on left or right, then actual margin is defined by largest value among this property and MarginTrailing of previous tab item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Get sets margin between this tab item and next. That defines space/separator between tab items. Notes: Only pixel values are supported. If DisplayMode of WebTab is set to multi-row, then that property is not supported. If tabs are located on left or right, then actual margin is defined by largest value among this property and MarginLeading of next tab item.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets new row for tab item when DisplayMode of WebTab is set to MultiRow. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets url for image displayed on selected tab item. Notes: That property has effect only when ImageUrl is set. The images defined by HoverImageUrl and ActiveImageUrl have priority over that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes used by this tab item. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets width of ContentTabItem when TabOrientation is horizontal or height of ContentTabItem when TabOrientation is vertical. Notes: Please see notes for WebTab.TabItemSize. If tabs are located at top or bottom and orientation is vertical, then that property has no effect and WebTab.TabItemSize should be used. If tabs are located at left or right and orientation is horizontal, then that property has no effect and WebTab.TabItemSize should be used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets text displayed on tab item. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visible index of this tab item within Tabs of WebTab. Looks up a localized string similar to Add tab. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets duration of animation effect in milliseconds. Animation is represented by gradual increase of tab item size and opacity. Range of values from 0 to 1500. Values less than 30 are equivalent to 0.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility of special add-new-tab button which allows to add new tab item on client. Notes: Add-new-tab button is rendered in header as extra tab item located after all normal tab items. Rendering of special add-new-tab button for MultiRow mode is not supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to select newly added tab item when it was added by add-new-tab button. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to automatically start text-editing of newly added tab item. Note: client events EditingStart and EditingEnd can be used to control editing.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to start text-editing of tab item on double click. Note: That property is independant on EnableTextEditingOnAdd and text of any tab item can be edited. Client events EditingStart and EditingEnd can be used to control editing.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the add-new-tab button when mouse is moved over it. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom alt attribute for image on the add-new-tab button. Note: if value is equal to "[Default]", then the default value is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image which appears on the add-new-tab button. Note: to remove default image, the value of "none" or a string with length less than 3 characters can be used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets text which appears on the add-new-tab button. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the default value of Text which appears on added new ContentTabItem. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets tooltip which appears on the add-new-tab button. Looks up a localized string similar to New Tab. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to trigger postback when selected tab was changed. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to trigger postback when new tab item was added. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to trigger postback when tab item was closed. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to trigger postback when tab item was moved. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before active TabItem was changed. Note: That event is raised only when EnableActivation property of WebTab is set to true. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which is activated.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when content of UpdatePanel of tab was refreshed from server. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after UpdatePanel of tab was submitted. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before submitting an UpdatePanel of tab. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control loses focus. Action cannot be canceled. Note: that event is raised when tab header/label loses focus. It is not raised when content pane loses focus.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before end text-editing of TabItem. End edit mode cannot be canceled, but update of text can be canceled and new text can be modified. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEndEditingEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which text was edited and value of new text.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets focus. Action cannot be canceled. Note: that event is raised when tab header/label gets focus and ready to process key events. It is not raised when content pane gets focus.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when ajax indicator was hidden. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before showing ajax indicator. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets keydown event. Action can be canceled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after all subobjects of control were initialized (first paint).. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when mouse is pressed over tab, close button or scroll button. Action (change selection, close tab or scroll) of that event can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabMouseEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem or scroll button involved in event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when mouse is moved out of tab, close button or scroll button. Action (change of image or css class) of that event can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabMouseEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem or scroll button involved in event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when mouse is moved over tab, close button or scroll button. Action (change of image or css class) of that event can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabMouseEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem or scroll button involved in event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after tabs were scrolled. Scroll action of that event cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabScrolledEventArgs class, which provides information about old and new scroll values.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before scrolling. Scroll action of that event can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabScrollingEventArgs class, which provides information about old and new scroll values.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after tab was selected. Action cannot be canceled and postback can be triggered. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemPostBackEventArgs class, which provides information about selected TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before tab was selected. Selection change can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabSelectedIndexChangingEventArgs class, which provides information about old and new selected TabItems.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before start text-editing of TabItem. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which text will be edited.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after animation of add-new tab was ended. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which animation was ended.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after new tab was added. Action cannot be canceled and postback can be triggered. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemPostBackEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which was added.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before new tab was added. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides index of new TabItem. At this point TabItem is not created yet.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after tab was closed. Action cannot be canceled and postback can be triggered. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemPostBackEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which was closed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before closing tab. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after tab was temporary moved to new location. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabMovedEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which was moved.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after tab was permanently moved to new location. Action cannot be canceled and postback can be triggered. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemPostBackEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which was moved.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before tab was temporary moved to new location. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabMovingEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which is going to be moved.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before tab was permanently moved to new location. Action can be canceled and in this case TabItem is moved back to its original position before TabMovingStart. Second param in handler is instance of TabMovingEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which is going to be moved.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before start of tab moving. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem which is going to be moved.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when ContentUrl of tab was loaded or refreshed from server. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when ContentUrl of tab was requested to load. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after ContentUrl of tab was submitted. Action cannot be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before ContentUrl of tab was submitted. Action can be canceled. Second param in handler is instance of TabItemCancelEventArgs class, which provides information about TabItem.. Looks up a localized string similar to Close. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets duration of close animation effect in milliseconds. Animation is represented by gradual decrease of tab item size and opacity. Range of values from 0 to 1500. Values less than 30 are equivalent to 0.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the close button. That class is merged with igtab_XXClose.. Looks up a localized string similar to Shows or hides close buttons on tabs. Note: when user clicks that button, then the tab item is not removed, but its Hidden property is set to true.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the close button when mouse is moved over it. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom alt attribute for image. Note: if value is equal to "[Default]", then the default value is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the close button in normal state. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the tab item in order to adjust its size to fit close button. It should contain padding which match with location and size of close button. That class is merged with igtab_XXCloseSize.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets tooltip. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to adjust size of WebTab to fit content of selected tab item. If that property is enabled and height or width of content does not fit in bounds of WebTab, then height or width of WebTab is automatically increased. If height or width of content is smaller than current bounds of WebTab, then width and height of WebTab are not affected. If Width or Height of WebTab is not set, then autosize is enabled automatically for Width or Height.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the content panes of tabs. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of content panes of tabs. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the inner holder of content panes of tabs. Note: that class is merged with igtab_XXContentHolderInner and it is used only when tabs are located on right.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum height of content pane. The value of 0 disables that property. That property has effect only when AutoSize is enabed or when height of WebTab is not set or it is set to percent value.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum width of content pane. The value of 0 disables that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum height of content pane. The value of 0 disables that property. That property has effect only when AutoSize is enabed or when height of WebTab is not set or it is set to percent value.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum width of content pane. The value of 0 disables that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to rounded background under content panes. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the main html element of WebTab. That class is merged with igtab_XXControl.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of tabs header. That class is appied to the SPAN html element and is merged with igtab_XXContentHolder.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to tab labels when EnableOverlappingTabs is enabled. That class is appied to the SPAN html elements for each tab item besides the very first one. That class is merged with igtab_XXOverlap.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the inner html element of holder of tabs when scrolling is enabled. That class is appied to the SPAN html element and is merged with igtab_XXHolderScrollInner.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of tabs when scrolling is not enabled. That class is appied to the SPAN html element and is merged with igtab_XXHolderNoScroll.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of tabs when scrolling is enabled. That class is appied to the SPAN html element and is merged with igtab_XXHolderScroll.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for main area used when tab item is in active state. That is merged with igtab_XXTabAct.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for center area used when tab item is in active state. That is merged with igtab_XXCenterAct.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to center html element of tab. Note: that is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXCenter. That SPAN contains Image and Text html elements.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for center area used when tab is disabled. That is merged with igtab_XXCenterDis.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class used when mouse is moved over tab. That is merged with igtab_XXCenterHov.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for center area used when tab is selected. That is merged with igtab_XXCenterSel.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the main html element of tab. Note: that is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXTab.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for main area used when tab is disabled. That is merged with igtab_XXTabDis.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for main area used when mouse is moved over tab. That is merged with igtab_XXTabHov.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to image element of tab. Note: that is applied to IMG element and it is merged with igtab_XXImage.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for mirror area used when tab item is in active state. That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorAct.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for mirror center area used when tab item is in active state. That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorCenterAct.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to main html element of tab. Note: that is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXMirrorCenter. That is used only for combination of vertical text with top/bottom locations of tabs.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for mirror center area used when tab is disabled. That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorCenterDis.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for mirror center area used when mouse is moved over tab. That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorCenterHov.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for mirror center area used when tab is selected. That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorCenterSel.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the mirror edge of main html element of tab. Note: that is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXMirror. That SPAN element contains MirrorCenter html element and it is used only for combination of vertical text with top/bottom locations of tabs.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for mirror area used when tab is disabled. That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorDis.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class used when mouse is moved over tab. That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorHov.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for mirror area used when tab is selected. That is merged with igtab_XXMirrorSel.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for main element used when tab is selected. That is merged with igtab_XXTabSel.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for tail area used when tab item is in active state. That is merged with igtab_XXTailAct.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to trailing html element of tab. Note: that is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXTail.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for tail area used when tab is disabled. That is merged with igtab_XXTailDis.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for tail area used when mouse is moved over tab. That is merged with igtab_XXTailHov.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for tail area used when tab is selected. That is merged with igtab_XXTailSel.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for text used when tab item is in active state. That is merged with igtab_XXTextAct.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the text html element of tab. Note: that is applied to SPAN element and it is merged with igtab_XXText. That SPAN contains text.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for text used when tab is disabled. That is merged with igtab_XXTextDis.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for text used when mouse is moved over tab. That is merged with igtab_XXTextHov.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class for text used when tab is selected. That is merged with igtab_XXTextSel.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to apply default active css to tab item when tab item is active. Note: custom values in WebTab.TabItemCssClasses and ContentTabItem.CssClasses have priority over that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to apply default disabled css to tab item when tab item is disabled. Note: custom values in WebTab.TabItemCssClasses and ContentTabItem.CssClasses have priority over that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to apply default hover css to tab item when mouse is moved over it. Note: custom values in WebTab.TabItemCssClasses and ContentTabItem.CssClasses have priority over that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to apply default selected css to tab item when tab item is selected. Note: custom values in WebTab.TabItemCssClasses and ContentTabItem.CssClasses have priority over that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to main html element of tab item which is going to be moved. Note: that class is merged with igtab_XXTabMoving and may contain opacity attributes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to move tab item by mouse drag. Note: if multi-row tabs are enabled, then that property is not recommended to use, because it has limited support, may lead to misbehavior and does not persist after postback.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the mark-up copy of tab item which is moved synchronously with mouse. Note: that class is merged with igtab_XXTabMovingMarkUp and may contain opacity attributes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to enable asynchronous postback of WebTab. Note: asynchronous functionality is achived by wrapping content of tabs into UpdatePanels.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to update content of all tabs if asynchronous postback was triggered by any tab. Note: that property has effect for tab items which have templates and EnableAjax is enabled and EnabledLoadOnDemand is disabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to create UpdatePanels dynamically when asynchronous postback is enabled. Note: if EnableAjax is enabled and EnabledLoadOnDemand is disabled, then dynamic UpdatePanels are created regardless of that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to load template of selected tab only. Notes: if that property triggers side effects, then it should not be used. If that property is enabled, then EnableAsyncUpdateAllTabs and EnableReloadingUnselectedTab properties have no effect and dynamic UpdatePanels are created.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to load url content of selected tab only. Notes: That property affects only tabs which have value set to their ContentUrl property. That property can be used when web-sites run scripts like jQuiry.js which may attempt to set focus or calculate offsets on initialization regardless of html element visibility. Those can be illegal actions and javascript exceptions can be raised. So, that property allows to load only visible selected ContentUrl and get around bugs in those web sites.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to reload all once loaded templates on full postback. Notes: That property has effect only when EnableLoadOnDemand is true. If it is enabled, then all once loaded templates are reloaded on all full postbacks. While asynchronous postbacks all once loaded templates in UpdatePanels are reloaded regardless of that property, otherwise, server raises exception due to failed EventValidation.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to submit/update/reload content of already selected tab when it was clicked by mouse. Possible cases: 1. If tab item points to a local ContentUrl, then that local aspx is submitted. 2. If ContentUrl points to an external website, then that site is reloaded. 3. If Ajax is enabled, then asynchronous postback is used, otherwise, a full postback is triggered.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to submit/update content of unselected tab when selection was changed. Note: that property has effect for tab items which have ContentUrl or which have templates and EnableAjax is enabled and EnabledLoadOnDemand is disabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets padding between bottom edge of control and content pane. Note: actual location and size of content pane is adjusted on client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets padding between left edge of control and content pane. Note: actual location and size of content pane is adjusted on client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets padding between right edge of control and content pane. Note: actual location and size of content pane is adjusted on client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets padding between top edge of control and content pane. Note: actual location and size of content pane is adjusted on client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the corners. Note: that class should contain background-image attribute and it is merged with igtab_XXRoundedCorners.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to draw rounded background under content panes. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the center area. Note: that class should contain background-image attribute and it is merged with igtab_XXRoundedFill.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the inner holder of tabs when rounded background is enabled and tabs are scrollable. Notes: That class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedForHolderScrollInner and it is used only when orientation of tabs is left or right. It allows to shift tabs vertically and it should contain only the top style attribute.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the inner holder of tabs when rounded background is enabled. Notes: That class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedForHolderInner and it is used only when orientation of tabs is left or right. It allows to shift tabs vertically and it should contain only the top style attribute.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of tabs when rounded background is enabled and tabs are scrollable. Notes: That class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedForHolderScroll and it is used only when orientation of tabs is left or right. It allows to shift tabs vertically and it should contain only the top style attribute.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of scroll buttons when rounded background is enabled. Note: that class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedForScroll.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the holder of tabs when rounded background is enabled. Note: that class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedForHolder.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the last tab. Note: that class is merged with igtab_XXRoundedLastTab.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the left and right edges. Note: that class should contain background-image attribute and it is merged with igtab_XXRoundedLeftRight.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets size of rounded background corners in pixels. That value should not be larger than half of the background image size used for corners. Range of values: 2-30.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the top and bottom edges. Note: that class should contain background-image attribute and it is merged with igtab_XXRoundedTopBottom.. Looks up a localized string similar to Scroll forward. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to a scroll button. That class is merged with igtab_XXScrollButton.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image url used when button is in disabled state. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image url used when mouse is moved over it. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom alt attribute for image. Note: if value is equal to "[Default]", then the default value is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image url to the button. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom image url used when button is in pressed state. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets tooltip for button. Looks up a localized string similar to Scroll backward. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to hide scroll buttons when all tabs are visible. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the custom css class applied to the container of scroll buttons. That class is merged with igtab_XXScrollButtons.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum scrolling speed. That value defines number of pixels per second. Range of values: 30..3000. During first 1.5 seconds, the scroll is gradually increased from StartSpeed to EndSpeed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to button located on right (or bottom). Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to button located on left (or top). Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets scroll position of tab items in pixels. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets initial scrolling speed. That value defines number of pixels per second. Range of values: 30..3000.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired after selected tab was changed. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when new tab item was added on client. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when tab item was closed on client (Hidden property was changed). Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when tab items were moved on client. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to special "add-new-tab-item" tab/button rendered by WebTab. Note: if DisplayMode is set to MultiRow, then that property is not supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to ajax indicator. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options supported by WebTab. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to close button on tab items. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to appearance of content pane used by WebTab. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes used by WebTab. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets display mode of tabs such as single row, scrollable single row, multi row or multi row auto. Note: Multirow is not supported when tabs are located on left or right sides, or when orientation is vertical. If multi row is enabled and tabs are located on top or bottom, then add-new-tab item is not supported and tab-moving is not recommended. If multi row is enabled and tabs are located on left or right and orientation is vertical, then tabs are stretched to the height of control.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to get focus and respond on keys in order to change active tab and select it. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to validate asp Validators located in selected tab when selected tab is changed or reloading content of tab is requested. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability for tab labels to overlap their siblings.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to postback, ajax and ContentUrl reloading. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to scroll buttons used by WebTab. That property has effect only when DisplayMode is set to Scrollable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets index of selected tab item. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to custom css classes used by tab items. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets width of horizontal tab item or height of vertical tab item. Notes: That may have no effect for some combinations of location and orientation. Only pixel and percentage values are supported. For multi row, top or bottom location and horizontal orientation: tabs are stretched to the width of control. For multi row, left or right location and vertical orientation: tabs are stretched to the height of control. Default for horizontal tabs on left or right is 100px.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to supported states of tab items. Note: the more states are enabled, the higher possibility that tabs will flicker on state change and the larger size of generated html.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets location of tabs relative to content pane. Notes: the values of TopRight, BottomRight, LeftBottom and RightBottom are supported only for DisplayMode.SingleRow. The LeftBottom and RightBottom have effect only at run time and at design time tabs are rendered at the top.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to ability to move tab item by mouse drag. Note: if DisplayMode is MultiRow, then it is not recommended to enable that property, because it may trigger misbehavior, tabs can be moved within same row only and after a postback visible indexes can be reset to original values.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets horizontal or vertical orientation of text and images in tabs. Notes: If vertical orientation is enabled, then for Top and Bottom tabs locations the TabsOverflow.Reduce is not supported. If vertical orientation is enabled and line breaks are used, then TextOverflow.Ellipsis is not supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to collection of tab items. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to reduce sizes of tabs if their overall size does not fit in size of control. In case of tabs located on top or bottom that property has effect only when TabOrientation is horizontal, DisplayMode is SingleRow or MultiRow and width of WebTab is set. In case of tabs located on left or right that property has effect only when TabOrientation is vertical, DisplayMode is SingleRow and height of WebTab is set.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to show ellipsis, if content of tab does not fit in its bounds. Notes: If value is set to Clip, then text is clipped by bounds of tab item and may run over possible close button and other elements. If value is set to Ellipsis and orientation is vertical and text is built by line breaks, then "..." is not supported, however the length of text is reduced to fit it in client area. If Text of tab item contains html tags, then that property is not supported for those tab items.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets writing mode used to draw vertical text. That property is supported by IE browsers only. When it is enabled, then style attribute "writing-mode:tb-rl" is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility of content. Note: that property does not affect rendering of html elements to client, but only changes their visibility.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility of header. Note: that property does not affect rendering of html elements to client, but only changes their visibility.. Looks up a localized string similar to Amper sign, new line, tab, greater, less and quote characters are not supported by the Key property. Looks up a localized string similar to Failure to calculate missing VisibleIndex property of tab items. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum number of decimal places used for text in control when it has no focus. Note: In case of null, the setting for CurrencyDecimalDigits of NumberFormat property of Culture is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to modify value in editor by keyboard while drop-down calendar is opened. Note: only digits, backspace and delete keys are supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to animation used for drop-down WebMonthCalendar.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the ID of WebMonthCalendar which will be used as drop-down calendar. If that property is not set, then default calendar is used. That default calendar is shared between all WebDatePickers on page.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets value that allows to enable or disable ability to edit value by keyboard. Note: In order to disable ability to edit value by drop-down calendar, the ReadOnly property should be used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to automatically open drop-down calendar when editor gets focus.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after animation of close or open action for drop-down calendar was stopped. Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after drop-down calendar was closed. Update of WebDatePicker from selected date in calendar can be canceled and value can be modified. Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after drop-down calendar was opened. Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before drop-down calendar is opened. This action can be canceled. Note: that event should not be interrupted by alert, confirm or similar action, which may break default order or timing of focus and other events of browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets value that is used to autofill year field to the 20th or 21st century if only 1 or 2 digits are entered by user. If entered year is less or equal to the value of that property, then 2000 is added to the year field. If entered year is larger than the value of that property and less than 100, then 1900 is added to the year field. If value is set to -1, then autofill is disabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the System.Globalization.CultureInfo object is used by control. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of property used to wrap the Value property. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets value in control as DateTime object. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets format of date used for edit mode when control does not have input focus. If value is empty, then the EditModeFormat is used. If value has length of 1 (single flag-character such as: d, f, g, s, etc.), then the System.Threading.Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture is used to obtain date pattern. Otherwise, this property is treated as explicit date pattern. Example of explicit pattern: "dd-MM-yyyy". Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets format of date used for edit mode when control has input focus. If value has length of 1 (single flag-character such as: d, f, g, s, etc.), then the System.Threading.Thread.CurrentThread.CurrentCulture is used to obtain date pattern. Otherwise, this property is treated as explicit date pattern. Example of explicit pattern: "dd-MM-yyyy". Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum date. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum date. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum number of valid fields in the date string which must be present to consider the date valid. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to use today date (or Min/MaxValue) by the get of Value property, when value is not set or it is set to null. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets character that is used to fill missing date fields while control has focus. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to reduce day of month, when maximum day of entered month-field is smaller than entered value of day-field. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to show all pattern characters while control has focus. If that property is set to false, then text displayed in focus state is cut off by the last filled character and part of pattern on the right side is hidden.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets value that is used to increment/decrement the editing value on spin events. If Buttons.ListOfValues is set, then that property has no effect. That value is also used when increment/decrement happens on the up/down arrow keys. If value is set to 0, then the value of 1 is used to increment/decrement a field where caret is located. For editor with date-format 1 day is used and for edtor with time-format: 1 minute.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to increment/decrement the value of one field only. If value is true, then only one current field is incremented/decremented and all other fieds remain unchanged. If value is false, then other date fields can be affected too.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to automatically use the last good date value when control loses focus and entered value cannot be converted to a date. Notes: If entered date can be converted to a date, but it is outside of minimum or maximum limits, or value of day field is larger than maximum day for a particular month, then that property is not applied to that date. If Nullable property is enabled and all fields were erased by user, then that entry is considered as valid and null is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets rules that are used to get/set the Value property. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets options for displayed text when control has no focus and has no data. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets character that is used to replace empty (not filled) positions in the InputMask while building string returned by the Value and RawText properties. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets input mask used to filter keyboard entries. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets character that is used to fill required empty mask positions in the display text while the control does not have focus. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets character that is used to fill empty mask positions in the display text while the control has focus. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets string that represents the current contents of the control without literal characters and empty mask positions. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to show all mask characters while control has focus. If that property is set to false, then text displayed in focus state is cut off by the last filled character and part of mask on right side is hidden.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the System.Globalization.CultureInfo object used by the control. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets type of object that is used to wrap the Value property. Looks up a localized string similar to Get sets multiplier applied to Value for displayed text. List of supported values: 1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000. Notes: That property affects text displayed to end user: number appears larger than actual value in editor. The Min/MaxValue are not affected by this property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum number of decimal places used for text in control when it has no focus. Notes: In case of null, the setting for decimal digits of Culture is used. If MinDecimalPlaces is set to the larger value than that property, then MinDecimalPlaces has priority.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum value. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum number of decimal places used for text in control when it has no focus. Note: In case of null, the setting for NumberDecimalDigits of NumberFormat property of Culture is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum value. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets css class which is applied to the INPUT element when Value is negative. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets number that is returned by the Value property when Nullable is disabled and value is not set. If property is set to the NaN, then NaN is used for Double and Float types defined by DataMode, and 0 is used for integer types.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets value that is used to increment/decrement the editing value on spin events. That value is also used when increment/decrement happens on the up/down arrow keys. If Buttons.ListOfValues is set, then that property has no effect.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets multiplier applied to Value for displayed text. Notes: That property affects text displayed to end user: number appears larger than actual value in editor. The Min/MaxValue are not affected by this property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets minimum number of decimal places used for text in control when it has no focus. Note: In case of null, the setting for PercentDecimalDigits of NumberFormat property of Culture is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets an option to fire validation before postback. That property is similar to the corresponding property of asp:TextBox.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability for user to enter characters by using the ALT key + numeric keypad digits method. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to control when it has focus. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets an attempt to set input focus to the control on the initialization of a page. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to hide the Enter key. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets horizontal alignment of the text. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to control when mouse is moved over it. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets maximum length of a text string that can be entered into a control. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the cols attribute of TEXTAREA. Note: the Width of WebTextEditor may have priority over that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets overflow style attribute of TEXTAREA. Note: the value Visible means that overflow attribute is not rendered and browser-default is used. Some browsers may not support that attribute.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the rows attribute of TEXTAREA. Note: the Height of WebTextEditor may have priority over that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the wrap attribute of TEXTAREA. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to support null value and use System.Nullable for the Value property. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets text displayed in the control when it has no focus and the Value is not set (Value is empty string or null). If that property is set, then NullTextCssClass is used for the INPUT element. Notes: If that property is set and control has no focus, then edit actions like paste and spin are not supported. It is recommended to set the Width property of editor. Otherwise, width of control may jump on focus and blur events, due to italic, bold and other attributes of NullTextCssClass.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to INPUT when control has no focus, has no Value and NullText property is set. If NullText is not set, then that property has no effect. Note: It is recommended to set the Width property of editor. Otherwise, visible width of control may jump on focus and blur events, due to italic, bold and other attributes of NullTextCssClass.. Looks up a localized string similar to Get sets ability for the user to edit the text of the control. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets type of selection on the start of edit mode. Note: The value of NotSet is supported by WebTextEditor only, but none of its extensions.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets text displayed on button. Note: if value is set, then instead of image the text is dislayed on button.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets text displayed in control. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to spin buttons in normal state. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to spin buttons in disabled state. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to spin buttons when control has focus. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to spin buttons in mouse-over state. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to IMG element used by spin and custom buttons. Notes: It can be used to stretch image to size of button (which is TD element) by width:100%;height:100%; It has no effect if button shows text.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to spin buttons in pressed state. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which defines width and height of spin buttons. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to use spacing between inner elements: input field and buttons. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to object which contains properties of custom button. WebTextEditor raises client and server events related to CustomButton. Those events can be used by application to implement custom actions like showing alert, dialog or drop-down, performing validations, raising postback, etc. Note: If TextMode of editor is set to MultiLine, then buttons are not supported and that property has no effect.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility and location of custom button. WebTextEditor raises client and server events related to CustomButton. Those events can be used by application to implement custom actions like showing alert, dialog or drop-down, performing validations, raising postback, etc. Note: If TextMode of editor is set to MultiLine, then buttons are not supported and that property has no effect.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of key actions which will trigger CustomButton click-event. A key should contain an English letter, or a digit, or 2/3-digit key-code used by browser's keydown events, or a predifined flag such as HOME, DOWN, UPARROW, etc. Keys should be separated by the Coma character. Each value may contain optional modifiers such as Shift, Ctrl or Alt with + or Space separator. Example: "Shift+A,UP CTRL,Shift+Space,F2". Property has effect regardless of visibility of custom button.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to ensure input focus on spin events. Note: If the NullText property of WebTextEditor is set, then editor gets focus on spin event regardless of that property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to add "display:inline" attribute to the main TABLE html-element of control. Note: that feature is supported only for IE browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to inner area (container of edit field) when control is in normal state. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to inner area (container of edit field) when control has focus. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets custom css class which is applied to inner area (container of edit field) when mouse is moved over control. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets list of strings that will be used to set value of editor on spin events. If list is set, then default increment/decrement actions are disabled and list-items are used. Items in list should be separated by the | character. At run time the Get/Set/Insert/RemoveListValueAtIndex methods can be used. In case of numeric editor, an item should have javascript format, because the parseFloat(item) is used. In case of date-time, an item should have format "yyyy-MM-dd-hh-mm-ss-tt".. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to object which contains properties of lower spin button. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to automatically increase/decrease the delay with spin events while mouse is pressed on a spin button. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility and location of spin buttons. Note: If TextMode of editor is set to MultiLine, then buttons are not supported and that property has no effect.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets initial delay in milliseconds between increment/decrement spin events. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to increment/decrement a value on the Up/Down arrow keys. This property has effect regardless of visibility of spin buttons.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets ability to increment/decrement a value when ReadOnly is true. This property has no effect, when ReadOnly is false.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets option to automatically "roll-over" to the minimum/maximum value when the maximum/minimum limit was exceeded while pressing on a spin button or on an arrow key. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to object which contains properties of upper spin button. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets text mode of editor such as single line, multiline or password. Note: If MultiLine is enabled, then buttons are not supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the tooltip of control. In order to specify tooltip which includes the current value of control, the "{0}" flag should be used. Note: If TextMode is set to Password, then empty string is used as the default value of ToolTip.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets validation group. That property is similar to the corresponding property of asp:TextBox.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets value in control. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to custom button click. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to enter key press. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to value change event. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets blur event (lost focus) of browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called on custom button click or on CustomButtonHotKeys. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control gets focus event of browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when control loses the input focus and has an invalid value. Note: That event was designed for extended editors and WebTextEditor currently does not use it.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before keydown event. Action can be canceled or key can be modified.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before keypress event. Action can be canceled or key can be modified.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before keyup event. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when input field or spin button gets mousedown event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when input field or spin button gets mousemove event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when input field or spin button gets mouseout event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when input field or spin button gets mouseup event of a browser. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before value is incremented or decremented by a spin button or by up/down arrow key. Action can be canceled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after text was changed. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after value was changed. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before value is changed. Action can be canceled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when invalid date was entered. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when not all required positions in input mask were filled by user. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when invalid value was entered. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container for properties that are related to the auto postback options. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties which are related to spin buttons. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when postback was triggered by custom button click. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when postback was triggered by Enter key press. Note: Event is raised when AutoPostBackFlags.EnterKeyDown is set to "On".. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when text in editor was changed on client and its value after postback became different from value before postback. That is event required by IEditableTextControl and it is identical to ValueChanged event. It is raised before ValueChanged.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds removes event handler which is fired when value in editor was changed on client. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties which are related to multiline text mode. Looks up a localized string similar to Drop Down Calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom Action. Looks up a localized string similar to Spin Down. Looks up a localized string similar to Spin:{0}, Custom:{1}. Looks up a localized string similar to Spin Up. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to The value for CssClass should not contain Coma and Quot characters. Looks up a localized string similar to Coma and quot characters are not supported by ValidationGroup. Looks up a localized string similar to Neutral culture is not supported for CultureInfo property. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to CaptchaAudio. Looks up a localized string similar to Image Width must be between 10 and 1000. Looks up a localized string similar to background color of the captcha image. Looks up a localized string similar to Alt Text for captcha IMG element. Looks up a localized string similar to Font name for the text drawn on the captcha image. Looks up a localized string similar to font size for the text drawn on the captcha image. Looks up a localized string similar to style of the font - bold , italic, regular. . Looks up a localized string similar to Current text depicted on the image. Looks up a localized string similar to Title attribute for the captcha IMG element. Looks up a localized string similar to Character set from which to take characters when generating the captcha image. Looks up a localized string similar to random fonts will be picked from a predefined fonts list, when drawing every individual character. Looks up a localized string similar to if Enabled, characters will be unique when generating the image. Must ensure that the total number of unique characters in the specified character set is greater than the value of TextLength. Looks up a localized string similar to Error message text if validation fails. Looks up a localized string similar to Captcha Image Height. Looks up a localized string similar to property indicating if the current control state indentifies validation has succeeded . Looks up a localized string similar to Level of additional lines that will be drawn over the text. Looks up a localized string similar to Level of background noise that will be generated on the image (dots). Looks up a localized string similar to Level of character rotation. Looks up a localized string similar to color of text for the characters on the captcha image. Looks up a localized string similar to fixed number of characters to draw on the captcha image. Looks up a localized string similar to Level of font warping on the image. Looks up a localized string similar to Captcha Image Width. Looks up a localized string similar to Button to download audio file that will speak out the characters from the captcha image. Looks up a localized string similar to Off - dictionary won't be used and strings will be randomly generated, Words - one line per word format, LogicalQuestionAnswer - the format of the file should be: first line - question, second line - answer , and so on . Looks up a localized string similar to path where the location of dictionary (plain-text file) is located. Make sure that CaptchaDictionaryMode is also set. Looks up a localized string similar to ID of another server-side control on the form which will be used as editor for the captcha image characters, instead of the default WebTextEditor. Looks up a localized string similar to ID of server-side control on the form which will be used to show the error message when captcha validation fails. Looks up a localized string similar to the timeout after which image will be automatically regenerated . Looks up a localized string similar to Settings to configure the Captcha image generation such as font name , size, different noise factors. Looks up a localized string similar to path to images. If this is set, the control will not generate an image with text in it, but will directly pick a random image from this directory. The correct value that must be entered in order to validate the captcha, will be taken from the image name. So as an example the directory may contain: dog.jpg, cow.jpg, car.jpg, and so on.. Looks up a localized string similar to label between the image and the input box that will instruct the end user what to do , for example "Enter characters from image". Looks up a localized string similar to path to sound files, in case default need to be overriden. This must point to a directory containing a file for every character (a.wav, b.wav, c.wav) from the specified custom character set.. Looks up a localized string similar to ASP.NET validation group in which this control will participate. Looks up a localized string similar to If this property is enabled, it will be possible to regenerate image automatically without doing a full postback. Looks up a localized string similar to number of seconds that must pass, until form is successfully submitted. Looks up a localized string similar to current value entered by the end-user - which may not match the "Value" property (that is, what's drawn on the image). Looks up a localized string similar to Reference to the Infragistics WebTextEditor used for filling in the captcha image value . Looks up a localized string similar to Captcha - captcha image, form submission timeout - validation will fail if form is submitted in less time than the value of FormSubmissionTimeout, and Invisible input - validation will fail if the invisible input field rendered on the client, gets filled on postback. Looks up a localized string similar to Button to manually refresh captcha image via an Async AJAX request . Looks up a localized string similar to Current server-side value (plaintext) for the text depicted on the generated image. Looks up a localized string similar to Submit. Looks up a localized string similar to Editor control could not be found . Looks up a localized string similar to Editor control for WebCaptcha must implement ITextControl. Looks up a localized string similar to Image:. Looks up a localized string similar to Enter the characters from the image. Looks up a localized string similar to Characters:. Looks up a localized string similar to Default submit button part of the Captcha control . Looks up a localized string similar to when enabled, validation for the Captcha input will be case sensitive. Looks up a localized string similar to . Looks up a localized string similar to Listen to Captcha Audio. Looks up a localized string similar to write text from image. Looks up a localized string similar to Refresh Captcha Image. Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid Code entered ! It doesn't match image!. Looks up a localized string similar to Validation failed - potentially unsafe form submission.. Looks up a localized string similar to Form was submitted in less time than the allowed !. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Activation. Looks up a localized string similar to Cell Editing. Looks up a localized string similar to Clipboard. Looks up a localized string similar to Firefox requires explicit permissions for accessing clipboard. Type 'about:config' in the address bar and change the 'signed.applets.codebase_principal_support' key to 'true' to allow.. Looks up a localized string similar to This browser does not support copying/cutting in Java Script. Please consider an alternative copying routine.. Looks up a localized string similar to Column Fixing. Looks up a localized string similar to Column Moving. Looks up a localized string similar to Column Resizing. Looks up a localized string similar to Editing Core. Looks up a localized string similar to Filtering. Looks up a localized string similar to Summary Row. Looks up a localized string similar to Paging. Looks up a localized string similar to Row Adding. Looks up a localized string similar to Row Deleting. Looks up a localized string similar to Row Editing Template. Looks up a localized string similar to Row Selectors. Looks up a localized string similar to Selection. Looks up a localized string similar to Sorting. Looks up a localized string similar to Virtual Scrolling. Looks up a localized string similar to This behavior allows for a cell to become active in the grid for editing and interaction purposes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Allows for Cells to be modified on the client by the user.. Looks up a localized string similar to Allows interaction with the system clipboard. The format of interaction is Text that is compatible with Microsoft Excel format.. Looks up a localized string similar to Enables the grid to fix columns on either left or right side.. Looks up a localized string similar to The ColumnMoving Behavior allows for columns to be dragged and dropped at different visible indices.. Looks up a localized string similar to The ColumnResizing Behavior allows for client side manipulation of column widths. If multiple columns are selected (via the Selection behavior) then they can be resized at the same time.. Looks up a localized string similar to This behavior allows access for a series of subbehaviors which can be used to modify the data inside of the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to This behavior allows for data to be filtered via a filter row.. Looks up a localized string similar to Behavior that defines the grid's column summaries capabilities.. Looks up a localized string similar to This behavior allows for data to be sent down to the client in pages.. Looks up a localized string similar to Allows for an AddNewRow to be displayed so that new data can be entered into the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to The delete row behavior is a child of EditingCore but has a dependency on the selection behavior, row selection should be enabled for optimal functionality.. Looks up a localized string similar to Allows for a RowEditTemplate to be shown so that data can be manipulated in a interface that looks like a form rather then directly into cells.. Looks up a localized string similar to Displays a RowSelector element on the left side of the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Allows for Rows, Cells, and / or Column objects to be marked as selected in the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Allows for Columns to be sorted both programmatically and via the user interface.. Looks up a localized string similar to Behavior that enables the grid to scroll its rows in a virtual mode. That allows for a small range of rows and data to be brought down to the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Instructs the control to load its embedded Java Script.. Looks up a localized string similar to Column Resizing Setting. Looks up a localized string similar to Column Setting. Looks up a localized string similar to The CSS Class that will be applied to a cell when it becomes Active.. Looks up a localized string similar to The CSS Class that will be applied to the Column Header of the ActiveCell.. Looks up a localized string similar to The CSS Class that will be applied to the RowSelector of the ActiveCell.. Looks up a localized string similar to The CSS Class that will be applied to the RowSelector.. Looks up a localized string similar to The CSS Class that will be applied to the ImageArea of the RowSelector of the ActiveCell. This class is available for setting the BackgroundImage of the RowSelector.. Looks up a localized string similar to The CSS Class that will be applied to the RowSelector of the AddNewRow.. Looks up a localized string similar to The CSS Class that will be applied to the ImageArea of the RowSelector of the AddNewRow. This class is available for setting the BackgroundImage of the RowSelector.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the ActiveCellChanged event is fired immediately after the active cell is changed on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to The object for customizing the checkboxes displayed in the column. Looks up a localized string similar to Rule and value based filtering condition that will apply to the ControlDataField which the ColumnFilter is tied to.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets the ID of Validator associated with editor of column. To support validator for column editor, the ControlToValidate property of validator must be equal to the ID of WebDataGrid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets auto postback options applied to ColumnMoved event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the ColumnResized event is fired immediately after the column is resized on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a cell becomes active.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a cell becomes Active. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a batch row update operation is undone. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a batch row update operation is undone.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after an update operation occured on the client, so a custom summary can be re-calculated.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after an update operation occured on the client for a min or max sum if the value altered was the minimum or maximum. If not handled, the grid will postback to recalculate the value on the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a Cell's selection changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a Cell's selection changes. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after one or more column filters are added to the column filters collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to Client event fired after the drag resizing is completed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Client event fired while the drag resizing is taking place. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Client event fired when drag resizing of a column begins. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a Column's selection changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a Column''s selection changes. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after filters are applied.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a filters are applied. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a cell has entered edit mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a cell enters edit mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a cell has exited edit mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a cell exits edit mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after the rules filter dropdown is displayed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired just before the rules filter dropdown is displayed. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after the rules filter dropdown is hidden.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired just before the rules filter dropdown is hidden. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a column has been fixed or unfixed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a column is fixed or unfixed. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when a row selector in the footer row is clicked.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid gets AJAX response from the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the left mouse button click is done over one of the grid's elements. Corresponds to the browser's Click event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the context menu is being shown for one of the grid's elements. Corresponds to the browser's ContextMenu event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when the control binds to a data source on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after client side binding is completed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the left mouse button double click is done over one of the grid's elements. Corresponds to the browser's DblClick event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to This is fired after an unbound checkbox field's header checkbox has been clicked and the check state has changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to This is fired after an unbound checkbox field's header checkbox has been clicked, but before the check state has been changed. To cancel this event call args.set_cancel(true);. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid is in focus and a key is pressed down. Corresponds to the browser's KeyDown event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid is in focus and a key is pressed. Corresponds to the browser's KeyPress event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid is in focus and a key is released. Corresponds to the browser's KeyUp event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the mouse is pressed down over one of the grid's elements. Corresponds to the browser's MouseDown event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the mouse pointer moves within the grid's area. Corresponds to the browser's MouseMove event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the mouse pointer leaves an element in the grid. Corresponds to the browser's MouseOut event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the mouse pointer is placed over an element in the grid. Corresponds to the browser's MouseOver event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the mouse is released over one of the grid's elements. Corresponds to the browser's MouseUp event. This is a cancelable event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a row is rendered to the DOM when client side binding is enabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a row is rendered to the DOM when client side binding is enabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid is scrolled.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired once a column move operation starts.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a column has been moved.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired while the mouse moves while the column header is being dragged.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when a row selector in the header row is clicked.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after the Row object is added.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired prior to the Row object being added to the grid. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after a Row is removed from the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a row is deleted. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired prior to the Row object being deleted from the grid. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a Row's selection changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a Row's selection changes. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a row selector is clicked.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a row selector is clicked.This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after the Row object is updated with new values.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired prior to the Row object being updated with new values. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a Summary is calculated. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after the summaries option dropdown is displayed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired just before the summaries option dropdown is displayed. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after the summaries option dropdown is hidden.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired just before the summaries option dropdown is hidden. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when the ActiveCell changes between posts to the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired whenever each custom summary needs to be calculated. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired whenever each normal summary type needs to be calculated because the grid is doing custom binding.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when the SelectedCells collection changes between posts to the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when the SelectedColumns collection changes between posts to the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired when filters have be applied to the grid's data.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired when filters are about to be applied to the grid's data.. Looks up a localized string similar to The ItemCommand event is raised when a WebControl inside of the grid emits an event which would cause a postback.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when right before filtering behavior goes back to the client. This event needs to be handled when CustomDatabinding is used for the grid to provide the values that filtering needs to display for each column when filteringType is ExcelStyleFiltering.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when the SelectedRows collection changes between posts to the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired whenever a standard summary is calculated (any summary which is not a custom summary).. Looks up a localized string similar to The name of the css class to be applied to this type of summary.. Looks up a localized string similar to Describes format of the rendered summary. The default value is "{0} = {1}". There are two supported tokens: {0} - name of the summary, {1} - value of the summary.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the summary option for this particular summary type will be shown in the dropdown list.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains the flags that determine if activation will throw it's server events immediately.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the location of the add new row.. Looks up a localized string similar to The value which determines which rows will be targetted for deletion from the WebDatGrid.. Looks up a localized string similar to The url that will be used for the button image after filters are applied.. Looks up a localized string similar to The alt text that will be used for the BeforeFilterAppliedImageUrl. Looks up a localized string similar to The url that will be used for the button image before filters are applied.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains all of the behaviors of the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to A reference to the Paging behavior if it is included in the Behaviors collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to A reference to the Selection behavior if it is included in the Behaviors collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines number of fixed columns on the left.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines number of fixed columns on the right.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the css class used to style the bottom portion of the drop indicator.. Looks up a localized string similar to Controls whether filtering will be case sensitive or not.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the action athat will occur when a cell is clicked on the WebDatGrid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines how many cells can be selected at any given time. Note: this property relates only to the UI functionality. Cells can still be selected via the API. None - Cells will not be selected. Single - Only one cell can be selected at a time. Multiple - More than one cell can be selected at the same time. . Looks up a localized string similar to Gets a string representing a javascript type of a column.. Looks up a localized string similar to Indicate whether the fix button/pin is located to the left or to the right of the header caption.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether the column fixing is enabled on the particular column. If this is disabled then the user will not be able to fix this column via code or via the user interface.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies if a column is to be fixed to the right or the left edge of the grid. The default value is Left.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the pin button for fixing the column is shown next to the header caption.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class that will be applied to the filter row cell of this column if filtering is disablled for the column.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether the filtering is enabled on the particular column. If this is disabled then the user will not be able to filter by this column via code or via the user interface. If this is enabled and the Visibility properties is set to true for the Filtering behavior then the filtering user interface will be rendered for this column.. Looks up a localized string similar to List of events which are fired on client side.. Looks up a localized string similar to The ColumnEditors collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns a ColumnFilteringSettings collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns a ColumnFilters collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to Controls whether the cell height of the unfixed columns needs to be kept in sync with the cell height of the fixed columns. If this property is not turned on then the cell style may not be applied to the whole cell area of the cells of unfixed columns. However, turning this property on, will significantly slow down the grid and this property should only be turned on for grid which do not have many rows. True - adjust cell height. False - do not adjust cell height (Default).. Looks up a localized string similar to The name of the CSS style class that will be applied to fixed columns cells (to both the left and right fixed columns). Looks up a localized string similar to The direction to which all columns are fixed to unless otherwise specified in the ColumnSetting object for the column. Left - the columns will be fixed to the left edge of the grid. Right - the columns will be fixed to the right edge of the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to The button object that will be displayed in the grid's column header for unfixed column, which are allowed to be fixed through the UI.. Looks up a localized string similar to The button object that will be displayed in the grid's column header for fixed column, which are allowed to be unfixed through the UI.. Looks up a localized string similar to The name of the CSS style class that will be applied to fixed columns footers (to both the left and right fixed columns). Looks up a localized string similar to The name of the CSS style class that will be applied to fixed columns headers (to both the left and right fixed columns). Looks up a localized string similar to Name of the CSS style class that will be applied to the separator/divider line that separates the fixed columns from the regular columns. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns the ColumnFixingSettings collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to Boolean property, which determines if the pin buttons for fixing columns are shown next to the header caption. True - the buttons are shown, this is the default. False - the buttons are not shown and columns can be fixed only programmatically.. Looks up a localized string similar to Boolean property which controls whether the separator line is shown between the columns that are fixed on the left hand-side of the grid and the rest of the grid columns.. Looks up a localized string similar to Boolean property which controls whether the separator line is shown between the columns that are fixed on the right hand-side of the grid and the rest of the grid columns.. Looks up a localized string similar to The value of the column's key.. Looks up a localized string similar to A collection of ColumnMoveSetting objects which will control the column move behavior on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to A collection of ColumnResizeSetting objects which will control the column drag resizing on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains the flags that determine if column resizing will throw it's server events immediately.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines how many columns can be selected at any given time. Note: this property relates only to the UI functionality. Columns can still be selected via the API. None - Columns will not be selected. Single - Only one column can be selected at a time. Multiple - More than one column can be selected at the same time.. Looks up a localized string similar to Holds summary settings for each column in the grid. Only one entry per column is allowed.. Looks up a localized string similar to The rule which to apply to the filter condition. Looks up a localized string similar to The value which to use in the filter condition. Looks up a localized string similar to This is the name that will be display as the option for summary dropdown if the summary is custom. It is also the name passed into the CalculateCustomSummary event. This property should be set for all custom summaries as it is what uniquely identifies a summary.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets/sets the column's default value in the add row.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the css class used to style the DragMarkup. If the default drag markup is used this class will be applied in addition to the styles already applied to the header, if the dragmarkup is replaced only the DragMarkupCssClass will be used.. Looks up a localized string similar to The css class used to style the editable cell.. Looks up a localized string similar to Behaviors that are dependant on the EditingCore behavior. These sub behaviors allow for adding, updating and deleting of records from the WebDataGrid.. Looks up a localized string similar to The action that will cause the entering editmode.. Looks up a localized string similar to The editor used when cells in this column enter edit mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to The column editor's ID.. Looks up a localized string similar to Collection of EditorProvider objects. These object control which custom editor control is used by the WebDataGrid as an editor for a cell being edited.. Looks up a localized string similar to Setting this property to true allows selected rows/cells from one page to be retained while the page is switched.. Looks up a localized string similar to The value determining whether keying F2 will cause the cell to enter edit mode when it is active.. Looks up a localized string similar to Directs the behavior to skip over hidden columns when continuous cell or column selection is being done.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets/sets if this column will participate in column moving.. Looks up a localized string similar to The value determining whether the grid will enter edit mode upon being activated.. Looks up a localized string similar to The value determining whether the grid will enter edit mode when it is active and a key is pressed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the column will allow for resizing.. Looks up a localized string similar to The ID of the button object on the Row Edit Template that will cancel changes and close the template area.. Looks up a localized string similar to Maps columns to the editor controls in the Row Edit Template which will update them.. Looks up a localized string similar to The Z-index of the Row Edit Template on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to The ID of the button object on the Row Edit Template that will accept changes and close the template area.. Looks up a localized string similar to The duration of the animation that the filter rule dropdown will play while its displaying or hiding in milliseconds. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether the filter rule dropdown will play an animating while its displaying or hiding. Looks up a localized string similar to The type of animation that the filter rule dropdown will play when its displaying or hiding.. Looks up a localized string similar to Used to set the look and feel of the filter button.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the location of the filter row. Top - It will appear in the header of the grid. Bottom - It will appear in the footer of the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Used to set the look and feel of the filter row. Looks up a localized string similar to Used to determine whether the user interface is visible for Filtering behavior.. Looks up a localized string similar to Filter Not Applied. Looks up a localized string similar to The CSS Class that will be applied to the RowSelector of the FilterRow.. Looks up a localized string similar to The CSS Class that will be applied to the ImageArea of the RowSelector of the Filter Row This class is available for setting the BackgroundImage of the RowSelector.. Looks up a localized string similar to Used to set the look and feel of the filter rule dropdown. Looks up a localized string similar to Used to set the look and feel of the filter rule dropdown hovered over item. Looks up a localized string similar to Used to set the look and feel of the filter rule dropdown item. Looks up a localized string similar to Used to set the look and feel of the filter rule dropdown selected item. Looks up a localized string similar to The Z-Index of the filter rule dropdown element.. Looks up a localized string similar to Indicates what type of filtering will be enabled. RowFilter - allows one filtering condition per column, where you specify a rule (Equals, GreaterThan, ect) and a value. ExcelStyleFilter - in this mode you get a list of unique values in that column which can be (un)selected by checkboxes.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns a FixedColumnInfoCollection collection, which contains the columns which are currently fixed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Holds the column settings for the SummaryRow behavior.. Looks up a localized string similar to The duration of the animation that the summary dropdown will play while its displaying or hiding in milliseconds. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether the summary dropdown will play an animation while it is displaying or hiding. Looks up a localized string similar to The type of animation that the summary dropdown will play when it is displaying or hiding.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the summary dropdown displays the standard summaries as options for the column.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether the footer summary is enabled on the particular column. If this is disabled then the user will not be able to calculate any summaries for this column via code or via the user interface.. Looks up a localized string similar to This is the format string that is applied to all summaries' text in the footer for this column. The default is "{0} = {1}" where {0} is the summary name and {1} is the value. Beware that using a formatting specific to a particular type, such as a DateTime, can cause an exception when formatting the Count or possibly a custom summary. This can be overriden on a summary setting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the summary dropdown button for choosing which summary to calculate for the column is shown next to the header caption.. Looks up a localized string similar to Controls the drag mode of the markup during a column move operation. Slide indicates that the drag markup should remain fixed on the y axis. Follow indicates that the drag markup should follow the mouse.. Looks up a localized string similar to The largest value that the column can be drag resized to.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether common values will be merged for this column.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the css class used to style the middle portion of the drop indicator.. Looks up a localized string similar to The smallest value that the column can be drag resized to.. Looks up a localized string similar to The type of mouse click required to cause the grid to enter edit mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to The text in the filter dropdown for null values when FilterType is ExcelStyleFilter.. Looks up a localized string similar to The value that determines whether the column is read only.. Looks up a localized string similar to The style that is applied to the drag resize indicator bar. . Looks up a localized string similar to The CSS Class that will be applied to the AddNewRow.. Looks up a localized string similar to The type of mouse click on the row selector required to cause the grid to enter edit mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines how many rows can be selected at any given time. Note: this property relates only to the UI functionality. Rows can still be selected via the API. None - Rows will not be selected. Single - Only one row can be selected at a time. Multiple - More than one row can be selected at the same time.. Looks up a localized string similar to The CssClass that will be applied when a cell is selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to The CssClass that will be applied to a column header when a column is selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to The CssClass that will be applied to the row selector when a row is selected. Looks up a localized string similar to The CssClass that will be applied to the row selector image when a row is selected.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains the flags that determine if selection will throw it's server events immediately.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns the SortingColumnSettings collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to This determines whether to format summary values using the column's FormatValue method before passing that value to the summary format string. If this is false, DataFormatString, FormatFieldMethod method, and editor providers will not format the value.. Looks up a localized string similar to Holds all of the summaries for one column.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets/Gets the Z-Index of the summary dropdown element.. Looks up a localized string similar to Collection of summary settings for the column. (This collection is meant to determine how a particular summary type will look/function for the column).. Looks up a localized string similar to Type of the summary.. Looks up a localized string similar to Returns/sets the css class used to style the top portion of the drop indicator.. Looks up a localized string similar to Indicates how the text of the unique value is displayed if filter type is RowFilter and filtering is not case sensitive.. Looks up a localized string similar to Row Editing Template. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the CellSelectionChanged event is fired immediately after the cell selection is changed on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the ColumnSelectionChanged event is fired immediately after the column selection is changed on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the RowSelectionChanged event is fired immediately after the row selection is changed on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets/sets auto postback options applied to HeaderCheckBoxClicked event. When this property is set to true, a postback will happen immediately and values changed on the server. When it is false, the values are changed on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called before tooltip is displayed. It allows to modify appearance of tooltip and its text.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called after rows were received from server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets name of javascript function which is called when more rows are requesting from server. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired when a row is added and WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to true.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired every time a row is about to be added. Handle this event to do manual update when WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to false.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when a row has been added to the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies how compact the summaries are rendered. On indicates that the summaries may be rendered compactly, even mixing different summaries on the same line. Off ensures that each summary type is occupying a separate line. Auto will use Off if the maximum number of visible summaries is one or less and On otherwise.. Looks up a localized string similar to Filler for empty summaries. The deafult value is "--".. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the behavior is enabled.. Looks up a localized string similar to This is the format string that is applied to all summaries' text in the footer. The default is "{0} = {1}" where {0} is the summary name and {1} is the value. Beware that using a formatting specific to a particular type here can cause an exception when other types use this formatting. This can be overriden on a column setting or a summary setting.. Looks up a localized string similar to Name of the field in the data source the BoundDataField is bound to.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after data is copied from clipboard into the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before data is copied from clipboard into the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after data is cut from the grid into clipboard.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before data is being cut from the grid into clipboard.. Looks up a localized string similar to Controls whether formatted or raw cell values should be placed into the clipboard.. Looks up a localized string similar to Controls whether copying is allowed on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Controls whether cutting is allowed on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Controls whether hidden columns are ignored during copy/paste operations.. Looks up a localized string similar to Controls whether pasting is allowed. Pasting may be allowed on the client or server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Object used by this column to convert cell values into true/false or a partial state.. Looks up a localized string similar to The mode of the checkbox in the header.. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies the text to display next to the checkbox.. Looks up a localized string similar to The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is checked. {0} is replaced by the cell's value.. Looks up a localized string similar to The tooltip and alt tag used for a header checkbox when it is checked.. Looks up a localized string similar to The tooltip and alt tag used for a header checkbox when it is partially checked.. Looks up a localized string similar to The tooltip and alt tag used for a header checkbox when it is unchecked.. Looks up a localized string similar to The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is partially checked. {0} is replaced by the cell's value.. Looks up a localized string similar to The tooltip and alt tag used for a cell checkbox when it is unchecked. {0} is replaced by the cell's value.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fix {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to Unfix {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired every time a columns is fixed or unfixed by the user.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired when a column is resized on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired when a row is deleted and WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to true.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired every time a row is about to be deleted. Handle this event to do manual delete when WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to false.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether rows should be deleted asynchronously.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs whan a column is sorted by a user.. Looks up a localized string similar to The HeaderCheckBoxClicked event is raised when the header checkbox in an UnboundCheckBoxField has been clicked.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event is raised after each record is bound the data source.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired for any bubbled ItemCommand events fired from within a template of the WebDataGrid. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when a page has changed by a user.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when more rows are requested by the virtual scrolling behavior.. Looks up a localized string similar to The button object that will be displayed in the grid's column header for showing the filter drop down for when FilterType is ExcelStyleFilter after the column has a filter applied.. Looks up a localized string similar to The button object that will be displayed in the grid's column header for showing the filter drop down for when FilterType is ExcelStyleFilter before the column has a filter applied.. Looks up a localized string similar to The button object that will be displayed in the grid's column header for showing the summary drop down.. Looks up a localized string similar to Boolean property, which determines if the summary buttons for column summaries are shown next to the header caption. True - the buttons are shown, this is the default False - the buttons are not shown and summaries can only be add programmatically.. Looks up a localized string similar to Collection of columns whose headers would be rendered under this header.. Looks up a localized string similar to Integer value determines how many rows this header will span.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class for the summaries cells (the TH elements that display the summary value).. Looks up a localized string similar to Activation object. Contains setting for setting the ActiveCell.. Looks up a localized string similar to AddNewRow object. Contains settings for add new row.. Looks up a localized string similar to Controls whether server side pasting into the add new row is allowed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to ajax indicator. If value of a sub-property is not set, then corresponding property of shared indicator is used. Shared indicator can be accessed on server using Infragistics.Web.UI.Framework.AppSettings.SharedAjaxIndicator and on client: $util.get_ajaxIndicator().. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name that is used for alternative rows.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether CRUD operations should be automatic or manual. When AutoCRUD is set to false handle RowUpdating, RowDeleting and RowAdding events to perform manual updates, in manual CRUD mode RowUpdated, RowDeleted and RowAdded events are not fired.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines whether the grid generates columns automatically during the data binding process.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether CRUD operations batch on the client or immediately go back to the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines number of pixels between the cells of the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains definition of the grid's columns.. Looks up a localized string similar to Controls whether selected columns' header text is also copied into clipboard.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains datakeys of the shown data.. Looks up a localized string similar to The default column width that will be applied to all columns, for whom the width has not been set.. Looks up a localized string similar to Deleting object. Contains setting for deleting a row.. Looks up a localized string similar to Editing object. Contains setting for editing a cell.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether the grid should do Ajax posts when a server side operation is required.. Looks up a localized string similar to Enables client templates generation and rendering of final HTML on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Turns on separation of data and view of the grid. If the property is False the grid is requesting data from its data source on every post back.. Looks up a localized string similar to Adds position:relative to the style of the grid's scrollable element. This setting enables the grid's templates to host controls that use position:relative in their HTML elements.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains footer objects.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name that should be used for the footers.. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains header objects.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name that should be used for the headers.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name that should be used for the cells.. Looks up a localized string similar to Pager object. Contains setting for paging the grid's data.. Looks up a localized string similar to Access for the RowEditTemplate when it is used as the editing layout for the WebDataGrid.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name that should be used for the selected cells.. Looks up a localized string similar to Selection object. Contains setting for selecting of rows, cells, and columns.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the column footers will be visible in the WebDataGrid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the column headers will be visible on the WebDataGrid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sorting object. Contains setting for sorting the grid's data.. Looks up a localized string similar to Updating object. Contains setting properties for the grid updating.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired every time a page index is changed by the user.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name that should be used for the current page index in numeric mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether the paging should be done asynchronously.. Looks up a localized string similar to The text of the first pager link.. Looks up a localized string similar to The text of the last pager link.. Looks up a localized string similar to The text of the next pager link.. Looks up a localized string similar to Total pages count. Looks up a localized string similar to Current page index.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name that should be used for the pager's index links other than the current one when the pager is in the numeric mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines where the pager should be rendered.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name that should be used for the pager.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines pager rendering mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines number of records per page.. Looks up a localized string similar to The text of the previous pager link.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines how many pages are available at each side of the current page.. Looks up a localized string similar to Name of the JavaScript function to call in the event of page changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Name of the JavaScript function to call in the event of page changing.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name to be applied the row selector in the footer row.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name to be applied the row selector in the header row.. Looks up a localized string similar to Enables and disables row numbering.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class name to be applied to the row selectors.. Looks up a localized string similar to Alternate text of the ascending order image.. Looks up a localized string similar to Ascending. Looks up a localized string similar to A url to the ascending order image.. Looks up a localized string similar to Alternate text of the descending order image.. Looks up a localized string similar to Descending. Looks up a localized string similar to A url to the descending order image.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines whether to merge cells in a sorted column that have the same value. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines sorting mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired every time a columns is sorted by the user.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether the sorting should be done asynchronously.. Looks up a localized string similar to {0} summaries. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired when a row has been updated and WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to true.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that is fired every time a row is about to be updated in the database. Handle this event to do manual update when WebDataGrid.AutoCRUD is set to false.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event that fired before a row is updated.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines whether the updating should be done asynchronously.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets average height of a row.&#xa;That property can be used to adjust number of rows in cache on initial load of grid, when actual height of a row is different from 20 pixels.&#xa;It can be usefull, when texts in cells is long and height of rows becomes large due to auto-wrap feature of browser.&#xa;Note: That property does not affect actual height of rows.. Looks up a localized string similar to Number of milliseconds to wait between the scrollbar movements to bring more rows from the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines how many rows are kept in the row cache. Number of rows in the cache equals to the visible row number times the factor.. Looks up a localized string similar to Out of cache scope row persistence mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Scrolling mode of the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines the threshold of the rowcache.&#xa;That is ratio between number of rows in cache located below or above visible rows in grid and number of visible rows.&#xa;When the threshold is reached either on the top or on the bottom edge of the visible rows, then an asynchronous request for more rows from server is triggered.. Looks up a localized string similar to Name of the CSS class for the the deferred mode's tooltip.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets sets visibility of tooltip. If value is NotSet, then tooltip appears for ScrollingMode.Deferred and does not appear for Virtual mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Background color of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Border color of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Border style of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Border width of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to The CultureInfo object used by the control. Looks up a localized string similar to Font bold of calendar days. Looks up a localized string similar to Font italic of calendar days. Looks up a localized string similar to Font name of calendar days. Looks up a localized string similar to Font size of calendar days. Looks up a localized string similar to Foreground color of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Height of calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the upper date limit that can be entered. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the lower date limit that can be entered. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility of the footer area in the calendar which may display current-date-button or template. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility of the selector with drop-down list of months that allows to change visible month in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility of active areas in the calendar that allow to increment and decrement displayed month. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility of the text string in the calendar that shows displayed month and year. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility of the selector with drop-down list of years that allows to change visible year in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Width of calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Background color of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Border color of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Border style of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Border width of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to The CultureInfo object used by the control. Looks up a localized string similar to Font bold of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Font italic of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Font name of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Font size of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Foreground color of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the upper date limit that can be entered (value is validated on lost focus event). Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the lower date limit that can be entered (value is validated on lost focus event). Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility of the footer area in the calendar which may display current-date-button or template. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility of the selector with drop-down list of months that allows to change visible month in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility of active areas in the calendar that allow to increment and decrement displayed month. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility of the text string in the calendar that shows displayed month and year. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility of the selector with drop-down list of years that allows to change visible year in the calendar. Looks up a localized string similar to Background color of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Border color of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Border style of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Border width of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Font bold of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Font italic of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Font name of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Font size of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Foreground color of editor. Looks up a localized string similar to Horizontal alignment of text in editor. Looks up a localized string similar to The CultureInfo object used by the control. Looks up a localized string similar to Type of object that is used to wrap the Value property. Looks up a localized string similar to Format of date used for edit mode. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the upper date limit that can be entered (value is validated on lost focus event). Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the lower date limit that can be entered (value is validated on lost focus event). Looks up a localized string similar to Character that is used to fill missing date fields while control has focus. Looks up a localized string similar to Value that is used to increment/decrement editing value on spin events. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility and layout of spin buttons. Looks up a localized string similar to Width of spin buttons excluding borders. Looks up a localized string similar to Value that is used to autofill year field to the 20th or 21st century if only 1 or 2 digits are entered. Looks up a localized string similar to Specifies rules that are used to get/set the Value property. Looks up a localized string similar to Character that is used to replace empty (not filled) positions in the InputMask while building string returned by Value property. Looks up a localized string similar to Input mask used to filter keyboard entries. Looks up a localized string similar to Character that is used to fill empty mask positions in the display text while the control has focus. Looks up a localized string similar to The CultureInfo object used by the control. Looks up a localized string similar to Type of object that is used to wrap the Value property. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the maximum number that can be entered (value is validated on lost focus event). Looks up a localized string similar to Minimum number of decimal places displayed for number strings. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines the minimum number that can be entered (value is validated on lost focus event). Looks up a localized string similar to Value that is used to increment/decrement editing value on spin events. Looks up a localized string similar to Visibility and layout of spin buttons. Looks up a localized string similar to Width of spin buttons excluding borders. Looks up a localized string similar to Maximum length of text in editor. Looks up a localized string similar to If the property is set to True then summaries will calculate based on the data that has not been filtered out by the filtering conditions applied through the grid's Filtering behavior. If the property is set to False then the summaries will be calculated on the whole data no matter if it is filtered out or not.. Looks up a localized string similar to Summaries caption string. If empty, no caption is rendered.. Looks up a localized string similar to CSS class for the summaries caption.. Looks up a localized string similar to Checked. Looks up a localized string similar to Partial. Looks up a localized string similar to Unchecked. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after the edit row template is closed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before the edit row template is closed.This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after the edit row template is opened.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before the edit row template is opened.This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after the sort is completed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before the sort is executed.This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Pager Template. Looks up a localized string similar to If true this header will be rendered as hidden and all columns under it will be rendered hidden as well.. Looks up a localized string similar to Makes the field to be rendered hidden to the browser.. Looks up a localized string similar to Stretches the drops down control vertically to match the editing cell height.. Looks up a localized string similar to Aligns the drop down relatively to the cell that is being edited.. Looks up a localized string similar to Id of the template from the Templates collection associated with the caption.. Looks up a localized string similar to Format exception formatting {0} with format string of {1}.. Looks up a localized string similar to Whether the \n occurances in the text of this field will be replaced with &lt;BR /&gt;.. Looks up a localized string similar to The formatting that is applied to the field's values. For example, "{0:d} or {0:c}".. Looks up a localized string similar to Whether the field is HTML encoded when displayed to the user.. Looks up a localized string similar to Object that contains the properties for the footer.. Looks up a localized string similar to Object that contains the properties for the header.. Looks up a localized string similar to Key that identifies the field.. Looks up a localized string similar to Visible index of field.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets/sets the width of the field.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets/sets the css class name that will be set to the grid field caption.. Looks up a localized string similar to Text of the field caption. The text is displayed in the caption when it's rendered to the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Tooltip for the field caption. The tooltip text is displayed on the client once the caption gets the mouse cursor over it.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets/sets the number of columns this footer will span. Looks up a localized string similar to Unbound. Looks up a localized string similar to Undo. Looks up a localized string similar to WebDataGrid Schema is refreshed. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to This field does not have summary information. Make sure that the AddSummaryField method was called prior to data binding.. Looks up a localized string similar to Click to filter. Looks up a localized string similar to Editor with ID: {0} cannot edit column with Key:{1}. The editor does not support the column type.. Looks up a localized string similar to An EditRowClientBinding linked to the template control with the ControlID = {0} has already been found. Each column only supports a single binding object to a single editor.. Looks up a localized string similar to An EditRowClientBinding for the column with key = {0} has already been found. Each column only supports a single binding object to a single editor. . Looks up a localized string similar to Column with Key{0} cannot have multiple editors assigned to it. . Looks up a localized string similar to Multiple instances of a behavior with type {0} are not allowed. The MultiInstancesAllowed of the Behavior is set to false.. Looks up a localized string similar to After. Looks up a localized string similar to Clear Filter. Looks up a localized string similar to Before. Looks up a localized string similar to Begins With. Looks up a localized string similar to Contains. Looks up a localized string similar to Does Not Contain. Looks up a localized string similar to Does Not Equal. Looks up a localized string similar to Ends With. Looks up a localized string similar to Equals. Looks up a localized string similar to False. Looks up a localized string similar to Greater Than. Looks up a localized string similar to Greater Than Or Equal To. Looks up a localized string similar to Indeterminate. Looks up a localized string similar to Is Not Null. Looks up a localized string similar to Is Null. Looks up a localized string similar to Last Month. Looks up a localized string similar to Last Quarter. Looks up a localized string similar to Last Week. Looks up a localized string similar to Last Year. Looks up a localized string similar to Less Than. Looks up a localized string similar to Less Than Or Equal To. Looks up a localized string similar to Next Month. Looks up a localized string similar to Next Quarter. Looks up a localized string similar to Next Week. Looks up a localized string similar to Next Year. Looks up a localized string similar to This Month. Looks up a localized string similar to This Quarter. Looks up a localized string similar to This Week. Looks up a localized string similar to This Year. Looks up a localized string similar to Today. Looks up a localized string similar to Tomorrow. Looks up a localized string similar to True. Looks up a localized string similar to Year To Date. Looks up a localized string similar to Yesterday. Looks up a localized string similar to Cancel. Looks up a localized string similar to summary checked. Looks up a localized string similar to Ok. Looks up a localized string similar to summary unchecked. Looks up a localized string similar to Average. Looks up a localized string similar to Count. Looks up a localized string similar to Custom. Looks up a localized string similar to Max. Looks up a localized string similar to Min. Looks up a localized string similar to Sum. Looks up a localized string similar to The WebDataGrid control must have the Height property set for the VirtualScrolling behavior to operate.. Looks up a localized string similar to Paging is not supported by data source.. Looks up a localized string similar to Template not found: {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to A cell value can only be set for cells that are part of an UnboundField.. Looks up a localized string similar to Multi-column headers is incompatible with ColumnFixing at this time. We will be providing this compatibility in future releases.. Looks up a localized string similar to Provided field of type '{0}' cannot be added to the columns collection. Only BoundDataField, TemplateDataField, and UnboundField fields are supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to Column with key '{0}' cannot be fixed, because it does not exist or is not a top level column.. Looks up a localized string similar to Provided field of type '{0}' cannot be removed from the columns collection. Only BoundDataField, TemplateDataField, and UnboundField fields are supported.. Looks up a localized string similar to When cancelling the WebDataGrid's DataBinding event, a custom DataSource object must be supplied to the event args.. Looks up a localized string similar to DefaultColumnWidth cannot be a negative value.. Looks up a localized string similar to Requested record cannot be found by key. Common Causes: - The data key field(s) is being edited causing the record not to be found when trying to update. - Not rebinding the grid when there are updates to be committed (assuming DataViewState is disabled in this case) – for instance if the grid is bound on !IsPostback. - While a user is editing a particular row in the grid, another user deletes the record from the database. On posting back, the grid is rebound to the updated datasource which no longer co [rest of string was truncated]";. Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot change column key from [{0}] to [{1}], because a ColumnFilter with this column key already exists in the collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to Each ColumnFilter object needs to have a valid ColumnKey, which exists in the Grid's DataSource.. Looks up a localized string similar to The filtering rule condition of type {0} is not an appropriate type for column \"{1}\", which is of type {2}.. Looks up a localized string similar to When using CustomBinding and ExcelStyleFilter PopulateUniqueFilterValues event needs to be handled to provide the values which need to be displayed in the filtering dropdowns.. Looks up a localized string similar to Column object does not support compound data keys.. Looks up a localized string similar to Key cannot be empty. The field objects in the grid must have non-empty unique keys assigned to the Key property.. Looks up a localized string similar to Key:{0} must be unique. The field objects in the grid must have non-empty unique keys assigned to the Key property.. Looks up a localized string similar to All. Looks up a localized string similar to Cancel. Looks up a localized string similar to Ok. Looks up a localized string similar to Partially Selected {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to Selected {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to Unselected {0}. Looks up a localized string similar to CalculateCustomSummary event must be handeled in order to use custom summaries.. Looks up a localized string similar to Summary type {0} is not appropriate for column {1} of type {2}.. Looks up a localized string similar to Requested cell index is out of bound.. Looks up a localized string similar to The grid must have either DataSourceID assigned or the DataSource property set.. Looks up a localized string similar to A Node indicates that it has Children, yet GetFirstChild returned null!. Looks up a localized string similar to The default value string, {0}, for column {1} cannot be converted to the correct type, {2}.. Looks up a localized string similar to CalculateSummary event must be handled in order to use normal summaries when the default data binding of the grid is cancelled in the DataBinding event.. Looks up a localized string similar to Value for an unbound checkbox field must be of type bool or bool?, not type {0}.. Looks up a localized string similar to The type of the unbound column is {0} whereas the value being set, {1}, is of type {2}.. Looks up a localized string similar to A row can only be updated or deleted if the DataKeyFields property is set.. Looks up a localized string similar to The type of the object provided to XPathDataNavigator is not supported. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to The height of each row island that will be generated from the band.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the column footers will be visible in the grids created from this band.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the column headers will be visible in the grids created from this band.. Looks up a localized string similar to The width of each row island that will be generated from the band.. Looks up a localized string similar to Full type name that should be used for the field in case the original field type is not available for the grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to How the data will be sorted as its being grouped. This is the default value for the column, unless otherwise specified when creating a grouped Column object.. Looks up a localized string similar to Boolean property which indicates if a column is allowed to participate in column grouping.. Looks up a localized string similar to Boolean property which indicates if a column will merge its cell values.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired after a GroupedRow becomes active.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired before a GroupedRow becomes Active. This event is cancelable.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the bands GroupedColumns collection has changed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the bands GroupedColumns collection is about to change.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid's GroupedRow is collapsed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid's GroupedRow is about to collapse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid's GroupedRow is expanded.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid's GroupedRow is about to expand.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid receives a response and inserts HTML for child row islands.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid initiates a request for child row islands.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid's row is collapsed.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid's row is about to collapse.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid's row is expanded.. Looks up a localized string similar to Event fired when the grid's row is about to expand.. Looks up a localized string similar to Occurs when the ActiveGroupedRow changes between posts to the server.. Looks up a localized string similar to The value of the column's key.. Looks up a localized string similar to How the data will be sorted as its being grouped.. Looks up a localized string similar to A url to the ascending order image that appears in the group by area next to the column header column. If nothing is assigned to the property the image with the name "igg_sortAsc.gif" from current Application Styling images directory is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to A collection of type ColumnGroupingSettings. Looks up a localized string similar to A url to the descending order image that appears in the group by area next to the column header column. If nothing is assigned to the property the image with the name "igg_sortDesc.gif" from current Application Styling images directory is used.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines whether to merge cells in a grouped column.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines if the column grouping is enabled for the band.. Looks up a localized string similar to The name of the css class that will be applied to the element representing the band in the grouped by area.. Looks up a localized string similar to The name of the css class that will be applied to the clone of the column found in the grouped by area.. Looks up a localized string similar to A collection of columns by which the data is currently grouped on this band.. Looks up a localized string similar to The name of the css class that will be applied to the row showing the group.. Looks up a localized string similar to The mask for the text of Grouped row. Available tokens: {0} - header of the grouped column, {1} - grouped value, {2} - number of grouped child rows, {3} - number of all data records in the group.. Looks up a localized string similar to Factor by how much to indent the next group row or data rows. Has to be a positive integer. The default is 20.. Looks up a localized string similar to Indicats if the grouped rows are rendered as expanded or collapsed by default.. Looks up a localized string similar to This will be an ImageButton object, when this button is clicked the grouped column to which the button belongs to will be removed from the group columns collection.. Looks up a localized string similar to Indicats whether a graphical representation of the band will be shown in the group by area, when one or more columns are grouped.. Looks up a localized string similar to Boolean property, which is true by default. Controls whether the RemoveButton will be shown for the grouped column headers, when the mouse is over the header.. Looks up a localized string similar to The name of the css class that will be applied to the group area (the spot where you drag a column to indicate that the data needs to be grouped by it). Looks up a localized string similar to Controls where the UI for grouping columns is visible. This setting is global for all Bands. Visible - the group area is visible Hidden - the group area is not visible but the columns can be group through code.. Looks up a localized string similar to The text that is displayed in the group area before there are any grouped columns. This setting is global for all Bands.. Looks up a localized string similar to Determines where the GroupArea is shown, possible values are, Top (default) or Bottom. This setting is global to all the bands.. Looks up a localized string similar to The event that fires right before the ContainerGrid is data bound. If this is cancelled, then the ContainerGrid will perform binding directly to the DataSource supplied to the event args. This is to accomplish custom sorting or filtering. This will fire when the ContainerGrid's DataBinding event does, not before as RowIslandDataBinding does.. Looks up a localized string similar to The GroupedColumnsChanged event is raised after a change to the GroupedColumns collection occurs for the band.. Looks up a localized string similar to The GroupedColumnsChanging event is raised before a change to the GroupedColumns collection occurs for the band.. Looks up a localized string similar to The GroupedRowInitialized event is raised after a GroupedRecord is created.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired for initialization of every band in the hierarchical grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired for initialization of every row in the hierarchical grid.. Looks up a localized string similar to The RowCollapsed event is raised after a row is collapsed on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to The RowExpanded event is raised after a row is expanded on the client.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after a row island is created.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired before a row island is data bound.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after a row island is data bound.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired after a row's child grids are populated in the load on demand mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to Fired before a row's child grids are populated in the load on demand mode.. Looks up a localized string similar to This property will have an affect only for WebHierarchicalDataGrid and when set to true will enable the behavior for child bands.. Looks up a localized string similar to Defines whether the grid generates Bands automatically before the data binding process.. Looks up a localized string similar to A collection of child bands of this band.. Looks up a localized string similar to The button object that will be displayed when a grid's row is expanded and can be clicked to collapse the row.. Looks up a localized string similar to The name of the css class that will be used to style the TD in which the row islands appear.. Looks up a localized string similar to The button object that will be displayed when a grid's row is collapsed and the row has child row islands. It can be clicked to expand the row to show the child row islands.. Looks up a localized string similar to Gets reference to container of properties related to animation used for expanding or collapsing a row.. Looks up a localized string similar to The name of the css class that will be used to style the column in which the Expand/Collapse buttons appear.. Looks up a localized string similar to Settings for column grouping.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets an integer value which determines how deep into the DataSource hierarchy DataBinding will proceed when the grid is first displayed. The rest of the hierarchy is loaded on demand. -1 directs the grid to be fully bound. The default value is 0 which signifies that the grid is set up for load on demand from the top level.. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets an integer value that determines how many levels of rows will be expanded when the grid is first displayed. The default value is 0 which signifies that no rows will be expanded. This value of this property has to be less than or equal to the value of InitialDataBindDepth. A value or -1 means that all levels will be expanded, InitialExpandDepth should be set to -1 only when InitialDataBindDepth will also be set to -1.. Looks up a localized string similar to Indicates if the current Band is representing a self reference relationship.. Looks up a localized string similar to The Key of the Band. Looks up a localized string similar to Sets or gets an integer value which determines how deep into the DataSource hierarchy DataBinding will proceed. The default value is -1 which signifies that databinding will proceed as deep as the datasource hierarchy. A value of 2 specifies that databinding should proceed two levels below the root level.. Looks up a localized string similar to Error retrieving data for {0}. . Looks up a localized string similar to Drag a column here to group by.. A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. Looks up a localized string similar to Collapse Row. Looks up a localized string similar to Expand Row. Looks up a localized string similar to The {0} behavior should be added to the Behaviors collection of WebHierarchicalDataGrid itself and once added there, {0} will be enabled for the whole WebHierarchicalDataGrid control.. Looks up a localized string similar to InitialExpandDepth can not be greater than InitialDataBindDepth.. Looks up a localized string similar to Ungroup Column. Looks up a localized string similar to In order to use Sorting behavior in conjunction with the Paging behavior DataKeyFields need to set for each Band.. Looks up a localized string similar to IsSelfReference property can not be set explicitly on a ContainerGrid.. Looks up a localized string similar to Column resizing cannot have a different Enabled value assigned on a row island level than it is set on a band level.. Looks up a localized string similar to Column '{0}' cannot be added to the SortedColumns collection, because this column is currently grouped by.. Looks up a localized string similar to WebHierarchicalDataGrid currently does not support Multi-column headers. We will be providing this support in future releases.. Looks up a localized string similar to In order to use load-on-demand DataKeyFields need to be set for each parent Band.. ScriptManager derived class that enables the javascript IntelliSense for Infragistics ASP.NET Ajax controls and provides CDN support. The control's default constructor. Contains CDN options for the ASP.NET controls